RANCM-4G Opt 2023v1-Dianaprap828996-20230612052947

TemplateType: Parameter
ManagedElementType: ITBBU
Product: COMMON
Template
ReferenceName:
model (Mim 4G Opt 2023v1
Type:Mim Version): ITRAN-PNF:V5.35.30.20P45
a primary key;
Field type: --: general parameters, readable and writable.
Template description: A(3), the field names and order of sheet A(2) and
Supplementary rules: A(3) must be consistent with sheet A.
MOC Index
SectorFunction SectorFunction
UeTimerLTE UeTimerLTE
ControlPlaneTimerLTE ControlPlaneTimerLTE
UeEUtranMeasurementLTE UeEUtranMeasurementLTE
CellMeasGroupLTE CellMeasGroupLTE
SonControlLTE SonControlLTE
SonPolicyAnrLTE SonPolicyAnrLTE
RatPriIdParaLTE RatPriIdParaLTE
RatPriCnParaLTE RatPriCnParaLTE
SrvIdentifyBaseBSRLTE SrvIdentifyBaseBSRLTE
UserCAREA4ENBLTE UserCAREA4ENBLTE
GTPUPathLTE GTPUPathLTE
CUEUtranCellFDDLTE CUEUtranCellFDDLTE
EUtranCellMeasFDDLTE EUtranCellMeasFDDLTE
RatPriIdParaFDDLTE RatPriIdParaFDDLTE
RatPriCnParaFDDLTE RatPriCnParaFDDLTE
EUtranMeasFDDLTE EUtranMeasFDDLTE
GeranMeasFDDLTE GeranMeasFDDLTE
UtranMeasFDDLTE UtranMeasFDDLTE
MsRATPriFDDLTE MsRATPriFDDLTE
EUtranReselectionFDDLTE EUtranReselectionFDDLTE
EUtranRslParaFDD EUtranRslParaFDD
LoadMNGCellFDDLTE LoadMNGCellFDDLTE
LoadControlCellFDDLTE LoadControlCellFDDLTE
SceneConfigFDDLTE SceneConfigFDDLTE
BandWidthCfgFDDLTE BandWidthCfgFDDLTE
PhyChannelFDDLTE PhyChannelFDDLTE
PrachFDDLTE PrachFDDLTE
PowerControlDLFDDLTE PowerControlDLFDDLTE
CUEUtranCellTDDLTE CUEUtranCellTDDLTE
EUtranCellMeasTDDLTE EUtranCellMeasTDDLTE
RatPriIdParaTDDLTE RatPriIdParaTDDLTE
RatPriCnParaTDDLTE RatPriCnParaTDDLTE
EUtranMeasTDDLTE EUtranMeasTDDLTE
GeranMeasTDDLTE GeranMeasTDDLTE
UtranMeasTDDLTE UtranMeasTDDLTE
MsRATPriTDDLTE MsRATPriTDDLTE
EUtranReselectionTDDLTE EUtranReselectionTDDLTE
EUtranRslParaTDD EUtranRslParaTDD
LoadMNGCellTDDLTE LoadMNGCellTDDLTE
LoadControlCellTDDLTE LoadControlCellTDDLTE
SceneConfigTDDLTE SceneConfigTDDLTE
BandWidthCfgTDDLTE BandWidthCfgTDDLTE
PhyChannelTDDLTE PhyChannelTDDLTE
PrachTDDLTE PrachTDDLTE
PowerControlDLTDDLTE PowerControlDLTDDLTE
ECellEquipFuncFDDLTE ECellEquipFuncFDDLTE
ECellEquipFuncTDDLTE ECellEquipFuncTDDLTE
PositionConfigTDDLTE PositionConfigTDDLTE
PositionConfigFDDLTE PositionConfigFDDLTE
Description
This MO indicates the sector function and describes which antennas compose a sector device to carry service carriers.
UE Parameters Configuration
Control Plane Timer
UE E-UTRAN Measurement
Measurement Config Group
SON Switch
SON ANR Policy
Target System of Idle Ue for CS Fallback
Target System of Connected Ue for CS Fallback
Service Identification Based BSR
User Perception Configuration for eNB for A Type Parameters.
GTPU Path
E-UTRAN FDD Cell
LTE FDD Measurement Parameter
EUtran Inter-frequency Measurement Parameters
GERAN Measurement Parameters
UTRAN Measurement Parameters
RAT Priority
LTE FDD E-UTRAN Cell Reselection
EUtran Reselection Inter-Frequency Parameters
LTE FDD Load Management for Cell
LTE FDD Load Control for Cell
LTE FDD Scene Config Parameter
LTE FDD PDCCH Configuration For Cell
LTE FDD PUCH and PDCH
LTE FDD PRACH
LTE FDD DL Power Control
E-UTRAN TDD Cell
LTE TDD Measurement Parameter
EUtran Inter-frequency Measurement Parameters
GERAN Measurement Parameters
UTRAN Measurement Parameters
RAT Priority
LTE TDD E-UTRAN Cell Reselection
EUtran Reselection Inter-Frequency Parameters
LTE TDD Load Management for Cell
LTE TDD Load Control for Cell
LTE TDD Scene Config Parameter
LTE TDD PDCCH Configuration For Cell
LTE TDD PUCH and PDCH
LTE TDD PRACH
LTE TDD DL Power Control
LTE FDD Baseband Resource
LTE TDD Baseband Resource
LTE TDD Positioning Configure
LTE FDD Positioning Configure
MOC path
/ManagedElement/
SupportFunction/SectorFunction
ENBCUCPFunction/CULTE/
RRCTimer/UeTimerLTE
RRCTimer/ControlPlaneTimerLTE
UEMeasurement/
UeEUtranMeasurementLTE
UEMeasurement/
CellMeasGroupLTE
SONPolicy/SonControlLTE
SONPolicy/SonPolicyAnrLTE
LocalProfileLTE/
CSFBProfileLTE/RatPriIdParaLTE
LocalProfileLTE/
CSFBProfileLTE/RatPriCnParaLTE
HOPolicy/SrvIdentifyBaseBSRLTE
UserExperience/
UserCAREA4ENBLTE
GTPUPathLTE
CUEUtranCellFDDLTE
CUEUtranCellFDDLTE/
EUtranCellMeasFDDLTE
EUtranCellMeasFDDLTE/
RatPriIdParaFDDLTE
RatPriCnParaFDDLTE
EUtranMeasFDDLTE
GeranMeasFDDLTE
UtranMeasFDDLTE
MsRATPriFDDLTE
CellReselectionFDD/
EUtranReselectionFDDLTE
EUtranReselectionFDDLTE/
EUtranRslParaFDD
LoadManagementFDDCell/
LoadMNGCellFDDLTE
LoadManagementFDDCell/
LoadControlCellFDDLTE
MACPerformanceFDD/
SceneConfigFDDLTE
MACPerformanceFDD/
BandWidthCfgFDDLTE
CUEUtranCellFDDLTE/
PhyChannelFDDLTE
CUEUtranCellFDDLTE/
PrachFDDLTE
CUEUtranCellFDDLTE/
PowerControlDLFDDLTE
CUEUtranCellTDDLTE
CUEUtranCellTDDLTE/
EUtranCellMeasTDDLTE
EUtranCellMeasTDDLTE/
RatPriIdParaTDDLTE
RatPriCnParaTDDLTE
EUtranMeasTDDLTE
GeranMeasTDDLTE
UtranMeasTDDLTE
MsRATPriTDDLTE
CellReselectionTDD/
EUtranReselectionTDDLTE
EUtranReselectionTDDLTE/
EUtranRslParaTDD
LoadManagementTDDCell/
LoadMNGCellTDDLTE
LoadManagementTDDCell/
LoadControlCellTDDLTE
MACPerformanceTDD/
SceneConfigTDDLTE
MACPerformanceTDD/
BandWidthCfgTDDLTE
CUEUtranCellTDDLTE/
PhyChannelTDDLTE
CUEUtranCellTDDLTE/
PrachTDDLTE
CUEUtranCellTDDLTE/
PowerControlDLTDDLTE
CPResource/
ECellEquipFuncFDDLTE
CPResource/
ECellEquipFuncTDDLTE
CUEUtranCellTDDLTE/
PositionConfigTDDLTE
CUEUtranCellFDDLTE/
PositionConfigFDDLTE
MODIND ManagedElementType SubNetwork ManagedElement
Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID
A: add,D: delete,M:
A,D,M string string string
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not
processed. NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID
Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId refTxRfLink
stringArray:length[1..400]
NE Name LDN MO ID Transmitting link
example:
This parameter sets the
string:length[1..255] Equipment=1,RfLink=Rf
unique ID of a managed This parameter sets the
string string:length[0..200] example: Sector-1 Link-1
object. It is of the string antenna interface for
type. You can set the transmitting sector
NE Name LDN parameter as planned. signals.
R Primary Key --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMSupportFunction=1,Sector SF_52 Equipment=1,RfLink=2-5;
NBA025_PULAUKERAMSupportFunction=1,Sector SF_83 Equipment=1,RfLink=29;E
NBA025_PULAUKERAMSupportFunction=1,Sector SF_82 Equipment=1,RfLink=25;E
NBA025_PULAUKERAMSupportFunction=1,Sector SF_83_2 Equipment=1,RfLink=31;E
NBA025_PULAUKERAMSupportFunction=1,Sector SF_101
refRxRfLink refAauTxRxGroup refIrRruTxRxGroup refPrruTxRxGroup
stringArray:length[1..400] stringArray:length[1..400] stringArray:length[1..400] stringArray:length[1..400]

Receiving link AAU TX RX group RRU(IR) TX RX group PRRU TX RX group
example: example: example: example:
Equipment=1,RfLink=Rf SupportFunction=1,AauT SupportFunction=1,IrRru SupportFunction=1,PrruT
Link-2 xRxGroup=Group-1 TxRxGroup=IrGroup-1 xRxGroup=prru-1
antenna interface for This parameter sets the This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
transmitting sector AAU Tx/Rx group for RRU (IR) Tx/Rx group PRRU Tx/Rx group for
signals. sector signals. for sector signals. sector signals.
-- -- -- --
Equipment=1,RfLink=2-5;Equipment=1,RfLink=2-8
Equipment=1,RfLink=29;Equipment=1,RfLink=30
SupportFunction=1,IrRruTxRxGroup=1
z-29500MHz)[257]
Rx(24250MHz-
27500MHz)Tx(24250MH
This parameter defines the
z-27500MHz)[258]
type of frequency band. It
Rx(37000MHz-
uses enumerated values to This parameter sets the
40000MHz)Tx(37000MH
indicate band ranges and configured output
refPrruTxRxGroup2 z-40000MHz)[260]
freqBand availableSectorPower configuredOutputPower
This parameter is used to the band definition This parameter sets the power .In most cases, the
Rx(27500MHz-
configure the PRRU specified by 3GPP TS available sector power. It configure output power is
stringArray:length[1..400] 28350MHz)Tx(27500MH double:[- double:[-
transmission
PRRU TX RXreceiving
group 2 38.104. Some
Frequency bandoftype
the isAvailable
a read-only parameter.
sector power equal to the
Configured available
output power
example: z-28350MHz)[261] 9.223372036854777E13.. 9.223372036854777E13..
group of the bearer sector frequency bands are The NE uses this sector power. However, if
SupportFunction=1,PrruT 9.223372036854777E13] 9.223372036854777E13]
(the second group of customized by vendors. parameter and the RRU each port of the RRU has
xRxGroup=prru-2 model default: 1 units: W units: W
PRRU information in the This parameter is not port included in the sector a broadband PA, you need
QCell combined configurable or to calculate the total to manually allocate
scenario). modifiable. power. power for different bands.
-- -- M M
Rx(880MHz-915MHz)Tx(9160.0 40.0
Rx(880MHz-915MHz)Tx(9160.0 40.0
Rx(880MHz-915MHz)Tx(9160.0 40.0
Rx(1710MHz-1785MHz)Tx260.0 80.0
Rx(1710MHz-1785MHz)Tx
260.0 80.0
260.0 80.0
260.0 80.0
260.0 80.0
260.0 80.0
160.0 160.0
260.0 80.0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
problems, the UE shall
start T310_UE. Upon
receiving N311 _UE
enum:
consecutive in-sync
0[0]
indications from lower
50[1]
layers, upon triggering the
100[2]
handover procedure and
NE_Name ldn moId 200[3]
t310_Ue
upon
Timer forinitiating the
UE to Monitor
500[4]
connection
Radio re-
Link Failure
1000[5]
NE Name LDN MO ID establishment
(T310_UE) procedure.
(ms)
string:length[1] 2000[6]
This parameter sets the If security is not
model default: 1
unique ID of the managed activated: go to
string string:length[0..200] example: 1 model default: 6
object. It is of the RRC_IDLE else: initiate
container type and is the connection re-
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. establishment procedure
R -- --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-11 2000[6]
the time length for UE RRCConnectionSetup or RRC connection re-
switch to idle upon RRCConnectionReject;2. establishment response.
enum: enum:
initiating the RRC cell re-selection occurred; UE shall start T301 after
enum: 100[0] 100[0]
connection re- 3. UE NAS layer The parameter indicates RRCConnectionReestabil
1000[0] 200[1] 200[1]
establishment procedure. terminated RRC the time length for UE to shmentRequest message
3000[1] 300[2] 300[2]
Upon initiating the RRC connection establishment wait for RRC connection is transmitted.When UE
5000[2] 400[3] 400[3]
connection re- procedure;When T300 request retry after FDDreceives theUE to
Timer for
10000[3]
t311_Ue 600[4]
t300 t302 RRC 600[4]
t301Fdd
establishment
Timer for UE to procedure,
Monitor expires,
Timer forUE
UEwill:1.reset
to Wait for Timerreception
for UEofto Wait for RRCConnectionReestabli
Wait for RRC Re-
15000[4] 1000[5] 1000[5]
UE starts
Radio this
Link timer.toWhen
Failure Idle MAC2.release the MAC
RRC Connection connection reject. When
RRC Re-Connection shment
connection or
Response
20000[5] 1500[6] 1500[6]
selection of a suitable
(T311_UE) (ms) E- configuration
Response (T300)3.re-
(ms) UE receives
Request RRC
(T302) (s) RRCConnectionReestabli
(T301)(ms)
30000[6] 2000[7] 2000[7]
UTRA cell or a cell using establish RLC for all RBs connection reject, UE will shmentReject
long:[1..16]
another RAT, UE stops that are established, and start Timer (T302). When message,UE shall stop
model default: 2 model default: 7 model default: 3 model default: 7
this timer. When timer is inform upper layers about T302 expires, UE will this timer.When Timer is
expired, UE switches to the failure of establish the retry RRC connection expired, UE switches to
IDLE. RRC connection. request IDLE.
-- -- -- --
30000[6] 2000[7] 3 2000[7]
RRC connection re-
establishment response.
enum:
UE shall start T301 after
100[0] enum: enum: enum:
RRCConnectionReestabil
200[1] 50[0] 50[0] 100[0]
shmentRequest message During the handover from
300[2] 100[1] 100[1] 200[1]
is transmitted.When UE During the intra LTE During the intra LTE LTE to GERAN via CCO,
400[3] 150[2] 150[2] 500[2]
TDDreceives theUE to
Timer for handover, when UE handover, when UE when UE receives
600[4]
t301Tdd 200[3]
t304Fdd 200[3]
t304Tdd 1000[3]
t304_Cco
RRCConnectionReestabli
Wait for RRC Re- receives
FDD Timerhandover
for UE to receives
TDD Timerhandover
for UE to handover
Timer command,
for UE to WaitUE
for
1000[5] 500[4] 500[4] 2000[4]
shment
connection or
Response command,
Wait for UE will start command,
Successful UE will start
Wait for Successful will start T304.
Successful If
Handover
1500[6] 1000[5] 1000[5] 4000[5]
RRCConnectionReestabli
(T301)(ms) T304. If handover
Handover (T304)(ms)is T304. If handover
Handover (T304)(ms)is handover is successful,
(T304_Cco) (ms)
2000[7] 2000[6] 2000[6] 8000[6]
shmentReject successful, UE will stop successful, UE will stop UE will stop T304. If
message,UE shall stop T304. If T304 expired, T304. If T304 expired, T304 expired, UE will
this timer.When Timer is UE will start T311 and UE will start T311 and start T311 and perform re-
expired, UE switches to perform re-establishment perform re-establishment establishment on the 'best
IDLE. on the ‘best cell’. on the ‘best cell’. cell'.
-- -- -- --
2000[7] 2000[6] 2000[6] 2000[4]
Info or inherited from
3day[54]
another RAT is valid.
enum: enum: 4day[55]
When T320 expires, the
enum: 1[0] 1[0] 5day[56]
Cell re-selection priority
5[0] 2[1] 2[1] 7day[57]
provided by the
10[1] 3[2] 3[2] 10day[58]
idleModeMobilityControl Maximum Number of
20[2] 4[3] 4[3] 14day[59]
Info or inherited from Maximum Number of Downlink
30[3]
t320 6[4]
n310 5[4]
n311 19day[60]
tUserInac
another RAT is invalid, ue Downlink Out-Of- Synchronization
60[4] 8[5] 6[5] 24day[61]
should Timer
Priority apply the
for cell
Cell Synchronization Indications Received By User-Inactivity Timer on
120[5] 10[6] 8[6] 30day[62]
reselection
Reselection priority
(T320) (min) Indications (N310_UE) UE (N311) Control Panel
180[6] 20[7] 10[7] MoreThan30day[63]
information broadcast in The parameter indicates The parameter indicates
the system information. maximum number of maximum number of
The parameter is the consecutive out-of-sync consecutive in-sync This timer defines the
mobility parameter in indications received from indications received from interval during which UE
idle. lower layers. lower layers. is in inactivity state
-- -- -- --
20[2] 6[4] 1[0] 2s[1]
Upon receiving a cell Upon receiving a cell
3day[54]
reselection priority reselection priority
4day[55]
message, the UE starts message, the UE starts
5day[56] enum: enum:
T320. When T320 is T320. When T320 is
7day[57] 5[0] 5[0]
running, the cell running, the cell
10day[58] 10[1] 10[1]
reselection priority carried reselection priority carried
14day[59] 20[2] 20[2]
in the dedicated message in the dedicated message
19day[60]
tUserInacforMobile tUserInacVoLTE 30[3]
endcAnchorImmciT320 30[3]
sADirectIMMCIT320
is valid. When T320 is valid.
Timer forWhen T320
Directional
24day[61] 60[4] 60[4]
User-Inactivity Timer for User Inactive Timer for Timeexpires, the cell
for EN-DC Anchor expires,ofthe
IMMCI SAcell
UEs
30day[62] 120[5] 120[5]
Mobile VoLTE Voice.
VoLTE (s)User reselection priority(min)
IMMCI (T320) carried reselection
(T320)priority
(min)carried
MoreThan30day[63] 180[6] 180[6]
Inactive Timer for VoLTE in the dedicated message in the dedicated message
long:[1..120]
Voice is not as long as is invalid. This parameter is invalid. This parameter
This parameter indicates User Inactive Timer for is a mobility control is a mobility control
User-inactivity timer for data otherwise UE will be parameter for the UEs in parameter for the UEs in
Mobile. released Idle state. idle state.
-- -- -- --
2s[1] 60 5[0] 5[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
This timer will be started
after eNB sends Initial UE
NE_Name ldn moId initialUETimer
message to the core
network, it will be
NE Name LDN MO ID stopped if initial
Initial UE Timercontext
(ms)
string:length[1]
This parameter sets the setup message or DL
model default: 1 long:[10..16000]
unique ID of the managed direct message is
object. It is of the received, else, an
container type and is abnormal processing will
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. be triggered.
R -- --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-11 16000
This timer is started after
the eNodeB sends an This timer will be started
This timer will be started RRC Connection after eNB sends RRC This timer will be started
pathSwitchTimer
after eNB sends path rrcReCfgTimer
Reconfiguration message rrcReEstTimer
connection re-establish afterrrcSetupTimer
eNB sends RRC
Timer to Wait for the
switch request to the core to a UE.
RRCItConnection
is stopped if an message to UE; it will
RRC Re-Establish be
Timer connection setup message
network,
Path Switch itTimer
will be
(ms) RRC Connection
Completed Message (ms) stopped
(ms)if RRC toRRC
UE, itSetup
will Timer
be stopped
(ms) if
stopped if path switch Reconfiguration Complete connections re-establish RRC connection setup
long:[10..10000] long:[10..65000] long:[10..6000] long:[10..16000]
response message is message or an RRC message is received, if complete message is
received, and else, an Connection Re- Timer is expired, an received, and else, an
abnormal processing will establishment message is abnormal processing will abnormal processing will
be triggered. received. be triggered. be triggered.
-- -- -- --
5000 8000 5000 16000
timer for S1 release
requests. After the
This timer will be started eNodeB sends a UE
This timer will be started after the source of hand Context Release Request
after eNB sends RRC over sends hand over message to the core
rrcConnRelTimer
connection release s1HoPrepareTimer
required message to the s1HoOverAllTimer
This timer will be started ueCtxRelReqTimer
network, the timer is
message to UE in Release
RRC Connection order to core network
S1 HO when
Prepare hand
Timer after
S1 HOthe Overall
source of hand
Timer started.
Timer forAfter a UE
S1 Release
ensureTimer
RRC connection
(ms) over starts(ms)
on S1, it will over receives
(ms)handover Context Release(ms)
Requests message
release message is be stopped if hand over command from the MME is received from the core
successfully sent to UE, message from the core when hand over starts on network, this timer is
the local instance of eNB network is received, else, S1, it will be stopped if stopped. If this timer has
will not be released until an abnormal processing release message from the expired, the UE instance
Timer is expired. will be triggered. core network is received. is released.
-- -- -- --
200 10000 15000 5000
If an abnormal processing
This timer will be started is triggered in eNB when
after the source of hand UE context is initialing,
over sends hand over This timer will be started this timer will be started
request message to the This timer will be started after eNB sends UE after eNB sends initial UE
x2HoPrePareTimer
destination when hand x2HoRelTimer
after the source of ueCapaTimer ueSetupFailTimer
The capability
Timer for request
UE to Wait context failure message to
over starts
X2 HO on X2,Timer
Prepare it will X2handover receives
HO Overall Timer messagefor to UE, it will be
Capability the core network, it will
be stopped if hand over
(ms) handover
(ms)request stopped if UE capability
Response(ms) UEbe stopped when
Setup Fail release
Timer (ms)
message from the acknowledge message message from UE is UE context message from
destination is received, if from the destination , it received, if Timer is the core network is
Timer is expired, an will be stopped if release expired, an abnormal received, if this timer is
abnormal processing will message from the processing will be expired, eNB will release
be triggered. destination is received. triggered. the UE.
-- -- -- --
5000 10000 2000 900
This timer will be started
after eNB sends
MobilityFromEUTRACo
mmand message to UE
when CCO is triggered, it Duration for Waiting for The Timer for RIM
will ccoRelTimer
be stopped when rimInitRptTmr
The Timer for RIM
rimResndReqTmr
Resending Multiple
rimEndResndTmr
Receiving End Message
release message or RRC Waiting for Initial-Report Report Requests in the and Waiting for
connection
CCO Releasere-establish
Timer (ms) (ms) RIM Procedure (ms) The Resending
parameter is(ms)
used to
message from the core This parameter indicates wait for resending request
network is received, if this The parameter is used to the duration for resending message after END
timer is expired, eNB will wait for initial report requests after the peer cell indication message is
release the instance of message in RIM expires in the RIM received in RIM
UE. procedure procedure. procedure.
-- -- -- --
5000 15000 15000 6000000
The timer starts when the
UPLINK S1 CDMA2000
TUNNELING
message(RAT: 1XRTT,
CDMA2000 HO Required
rimStopAckTmr csfbMeasTimer TheanrReportTimer
parameter is Timer cdmaHoPrepareTimer
Indication=true)
The Timer for RIM The Timer for Waiting CDMA Tunneling isHO
Waiting for Stopping CSFB Measurement which
Wait is
forused
ANR to Report
wait for sent ,andTimer
Prepare closesfor
When the
1xRTT
ACK (ms) In CSFB scene,(s)Timer is
Report ANR reports from UEs.
Timer (ms) DOWNLINK
(ms) S1
opened when eNB sends When it expires,the base CDMA2000
long:[10..20000] double:[1..30] long:[10..65530] long:[10..20000]
The parameter is used to the measurement station check if PCI TUNNELING
model default: 15000 model default: 5.0 model default: 1200 model default: 10000
wait for stop acknowledge Configuration and is conflict or confusion message(RAT: 1XRTT,
message in RIM closed when measurement exists from the CDMA2000 HO Status IE
procedure. report is received. information. included) is received.
-- -- -- --
15000 5.0 1200 10000
Pong timer. The
parameter indicates the
penalty timer used for
preventing repeated
handover. When a UE is
handover from cell A to This parameter is the
cell B , the preventing Handover punish timer .If
pingPongTmr
repeated handover Timer storeUEcntxtTimer
This parameter is the handOverPunishTmr
eNodeb waitDCEstatusIndTmr
receive S1 or X2 Timer for Waiting ICS
will be started in cell B, If timer
Store in
UEwhich
ContextHandover
Timer Handover
Handover prepare failure
Punish Timer DCE RNC CELL
Timer does not
Ping-Pong expired,
Timer (s) it target eNB(ms)
needs to store with cause(s)
of No Radio STATUS IND (s)
is not allowed to handover UE context, the UE waits Resources Available in
back to the cell A. The for the re-establishment of Target Cell,then eNodeb This parameter indicates
parameter is valid when the RRC message in order can't handover to this the timer for waiting iCS
switch for Ping-Pong is to detect the handover target cell within DCE RNC CELL
open. fault. Handover punish Time. STATUS IND.
-- -- -- --
3 5000 3 4000
The parameter indicates
the Intra-RAT Ping-Pong This parameter is the
This parameter is the last prevent timer, when timer of waiting for an
timer of measurement the CIO adjustment to ECGI measurement report
If the value of based Service. Upon achieve the maximum during handover towards
rrcAccessLBMeasTimer
ucUEAccessLBSwch in measTimerBasedService
measurement based intraRATPiPoLaPrTimer
number of times, if waitECGITimer
an open
Timer ofFemto cell.
Waiting ECGIIf a
LoadManagement
Timer of RRC Accessequals Timer
Service configurate,
of Measurement continue
Intra-RATto occur Intra-
Ping-Pong valid measurement
Report When Handoverreportto
2, When
Load RRC Access
Balancing (ms) eNodeb will start
based Service this
(ms) RATPrevent
Last Ping-Pong within
Timer(ms) is received
Open Femtobefore the
Cell(ms)
Load balancing is applied, timer to wait for measure the test time, eNB need to timer expires, handover
eNodeB will start this report. If it time out, recover the CIO and start towards the cell is
timer. When this timer eNodeb will delete this timer to prevent the permitted; otherwise,
times out, eNodeB will try measurement based handover for Ping-Pong handover towards the cell
to delete the A4. Service. cell. is not permitted.
-- -- -- --
2000 8000 5000 1200
timer of eMBMS mobility
measurement. When the
eNodeB delivers the
eMBMS mobility
measurement
This parameter is the configuration, the timer is
timer of Event started. When the UE This parameter is the
eventMeTim4CASelfCfg
Measurement for CA measTimerBasedeMBMS
reports an eMBMS pSCellAddPunishTmr
timer for PSCell addition erabModConfirmTimer
Timer of Event
SelfConfiguration.
Measurement for CA Upon
Self measurement report, the
Timer of eMBMS punishment. If the
PSCell Addition This parameter
ERAB indicates
Modification
event measurement for Mobility
Configuration(ms) timer is stopped. When
Measurment (s) eNodeB receives
Punishment Timeran (s)
X2 the timer for the
Confirmation eNodeB
Timer (ms)
Overlap calculation the timer expires, the SgNB Addition Reject to wait for an ERAB
configurate, eNodeb will eNodeB deletes the message, it cannot add the Modification Indication
start this timer. If it time delivered eMBMS target NR cell as a PSCell message from the MME
out, eNodeb will delete all mobility measurement within the time specified in the ERAB modification
event measurement. configuration. by this timer. indication procedure.
-- -- -- --
5000 300 3 1000
addition, SN
This parameter sets the modification, and SN
timer that is used to delete release procedures
This parameter indicates the measurement A4 for respectively. If no
the timer for waiting the SCell addition for the response is received After sending a UE
measurement report after fixed terminals that do not before the timer expires, it capability request
migBaseUEPosiMeasTim
a user location–based move when there is no indicates that an error message to an eMTC UE,
Timer of Deleting
er
migration measurement caNoCovDelMeaTimer
coverage. When dCPrepTimer emtcUeCapaTimer
Measurement Timer for Measurements A4the
for occurs in the the
Timer eNodeB
for eMTCstarts thisto
UEs
configuration
Migrate Useris delivered.
Based measurement
SCell AdditionA4in for
the corresponding
DC Preparationprocedure.
Timer timer.
WaitWhen receiving a
for Capability
If thePosition
user fails
(s)to be CaseSCell
of Noaddition is (s) The timer is
Coverage used in NSA UE capability
(ms) response
Response (ms)
handed over after the delivered, the timer starts. scenarios to monitor the message from the eMTC
long:[1..1800] double:[0.1..3600] long:[10..20000] long:[100..30000]
timer expires, the eNodeB When the timer expires, time and status of UE, the eNodeB stops this
deletes the user location– the remaining message processing timer. If the timer expires,
based migration measurement A4 is between LTE and NR the exception handling
measurement. deleted. sites. procedure is triggered.
-- -- -- --
1800 10.0 1000 6000
This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
timer for waiting the This parameter sets the ping-pong handover This parameter sets the
measurement report after timer for waiting for the penalty timer for SRVCC. duration from the time
a measurement measurement report after If the number of times when the eNodeB sends a
configuration for EN-DC a B1 measurement sRVCCPingPongPunishTi
that an SRVCC handover measurement
measTimer4EnDcAnchor
anchor–based enDcSnAddMeasTimer withinmer detection epsFBEndFRMeasTimer
Measurementhandover
Timer foris configuration forB1
Timer for EN-DC fails Ping-Pong the
Handover configuration
Timer for Fastto Return
the time
sent.
EN-DCIf the measurement
Anchor–Based SN addition isfor
Measurement sent. If the duration
EN-DC reaches
Penalty thefor
Timer upper when
AftertheEPS
corresponding
Fallback
long:[1000..1800000,
reportHandover
fails to be(ms)
received measurement
SN Additionreport
(ms)fails limit, this timer needs to
SRVCC(s) measurement
End(s)result is
long:[1000..1800000, 4294967290]
after the timer expires, the to be received after the be started to disable reported in the case of fast
4294967290] model default: 4000 long:[1..3600, 65535] long:[1..3600, 65535]
eNodeB deletes the timer expires, the eNodeB SRVCC handover. Note: return after the
model default: 4000 step: 10 model default: 65535 model default: 5
measurement deletes the measurement If this parameter is set to measurement-based EPS
configuration for EN-DC configuration for EN-DC 65535, the penalty timer fallback service is
anchor–based handover. SN addition. is infinity. completed.
-- -- -- --
4000 4000 65535 5
delay start timer of the
directional migration of
SA UEs relative to EN-
DC anchoring. If the This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
Hybrid-Mode NSA and delay start timer for CA This parameter sets the timer for waiting for the
SAStart
UserTimer
Strategy cA4ENDCAnchorDelayTi
Delay for EN- anchoring relative to EN- delay start timer for CA measurement report after
nSA4SADelayTimer
Configuration parameterto Delay mer For NSA
DC anchoring. cA4SNAddDelayTimer
anchoring sADirectMigMeasTimer
DC Anchoring Relative Start Timer for CA Delay Startrelative to SN
Timer for CA aDirectional
directionalMigration
migration
is set
the to SA Priority,
Directional the
Migration UEs, the Relative
Anchoring eNodeB to addition. For
Anchoring NSA UEs,
Relative to SN measurement
Measurement Timer of
eNodeB
of SApreferentially
UEs (ms) preferentially triggers(ms)
EN-DC Anchoring EN- the eNodeB preferentially
Addition (ms) configuration
SA UEs is (s)
sent to an
triggers directional DC anchoring and CA triggers SN addition and SA UE. If the user fails to
migration of SA UEs. EN- anchoring is started after CA anchoring is started be migrated after the timer
DC anchoring is started the period of time after the period of time expires, the eNodeB
after the period specified specified by this specified by this deletes the directional
by this parameter. parameter. parameter. migration measurement.
-- -- -- --
5000 4000 4000 5
timer for waiting the
measurement report after
a measurement
voLTEQualHOMeasTime
configuration for voice endcAnchHoMonNRCov
Measurement Timer for
quality–based r Timer
Measurementhandover
Timer foris NR Coverage Monitoring
sent. If the
Voice UE fails to be
Quality–Based in EN-DC Anchor-Based
handed over after the
Handover This Handover
parameter (s)
sets the
long:[1..3600, 65535]
timer expires, the eNodeB measurement timer for
deletes the measurement monitoring the NR
units: s model default: 5
configuration or attempts coverage related to the
to perform a redirection local cell in an EN-DC
operation. anchor-based handover.
-- --
5 5
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId measCfgIdx
Measurement
NE Name LDN MO ID Configuration Index
string:length[1..255]
unique ID of the managed This parameter sets the
string string:length[0..200] example: 10001 long:[1..65535]
object. It is of the string index of an intra-LTE
type and can be measurement
NE Name LDN configured as planned. configuration.
R Primary Key M
UE migration the Reference Signal
CA Optimal Band
measurement in TMM IN Received Power, while
Combination
coordination {TMM RSRQ refers to the
handover[69]
Intelligent Network Reference Signal
TMM Intelligent Network
Coordination Intra-LTE Received Quality. If this This parameter sets the
Coordination Intra-LTE
UE Migration parameter is set to rsrp, a rule to report
UE Migration
Measurement};and 71: UE determines event measurement results. If it
Measurement[70]
measCfgFunc triggerQuantity enum:
reportQuantity enum:
reportCriteria
policy for migrating the reporting conditions based is set to 0, the
Handover Based Data enum: SameAsTriggerQuantity[ Event triggered
poor-quality data UEs that on the measured RSRP Measurement Reporting
Measurement measurement results are
Quality in Atmospheric RSRP[0] 0] reporting[0]
are in the cells
Configuration with
Function value.Triggering
Event If this parameter is This parameter
Quantity determines
Quantity reported when the
Reporting Ruleevent
Ducting Cells[71] RSRQ[1] Both[1] Periodical reporting[1]
atmospheric ducting set to rsrq, a UE whether either the RSRP triggering conditions are
interference {Handover determines event or RSRQ value or both met. If it is set to 1, the
Based Data Quality in reporting conditions based the RSRP and RSRQ measurement results are
Atmospheric Ducting on the measured RSRQ values are reported by a periodically reported at
Cells}. value. UE. the configured interval.
-- -- -- --
TMM Intelligent Network RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Inter Frequency Overlap E RSRP[0] Both[1] Periodical reporting[1]
ICIC Measure[6] RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
TMM Intelligent Network RSRQ[1] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
CA Inter Frequency OverlaRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Intra Frequency HO MeasuRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Intra Frequency HO MeasuRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Event Dl Rsrp Measure[11]RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
SCell eICIC Measurement RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
eICIC Measurement[13] RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
CRS interference cancellat RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Close Inter Frequency/Inte RSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Close Inter Frequency/Inte RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Inter Frequency HO MeasuRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
PUSCH OI Power Control RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Inter Frequency HO MeasuRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
DL COMP Measurement[2RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
UL COMP Measurement[2RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Inter Frequency HO MeasurRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Redirect Measure(voice)[6 RSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Redirect Measure(voice)[6 RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Redirect Measure[3] RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Report CGI Measure[9] RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Periodical reporting[1]
Open Inter Frequency MeasRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Open Inter Frequency MeasRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Inter Rat Measure[2] RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Inter Rat Measure[2] RSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Period ANR Measurement[RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Periodical reporting[1]
Open ANR Measurement[2RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Open Inter Rat Measure(voRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Open Inter Rat Measure(voRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Intra Frequency HO MeasurRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
ue-RxTxTimeDifference MRSRP[0] Both[1] Periodical reporting[1]
Intra Frequency HO MeasurRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Intra Frequency HO MeasurRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Intra Frequency HO MeasurRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Redirect Measure[3] RSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Intra Frequency HO MeasuRSRQ[1] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Intra Frequency HO MeasuRSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Close eMTC Intra FrequenRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Close eMTC Intra FrequenRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Open eMTC Intra FrequencRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Open eMTC Intra FrequencRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Coverage Mode Level0 HanRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Coverage Mode Level0 HanRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Inter Frequency HO MeasurRSRQ[1] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Intra-LTE load balance MeRSRQ[1] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Intra-LTE load balance MeRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
RRC Access Load BalancinRSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Return Measure Based ServRSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Coverage Mode Handover tRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
ModeB Handover to ModeA RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
ModeA Handover to ModeB RSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
ModeA Handover to ModeB RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Coverage Mode Handover tRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Coverage Mode Level3 HanRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Handover to ModeB CoverRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Handover to ModeB CoverRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
ModeB Handover to ModeA RSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Coverage Mode Level3 HanRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Based VoLTE Quality MeaRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
eMBMS Mobility MeasureRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Open eMTC Inter FrequencRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Open eMTC Inter FrequencRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Close eMTC Inter FrequenRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
eMBMS Mobility MeasureRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Close eMTC Inter FrequenRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
highway-user inter-Freq h RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
normal-user inter-Freq ha RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
HomePLMN Measurement[RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Blind Redirection MeasureRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Blind Redirection MeasureRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Prevent PingPong HandoverRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Handover Measurement Bas RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Prevent PingPong HandoverRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Redirection Measurement fRSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
CA Joint Decision SCell DRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Modify Scell MeasurementRSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Period Dl Rsrp Measure[10RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Periodical reporting[1]
Fixed primary carrier MeasRSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
CA Enhance PCell AnchoriRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
CA Enhance PCell Anchorin RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Close Inter Frequency MeaRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
EnDc Anchoring HO handoRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
CA Spectrum CoordinationRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
CA Optimal Band Combinat RSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Open Inter Rat Measure(voRSRQ[1] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Open Inter Rat Measure(voRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Measurement for moving URSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Handover Based Data QualiRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Based UL Service MeasureRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Intra Frequency Period MeaRSRP[0] Both[1] Periodical reporting[1]
Add Scell Measurement[14RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Remove Scell MeasurementRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Intra-LTE load balance MeRSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
Intra-LTE load balance MeRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Judge CEU User Measure[ RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Judge CCU User Measure[RSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Measurement ConfigurationRSRP[0] Both[1] Event triggered reporting[0
Inter Frequency Period MeRSRP[0] Both[1] Periodical reporting[1]
Inter Frequency HO MeasurRSRP[0] SameAsTriggerQuantity[0]Event triggered reporting[0
used for handover event 139 corresponding to 2,., This parameter sets
measurement. A5: The and –44 corresponding to absolute RSRP threshold
signal quality level of the 97. The value 0 specified 2 for neighbor-cell
serving cell is lower than in TS 36.331 is not decision during event A5
enum:
the absolute threshold supported.The measurement. The
A1[0]
while that of a neighbor relationship between the relationship between the
A2[1]
cell is higher than the actual values of threshold This parameter sets the actual values of threshold
A3[2]
eventId thresholdOfRSRP thresholdOfRSRQ a5Threshold2OfRSRP
absolute threshold. This 1 for event A5 and the absolute RSRQRSRQ
Absolute threshold 2 for event A5 and the
A4[3]
event is used for handover Absolute
values inRSRP
TS 36.331 is as
Threshold forThreshold
event decision in the
for Event values inRSRP
Absolute TS 36.331 is as
Threshold
A5[4]
event measurement.
Event ID A6: forfollows: –140
Event Decision serving Decision
cell. It indicates 2 for follows:
Event A5–140
Decision
A6[5] long:[-140..-43] double:[-20..-3] long:[-140..-43]
The signal quality level of corresponding to 0, –139 the RSRQ value used for corresponding to 0, –139
model default: -75 model default: -8.0 model default: -90
a neighbor cell is one corresponding to 1,., and the decision of events A1, corresponding to 1, and –
model default: 0 units: dBm units: dB units: dBm
relative threshold higher –44 corresponding to 96. A2, A4, and A5 when the 44 corresponding to 96.
than that of the secondary The value 97 in TS event-triggering The value 97 in TS
cell. 36.331 is not supported. conditions are met. 36.331 is not supported.
-- -- -- --
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -3.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -140
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A5[4] -100 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A6[5] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A1[0] -90 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -11.5 -90
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -100 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -105 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.0 -90
A1[0] -80 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -90 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -16.0 -90
A2[1] -115 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -125 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -15.0 -90
A2[1] -110 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -14.0 -90
A5[4] -100 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -105 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -110 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -105 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -12.0 -90
A5[4] -100 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -100 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -14.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A4[3] -105 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -18.0 -90
A2[1] -130 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A1[0] -90 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A2[1] -110 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -16.5 -90
A2[1] -75 -15.0 -90
A2[1] -119 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -3.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -105 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -117 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -122 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -18.0 -90
A2[1] -124 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -16.0 -90
A1[0] -126 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -19.5 -90
A2[1] -128 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -17.5 -90
A1[0] -90 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A1[0] -100 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -19.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -11.5 -90
A1[0] -80 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -90 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -85 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A4[3] -75 -14.0 -90
A1[0] -90 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A5[4] -100 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -16.0 -90
A4[3] -100 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A5[4] -100 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -105 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -105 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -90 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -18.0 -90
A2[1] -125 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -90 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -14.0 -90
A5[4] -100 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A5[4] -100 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A4[3] -70 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A2[1] -110 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -15.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -20.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -90 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -100 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -11.5 -90
A4[3] -105 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -14.0 -90
A5[4] -100 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A6[5] -75 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -95 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -105 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -14.0 -90
A5[4] -110 -8.0 -100
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -100 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -100
A1[0] -105 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -100 -8.0 -95
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A1[0] -85 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -80
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A1[0] -100 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A1[0] -90 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -12.5 -90
A2[1] -110 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -85 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -95 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A2[1] -100 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -11.5 -90
A2[1] -115 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -15.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -12.5 -90
A1[0] -95 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -11.5 -90
A1[0] -90 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A2[1] -110 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -15.0 -90
A2[1] -115 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -13.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -100
A2[1] -95 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -14.0 -90
A1[0] -100 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -105 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -10.5 -90
A1[0] -105 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -11.5 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -90 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -110 -8.0 -100
A4[3] -75 -14.0 -90
A4[3] -105 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -16.0 -90
A2[1] -118 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -20.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -15.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -15.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -18.0 -90
A2[1] -108 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -104 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -18.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -18.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -18.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -110 -8.0 -102
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A4[3] -104 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -118 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -15.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -18.0 -90
A4[3] -107 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -115 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -120 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -20.0 -90
A4[3] -105 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -104 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -104 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -100 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -104 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -20.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -18.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -20.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -18.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -18.0 -90
A1[0] -75 -15.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -18.0 -90
A5[4] -110 -8.0 -100
A1[0] -75 -15.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -18.0 -90
A1[0] -100 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A1[0] -100 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -75 -18.0 -90
A4[3] -75 -15.0 -90
A5[4] -108 -8.0 -104
A4[3] -102 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -108 -8.0 -104
A5[4] -110 -8.0 -100
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -108 -8.0 -104
A4[3] -104 -8.0 -102
A4[3] -43 -14.0 -90
A2[1] -106 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -20.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -20.0 -90
A2[1] -118 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -18.0 -90
A2[1] -75 -18.0 -90
A2[1] -106 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -118 -8.0 -90
A3[2] -75 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -43 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -110 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -110 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -110 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -98 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -108 -8.0 -90
A5[4] -112 -8.0 -106
A4[3] -110 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -104 -8.0 -90
A2[1] -118 -8.0 -90
A4[3] -104 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -106 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -106 -8.0 -90
A1[0] -94 -8.0 -90
This parameter sets is triggered and reported time interval for reporting
160ms[6] 640ms[3]
absolute RSRQ threshold only when the event measurement results after
256ms[7] 1024ms[4]
2 for neighbor-cell always satisfies the event- an event is triggered.
320ms[8] 2048ms[5]
decision during event A5 triggering condition After an event is
480ms[9] 5120ms[6]
measurement. The within this period of time. triggered, the UE reports
512ms[10] 10240ms[7]
relationship between the A larger parameter value the measurement results
640ms[11] 1min[8]
actual values of threshold indicates that it is stricter in each interval. If the
a5Threshold2OfRSRQ hysteresis 1024ms[12]
timeToTrigger 6min[9]
reportInterval
2 for event A5
Absolute and the
RSRQ to determine
Time whether
Difference an
Between number of times
Periodical that the
Reporting
1280ms[13] 12min[10]
values in TS
Threshold 36.331
2 for EventisA5
as Decision Hysteresis event
Eventcan be triggered.
Occurrence and UE reports
Interval the
for Event
2560ms[14] 30min[11]
follows: –19.5
Decision Range ThisReporting
parameter is measurement results is
Triggering
double:[-20..-3] double:[0..15] 5120ms[15] 60min[12]
corresponding to 0, –19 configured as required. If more than that
model default: -11.0 model default: 0.0
corresponding to 1, and – the parameter value is too corresponding to this
units: dB units: dB model default: 7 model default: 4
3 corresponding to 33. This parameter sets the large, communication interval, the UE stops
The value 34 in TS hysteresis range for event quality may be affected reporting the
36.331 is not supported. decision. sometimes. measurement results.
-- -- -- --
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 256ms[7] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 3.0 1024ms[12] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 5120ms[6]
-11.0 1.5 1024ms[12] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 1024ms[12] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.0 1024ms[12] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 128ms[5] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 128ms[5] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.0 128ms[5] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 3.0 40ms[1] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 3.0 40ms[1] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 128ms[5] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 256ms[7] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 256ms[7] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 256ms[7] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-15.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.0 128ms[5] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 256ms[7] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-12.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 2560ms[14] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-13.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-13.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 256ms[7] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 256ms[7] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 256ms[7] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 2560ms[14] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 2560ms[14] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 256ms[7] 1024ms[4]
-10.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-10.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-15.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-15.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-15.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-15.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-15.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 2560ms[14] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 2560ms[14] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 1.5 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 1024ms[4]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 320ms[8] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
-11.0 0.0 640ms[11] 640ms[3]
times that the measurement results are
640ms[3]
measurement results are periodically reported. It is This parameter sets the
enum: 1024ms[4] enum:
reported after an event is specified in the number of times that
1[0] 2048ms[5] 1[0]
triggered. For a UE, after periodical-reporting rule. measurement results are
2[1] 5120ms[6] 2[1]
an event is triggered, the For a UE, after a periodically reported. For
4[2] 10240ms[7] 4[2]
UE reports the measurement event is a UE, this parameter is
8[3] 1min[8] 8[3]
measurement
Maximum results
Number of triggered, the UE reports used to determine whether
16[4]
reportAmount 6min[9]
prdReportInterval 16[4]
prdReportAmount maxReportCellNum
periodically. If the
Times to Report measurement results to report
Number theofmeasurement
Times to
32[5] 12min[10] 32[5]
number of timesResults
Measurement that the periodically.
Reporting If the
Interval in the results. If the UE
Periodically detects
Report Maximum Number of
64[6] 30min[11] 64[6]
AfterUE reports
Event the
Triggering number of times thatRule
Periodical-Reporting the that the numberResults
Measurement of times Reported Cells
Infinity[7] 60min[12] Infinity[7]
measurement results is measurement results are to report measurement
long:[1..8]
more than the parameter reported exceeds this results exceeds the This parameter sets the
value, the UE stops parameter value, the UE parameter value, the UE maximum number of
reporting the stops reporting the stops reporting the reported cells, not
measurement results. measurement results. measurement results. including the serving cell.
-- -- -- --
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 5120ms[6] Infinity[7] 8
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
Infinity[7] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 480ms[2] 1[0] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 240ms[1] 1[0] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 2048ms[5] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 5120ms[6] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 5120ms[6] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 5120ms[6] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 8
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
1[0] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 3
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
4[2] 1024ms[4] Infinity[7] 1
measurement reporting
procedure when the event
exit condition is satisfied.
The exit condition defined
in the protocol is: Mn +
Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + This parameter sets the
Ofp + Ocp + Off, that is, event–triggering condition
the reportOnLeave
RSRP/RSRQ of a a3Offset
for reporting the RSRP. a6Offset prdRptRurpose
enum: enum:
neighborEvent
Whether cell isA3
lower
Exit When the RSRP This
Purposeparameter sets the
for Periodical
No[0] Report Strongest Cells[0]
than that ofIsthe
Reporting serving
Supported difference
Event A3between
Offset a ThisEvent
parameter sets the Measurement
A6 Offset purpose for periodic
Reporting
Yes[1] double:[-15..15] double:[-15..15] Report CGI[1]
cell. Note: The word exit neighbor cell and the local offset of event A6. It measurement. If it is set to
model default: 3.0 model default: 3.0
does not mean that the UE cell is larger than the indicates that the channel 0, it indicates that the
model default: 0 units: dB units: dB model default: 0
leaves the serving cell; parameter value (the quality of the neighbor strongest cell is reported.
instead, it just indicates a actual value in dB), RSRP cell is an offset better than If it is set to 1, it indicates
condition. reporting is triggered. that of the SCell. that the CGI is reported.
-- -- -- --
No[0] 3.0 3.0 Report Strongest Cells[0]
Yes[1] -6.0 3.0 Report Strongest Cells[0]
No[0] 3.0 -1.5 Report Strongest Cells[0]
No[0] 3.0 3.0 Report CGI[1]
No[0] -1.5 3.0 Report Strongest Cells[0]
measurement reporting
procedure when the event
exit condition is satisfied.
The exit condition defined This parameter enables or
in the protocol is: Mn + disables the addition of
Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + the best neighbor cell to
reportAddNeighMeasSwc
Ofp + Ocp + Off, that is, the measurement report. If
reportOnLeaveA6Swch
the RSRP/RSRQ of a Switch it is of tohOpen,the
setAdding theBest
enum: enum:
neighborEvent
Whether cell isA6
lower
Exit reportAddNeighMeas-r10
Neighbor Cell in the
Close[0] Close[0]
than that ofIsthe
Reporting serving
Supported IE can be carried
Measurement in the
Report
Open[1] Open[1]
cell. Note: The word exit measurement report. If it
does not mean that the UE is set to Close, the
model default: 0 model default: 0
leaves the serving cell; reportAddNeighMeas-r10
instead, it just indicates a IE cannot be carried in
condition. any measurement report.
-- --
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Open[1] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId userLabel
NE Name LDN MO ID User Label

unique ID of the managed
string string:length[0..200] example: 10001 string:length[0..128]
object. It is of the string
type and can be
NE Name LDN configured as planned. User Label
R Primary Key --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-12
This parameter is an array This parameter is an array This parameter is an array
to indicate measurement to indicate measurement to indicate measurement
of close inter-frequency or of open inter-frequency of open intersystem
intersystem measurement measurement and related measurement and related
and related to a record of to a record of intra system to a record of intra system
meaGroupId closedInterFMeasCfg
intra openInterFMeasCfg openRatFMeasCfg
Closesystem measurement
Inter-Frequency or Openmeasurement
Inter-Frequency measurement
Open Intersystem
Measurement configuration.
Intersystem The one
Measurement configuration.
Measurement The one configuration.
Measurement The one
Configuration Group ID element relates toIndex
Configuration RSRP element relates toIndex
Configuration RSRP element relates toIndex
Configuration RSRP
longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535]
and the other relate to and the other relate to and the other relate to
model default: 10;11 model default: 20;21 model default: 30;31
RSRQ. Also, if dual- RSRQ. Also, if dual- RSRQ. Also, if dual-
long:[1..90] example: 10;11 example: 20;21 example: 30;31
The parameter sets the measurement is closed, measurement is closed, measurement is closed,
measurement only the first element is only the first element is only the first element is
configuration group ID. valid. valid. valid.
M -- -- --
2 21010;21011 21020;21021 30;31
11 23010;23011 23020;23021 30;31
1 18010;18011 18020;18021 30;31
3 9010;9011 9020;9021 30;31
measurement
configuration based on
longArray:[1..65535]
coverage and intra-
model default:
This parameter is an array frequency handover. It This parameter is an array
70;70;70;70;70;70;70;70;
to indicate measurement corresponds to a set of to indicate measurement
70;70;70;70;70;70;70;70;
of redirection and related records based on coverage of inter-frequency and
71;71;71;71;71;71;71;71;
to a record of intra system and intra-frequency
Coverage-Based related to a record of intra This parameter is used to
openRedMeasCfg intraFHOMeasCfg 71;71;71;71;71;71;71;71
interFHOMeasCfg icicMeasCfg
measurement handover in the
Measurement system
InterFreq measurement
Measurement indicate the measurement
example:
configuration.
Redirection The one
Measurement R_EUTMEA
Configurationtable.
IndexOne
for configuration.
Configuration Thefor
Index configuration of the intra-
ICIC Measurement
70;70;70;70;70;70;70;70;
element relates toIndex
Configuration RSRP element corresponds
Intra-frequency to
Handover element respectively
Handover frequency ICIC A3
Configuration event.
Index
longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535] 70;70;70;70;70;70;70;70;
and the other relate to RSRP and the other to relates to RSRP and When the ICIC function is
model default: 40;41 model default: 50;51 71;71;71;71;71;71;71;71; long:[1..65535]
RSRQ. Also, if dual- RSRQ. In the case of RSRQ. Also, if dual- opened, the measurement
example: 40;41 example: 50;51 71;71;71;71;71;71;71;71 model default: 200
measurement is closed, non–dual-measurement, measurement is closed, configuration is used to
only the first element is only the first set of array only the first half part of determine the location
valid. elements is valid. the array element is valid. attribute of the UE.
-- -- -- --
21040;21041 50;51 21070;21071;21072;21073;7
200
23040;23041 50;51 23070;23071;23072;23073;7
200
18040;18041 50;51 18070;18071;18072;18073;7
200
9040;9041 50;51 9070;9071;9072;9073;70;70
200
event B1/B2
;1010;1010;1011;1011;10
measurement. The This parameter is an array This parameter is an array
11;1011;1011;1011;1011;
parameter value to indicate measurement to indicate measurement
1011;1011;1011;1011;101
corresponds to a group of of WCDMA system of TD-SWCDMA system
1;1011;1011;1011;1011
records of GERAN event B1/B2 event and related B1/B2 event and related
example:
B1/B2 measurement in to a record of inter system to a record of inter system
1010;1010;1010;1010;101
The parameter is used to the R_RAT table. The measurement measurement
rptCGIMeasCfg 0;1010;1010;1010;1010;1
geranMeasCfg wcdmaMeasCfg tdMeasCfg
indicate
ReportCGI periodic
Measurement array elements correspond configuration of configuration of TD-
010;1010;1010;1010;1010
measurementsIndex
Configuration of ANRfor toGERAN
intra-frequency RSRP WCDMA
Measurement WCDMA system B1/B2 SWCDMA
Measurement system B1/B2
TDS Measurement
;1010;1010;1011;1011;10
ReportCGI. When the
ANR Function and RSRQ respectively.
Configuration Index event. The one element
Configuration Index
11;1011;1011;1011;1011; longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535]
ANR function is turned In the case of RSRP relates to RSRP and the relates to RSRP and the
long:[1..65535] 1011;1011;1011;1011;101 model default: 1060;1061 model default: 1110;1111
on, the neighbor cell CGI measurement or RSRQ other relate to RSRQ. other relate to RSRQ.
model default: 350 1;1011;1011;1011;1011 example: 1060;1061 example: 1110;1111
information is reported by measurement, only the Also, if dual-measurement Also, if dual-measurement
send the measurement first half part of the array is closed, only the first is closed, only the first
configuration to the UE. elements are valid. element is valid. element is valid.
-- -- -- --
350 1010;1010;1010;1010;10101060;1061 1110;1111
350 1010;1010;1010;1010;10101060;1061 1110;1111
350 1010;1010;1010;1010;10101060;1061 1110;1111
350 1010;1010;1010;1010;10101060;1061 1110;1111
This parameter is an array This parameter is an array
to indicate measurement to indicate measurement
of CDMA HRPD system of CDMA 1XRTT system
B1/B2 event and related B1/B2 event and related
to a record of inter system to a record of inter system This parameter is used to This parameter is used to
measurement measurement indicate the measurement indicate the measurement
cdma2KHRPDMeasCfg
configuration cdma2K1xMeasCfg gsmCSFBMeasCfg wcdmaCSFBMeasCfg
CDMA2000ofHRPD CDMA configuration
CDMA2000of1xRTT CDMA configuration
GERANof the CSFB configuration
CSFB WCDMAofCSFB the CSFB
HRPD system B1/B2
Measurement 1XRTT system B1/B2 to the Measurement
Measurement GERAN. When the to theMeasurement
WCDMA. When
event. The one element
Configuration Index CSFB function isIndex
Configuration turned the CSFB function
Configuration is
Index
longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535]
relates to RSRP and the relates to RSRP and the on, the appropriate turned on, the appropriate
model default: 1160;1161 model default: 1210;1211 long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535]
other relate to RSRQ. other relate to RSRQ. GERAN cell is selected WCDMA cell is selected
example: 1160;1161 example: 1210;1211 model default: 1260 model default: 1310
Also, if dual-measurement Also, if dual-measurement for the UE voice service for the UE voice service
is closed, only the first is closed, only the first by send the measurement by send the measurement
element is valid. element is valid. configuration to the UE. configuration to the UE.
-- -- -- --
1160;1161 1210;1211 1260 1310
1160;1161 1210;1211 1260 1310
1160;1161 1210;1211 1260 1310
1160;1161 1210;1211 1260 1310
This parameter is used to
indicate the measurement
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to configuration of intra- This parameter is used to
indicate the measurement indicate the measurement frequency periodic indicate the measurement
configuration of the CSFB configuration of the CSFB measurement, eNB configuration of downlink
to thetdCSFBMeasCfg
TD-SCDMA. When cdma2K1xCSFBMeasCfg
toCDMA2000
the CDMA 1xRTT
1xRTT. intraFPeriodMeasCfg
periodically acquiring the
Intra-Frequency
rsrpPeriodMeasCfgIdDl
RSRPPeriod
Downlink periodic
RSRP
theCSFB
TDS CSFBMeasurement
function is When
CSFBtheMeasurement
CSFB function service cellMeasurement
Periodical and the intra- measurement, while the
Measurement
turned on, the appropriate
Configuration Index is turned on, Index
Configuration the frequency cells Index
Configuration signal downlink RSRP periodic
Configuration Index
TD-SCDMA cell is appropriate CDMA quality and judgement the measurement switch is
selected for the UE voice 1xRTT cell is selected for corresponding turned on, eNB adjust
service by send the the UE voice service by performance by send this uplink power control by
measurement send the measurement measurement send this measurement
configuration to the UE. configuration to the UE. configuration to UE. configuration to UE.
-- -- -- --
1360 1410 300 400
1360 1410 300 400
1360 1410 300 400
1360 1410 300 400
configuration of downlink This parameter is used to This parameter is used to This parameter is used to
rsrpEventMeasCfgIdDl
RSRPEvent
eventRSRP intraLBMeasCfg
indicate theLoad
measurement gsmLBMeasCfg
indicate theLoad
measurement wcdmaLBMeasCfg
indicate theLoad
measurement
Downlink Intra-LTE Balance GERAN Balance WCDMA Balance
measurement, while the
Measurement configuration of intra
Measurement configuration
Measurementof load configuration of load
Measurement
downlink RSRPIndex
Configuration event system load balance,
Configuration Indexin balance for GSMIndex
Configuration system, balance for WCDMA
Configuration Index
measurement switch is the high load scenario, in the high load scenario, system, in the high load
turned on, eNB adjust eNB selects the eNB selects the scenario, eNB selects the
uplink power control by appropriate target cell by appropriate target cell by appropriate target cell by
send this measurement send this measurement send this measurement send this measurement
configuration to UE. configuration to the UE. configuration to the UE. configuration to the UE.
-- -- -- --
450 250 1450 1500
450 250 1450 1500
450 250 1450 1500
450 250 1450 1500
tdsLBMeasCfg
configuration of load geranANRMeasCfg utranANRMeasCfg cdmaANRMeasCfg
TDS Load Balance GERAN ANR UTRAN ANR CDMA ANR
balance for TD-
Measurement Measurement Measurement CDMA ANR
Measurement
SWCDMA system,
Configuration in the
Index Configuration Index Configuration Index Measurement
Configuration Index
high load scenario, eNB Configuration Index, it is
selects the appropriate used to search the
target cell by send this GERAN ANR UTRAN ANR strongest CDMA
measurement measurement Measurement neighbor cell during the
configuration to the UE. configuration index. Configuration Index CDMA ANR.
-- -- -- --
1550 1600 1610 1620
1550 1600 1610 1620
1550 1600 1610 1620
1550 1600 1610 1620
interRatGSMPeriodMeas interRatUTRANPeriodMe
interFPeriodMeasCfg Cfg asCfg eICICMeasCfg
Index for Inter-Frequency Index for Inter-RAT Index for Inter-RAT
Periodical Measurement Periodical Measurement Periodical Measurement eICIC Measurement
Configuration Configuration of GERAN Configuration of UTRAN Configuration Index
Index for Inter-Frequency Index for Inter-RAT index for inter-RAT
Periodical Measurement Periodical Measurement periodical measurement eICIC Measurement
Configuration Configuration of GERAN configuration of UTRAN Configuration Index
-- -- -- --
320 1650 1660 210
320 1650 1660 210
320 1650 1660 210
320 1650 1660 210
ueRxTxTimeDiffPeriodM
modScellMeasCfg anrMeasCfg measCfg4movUE easCfg
Modify Scell UE Rx-Tx Time Diff
Measurement ANR Measurement Measurement Event for Period Measure
Configuration Index Configuration Index Moving UE Configuration
the index of modify Scell The parameter indicates
measurement The measurement Event the index of UE Rx-Tx
configuration in CA ANR Measurement for moving UE out before Time Diff Period Measure
function. Configuration Index Cell be deleted Configuration.
-- -- -- --
520 352 550 360
520 352 550 360
520 352 550 360
520 352 550 360
This parameter is an array
to indicate Measurement
of Open intersystem
measurement Based This parameter only This parameter only
Voice,
Openand related to a
Intersystem associated with a set of associated with a set of
opeRatVoiceMeasCfg
record of Measurement intraLBMeasExtCfg
This parameter is a extend compMeasCfgUL
measuring configuration compMeasCfgDL
measuring configuration
Measurement Based Extend Intra-LTE Load
Configuration. The one
Voice Configuration measure configuration
Balance Measurement ULfor the ULCOMP.
COMP It
Measurement DLfor the DLCOMP.
COMP It
Measurement
element relates
Index to RSRP index for Intra-LTE
Configuration Load
Index recommend toIndex
Configuration use recommend toIndex
Configuration use
and the other relate to Balancing. It corresponds EVENT trigger for this EVENT trigger for this
model default: 32;33 long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535]
RSRQ. Also, if dual- to a record of Measure measurement, and report measurement, and report
example: 32;33 model default: 252 model default: 220 model default: 221
measurement is closed, configuration for amount set to 1, and don’t amount set to 1, and don’t
only the first element is neighborhood centre and recommend to set report recommend to set report
valid. edge user. amount to Infinity. amount to Infinity.
-- -- -- --
32;33 252 220 221
32;33 252 220 221
32;33 252 220 221
32;33 252 220 221
model default:
index of a measurement
1710;1710;1710;1710;171
configuration.The
0;1710;1710;1710;1710;1
measurement
tdsSRVCCBasedVoLTE cdmaSRVCCBasedVoLT 710;1710;1710;1710;1710
geranSRVCCBaVoLTEQ
configuration is used as
Frequences Measurement
anrA2MeasCfg QuaMeasCfg EQuaMeasCfg ;1710;1710
uMeCfg
Measurement Index of Measurement Index of theIndex SRVCC measurement
of SRVCC to
example:
ANR A2 Measurement This parameter
SRVCC is an
to TDS index This
Based parameter
SRVCC is an index configuration
to WCDMA GERAN Based forVoLTE
voice-
1710;1710;1710;1710;171
Configuration of Measurment,
VoLTE Qualityuniquely ofBased
Measurment, uniquely quality-based
VoLTE Quality handover to
Quality
0;1710;1710;1710;1710;1
related to a Measurement related to a Measurement GERAN. Each frequency
long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] 710;1710;1710;1710;1710
Configuration, and it is Configuration, and it is point group is uniquely
model default: 34 model default: 1810 model default: 1760 ;1710;1710
used as the SRVCC to used as the SRVCC to associated with a
ANR A2 Measurement TDS measurement Based WCDMA measurement measurement
Configuration VoLTE quality. Based VoLTE quality. configuration.
-- -- -- --
34 1810 1760 1710;1710;1710;1710;1710
34 1810 1760 1710;1710;1710;1710;1710
34 1810 1760 1710;1710;1710;1710;1710
34 1810 1760 1710;1710;1710;1710;1710
This paramter is the
interFHOBasedVoLTEQu highSpeedInNmlCellMea lowSpeedInHighwayMeas Measurement
aMeasCfg sCfg Cfg homePLMNeasCfg
Measurement Index of High speed UE in Normal Low speed UE in High- Configuration HomePLMN Index for
This parameter
Inter-Freq is an index
Handover cell measurement way cell measurement HomePLMN.
MeasurementIf
ofBased
Measurment, uniquely
VoLTE Quality configuration index configuration index HomePLMN is enable
Configuration Index in
related to a Measurement SPID, eNodeb will
Configuration, and it is measurement measurement configurate this
used as the Inter-Freq configuration index for configuration index for measurement to UE, make
Handover measurement the high-speed UE in the low-speed UE in UE return to HomePLMN
Based VoLTE quality. Normal cell High-way cell quickly.
-- -- -- --
140 150 160 600
140 150 160 600
140 150 160 600
140 150 160 600
handOverBasedULSRVM
Index of RRC Access
periodCdmaMeasCfg pcellMeasCfg rrcAccessLBMeasCfg easCfg
Index for Inter-RAT Load Balancing Measurement Index of
Periodical Measurement Index of Fixed Primary This parameter is an index Handover Based UL
Measurement
Configuration of CDMA Carrier Measure for CA of Measurment, uniquely
Configuration Service
related to a Measurement
Configuration, and it is
index for inter-RAT used as load balancing This parameter is the
periodical measurement Index of Fixed Primary measurement Based RRC Measurement Index of
configuration of CDMA Carrier Measure for CA Access. Handover Based UL BSR
-- -- -- --
1670 530 253 170
1670 530 253 170
1670 530 253 170
1670 530 253 170
interFMeasCfgBaseServic geranPRBUsageRatioMea tdsSRVCCBasedVoLTEC wcdmaSRVCCBasVoLT
Inter-Freq Measurement Measurement Index of Measurement Index of
e sCfg This ongMeasCfg
parameter is an index This ECongMeasCfg
parameter is an index
Configuration Index PRB Usage Ratio SRVCC to TDS Based SRVCC to WCDMA
Based Service Measurement of Measurment, uniquely Based
VoLTE Congestion of Measurment, uniquely
VoLTE Congestion
Measurement Configuration Index related toControl
a Measurement related toControl
a Measurement
Configuration, and it is Configuration, and it is
used as the SRVCC to used as the SRVCC to
Inter-Freq Measurement GERAN PRB Usage TDS measurement Based WCDMA measurement
Configuration Index Ratio measurement VoLTE congestion Based VoLTE congestion
based Service configuration index. control. control.
-- -- -- --
130 1900 1822 1772
130 1900 1822 1772
130 1900 1822 1772
130 1900 1822 1772
of Close inter-frequency
or intersystem
measurement Based
geranSRVCCBasVoLTE Voice, and related to aor
Measurement Index of Close Inter-frequency
CongMeasCfg
ThisSRVCC
parameter is an index crsICMeasCfg caEICICMeasCfg clsInterFVoiceMeasCfg
record of Measurement
to GERAN Intersystem Measurement
of Measurment,
Based uniquely
VoLTE Congestion CRS IC Measurement CA eICIC Measurement Configuration.
Based VoiceThe one
related toControl
a Measurement This paramter Index
Configuration is the Configuration Index element relates toIndex
Configuration RSRP
Configuration, and it is Measurement and the other relate to
long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] model default: 12;13
used as the SRVCC to Configuration Index for RSRQ. Also, if dual-
model default: 1722 model default: 214 model default: 212 example: 12;13
GERAN measurement CRS-IC,the event is used measurement is closed,
Based VoLTE congestion to distinguish the the CA eICIC Measurement only the first element is
control. aggressor cells. Configuration Index valid.
-- -- -- --
1722 214 212 12;13
1722 214 212 12;13
1722 214 212 12;13
1722 214 212 12;13
of Open inter-frequency
measurement Based
Voice, and related to a overlapInterFPeriodMeas magicRadioGERANMeas magicRadioWCDMAMea
Open Inter-frequency
opeInterFVoiceMeasCfg
record of Measurement Cfg Cfg4movUE sCfg4movUE
Measurement Based Inter Frequency Overlap Magic Radio Magic Radio
Configuration. The one
Voice Configuration Estimate Period Measure This parameter isIndex
Measurement an index
of This parameter isIndex
Measurement an index
of
element relates
Index to RSRP Configuration of Measurment,
Migrate User to uniquely of Measurment,
GERAN Migrate uniquely
User to WCDMA
and the other relate to related to a Measurement related to a Measurement
RSRQ. Also, if dual- This parameter indicates Configuration, and it is Configuration, and it is
measurement is closed, inter frequency overlap used as the Magic Radio used as the Magic Radio
only the first element is estimate period measure measurement index of measurement index of
valid. configuration. migrate user to GERAN. migrate user to WCDMA.
-- -- -- --
22;23 322 1730 1780
22;23 322 1730 1780
22;23 322 1730 1780
22;23 322 1730 1780
activeLWACMeasCfg deactiveLWACMeasCfg caOvelaInFEveMeasCfg ThisclsRatMeasCfg parameter sets the
CA Inter Frequency Close inter-RAT
Measurement Index for Measurement Index for Overlap Estimate Event configuration
Measurementof close
Active LWA Deactive LWA Measure Configuration inter-RAT measurement.
Configuration Index
The parameter value is
long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] model default: 14;15
This parameter indicates related to a group of
model default: 1950 model default: 1960 model default: 324 example: 14;15
Measurement Measurement inter frequency overlap records ofevent A, and the
Configuration for active Configuration for deactive estimate Event measure elements are related to
LWA. LWA. configuration. RSRP and RSRQ.
-- -- -- --
1950 1960 324 14;15
1950 1960 324 14;15
1950 1960 324 14;15
1950 1960 324 14;15
configurations. The
parameter
valuecorresponds to a
group of coverage-based
co-frequency handover
records in Measurement Measurement
This parameter sets the tableR_EUTMEA. The enPcellAnchHighPrioHO enPcellAnchLowPrioHO
Close inter-RAT eMTC Coverage-based Configuration Index of Configuration Index of
clsRatVoiceMeasCfg
configuration emtcIntraFHOMeasCfg Meas Meas
MeasurementofBased
close array elements
Intra-frequency Handover CA PCell Anchoring CA PCell Anchoring
inter-RAT voice-service-
Voice Configuration respectively correspond to
Measurement Enhancement HO to High Enhancement HO to Low
based measurement.
Index The RSRP and RSRQ.
Configuration In
Index This parameter
Priorityindicates This parameter
Priorityindicates
parameter value is related thecase of RSRP the measurement the measurement
model default: 16;17 model default: 800;801 long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535]
to agroup of records of measurement or RSRQ configuration index of CA configuration index of CA
event A, and the elements measurement, only the PCell anchoring PCell anchoring
are related to RSRP and first group of enhancement handover to enhancement handover to
RSRQ. arrayelements are valid. a high priority. a low priority.
-- -- -- --
16;17 800;801 532 534
16;17 800;801 532 534
16;17 800;801 532 534
16;17 800;801 532 534
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to
indicate the configuration indicate the configuration
Measurement Measurement measurement index of measurement index of
openEnPcellAnchInterFM closeEnPcellAnchInterF handover from macro cell handover from small cell
Configuration Index of Configuration Index of Measurement Measurement
eas Meas macro2SmallMeasCfg
to small cell. A of small2MacroMeasCfg
to macro cell. A of
Open Inter Frequency for Close Inter Frequency for Configuration Index Configuration Index
CA Enhance PCell CA Enhance PCell measurement
Handover from Macro Handovermeasurement
from Small Cell
Anchoring The parameter
Anchoringindicates configuration
Cell to Smallindex
Cell configuration index
to Macro Cell
The parameter indicates the Measurement contains a series of contains a series of
long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] model default: 122;123 model default: 120;121
the Measurement Configuration Index of corresponding corresponding
model default: 536 model default: 538 example: 122;123 example: 120;121
Configuration Index of Close HO for CA measurement of the measurement of the
Open HO for CA Enhance Enhance PCell quantity of and threshold quantity of and threshold
PCell Anchoring. Anchoring. configuration. configuration.
-- -- -- --
536 538 122;123 120;121
536 538 122;123 120;121
536 538 122;123 120;121
536 538 122;123 120;121
This parameter is a 2- index of high speed UEs
element array to enable based on coverage and
eMTC measurement of intra-frequency handover.
redirection. It corresponds It corresponds to a set of
to a set of records of the records of the high speed
model default:
redirection Event A2 in UEs based on coverage
sPIDSmtNetDistRedMeas hSpeedIntraFSpecMeasCf 500;500;500;500;500;500
the intra-system and intra-frequency
Dedicated Measurement
Cfg eMTCOpenRdMeasCfg g the intra- ;500;500;500;500;500;50
addSCellMeasCfgIdx
Redirection Measurement measurement parameter Configuration
eMTC Redirection handover in Index for This
Add parameter is an array
SCell Measurement
0;500;500;500;500
Configuration Index for configuration table. One Intra-Frequency
Measurement system measurement
Handover to indicate measurement
Configuration Index for
example:
The parameter
Idle sets a
SPID Users element corresponds
Configuration Indexto parameter table.UEs
of High Speed One of add ScellCA
measurement
longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535] 500;500;500;500;500;500
redirection measurement RSRP and the other to element corresponds to configuration in CA
long:[1..65535] model default: 802;803 model default: 54;55 ;500;500;500;500;500;50
configuration index of the RSRQ. In the case of RSRP and the other to function and related to a
model default: 620 example: 802;803 example: 54;55 0;500;500;500;500
smart network distribution non–dual-measurement, RSRQ. In the case of non- record of intra system
function for idle SPID only the first element is dual-measurement, only measurement
users. valid. the first element is valid. configuration.
-- -- -- --
620 802;803 54;55 500;500;500;500;500;500;
620 802;803 54;55 500;500;500;500;500;500;
620 802;803 54;55 500;500;500;500;500;500;
620 802;803 54;55 500;500;500;500;500;500;
This parameter is the
index of eMBMS
model default:
mobility A4 measurement
510;510;510;510;510;510 longArray:[1..65535]
Remove SCell configuration, identifying
;510;510;510;510;510;51 model default:
tormvSCellMeasCfgIdx
indicate measurement
Measurement
eMBMSMobMeasCfg
aneMBMS
eMBMSMobility
mobility nRSNRatAddMeasCfg
NR Inter-RAT
judgeCCUMeasCfg
Judge CCU User
0;510;510;510;510 2100;2100;2100;2100;210
of delete Scell
Configuration Index for measurement
Measurement Measurement Index for Measurement
example: 0;2100;2100;2100
measurement
CA configuration.
ConfigurationWhen
Indexthe This parameterinindicates
SN Addition ENDC This parameter indicates
Configuration Index
510;510;510;510;510;510 example:
configuration in CA function is enabled, the the inter-RAT the unique index of a
;510;510;510;510;510;51 long:[1..65535] 2100;2100;2100;2100;210 long:[1..65535]
function and related to a eMBMS mobility A4 measurement measurement
0;510;510;510;510 model default: 700 0;2100;2100;2100 model default: 180
record of intra system event is delivered to configuration index for configuration that is used
measurement choose a suitable target SN addition by the EN- to determine the users in
configuration. for the eMBMS UE. DC function. the center of a cell.
-- -- -- --
510;510;510;510;510;510; 700 2100;2100;2100;2100;2100180
510;510;510;510;510;510; 700 2100;2100;2100;2100;2100180
510;510;510;510;510;510; 700 2100;2100;2100;2100;2100180
510;510;510;510;510;510; 700 2100;2100;2100;2100;2100180
migBaseUEPosiInterFMe migBaseUEPosiWCDMA This parameter is used in
Migrate User Based Migrate User Based
judgeCEUMeasCfg asCfg MeasCfg nRRptCGIMeasCfg
periodic measurement of
Judge CEU User Position for Inter Position for WCDMA Report CGI Measurement
Measurement This parameter
Frequency indicates
Measurement This
RAT parameter indicates
Measurement the NR ANR Report
Configuration IndexCGI.
for
This parameter indicates
Configuration Index the unique indexIndex
Configuration of an the unique index
Configuration of a
Index When NRNRANRANR is
the unique index of a inter-frequency WCDMA system enabled, the neighbor cell
measurement measurement measurement CGI is reported through
configuration that is used configuration for the user configuration for the user the sending of the
to determine the users at location–based migration location–based migration measurement
the edge of a cell. strategy. strategy. configuration to the UE.
-- -- -- --
182 184 1784 2110
182 184 1784 2110
182 184 1784 2110
182 184 1784 2110
This parameter is a two- This parameter is a two- from enhanced-coverage
dimensional array to dimensional array to Level0 to Level1. It
disable intra-frequency enable intra-frequency corresponds to a set of
eMTC measurement. It eMTC measurement. It records on event A2 for
corresponds to a set of corresponds to a set of the handover from
records of intra-frequency records of intra-frequency enhanced-coverage
caJointDecisionSCCDelM event A1 in the intra-RAT event A2 in the intra-RAT Level0 to Mode
Level1Level0
in the
Coverage
eas clseMTCIntraFMeasCfg opeeMTCIntraFMeasCfg cELevel0ToCELevel1
CA Joint Decision SCell measurement
Configurationparameter
Index for measurement
Index for intra-RAT
Handovermeasurement
to Level1
Deletion Measurement configuration
Disabling EMTC table.Intra-
One configuration
Enabling EMTC table. One
Intra- parameter table. One
Measurement
Configuration Index element corresponds
Frequency Measurement to element corresponds
Frequency Measurement to element corresponds
Configuration Indexto
This parameter indicates RSRP and the other to RSRP and the other to RSRP and the other to
long:[1..65535] model default: 806;807 model default: 804;805 model default: 808;809
the unique measurement RSRQ. In the case of RSRQ. In the case of RSRQ. In the case of
model default: 513 example: 806;807 example: 804;805 example: 808;809
configuration index for non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement,
joint CA decision on only the first element is only the first element is only the first set of
SCell deletion. valid. valid. elements are valid.
-- -- -- --
513 806;807 804;805 808;809
513 806;807 804;805 808;809
513 806;807 804;805 808;809
513 806;807 804;805 808;809
enhanced-coverage enhanced-coverage enhanced-coverage ModeB enhanced-
Level0. It corresponds to Level2. It corresponds to Level1. It corresponds to coverage Level3. It
a set of records on event a set of records on event a set of records on event corresponds to a set of
A1 for the handover from A2 for the handover from A1 for the handover from records on event A2 for
Level1 to ModeA ModeA to ModeB ModeB to ModeA the handover to ModeB
enhanced-coverage enhanced-coverage
Configuration Index for enhanced-coverage enhanced-coverage
Level0 in the intra-RAT modeAToModeBCELevel
Level2
ModeA in Handover
the intra-RAT
to
modeBToModeACELevel
Level1
ModeB in Handover
the intra-RAT
to Level3 in thetointra-RAT
Handover ModeB
cEModeToCEleve0
measurement 2 1 parameter enterModeBCELevel3
Coverage Modeparameter
Handover measurement parameter ModeA
ModeB Enhanced- measurement
Coverage Mode measurement
Coverage Mode parameter
Level3
table. 0One
to Level element
Measurement table. One element
Coverage Level2 table. One
Level1 element
Measurement table. One element
Measurement
corresponds to RSRP
Configuration Indexand corresponds to RSRP and corresponds
Measurement to RSRP
Configuration Indexand corresponds to RSRP
Configuration Indexand
longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535]
the other to RSRQ. In the the other to RSRQ. In the the other to RSRQ. In the the other to RSRQ. In the
model default: 810;811 model default: 812;813 model default: 814;815 model default: 816;817
case of non–dual- case of non–dual- case of non–dual- case of non–dual-
example: 810;811 example: 812;813 example: 814;815 example: 816;817
measurement, only the measurement, only the measurement, only the measurement, only the
first set of elements are first set of elements are first set of elements are first set of elements are
valid. valid. valid. valid.
-- -- -- --
810;811 812;813 814;815 816;817
810;811 812;813 814;815 816;817
810;811 812;813 814;815 816;817
810;811 812;813 814;815 816;817
from enhanced-coverage
Level3 to Level2. It
corresponds to a set of This parameter indicates
records on event A1 for the measurement
the handover from configuration index of
enhanced-coverage downlink big service–
Level3 to Mode
Level2Level3
in the based handover. If cSSGERANPeriodMeasC
Coverage Measurement Periodical Measurement
cELevel3ToCELevel2
intra-RAT dLBigSRVHOMeasCfg puschOIPowConMeasCfg fg
Handovermeasurement
to Level2 downlink big service–
Configuration Index of PUSCH OI Power Control Configuration Index of
parameter table. One
Measurement DLbased handover is
Big Service–Based Measurement GERAN CSS Self-
element corresponds
Configuration Indexto enabled, the eNodeB
Handover This parameter indicates
Configuration Index Configuration
RSRP and the other to configures the handover the unique index of a This parameter sets the
RSRQ. In the case of measurement of the target measurement periodical measurement
non–dual-measurement, frequency for the UEs configuration that is used configuration index of
only the first set of with downlink big to PUSCH OI power GERAN CSS self-
elements are valid. services. control. configuration.
-- -- -- --
818;819 188 222 1651
818;819 188 222 1651
818;819 188 222 1651
818;819 188 222 1651
model default:
This parameter indicates the measurement
2120;2120;2120;2120;212
the measurement configuration index for
0;2120;2120;2120;2121;2
configuration index of CA service-based handover
121;2121;2121;2121;2121 returnMeasCfgBaseServic
Measurement spectrum coordination
Measurement Measurement return. When service-
Measurement
;2121;2121
nRMeasCfg caSpecCoordHoMeasCfg enDcAnchHOMeasCfg e return is
Configuration Index for handover. If CAIndex
Configuration spectrum
of Configuration Index of based handover
Configuration Index for
example:
Inter-RAT Handover to collaboration is enabled,
CA Spectrum EN-DC Anchor–Based enabled, the eNodeB
Service-Based Handover
2120;2120;2120;2120;212
NR the eNodeB configures
Coordination Handover Handover delivers the measurement
Return
0;2120;2120;2120;2121;2
This parameter indicates the handover This parameter indicates of the handover to the
121;2121;2121;2121;2121 long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535]
the measurement measurement of the SCC the measurement source frequency based on
;2121;2121 model default: 540 model default: 542 model default: 132
configuration index for frequency for the UEs configuration index of the value of this parameter
inter-RAT handover to an with bad uplink signal EN-DC anchor–based when the target service is
NR system. quality. handover. released.
-- -- -- --
2120;2120;2120;2120;2120540 542 132
2120;2120;2120;2120;2120540 542 132
2120;2120;2120;2120;2120540 542 132
2120;2120;2120;2120;2120540 542 132
060;1060;1060;1060;1060 ;1760;1760;1760;1760;17
This parameter is a 2-
;1060;1060;1060;1060;10 60;1760;1760;1760;1760;
This parameter indicates element array and
60;1060;1060;1060;1060; 1760;1760;1760;1760;176
the frequency-level indicates the measurement This parameter is a two-
1060;1060;1060;1060;106 0;1760;1760;1760;1760
This parameter indicates measurement
Frequency-Level index for open the inter- dimensional array to
0;1060;1060;1060;1060;1 example:
the frequency-level configuration index for
Measurement frequency handover disable inter-frequency
061;1061;1061;1061;1061 1760;1760;1760;1760;176
wCDMAFHOVoLTEQua
measurement
Frequency-Level SRVCC handover
Configuration Indexto
for Measurement.
Open It
Inter-frequency measurement for eMTC.
;1061;1061;1061;1061;10
wCDMAFHOMeasCfg 0;1760;1760;1760;1760;1
MeasCfg
configuration index for WCDMA
Measurement based on voice opeeMTCInterFMeasCfg
Voice Quality–Based corresponds
Measure Measurement
clseMTCInterFMeasCfg
to a set of It corresponds to
Configuration a setfor
Index of
61;1061;1061;1061;1061; 760;1760;1760;1760;1760
handover to WCDMA.
Configuration Index for quality.Handover
SRVCC An indexto records on event
Configuration A2 for Disabling
Index records of Inter-Frequency
inter-frequency
1061;1061;1061;1061;106 ;1760;1760;1760;1760;17
An index corresponds
Handover to WCDMA to a corresponds
WCDMAto a the inter-frequency
eMTC event A1 in thefor
Measurement intra-RAT
eMTC
1;1061;1061;1061;1061;1 60;1760;1760;1760;1760; longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535]
WCDMA frequency and WCDMA frequency and handover in the intra-RAT measurement parameter
061;1061;1061;1061;1061 1760;1760;1760;1760;176 model default: 820;821 model default: 822;823
is uniquely associated is uniquely associated measurement parameter configuration table. The
;1061;1061;1061;1061 0;1760;1760;1760;1760 example: 820;821 example: 822;823
with an inter-RAT with an inter-RAT table. One element array elements correspond
measurement measurement corresponds to RSRP and to the RSRP and RSRQ
configuration. configuration. the other to RSRQ. values.
-- -- -- --
1060;1060;1060;1060;10601760;1760;1760;1760;1760820;821 822;823
1060;1060;1060;1060;10601760;1760;1760;1760;1760820;821 822;823
1060;1060;1060;1060;10601760;1760;1760;1760;1760820;821 822;823
1060;1060;1060;1060;10601760;1760;1760;1760;1760820;821 822;823
to the RSRP and RSRQ measurement configuration of EN-DC two-dimensional array
;824;824;824;824;824;82 ;436;436;436;436;436;43
values. It is used in configuration of EN-DC UEs based on coverage indexes to disable inter-
4;824;824;824;824;825;8 6;436;436;436;436;437;4
coverage-based UEs based on coverage and intra-frequency frequency/inter-RAT
25;825;825;825;825;825; 37;437;437;437;437;437;
measurement and inter-frequency handover. It corresponds measurement for EN-DC
825;825;825;825;825;825 437;437;437;437;437;437
configuration for inter- handover. It corresponds to a set of records based UEs. It corresponds to a
;825;825;825 ;437;437;437
frequency handover
Coverage-Based for
Inter- to aCoverage-Based
set of records based on Coverage-Based
coverage and intra- set of records ofIndex
Configuration event to
A1
example: example:
eMTC. The Handover
Frequency parameter on coverage and inter-
Measurement frequency handover in the
Measurement in theDisable
intra-RAT
824;824;824;824;824;824
eMTCInterFHOMeasCfg 436;436;436;436;436;436
enDcInterFHOMeasCfg enDcIntraFHOMeasCfg enDcClsInterFMeasCfg
values correspond to a set
Measurement frequency handover
Configuration Indexinfor
the intra-system
Configuration measurement
Index for measurement parameter
Inter-frequency/Inter-
;824;824;824;824;824;82 ;436;436;436;436;436;43
of records of coverage-
Configuration Index for intra-system
Inter-frequency measurement
Handover parameter table.
Intra-frequency One
Handover configuration
RAT Measurementtable. One
for
4;824;824;824;824;825;8 6;436;436;436;436;437;4
based inter-frequency
eMTC parameter
of EN-DC table.
UEsOne element corresponds
of EN-DC UEs to element corresponds
EN-DC UEs to
25;825;825;825;825;825; 37;437;437;437;437;437; longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535]
handover in the element corresponds to RSRP and the other to RSRP and the other to
825;825;825;825;825;825 437;437;437;437;437;437 model default: 430;431 model default: 410;411
R_EUTMEA table. The RSRP and the other to RSRQ. In the case of RSRQ. In the case of
;825;825;825 ;437;437;437 example: 430;431 example: 410;411
array elements correspond RSRQ. In the case of non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement,
to the RSRP and RSRQ non–dual-measurement, only the first set of array only the first set of array
values. only the first part is valid. elements is valid. elements is valid.
-- -- -- --
824;824;824;824;824;824; 436;436;436;436;436;436; 430;431 410;411
824;824;824;824;824;824; 436;436;436;436;436;436; 430;431 410;411
824;824;824;824;824;824; 436;436;436;436;436;436; 430;431 410;411
824;824;824;824;824;824; 436;436;436;436;436;436; 430;431 410;411
two-dimensional array indexes to disable inter- indexes to enable inter-
indexes to enable inter- frequency/inter-RAT frequency measurement
frequency measurement measurement for EN-DC for EN-DC UEs based on
for EN-DC UEs. It UEs based on voice voice services. It
corresponds to a set of services. It corresponds
Configuration Index toto corresponds to a set of
records of inter-frequency a set of records
Disablewith the records with the
Configuration intra-
Index to
event A2 in the intra-RAT enDcClsInterFVoiceMeas
intra-RAT measurement enDcOpeInterFVoiceMea
RAT Inter-frequency
measurement This parameter Index
is a two-
Configuration Index to Inter-frequency/Inter- Enable Configuration to
enDcOpeInterFMeasCfg
measurement parameter configuration Cfgindex equal sCfg
configuration enDcClsRatMeasCfg
Enable Inter-frequency RAT Measurement for Measurement index equal
for EN-DC dimensional array to
Disable Inter-RAT
configuration for
Measurement table. One
EN-DC to this parameter
EN-DC UEs Based value.
on toUEs
this Based
parameter value.
on Voice disable inter-RAT
Measurement for EN-DC
element corresponds
UEs to One element corresponds
Voice Services One element corresponds
Services measurement UEsfor EN-DC
RSRP and the other to to RSRP and the other to to RSRP and the other to UEs. It corresponds to a
RSRQ. In the case of RSRQ. In the case of RSRQ. In the case of set of records of event A1
non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement, in the intra-RAT
only the first set of array only the first array only the first array measurement parameter
elements is valid. elements is valid. elements is valid. configuration table.
-- -- -- --
420;421 412;413 422;423 414;415
420;421 412;413 422;423 414;415
420;421 412;413 422;423 414;415
420;421 412;413 422;423 414;415
dimensional array to indexes to enable inter-
enable inter-RAT RAT measurement for
measurement for EN-DC EN-DC UEs based on
UEs. It corresponds to a voice services. It
set of records of inter- corresponds to a set of This parameter indicates
frequency event A2 in the This parameter Index
Configuration is a two-
to records with the
Configuration intra-
Index to the configuration index
inter-RAT measurement enDcClsRatVoiceMeasCf
dimensional array to enDcOpeRatVoiceMeasC
RAT measurement for fast return after EPS
Configuration Index to Disable Inter-RAT Enable Inter-RAT
enDcOpeRatFMeasCfg
parameter configuration g
disable inter-RAT configuration fg epsFBEndFRMeasCfg
Enable Inter-RAT Measurement for EN-DC Measurement index equal
for EN-DC fallback ends. IfIndex
Configuration the Fast
for
table. One element
Measurement for EN-DC measurement
UEs Based on for Voice
EN-DC toUEs
this Based
parameter value.
on Voice Return SwitchAfter
Fast Return for the
EPSEnd
corresponds to RSRP and
UEs UEs based on voice
Services One element corresponds
Services ofFallback
EPS Fallback
End
the other to RSRQ. In the services. It corresponds to to RSRP and the other to parameter is set to Based
model default: 424;425 model default: 416;417 model default: 426;427 long:[1..65535]
case of non–dual- a set of records of event RSRQ. In the case of Measurement, this
example: 424;425 example: 416;417 example: 426;427 model default: 2123
measurement, only the A1 in the intra-RAT non–dual-measurement, parameter is used to select
first set of array elements measurement parameter only the first array an appropriate NR cell for
is valid. configuration table. elements is valid. UEs to fast return.
-- -- -- --
424;425 416;417 426;427 2123
424;425 416;417 426;427 2123
424;425 416;417 426;427 2123
424;425 416;417 426;427 2123
dimensional array to configuration of SA UEs configuration of SA UEs
;486;486;486;486;486;48
enable 2G/3G inter-RAT based on coverage and based on coverage and
6;486;486;486;486;487;4
measurement for SA UEs. inter-frequency handover intra-frequency handover
87;487;487;487;487;487;
It corresponds to a set of of SA UEs. It corresponds of SA UEs. It corresponds
487;487;487;487;487;487
records of inter-frequency to a set of records based to a set of records based
;487;487;487
event A2 of SA UEs in on Coverage-Based
coverage and inter- on Coverage-Based
coverage and intra-
example:
This parameter is a two- the inter-RAT frequency handover in the
Measurement frequency handover in the
Measurement
sAClsRatMeasCfg sAOpeRatFMeasCfg 486;486;486;486;486;486
sAInterFHOMeasCfg sAIntraFHOMeasCfg
dimensional
Configuration array
Indextoto measurement
Index to intra-system
Index for intra-system
Index for
;486;486;486;486;486;48
disable 2G/3G inter-RAT
Disable Inter-RAT configuration
Enable 2G/3G table. One
Inter-RAT parameter table.
Inter-frequency One
Handover parameter table.
Intra-frequency One
Handover
6;486;486;486;486;487;4
measurement
Measurement forfor SA
SA UEs.
UEs element corresponds
Measurement for SA UEsto element
of corresponds
SA UEs to element
of corresponds
SA UEs to
longArray:[1..65535] longArray:[1..65535] 87;487;487;487;487;487; longArray:[1..65535]
It corresponds to a set of RSRP and the other to RSRP and the other to RSRP and the other to
model default: 464;465 model default: 474;475 487;487;487;487;487;487 model default: 480;481
records of event A1 of SA RSRQ. In the case of RSRQ. In the case of RSRQ. In the case of
example: 464;465 example: 474;475 ;487;487;487 example: 480;481
UEs in the intra-RAT non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement,
measurement parameter only the first set of array only the first set of array only the first set of array
configuration table. elements is valid. elements is valid. elements is valid.
-- -- -- --
464;465 474;475 486;486;486;486;486;486; 480;481
464;465 474;475 486;486;486;486;486;486; 480;481
464;465 474;475 486;486;486;486;486;486; 480;481
464;465 474;475 486;486;486;486;486;486; 480;481
frequency measurement indexes to disable inter- intra-RAT A2 intra-RAT A1
for SA UEs. It frequency 2G/3G measurement for SA UEs. measurement for SA UEs.
corresponds to a set of measurement for SA UEs. It corresponds to a set of It corresponds to a set of
records (measurement It corresponds to a set of records (measurement records (measurement
configuration numbers) of records (measurement configuration numbers) of configuration numbers) of
inter-frequency event A2 configuration numbers) of NR inter-RAT event A2 NR inter-RAT event A1
in the intra-RAT event A1 in the intra-RAT
Configuration Index to in the intra-RAT in the intra-RAT
sAOpeInterFMeasCfg
measurement sAClsInterFMeasCfg sAOpeNRMeasCfg sAClsNRMeasCfg
Index to measurement parameter
Disable measurement
Index to measurement
Index to
configuration table. The
Enable Inter-frequency configuration table. The
Inter-frequency/2G/3G configuration
Enable table. The
NR Inter-RAT configuration
A2 Disable table. The
NR Inter-RAT A1
first element corresponds
Measurement for SA UEs first element corresponds
Measurement for SA UEs first element corresponds
Measurement first element corresponds
for SA UEs Measurement for SA UEs
to RSRP and the second to RSRP and the second to RSRP and the second to RSRP and the second
to RSRQ. In the case of to RSRQ. In the case of to RSRQ. In the case of to RSRQ. In the case of
non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement, non–dual-measurement,
only the first set of array only the first set of array only the first set of array only the first set of array
elements is valid. elements is valid. elements is valid. elements is valid.
-- -- -- --
470;471 460;461 476;477 466;467
470;471 460;461 476;477 466;467
470;471 460;461 476;477 466;467
470;471 460;461 476;477 466;467
indexes to enable
redirection measurement
based on voice services. It This parameter sets the
corresponds to a set of measurement
records of the redirection configuration index of Measurement
event A2 for voice handover based on
Configuration sets for
Index a
caOptBandCombHoMeas longArray:[1..65535]
endcAnchNbrNrCovMeas
Directional Migration services in the intra- optimal CAIndex
Configuration band of measurement
Monitoring Neighbor
sADirectMigMeasCfg openRdVoiceMeasCfg Cfg The modelCfg
default:
Measurement system measurement
Voice-Based Redirection combinations.
Handover Based on configuration index.
Cell-Related NR It is
2102;2102;2102;2102;210
Configuration Index of parameter configuration
Measurement eNodeBCA
Optimal delivers
Band associated
Coverage in with
EN-DCa
2;2102;2102;2102
This parameter
SA UEsindicates table. One element
Configuration Index measurement
Combinations dedicated measurement
Anchor-Based Handover
longArray:[1..65535] example:
the unique index of a corresponds to RSRP and configurations to the configuration that is used
long:[1..65535] model default: 426;427 long:[1..65535] 2102;2102;2102;2102;210
measurement the other to RSRQ. In the optimal frequency to monitor neighbor cell-
model default: 2124 example: 426;427 model default: 544 2;2102;2102;2102
configuration for case of non–dual- combinations for CA UEs related NR coverage in an
directional migration measurement, only the based on this parameter EN-DC anchor-based
measurement of SA UEs. first element is valid. value. handover.
-- -- -- --
2124 426;427 544 2102;2102;2102;2102;2102
2124 426;427 544 2102;2102;2102;2102;2102
2124 426;427 544 2102;2102;2102;2102;2102
2124 426;427 544 2102;2102;2102;2102;2102
measurement
configuration index for
migrating the poor-quality
data UEs that are in the
Measurement cellsMeasurement
with atmospheric
This parameter
Configuration sets for
Index a ducting interference.
Configuration If
Index for
longArray:[1..65535] atmosWorseDataMigMea
endcAnchSrvNrCovMeas
measurement
Monitoring Local Cell- this parameter
Migrating is
the Poor- Measurement
modelCfg
default: Cfg poor- tmmINCMeasCfg
configuration index. It in
Related NR Coverage is configured,
Quality Datathe UEs in Configuration Index for
2104;2104;2104;2104;210
associated
EN-DC with a
Anchor-Based quality data UEs
Atmospheric that are
Ducting UE Migration in TMM IN
4;2104;2104;2104
dedicated measurement
Handover in theCells
cells with This parameter indicates
Coordination
example: longArray:[1..65535]
configuration that is used atmospheric ducting the unique index of a
2104;2104;2104;2104;210 long:[1..65535] model default: 560;561
to monitor local cell- interference are migrated measurement
4;2104;2104;2104 model default: 554 example: 560;561
related NR coverage in an to a cell without configuration for UE
EN-DC anchor-based atmospheric ducting migration when TMM IN
handover. interference. coordination is enabled.
-- -- --
2104;2104;2104;2104;2104554 560;561
2104;2104;2104;2104;2104554 560;561
2104;2104;2104;2104;2104554 560;561
2104;2104;2104;2104;2104554 560;561
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
enum:
SH[26]
CS[43]
ANR[46]
PCI[47]
X2[48]
NE_Name ldn moId MRO[49]
sonFuncId
RO[51]
service type, 26 for SH,
MLB[52]
NE Name LDN MO ID 43 forService
CS, 46Type
for ANR,
ES[57]
This parameter sets the 47 for PCI, 48 for X2, 49
string:length[1..255] MAGICRADIO[58]
unique ID of the managed for MRO, 51 for RO, 52
string string:length[0..200] example: 10001 SpecShare[59]
object. It is of the string for MLB, 57 for ES, and
type and can be 58 for MAGICRADIO,
NE Name LDN configured as planned. and 59 for SpecShare.
R Primary Key M
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-1ANR-TDD ANR[46]
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-1ANR-FDD ANR[46]
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-1X2 X2[48]
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-1SH-FDD SH[26]
radioMode sonSwitch
enum:
enum: Close[0]
Radio Mode Service Switch
LTE-FDD[16] Open[1]
LTE-TDD[32]
LTE[48] model default: 0
radio mode in which the This parameter is the
SON function is enabled. service switch.
M --
LTE-TDD[32] Open[1]
LTE-FDD[16] Open[1]
LTE[48] Open[1]
LTE-FDD[16] Open[1]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId sonPolicyId
NE Name LDN MO ID Policy ID

string:length[1..255] long:[46000..46999]
type and can be
NE Name LDN configured as planned. Policy ID
R Primary Key --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-1ANR 46000
the maximum number of
times that the eNodeB
performs CGI
sonMeasObjChoiceCount
measurement on each
sonFuncIdsets the
This parameter sonRunMode unknown er anrMeasUeCnt
Maximumneighbor
Numbercell
of Maximum Number of
enum:
service type, 21 for PnP, after atofailed
Times Selectattempt
UEs for UEs Execute ECGI
Free Mode[0]
26 forService
SH, 43 Type
for CS, 46 Run Mode during ANR neighbor
CGI Measurement Measurement
Controlled Mode[1]
for ANR, 47 for PCI, 48 self-addition. This
long:[0..255] long:[1..65535] long:[1..10]
for X2, 49 for MRO, 50 parameter is valid for all This parameter indicates
for CCO, 51 for RO, 52 the neighbor cells, the maximum number of
for MLB, 57 for ES, and including intra-RAT and Ues choosed in each
58 for MAGICRADIO. Run Mode inter-RAT neighbor cells. ECGI measurement.
R -- -- --
46 Free Mode[0] 9 1
The parameter is the end
enum:
staticTimerGrade anrAppointRptSwch anrAppointRptStartTime anrAppointRptEndTime
time of ANR Report at
Hour[0] enum:
The Grade of ANR ThisSwitch
The parameter
of ANRsets TheStart
parameter
Time ofis ANR
the start End
appointed
Time oftime
ANR function
Report
Minute[1] Close[0]
Statistic Timer Length whether
Report to enable the
at Appointed Time time of
Report at ANR ReportTime
Appointed at configured by operator.
at Appointed Time
Second[2] Open[1] string string
ANR timed reporting appointed time function After end time
model default: 00:00 model default: 06:00
function. If it is set to configured by arrive,ANR Report at
model default: 0 model default: 1 example: 00:00 example: 06:00
This parameter is used to Open, the function is operator.ANR nbr Add appointed time function
set the grade of ANR enabled; otherwise, the and Del Process will will execute reset and start
Statistic Timer Length. function is disabled. execute after start time. next process period.
-- -- -- --
Hour[0] Open[1] 23:00 08:00
added or deleted at a time.
If the number of neighbor
cells meeting the cell
addition conditions is
larger than the threshold,
the neighbor cells with
more handover successes
handoverFailDetectSwch handoverFailNumThrd nbrAddCnt
are added first. If the ltePciSrvRsrpThrd
When the rsrp of serving
The Switch of Continuous The Threshold of Maximum Number of
enum:
Handover Failure number ofCells
Continuous Handover Neighbor neighbor
Added cells cell that reported
or Unknown in
PCI Serving
Close[0]
Detection There hasTimes
Failure further meeting the cell
Deleted Oncedeletion Cellunknown PCI
RSRP Threshold
Open[1] long:[-140..-43]
The process of the scene treatment when the conditions is larger than measurement result
long:[1..65535] long:[1..128] model default: -100
that the handover results continuously failed times the threshold, the exceeds this threshold,
model default: 0 model default: 20 model default: 6 units: dBm
between adjacent cells are of handover is equal or neighbor cells with fewer ANR perform ECGI
continuously failed is more than the value of handover successes are measurement for the
determined by this switch. this parameter. deleted first. unknown PCI.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 50 6 -100
When the ANR temporary
cell is added, the numbers
When only RSRQ of measurements and
information exists in the successful handovers will
sonEnableANR ltePciRsrpThrd ltePciRsrqThrd
measurement report of sonNbrReportThreshold
be collected in the
enum:
The Switch of Intra-LTE LTE Unknown PCI RSRP LTE unknown
LTE Unknown PCI,PCI
if the statistical
Neighborperiod. After
Cell Report
Disable[0]
This parameter
ANR sets Threshold RSRQ
RSRQ is larger than or
Threshold the statistic
Thresholdtimer is
Enable[1] long:[-140..-43] double:[-20..-3]
whether the intra-LTE When the rsrp of LTE equal to the threshold, timeout,if the MR times
model default: -95 model default: -12.0 long:[0..65535]
ANR function is unknown PCI exceeds this ECGI measurement will less than this value,the
model default: 0 units: dBm units: dB model default: 10
supported or not. Disable: threshold, ANR perform be performed for the temporary neighbor cell
not supported; Enable: ECGI measurement for unknown PCI by the ANR cannot be added to the
supported. the unknown PCI. function. formal neighbor cell list.
-- -- -- --
Enable[1] -95 -12.0 12
When the ANR temporary
cell is added,the numbers
of measurements and
successful handovers will Intra-LTE Inter-
be collected in the centralizeInterFTwoWayF
This parameter indicates The Cell-Filtering
Intra-LTE Centralize Frequency Centralize
sonHoSuccThreshold
statistical centralizeTwoWayFlg
period. After This parameter indicates Neighbor
whether thelg intra-LTE statisticTimer
algorithm
Neighbor Cell Relation Cell Relation Timer Lengthwill
for be
ANR
enum: enum:
the statisticSuccess
Handover timer is whether the intra-LTE Inter-Frequency
Bidirectional centralize
Bidirectional executed
Temporary after the statistic
Neighbor Cell
Close[0] Close[0]
timeout,if the HO success centralize
Threshold neighbor
Configuration cell
Switch neighbor cell relation
Configuration Switch timer isStatistic
timeout. This
Open[1] Open[1]
times less than this relation bidirectional bidirectional parameter indicates the
long:[0..65535] long:[1..255]
value,the temporary configuration function is configuration function is statistic timer length, unit
neighbor cell cannot be supported or not.Close:not supported or not.Close:not refer to The Grade of
added to the formal supported;Open:supported supported;Open:supported ANR Statistic Timer
neighbor cell list. ; ; Length.
-- -- -- --
10 Close[0] Close[0] 24
This parameter indicates This parameter indicates
handover success rate handover success rate
thresholdSuccess
Handover for intra- thresholdSuccess
Rate Handover for inter-
Rate
maxIntraFNbrNum maxInterFNbrNum intraFreqHoSuccRateThrd
frquency neighbor cell interFreqHoSuccRateThrd
frquency neighbor cell
Maximum Number of Maximum Number of Threshold for Intra- Threshold for Inter-
Intra-LTE Intra- Intra-LTE Inter- additoin.
Frequency Only theCell Frequency
Neighbor additoin. Only theCell
Neighbor
If the intra-RAT
Frequency NeighborLTE
Cells If the intra-RAT
Frequency NeighborLTE
Cells neighbor cell whose
Addition neighbor cell whose
Addition
double:[0..100] double:[0..100]
ANR function is enabled, ANR function is enabled, handover success rate is handover success rate is
long:[1..128] long:[1..448] model default: 98.0 model default: 98.0
the number of formal the number of formal higher than or equal to higher than or equal to
model default: 64 model default: 384 units: % units: %
intra-frequency neighbor inter-frequency neighbor this threshold can be this threshold can be
cells cannot exceed the cells cannot exceed the added to formal neighbor added to formal neighbor
upper limit. upper limit. cell list. cell list.
-- -- -- --
64 195 99.0 99.0
handover success rate,
meaning that the detection
is based on the number of
failed handovers and the A formal NBR will be
enum:
handover success rate. In detected as low handover
Based on the number of
other scenarios, it is success rate NBR
Handover Times if the
handover requests and
lowHoSuccRateDetectSw recommended lowHoSuccRateDetectPer hoNumThrdForLowHOR
that this The Period of Low handover times
Threshold of isLow
larger
ch handover success rate[0]
lowHoSuccRateAlg iod ate to this
The Switch of Low parameter
Intra-LTE be
LowsetHandover
to Based Handover Success Rate than or equal
Handover Success Rate
enum: Based on the number of
Handover Success Rate Success on theRate
number of
Detection Formal Neighbor Cell parameter
Formal and the
Neighbor Cell
Close[0] handover failures and
The process of the scene handover
Detection requests and
Algorithm This parameter is used to
Detection handover success rate is
Detection
Open[1] handover success rate[1]
that the success rate of handover success rate, control the time interval lower than or equal to the
long:[1..255] long:[1..65535]
handover results between meaning that the detection between formal NBR low Handover Success Rate
adjacent cells is in low is based on the number of handover success rate Threshold of Low
level is determined by this handover requests and the detections.The unit is due Handover Success Rate
switch. handover success rate. to StatisticTimerGrade. NBR Detection.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Based on the number of han48 50
If the number of failed If the number of failed
handovers of a formal handovers of a temporary
neighbor cell reaches or neighbor cell reaches or
exceeds this threshold and A temporary NBR will be exceeds this threshold and
the handover
Number ofsuccess
Failed rate detected as lowTimes
Handover handover the handover
Number ofsuccess
Failed rate
ishoFailNumTdForLowHo
lower than of
Handovers thea handover
Formal
tmpLowHoSuccRateDetP tmpHoNumThrdForLow
The Period of Low success rate NBR
Threshold if the is
of Low
tmpHoFailNumTdLowHo
lower than the of
Handovers threshold
a
Ratedetection
success rate eriod HORateis larger Rate
Neighbor Cell for Low Handover Success Rate handover
Handovertimes of the total
Success Rate Temporary number Cell
Neighbor of
thresholdSuccess
Handover of formal
Rate Temporary Neighbor Cell Temporarythan or equal to thisCell handovers
Neighbor for LowofHandover
a temporary
neighborDetection
cells with a low This parameter is used to
Detection parameter and the
Detection neighborRate
Success cellDetection
for low–
intra-RAT handover control the time interval handover success rate is handover success rate
success rate, this neighbor between temporary NBR lower than the Handover detection, this neighbor
cell is a neighbor cell with low handover success rate Success Rate Threshold of cell is a neighbor cell with
a low handover success detections. The unit is due Low Handover Success a low handover success
rate. to StatisticTimerGrade. Rate NBR Detection. rate.
-- -- -- --
10 24 8 10
whether handover is This parameter sets the
allowed for intra-system threshold for the low
normal neighbor cells handover success rate of
The neighbor cell will be with low handover temporary neighbors. If
detected as low handover The low handover success success rates. If this the total number of
success
Handover rateSuccess
formal Rate
NBR rate formalSuccess
Handover neighborRate
cell parameter is set to No handover attempts of a
lowHoSuccRateDetectThr
if the handover lowHoSuccRateRecoverT lowHoSuccRateNBRNoH tmpLowHoSuccRateDete
Threshold of times
Low is will be recovered
Threshold if the
of Low support HO, handover is temporary neighbor cell
dor equal to
larger thanSuccess handover hrd is larger o for normal reaches ctThrd
Handover Rate Handovertimes
Success Rate not allowed
Low Handover Success Threshold or for
exceeds the
the Low
enum:
Handover
Formal Times
Neighbor Cell than or equal
Formal to Handover
Neighbor Cell neighbor
Rate FormalcellsNeighbor
with low corresponding
Handover Successthreshold
Rate of
No Support HO[0]
Threshold of Low
Detection Times Threshold
Recovery of Low handover
Cell HOsuccess rates. If
Attribute and the handover
Temporary success
Neighbors
double:[0..100] double:[0..100] Support HO[1] double:[0..100]
Handover Success Rate Handover Success Rate this parameter is set to rate is lower than or equal
model default: 80.0 model default: 90.0 model default: 80.0
Formal NBR Detection Formal NBR Detection Support HO, handover is to this threshold, this
units: % units: % model default: 0 units: %
and the handover success and the handover success allowed for normal temporary neighbor cell is
rate is lower than or equal ratr is higher than this neighbor cells with low a neighbor cell with a low
to this parameter. parameter. handover success rates. handover success rate.
-- -- -- --
85.0 95.0 No Support HO[0] 85.0
threshold of low handover
success rate Temporary
Neighbor Cell recovery.
The low handover success
rate temporary neighbor When theofnumber
Threshold of
the Number
cell will beSuccess
Handover recovered if
Rate timesof that
Timesa neighbor
That the cell This parameter is the
tmpLowHoSuccRateReco
the handoveroftimes
Threshold Lowis Punish Timer of Low is detectedCells
Neighbor as a neighbor
at a Low switch of the function that
verThrd
larger than or equalRate
to noHoPunishTimer noHoPunishNumThrd
cell with a low handover longPeriodHoDetectSwch
a neighbor cellofis Long
deleted
Handover Success Handover Success Rate Intra-LTE Handover The Switch
enum:
Handover
Temporary Times Cell Neighbor Cell in Intra-
Neighbor success rateRate
Success reaches
Arethe if no No
Period handover
Handoveris
Close[0]
Threshold of Low
Recovery This parameter
LTE indicates threshold, the neighbor
Punished performed to it in a long
Delete Detection
double:[0..100] Open[1]
Handover Success Rate the time length for relation cannot be period of time. If it is set
model default: 90.0 long:[1..255] long:[1..255]
Neighbor Cell Detection forbidding handover on automatically recovered to Open, the function is
units: % model default: 24 model default: 1 model default: 0
and the handover success Low Handover Success from the list of neighbor enabled. If it is set to
rate is higher than this Rate NBR. The unit is due cells with a low handover Close, the function is
parameter. to StatisticTimerGrade. success rate. disabled.
-- -- -- --
95.0 72 3 Open[1]
neighbor-cell deletion if
no measurement report is
generated in a long period
This parameter sets the of time. If it is set to
threshold of the number Open, the temporary
of handovers for the neighbor cells where no Detection Period of
longPeriodHoDetectPerio detection of no handover The measurement report is
Switch of Temporary Temporary Neighbor Cell
d longPeriodHoNumThrd
within period. Inof longPerMRTmpDeltSwch
a longThreshold generated longPerMRDetectPeriod
The Period of Long The Number NeighborinCella long period
Deletion Deletion Due to No
enum:
Period No Handover the detection
Long Period Noperiod, if the of
Handover time
Due to are
No deleted. If it is
Measurement sets the
Report in a
Close[0]
Detection number of handovers
Delete Detection of a Report set in
to aClose,
LongthePeriod detection period of
Long Period
Open[1]
neighbor cell is smaller temporary neighbor cells temporary neighbor cell
long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535]
This parameter is used to than the threshold, the where no measurement deletion if no
control the time interval neighbor cell will be report is generated in a measurement report is
between long period no deleted from the formal long period of time are generated in a long period
handover deletion. NBR list. not deleted. of time.
-- -- -- --
72 3 Open[1] 72
enum:
The Shift Timer Length of
longPerDetShiftTimLen Allowed to Delete Intra-
intraEnbNBRDelSwch enableShAnr rlfDectANRSwch
Starting Long Period
eNB NBR[0] enum: enum:
Neighbor Cell The Switch of Intra-eNB Control ANR Switch by The Switch of RLF-Based
Not Allowed to Delete No[0] Close[0]
Detection(hr) Neighbor Cell Delete Self-healing This parameter
Neighbor sets
Cell Detection
Intra-eNB NBR[1] Yes[1] Open[1]
This parameter is used to whether to support the
long:[1..65535]
control the shift timer RLF-based neighbor cell
length of starting long The switch controls detection function. Close:
period neighbor cell whether intra-eNB NBR Control ANR Switch by not supported; Open:
detection.The unit is hour. can be deleted. Self-healing supported.
-- -- -- --
312 Not Allowed to Delete Int No[0] Close[0]
detection. When the re- cell,if the RSRP of the of successful handovers
established cell and RLF RLF cell is higher than or during LTE neighbor cell
cell are not neighbor equal to The RSRP This parameter sets replacement. In the data
cell,if the RSRP of the threshold of RLF cell whether to enable the no- collection and
RLF cell is higher than or based on missing handover-success optimization of LTE
equal to this threshold and neighbor cell detection temporary neighbor cell neighbor cells, the
theRSRP
RSRPThreshold
of the re- of and the RSRP of the re- tmpNoSuccHoDetectSwc
detection
The The RSRP Threshold of The Switchfunction. If the
of No Success number
Offset of successful
of the Number of
rlfCellRsrpThd
established reestabRsrpThd switch ishTemporary lteNbrHys
RLF Cellcell is higher
Based on established
Re-established cellCell
is higher
Based Handover turned on handovers
Successfulof neighbor
Handovers
enum:
than or Neighbor
Missing equal to The
Cell on than or equal
Missing to TheCell
Neighbor (namely the
Neighbor Cellparameter
Detection cells isLTE
During usedNeighbor
for data
Close[0]
RSRP Detection
threshold of Re- RSRP Detection
threshold of Re- value is 1), the no-
in Intra-LTE sorting. The number of
Cell Replacement
long:[-140..-44] long:[-140..-44] Open[1]
established cell based on established cell based on handover-success successful handovers of
model default: -110 model default: -110 long:[0..65535]
missing neighbor cell missing neighbor cell temporary neighbor cell neighbor cells can be used
units: dBm units: dBm model default: 0 model default: 10
detection,it can be detection,it can be detection function is for data sorting only after
considered as missing considered as missing enabled; otherwise, the subtracting this parameter
neighbor cell. neighbor cell. function is disabled. value.
-- -- -- --
-110 -110 Open[1] 10
of measurement reports temporary neighbor cell,
during LTE neighbor cell this parameter is set to
replacement. In the data Allow HO when Chaged
collection and to Temporary Neighbor. If
optimization of LTE the intra-system ANR
enum:
neighbor cells, the This parameter determines supports candidate
Close[0]
number
Offset ofofthe
measurement
Number of whether to filter out neighbor cells and a
lteTmpNbrMrNumOffset shareCoverSCSwch specialNbrSwch Allow HO when Chaged
candiNbrModeSwch
reports of neighbor
Measurement cells Neighbor
Reports Cell Relation specific
Switchneighbor cells
for Special candidate neighbor
Switch for cell
Candidate
enum: enum: to Temporary Neighbor[1]
isDuring
used for
LTEdata sorting.
Neighbor Share Cover Self- during ANR neighbor
Neighbor Cell cannot be used
Neighbor CellasMode
a target
Close[0] Close[0] Forbid HO when Chaged
TheReplacement
Cell number of Configuration Switch addition. If this parameter neighbor Control
Management cell for handover
Open[1] Open[1] to Temporary Neighbor[2]
measurement reports of is set to Open and the after it is converted into a
long:[0..65535]
neighbor cells can be used eNodeB where a neighbor temporary neighbor cell,
for data sorting only after Neighbor Cell Relation cell is located is in the this parameter is set to
subtracting this parameter Share Cover Self- special-eNodeB list, the Forbid HO when Chaged
value. Configuration Switch neighbor cell is not added. to Temporary Neighbor.
-- -- -- --
10 Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
threshold for the number
This parameter sets the of times that a candidate
statistical period of This parameter sets the neighbor cell is measured.
measurement reports for RSRQ threshold for valid Within a statistical period
candidate neighbor cells measurement reports of of candidate neighbor
during LTE neighbor cell This parameter sets the candidate neighbor cells. measurement, it can be
addition for the ANR. The RSRP threshold for valid If there are only RSRQ determined
Threshold for whether
the Numbera
candiNbrMrStatTimer
unit depends on the The candiNbrRsrpThrd
measurement reports of candiNbrRsrqThrd
values but no RSRQ value candiNbrMrNumThrd
candidate neighbor
Statistical Period of MRs of Times That a cell
Grade
for of ANRNeighbor
Candidate Statistic candidate neighbor cells.
RSRP Threshold for in the
RSRQ measurement
Threshold report
for can be converted
Candidate Neighborinto a
Cell
Timer Length Cellsparameter. If the RSRP
Candidate of aCells
Neighbor of a candidate
Candidate neighbor
Neighbor Cells temporary neighbor cell
Is Measured
long:[-140..-43]
When the timer expires, candidate neighbor cell is cell and the RSRQ is only when the total
long:[1..255] model default: -95 double:[-20..-3] long:[0..65535]
the candidate neighbor greater than or equal to greater than or equal to number of times that the
model default: 24 units: dbm model default: -11.0 model default: 200
cell that meets the this threshold, the this threshold, the candidate neighbor cell is
conditions is regarded as a measurement report is measurement report is measured is larger than or
temporary neighbor cell. regarded as valid. regarded as valid. equal to this threshold.
-- -- -- --
24 -90 -11.0 200
that meet the following
conditions can be
converted into temporary This parameter sets the
neighbor cells: The This parameter determines lower limit of the number
proportion of valid whether an anchor cell is of intra-frequency
measurement reports is put on the neighbor cell neighbor cells of the cells
larger than or equal to this blacklist if it is identified in aLower
singleLimit
PLMN of during
the
candiNbrMrRatioThrd
threshold anchorCellNoBlackSwch picoNbrANRSwch intraFLowPlmnNbrNum
Valid MRand the total Switch
Proportion as a for
cellPutting
with a Anchor
low The parameter indicates intra-frequency
Number ANR
of Intra-LTE
enum: enum:
number of for
Threshold measurement
Candidate handover
Cells on success rate. If
the Neighbor the switch
Switch of ANR
of ANR for
for PICO replacement. Neighbor
Intra-frequency Neighbor
Close[0] Close[0]
reports is larger
Neighbor than or
Cells this parameter is set to
Cell Blacklist PICO Neighbor
Neighbor CellCell cell replacement
Cells is not
in a Single PLMN
Open[1] Open[1]
equal to the Threshold for Open, a neighbor cell is Relation.When the switch triggered if the number of
double:[0..100] long:[0..128]
the Number of Times not put on the blacklist is open, The eNB can intra-frequency neighbor
model default: 99.0 model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 32
That a Candidate even if it is identified as a handle pico neighbor cell cells in a single PLMN is
Neighbor Cell Is cell with a low handover relation self-add and self- less than this parameter
Measured parameter. success rate. organization. value.
-- -- -- --
99.0 Close[0] Close[0] 32
is set to 1 (On), when This parameter sets the
adding a new neighbor absolute distance
This parameter sets the cell, the system will detect threshold when the
lower limit of the number whether the new neighbor This parameter sets the overshoot distance
of inter-frequency cell is overshoot. The angle scope of searching detection mode is set to
neighbor cells of the cells distance and the number neighbor cells. The scope absolute distance mode. If
in aLower
singleLimit
PLMN of during
the of cells between the takes the line from the the distance between the
interFLowPlmnNbrNum
inter-frequency ANR overCovDetectSwch
serving cell and a srchCellAngle
neighbor cell to the overCovDistTh
serving cell and a
Number of Intra-LTE
enum:
replacement. Neighbor
Inter-frequency Neighbor neighbor
Overshoot cell are detected
neighbor cell serving cell as the center neighbor cell
Overshoot is larger
neighbor cell
Off[0]
cell replacement
Cells is not
in a Single PLMN to determine
detectionwhether
switch the line, plus and
Cell search minus
angle the
scope than the absolute
detection distance
switch(m)
On[1]
triggered if the number of neighbor cell is overshoot. angle specified by this threshold, it indicates that
long:[0..448] long:[0..180] long:[0..255000]
inter-frequency neighbor For an overshoot neighbor parameter. The overshoot the distance between the
cells in a single PLMN is cell, you can delete it or detection is applicable to serving cell and the
less than this parameter prohibit handover towards the cells within the angle neighbor cell meets the
value. it. scope only. overshoot condition.
-- -- -- --
192 Off[0] 60 6000
timer for GERAN
neighbor cell data
sonEnableGsmANR geranPciRssiThrd gsmStatisticTimer
statistics. After the timer maxGsmNbrNum
The Maximum Number of
enum:
The Switch of Inter-RAT GERAN Unknown PCI expires, the
Duration for filtering
GERAN Adjacent Cells in Inter-
Close[0]
This parameter
GERAN ANR sets RSSI Threshold algorithmCell
Neighbor for GERAN
Statistics RAT GERAN
Open[1] long:[-110..-47]
whether the inter-system When the rsrp of GERAN cell addition or deletion is If the inter-RAT GERAN
model default: -105 long:[1..255] long:[1..64]
GERAN ANR function is unknown PCI exceeds this executed. The parameter ANR function is enabled,
model default: 0 units: dBm model default: 24 model default: 64
supported. Close: not threshold, ANR perform value is in units of the number of formal
supported; Open: ECGI measurement for statistics granularities neighbor cells cannot
supported. the unknown PCI. (StatisticTimerGrade). exceed the upper limit.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] -105 24 64
request times threshold.
The neighbor cell will be The threshold of
sorted by the number of measurement report
handover success when its number to stop GERAN
handover request number fast ANR measurement.
This parameter indicates This parameter indicates is higher than or equal to In one GERAN fast ANR
handover success rate The Number Threshold of this threshold and gsmFastAnrStopMeasUe
detection period, ifof
there
The Threshold
geranHoSuccRateThrd
threshold Success
for GERAN gsmNbrAddFailNumThrd
GERAN Neighbor Cellof gsmHoRequestThrd
handover success rate isof is no Num
new unknown Arfcn
Handover Rate The Number Threshold The Number Threshold Measurement Report
neighbor cell
Threshold for additoin.
GERAN Added
GERAN Failure. When
Neighbor the
Cell higher
GERAN thanHandover
Handover have been
Number found
to Stop in
GERAN
Only the neighbor
Neighbor cell
Cell Addition continuous
Addedadding
Failurefailure SuccessRequest
Rate Threshold continuous
Fast ANR Measurement
double:[0..100]
whose handover success number is equal to or for GERAN Neighbor ucGsmFastAnrStopMeas
model default: 95.0 long:[1..255] long:[0..65535] long:[1..255]
rate is higher than or higher than this threshold, Cell Addition. Otherwise, UeNum measurement
equal to this threshold can the eNodeB will not try to it will be sorted by the reports, GERAN fast
be added to formal report this neighbor to number of measurement ANR measurements will
neighbor cell list. OMC. report. be stoped.
-- -- -- --
95.0 1 5 5
enumArray:[0, 1]
model default:
number of polling
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 gsmFastAnrFreqMeasTim
measurements of GERAN
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
gsmFastAnrActDay gsmFastANRSwch es gsmFastAnrStartTime
The list of days for ANR
The frequencies.
Polling TimesWhen
of
0;0;0;0 enum:
launching
The Day GSM fast ANR The Switch of GERAN
of Activating the numbers
GERAN of polling
Fast ANR Start Time of GERAN
example: Close[0]
tasks
GERAN in each
Fastmonth,
ANR This Fast
parameter
ANR sets measurements
Frequencyof all Fast ANR
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Open[1] string
where the value of each whether the GERAN fast GERAN ANR frequencies
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; long:[1..255] model default: 00:00
bit is set to 0, it means ANR function is reach the parameter value,
0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 2 example: 00:00
that the task is invalid and supported or not. Close: GERAN fast ANR
1 means that the task is not supported; Open: measurement will be Start time of GERAN fast
valid. supported. stopped. ANR in one day.
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;Close[0] 2 00:00
If the number of
successful handovers to
temporary neighbor cells
reaches or exceeds the
gsmFastAnrMeasFreqNu threshold, the neighbor
The Maximum Number of
m gsmHoSuccThrd gsmFastAnrCheckPeriod gsmFastAnrMeasUeNum
The Maximum Number of The cells are sorted
Threshold in
of GERAN UE Measurement Within
Frequencies in GERAN accordance with the
Handover Success The Period of GERAN GERAN Fast ANR
Fast ANR Measurement numberNumber
of successful Fast ANR Detection (min) Detection Period
handovers. Otherwise, the
This parameter indicates neighbor cells are sorted The maximum number of
the maximum number of in accordance with the This parameter sets the UE measurement within
frequencies in GERAN number of measurement GERAN fast ANR GERAN Fast ANR
fast ANR measurement. reports. detection period. detection period.
-- -- -- --
32 5 15 5
whether to enable the
continuous handover
failure detection function
for GERAN neighbor
cells. If it is set to Open, it
indicates that the
Are Reselected Thecontinuous
Switch of handover
Continuous
gsmFreqUpdateSwch isUpdateGsmRslFreq csfbFreqUpdateNum
This gsmHoFailDetectSwch
parameter select the failure detection function
Frequencies Updated Handover Failure
enum: enum: enum:
The Switch of GERAN During GERAN Thefrequency of first N of is
Number Threshold enabled for GERAN
Detection
Close[0] No[0] Close[0]
This parameter
Frequency sets
Update ThisFrequency
parameter Update
determines CSFB
neighbor cell sorted
Frequency by neighbor
Update cells. Cell
Neighbor If it is set
Open[1] Yes[1] Open[1]
whether to support the whether to support the the number of to Close, it indicates that
long:[1..32]
GERAN frequency update modification of reselected mesurementreport to the continuous handover
function. Close: not GERAN frequencies update, the N is The failure detection function
supported; Open: when GERAN frequency Threshold of CSFB is disabled for GERAN
supported. update is enabled. Frequency Update. neighbor cells.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Yes[1] 32 Close[0]
handover success rate,
This parameter sets meaning that the detection
whether to enable the no- is based on the number of
handover-success failed handovers and the
enum:
GERAN neighbor relation handover success rate. In
Based on the number of
When the number of detection function. If it is other scenarios, it is
gsmNoSuccHoDetectSwc gsmLowHoSuccRateDete handover requests and
continuous handover
The Threshold of set to Open, the no- The Switch of GERAN recommended that this
gsmHoFailNumThrd h ctSwch handover success rate[0]
gsmLowHoSuccRateAlg
failures on Handover
Continuous a formal The handover-success
Switch of No Success Neighbor Cell Low parameter
GERAN Low be setHandover
to Based
enum: enum: Based on the number of
GERAN
Failureneighbor cell
Times for a or GERAN neighbor
Handover relation
GERAN Handover Success Rate on theRate
Success number of
Detection
Close[0] Close[0] handover failures and
a temporary
GERAN GERAN
Neighbor detectionCell
Cell Neighbor function is
Detection Detection handover requests and
Algorithm
Open[1] Open[1] handover success rate[1]
neighbor cell is larger enabled; otherwise, the handover success rate,
long:[1..65535]
than or equal to the no-handover-success This parameter indicates meaning that the detection
threshold, further GERAN neighbor relation whether to enable low is based on the number of
processing will be detection function is handover rate GERAN handover requests and the
performed. disabled. NBR detection function. handover success rate.
-- -- -- --
5 Close[0] Close[0] Based on the number of han
success rate GERAN
neighbour cell detection.
If the number of failed The neighbor cell will be
A GERAN NBR will be handovers of a GERAN detected as low handover
detected as low handover neighbor cell reaches or success rate neighbour
success rate NBR
Handover Times if the exceeds this threshold
Number of Failed and cell if the handover
Handover times
Success Rate
gsmLowHoSuccRateDete gsmHoNumThrdForLow
handover times gsmHoFailNumTdLowHo rate gsmLowHoSuccRateDete
The Period of Low Threshold of isLow
larger the handoverofsuccess
Handovers a GERAN is larger than or
Threshold of equal
Low to
ctPeriod than orHORate
equal to this is Neighbor
lower than Rate
thefor
handover ctThrdTimes
Handover
Handover Success Rate Handover Success Rate Cell Low Handover Success Rate
GERAN Neighbor Cell GERAN parameter and the
Neighbor Cell success rate
Handover detection
Success Rate GERAN Threshold of Low
Neighbor Cell
This parameter is used to handover
Detection success rate is
Detection threshold of GERAN
Detection Handover Success Rate
Detection
double:[0..100]
control the period of lower than or equal to the neighbor cells with a low GERAN Neighbor Cell
long:[1..255] long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535] model default: 80.0
GERAN NBR low Handover Success Rate handover success rate, this Detection and the
model default: 24 model default: 50 model default: 3 units: %
handover success rate Threshold of Low neighbor cell is a handover success rate is
detection.The unit is due Handover Success Rate neighbor cell with a low lower than or equal to this
to StatisticTimerGrade. GERAN NBR Detection. handover success rate. parameter.
-- -- -- --
24 50 3 80.0
threshold of low handover whether handover is
success rate GERAN allowed for normal
neighbour cell recovery. GERAN neighbor cells
The low handover success with low handover
rate neighbor cell will be success rates. If this When the number of
recovered
HandoverifSuccess
the handover
Rate parameter is set to No times that a GERAN
gsmLowHoSuccRateReco
times is larger gsmLowHoSuccRateNBR gsmNoHoPunishNumThr
Threshold ofthan
Lowor support HO, handover
Low Handover Successis neighbor
Punish cell isThreshold
Times detected
equal verThrd Times
to Handover not NoHo normal
allowed gsmNoHoPunishTimer d cell with a
Handover Success Rate Rate Formalfor GERAN Punish Timer of Low ofasLow
a neighbor
Handover Success
enum:
Threshold
GERAN of Low
Neighbor Cell neighbor
Neighborcells with
Cell HOlow This parameter
Handover indicates
Success Rate low
Ratehandover
GERANsuccess rate
Neighbor
Not Support HO[0]
Handover Success Rate
Recovery handoverAttribute
success rates. If the time
GERAN length for
Neighbor Cell reaches theCell
threshold, the
double:[0..100] Support HO[1]
GERAN Neighbor Cell this parameter is set to forbidding handover on neighbor relation cannot
model default: 90.0 long:[1..255] long:[1..255]
Detection and the Support HO, handover is low handover success rate be automatically
handover success rate is allowed for normal GERAN neighbour recovered from the list of
higher than this neighbor cells with low relation.The unit is due to neighbor cells with a low
parameter. handover success rates. StatisticTimerGrade. handover success rate.
-- -- -- --
90.0 Not Support HO[0] 24 3
This parameter indicates of successful handovers
The Switch of GERAN during GERAN neighbor
This parameter sets the Neighbor Cell Adding cell replacement. In the
threshold of the number Filter. When the switch is data collection and
of times that the set to Open, the OMC will This parameter sets the optimization of GERAN
measurement reports of not add the neighbor threshold for the distance neighbor cells, the
GERAN neighbor cells which is over distance; between the serving cell number
Offset of successful
of the Number of
gsmNbrRptThrd
are reported. A GERAN The gsmNbrAddCtrlSwch
eNodeB willofnot report gsmNbrAddDistThrd
and a GERAN cell tofor
be gsmNbrHys
handovers
Switch GERAN Distance Threshold Successfulof neighbor
Handovers
enum:
temporary neighborCell
GERAN Neighbor cell the neighbor
Neighbor CelltoAdding
OMC added as a neighbor
Adding GERAN cell cells GERAN
During is used for data
Neighbor
Close[0]
can be addedThreshold
Report to the formal which the Filter
failure number of Neighbor
the servingCells
cell.(m)
If the sorting. The number of
Cell Replacement
Open[1]
neighbor cell list only of adding to OMC distance is larger than this successful handovers of
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535]
when the number of times reached the The threshold, the GERAN neighbor cells can be used
that the measurement Threshold of GERAN cell cannot be added to for data sorting only after
reports are reported is Neighbor Cell Add the neighbor cell list of subtracting this parameter
larger than this threshold. Failure Times. the serving cell. value.
-- -- -- --
2 Close[0] 1000 3
of measurement reports
during GERAN neighbor
cell replacement. In the
data collection and
optimization of GERAN
neighbor cells, the
gsmTmpNbrMrNumOffse
number
Offset ofofthe
measurement
Number of
reports t
of neighbor cells sonEnableUtraANR lteUtranPciSrvRsrpThrd utranPciRscpThrd
Measurement Reports UTRAN Unknown PCI
enum:
is usedGERAN
During for data Neighbor
sorting. The Switch of Inter-RAT In the UTRAN
Serving Cell unknown
RSRP Unknown UTRAN PCI
Close[0]
TheReplacement
Cell number of This parameter
UTRAN ANR sets PCI measurement
Threshold result, The RSCP
ANR performs ECGI
Threshold
Open[1] long:[-140..-43] long:[-120..-24]
measurement reports of whether the Inter-RAT when the RSRP of the measurement on an
long:[0..65535] model default: -100 model default: -105
neighbor cells can be used UTRAN ANR function is serving cell exceeds the unknown UTRAN PCI
model default: 3 model default: 0 units: dBm units: dBm
for data sorting only after supported. Close: not threshold, ANR performs only when the RSCP
subtracting this parameter supported; Open: ECGI measurement for value of the PCI is larger
value. supported. the unknown PCI. than this threshold.
-- -- -- --
3 Close[0] -100 -105
number of times that
handover to a temporary
neighbor cell succeeds is If the number of
smaller than the The successful handovers to
This parameter sets the Threshold of UTRAN temporary neighbor cells
timer for UTRAN Handover Success is larger than or equal to
neighbor cell data Number, the temporary the threshold, the
utranStatisticTimer
statistics. After the timer ThemaxUtranNbrNum utranNbrRptThrd
neighbor cell can Cell
be utranHoSuccThrd
neighbor cells of
areUTRAN
sorted
Maximum Number of UTRAN Neighbor The Threshold
expires, the
Duration for filtering
UTRAN Adjacent Cells in Inter- added to the formal
Measurement Report in Handover
accordanceSuccess
with the
algorithmCell
Neighbor for UTRAN
Statistics RAT UTRAN neighbor cell list only
Threshold numberNumber
of successful
neighbor cell addition or If the inter-RAT UTRAN when the number of times handovers. Otherwise, the
deletion is executed. The ANR function is enabled, that the measurement neighbor cells are sorted
parameter value is in units the number of formal reports are reported is in accordance with the
of statistics granularities neighbor cells cannot larger than or equal to this number of measurement
(StatisticTimerGrade). exceed the upper limit. threshold. reports.
-- -- -- --
24 64 10 5
request times threshold. of successful handovers of measurement reports
The neighbor cell will be during UTRAN neighbor during UTRAN neighbor
sorted by the number of cell replacement. In the cell replacement. In the
handover success when its data collection and data collection and
handover request number optimization of UTRAN optimization of UTRAN
This parameter indicates is higher than or equal to neighbor cells, the neighbor cells, the
handover success rate this threshold and number of successful utranTmpNbrMrNumOffs
number
Offset of the Number of Offset ofofthe
measurement
Number of
utranHoSuccRateThrd
threshold Success
for UTRAN utranHoRequestThrd
handover success utraNbrHys
rate isof handovers et
Handover Rate The Number Threshold Successfulof neighbor
Handovers reports of neighbor
Measurement cells
Reports
neighbor cell
Threshold for additoin.
UTRAN higher
UTRAN thanHandover
Handover During cells UTRAN
is used for data
Neighbor is usedUTRAN
During for data Neighbor
sorting.
Only the neighbor
Neighbor cell
Cell Addition SuccessRequest
Rate Threshold sorting. The number of
Cell Replacement TheReplacement
Cell number of
double:[0..100]
whose handover success for UTRAN Neighbor successful handovers of measurement reports of
rate is higher than or Cell Addition. Otherwise, neighbor cells can be used neighbor cells can be used
equal to this threshold can it will be sorted by the for data sorting only after for data sorting only after
be added to formal number of measurement subtracting this parameter subtracting this parameter
neighbor cell list. report. value. value.
-- -- -- --
95.0 5 5 5
This parameter enables or
disables the replacement
of inter-RAT UTRAN
ANR neighbor cells by
frequency. If it is set to
Open and the UTRAN This parameter determines
ANR feature
Switch takes effect, whether the inter-RAT This parameter indicates
for Replacing
utraANRFreqRepSwch
the UTRAN ANR enableENDCANR
NR ANR function is nrStatisticTimer
the duration for NR nRPciRsrpThrd
Inter-RAT UTRAN ANR RSRP Threshold for
enum: enum:
function sorts
Neighbor Cellsand
By supported. If it is set to Duration
neighbor cellNeighbor
for NR data Measuring Unknown-
Close[0] Close[0]
replacesFrequency
neighbor cells by Close,
NRthe inter-RAT
ANR Switch NR collection.
Cell After this timer
Statistics The ANR performs
PCIs of NR cellsNCGI
Open[1] Open[1] long:[-156..-31]
frequency. If it is set to ANR function is not expires, the filtering measurement on an
long:[1..255] model default: -95
Close, the UTRAN ANR supported. If it is set to algorithm for NR unknown NR PCI only
function can replace Open, the inter-RAT NR neighbor cell addition and when the RSRP value of
neighbor cells only by ANR function is deletion is executed in a the PCI is larger than this
cell. supported. statistical period. threshold.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] 24 -95
If the number of
successful handover and
EN-DC attempts for NR
This parameter determines This parameter sets the neighbor cells reaches or
how to obtain the NCGI statistical period for This parameter sets the exceeds this threshold, the
of an NR neighbor cell. If measuring unknown NR maxNrUnknowPciRptNu
maximum Number
number of neighbor cells are sorted
Maximum of Threshold Number of
nRNbrMeasType
itMethod
is set toforUU, it indicates nRUnknowPciMrStatPrd
PCIs. It is valid unknownmNR sNAddSuccThrd
Obtaining the Statistical Periodif for
the Unknown NR PCIs
PCIs based on the
Successful NRnumber
Neighborof
enum:
NCGI that
of the NCGI
an NR is
Neighbor Method
Measuring for Unknown
ObtainingNR the reportedbybyCells
Reported a single
to the successful
Handoverhandover
and EN-DC and
UU[0]
measured on the air
Cell NCGI of anPCIsNR Neighbor serving cell
EMSto the EMS EN-DCAttemptsattempts during
OMC[1]
interface. If it is set to Cell parameter is set to within the period neighbor cell replacement;
long:[1..255] long:[1..100] long:[1..65535]
OMC, it indicates that the OMC. The unit of this specified by the Statistical otherwise, the neighbor
NCGI is estimated based parameter depends on the Period for Measuring cells are sorted based on
on the project parameters Grade of ANR Statistic Unknown NR PCIs the number of
provided by the EMS. Timer Length parameter. parameter. measurement reports.
-- -- -- --
UU[0] 24 8 20
EN-DC attempts for a
This parameter sets the temporary NR neighbor
threshold of the success cell. During the data
rates of handover and EN- This parameter sets the collection and
DC between inter-RAT threshold number of This parameter sets the optimization of NR
NR neighbor cells. A measurement reports for lower limit of the number Offset neighbor cells, a of
of the Number
neighbor cellofcan
Threshold thebe NR neighbor cells. An NR of NR neighbor cells in a Successful
temporary Handover
NR neighbor and
sNAddSuccRateThrd
added asand
a regular nRMrNumThrd
neighbor cell can be nRLowPlmnNbrNum ANR tempSNAddSuccNumHys
Handover EN-DC Threshold Number of single PLMN
Lower during
Limit of the cell can Attempts
EN-DC be involved forina
neighbor
Successcell
Rateonly
for when
NR added as a Reports
Measurement regular for Number
NR neighbor cell
of NR Neighbor sorting only
Temporary NRafter this
Neighbor
the success Cells
Neighbor rate of neighbor cell only
NR Neighbor when Cells
Cells replacement. Neighbor
in a Single PLMN parameterCell is subtracted
double:[0..100]
handover and EN-DC the number of cell replacement is not from the number of
between inter-RAT NR measurement reports for triggered if the number of successful EN-DC and
neighbor cells is equal to an NR neighbor cell is neighbor cells in a single handover attempts for the
or higher than this equal to or larger than this PLMN is less than this temporary NR neighbor
threshold. threshold. parameter value. cell.
-- -- -- --
98.0 10 32 1
offset of the number of disables the deletion of
measurement reports for a regular neighbor cells if
temporary NR neighbor no handover or EN-DC
cell. During the data occurs within a long
collection and period. If it is set to Open,
optimization of NR the deletion of regular
neighbor cells, a of neighbor longPeriodSNDetectPerio
Offset of the Number Switchcells takes effect
for Deleting Period for Detecting No
tempSNAddRptNumHys
temporary NRReports
neighbor maxNRNbrNum longPeriodSNDetectSwch
ifRegular
no handover or EN-DC d
Measurement for Neighbor Cells Handover or EN-DC in
enum:
cella can be involved
Temporary NR in Maximum Number of NR occurs
Due to Nowithin a longor
Handover Regular NR Neighbor
Close[0]
sorting only after
Neighbor Cellthis Neighbor Cells period.
EN-DCWithin a statistical
for a Long Period Cells for a Long Period
Open[1]
parameter is subtracted This parameter sets the period, if there are no EN- This parameter sets the
long:[1..65535] long:[1..1024] long:[1..65535]
from the number of maximum number of NR DC and handover period for detecting no
measurement reports for neighbor cells allowed statistics of a neighbor handover or EN-DC in
the temporary NR during NR neighbor cell cell, the neighbor cell can regular NR neighbor cells
neighbor cell. sorting. be deleted. for a long period.
-- -- -- --
5 195 Close[0] 24
and EN-DC attempts for a temporary NR neighbor neighbor cells with a low
regular NR neighbor cell cells if no measurement handover or EN-DC
within the period reporting occurs within a success rate. If an NR
specified by the Period for long period. If it is set to neighbor cell is
Detecting No Handover or Open, the deletion of determined as a neighbor
EN-DC in Regular
Threshold NumberNR of temporary NR neighbor This parameter sets the cell with a low handover
Neighbor
Times Cells
to Detect Long nrLongPrdNoMRDetectS
for aNo cells takes
Switch foreffect if no nRLongPeriodMRDetectP
Deleting period for
Period during which No
Detecting no or EN-DC success rate, it
longPeriodSNNumThrd
Period parameter wch rd report for a nRLowHoDetectSwch
Handover or EN-DCisin Temporary
measurement NRreporting
Neighbor measurement
MR in Temporary NR is added to the NR
enum: enum:
smaller
Regular NRthan this
Neighbor occurs
Cells Duewithin a long
to No MR temporary
for a Neighbor NR for
Cells neighbor neighbor
a Long Switch forcell blacklist.
Detecting LowIn
Close[0] Close[0]
threshold,
Cells for athe regular
Long NR period.Long
Period Within a statistical cell is detected
Period Periodfor a long this case, the NR Rate
NR Success neighbor
Open[1] Open[1]
neighbor cell is period, if there are no time. If no measurement cell cannot be used as a
long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535]
considered to meet the measurement reporting report is detected after the target neighbor cell for
condition of no handover statistics of a neighbor period expires, the handover or no EN-DC
and EN-DC for a long cell, the neighbor cell can temporary neighbor cell is can occur in the NR
period. be deleted. deleted. neighbor cell.
-- -- -- --
10 Close[0] 336 Close[0]
neighbor cell is a determined as a neighbor determined as a neighbor cell is determined as a
neighbor cell with a low cell with a low handover cell with a low handover neighbor cell with a low
handover success rate. If success rate. If an NR success rate. If an NR EN-DC success rate. If an
an NR neighbor cell is neighbor cell is neighbor cell is NR neighbor cell is
determined as a neighbor determined as a neighbor determined as a neighbor determined as a neighbor
cell with a low handover cell Threshold
with a lowofhandover
the cell with a low
Threshold handover
Number of cell with a of
Threshold lowthehandover
EN-DC
tmpNRLowHoDetectPeri
or EN-DC success rate, tmpNRLowHoSuccRateT
it Handover
or EN-DCSuccess
success Rate it tmpNRLowHoFailNumT
rate, in or Failed
EN-DCHandovers
success rate, tmpNRLowHoEndcSucR
Period for Detecting Low in it or EN-DC
Successsuccess rate, it
Rate in
is added od
to the NR is addedhrd
to the NR is addedhrd
to the NR ateThr
is added to the NR
Handover Success Rate in Temporary NR Neighbor Temporary NR Neighbor Temporary NR Neighbor
neighbor
Temporary cellNRblacklist.
Neighbor In neighbor
Cells for cell
Lowblacklist.
Handover In neighbor
Cells for cell
Lowblacklist.
Cells forcell
Lowblacklist.
EN-DCIn
this case, the NR neighbor this
Cells case, the
Success RateNR neighbor this
Detection case, the
Success RateNR neighbor this
Detection case, the
Success RateNR neighbor
Detection
double:[0..100] double:[0..100]
cell cannot be used as a cell cannot be used as a cell cannot be used as a cell cannot be used as a
long:[1..255] model default: 80.0 long:[1..65535] model default: 80.0
target neighbor cell for target neighbor cell for target neighbor cell for target neighbor cell for
model default: 24 units: % model default: 10 units: %
handover or no EN-DC handover or no EN-DC handover or no EN-DC handover or no EN-DC
can occur in the NR can occur in the NR can occur in the NR can occur in the NR
neighbor cell. neighbor cell. neighbor cell. neighbor cell.
-- -- -- --
24 80.0 10 80.0
determined as a neighbor neighbor cell is a is determined as a determined as a neighbor
cell with a low EN-DC neighbor cell with a low neighbor cell with a low cell with a low handover
success rate. If an NR handover success rate. If handover success rate. If success rate. If an NR
neighbor cell is an NR neighbor cell is an NR neighbor cell is neighbor cell is
determined
Thresholdas a neighbor
Number of determined as a neighbor determined as a neighbor determined as a neighbor
cell
Failedwith a low Attempts
EN-DC handover cell with a low handover cell Thresholdwith a lowof handover
the cellNumber
with a low handover
of Failed
tmpNRLowHoEndcFailN
or EN-DC successNR rate, it or EN-DC
in Temporary Period for success rate,
Detecting theit Handover
or EN-DCSuccess
success Rate
rate, in
it Handovers
or EN-DC success rate,NR
in Regular it
umThr
is added to the nRLowHoDetectPeriod nRLowHoSuccRateThrd nRLowHoFailNumThrd
Neighbor Cells forNR
Low Low is added to the
Handover NR
Success is added
Regular NR to Neighbor
the NR is addedCells
Neighbor to the
forNR
Low
neighbor
EN-DCcell blacklist.
Success RateIn neighbor
Rate incell blacklist.
Regular NR In neighbor
Cells for cell
Lowblacklist.
Handover cell blacklist.
Success RateIn
this case,Detection
the NR neighbor this case, the NRCells
Neighbor neighbor this case, the
Success RateNR neighbor this case,Detection
Detection the NR neighbor
double:[0..100]
cell cannot be used as a cell cannot be used as a cell cannot be used as a cell cannot be used as a
long:[1..65535] long:[1..255] model default: 80.0 long:[1..65535]
target neighbor cell for target neighbor cell for target neighbor cell for target neighbor cell for
model default: 10 model default: 24 units: % model default: 10
handover or no EN-DC handover or no EN-DC handover or no EN-DC handover or no EN-DC
can occur in the NR can occur in the NR can occur in the NR can occur in the NR
neighbor cell. neighbor cell. neighbor cell. neighbor cell.
-- -- -- --
10 24 80.0 10
determined as a neighbor determined as a neighbor
cell with a low EN-DC cell with a low EN-DC
success rate. If an NR success rate. If an NR
neighbor cell is neighbor cell is
determined as a neighbor determined as a neighbor
cell with a of
Threshold lowthehandover
EN-DC cell with a low
Threshold handover
Number of
nRLowHoEndcSuccRate
or EN-DCRate success rate, it nRLowHoEndcFailNumT
or EN-DC success rate, it
Success in Regular Failed EN-DC Attempts
Thrd
is Neighbor
added to the is addedhrd
NRfor in Regular to the NR
NR Cells NR Neighbor
neighbor
Low EN-DCcellSuccess
blacklist. In neighbor
Rate Cells forcell
Lowblacklist.
EN-DCIn
this case,Detection
the NR neighbor this case, the
Success RateNR neighbor
Detection
double:[0..100]
cell cannot be used as a cell cannot be used as a
model default: 80.0 long:[1..65535]
target neighbor cell for target neighbor cell for
units: % model default: 10
handover or no EN-DC handover or no EN-DC
can occur in the NR can occur in the NR
neighbor cell. neighbor cell.
-- --
80.0 10
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

NE_Name ldn moId ratPriIdleCSFB1
GERAN Target System of
NE Name LDN MO ID Idle Ue for CS Fallback
string:length[1]
object. It is of the
container type and is GERAN Target System of
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Idle Ue for CS Fallback
R -- --
ratPriIdleCSFB2 ratPriIdleCSFB3 ratPriIdleCSFB4
UTRAN-FDD Target UTRAN-TDD Target CDMA2000-1xRTT
System of Idle Ue for CS System of Idle Ue for CS Target System of Idle Ue
Fallback Fallback for CS Fallback
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 0
-- -- --
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

NE_Name ldn moId ratPriCnCSFB1
Connected Ue for CS
NE Name LDN MO ID Fallback
string:length[1]
object. It is of the GERAN Target System of
container type and is Connected Ue for CS
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Fallback
R -- --
CDMA2000-1xRTT
ratPriCnCSFB2 ratPriCnCSFB3 ratPriCnCSFB4
UTRAN-FDD Target UTRAN-TDD Target Target System of
System of Connected Ue System of Connected Ue Connected Ue for CS
for CS Fallback for CS Fallback Fallback
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
CDMA2000-1xRTT
-- -- --
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId bsrThreshold
Big Service BSR
NE Name LDN MO ID Threshold
string:length[1]
object. It is of the The threshold of UE
container type and is report BSR when UL Big
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Service Identify
R -- --
1 1000
recommended that this recommended that this It needs to be satisfied for
parameter be set to an parameter be set to an big-service identification.
integer multiple of 500 integer multiple of 500 The percentage of large This parameter is the
ms. With uplink service ms. With uplink service BSRs is the number of period of Uplink Service
identification enabled, identification enabled, times that uplink large Identify function.When
when the identification
Monitoring Period for when the identification
Monitoring Period for BSRs are received by a the switch of Handover
period expires, the BSRs bsrCtnMntPrd4NoPwrLm
Continuously Meeting the period expires, Meeting
Continuously the BSRs UE within a monitoring Based UL Service opens,
bsrCtnMntPrd4PwrLmt
generated within the generated twithin the bsrStfHighThrPct
period dividedofby svcIdfyPrdUL
BSR Threshold BSR Threshold Percentage ULtheBig-
total eNodeb will start Uplink
period specified
Requirement When byPower
this Requirement
period specified
When byPower
this Service
number
BSRsofMeeting
uplink the Service Identify
UL Service as this
Identify
Isparameter
Restrictedare
(s) parameter
Is Not are (s)
Restricted subframes within the period, and
Threshold then(s)
Period Handover
continuously monitored to continuously monitored to monitoring period. If the the UL Big Service UE to
double:[0.1..1000] double:[0.1..1000] long:[1..100] long:[1..100]
determine whether the determine whether the percentage exceeds this the frequency of Target
model default: 4.0 model default: 1.0 model default: 30 model default: 20
services of the UEs whose services of the UEs whose threshold, the UE is frequency Priority of
power is restricted are power is not restricted are identified as a user with Handover Based UL
uplink big services. uplink big services. uplink big services. Service.
-- -- -- --
1.0 1.0 20 2
threshold of the number
of starting UEs for uplink
BSR–based handover. If
svcIdfyNumUL handoverStartUENumUL
uplink BSR–based
Max UE Number of Threshold of the Number
Handover within Each handover
of Startingis UEs
enabled, the
for UL
Period eNodeB
BSR–Based hands over the
Handover
UEs with a high uplink
long:[1..10] long:[1..65535]
This parameter is UE big BSR to the target
number of handover frequency only when the
within a UL Service number of UEs exceeds
Identify period. this threshold.
-- --
5 10
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId bigBsrSwitchDl
disables the identification
enum:
of downlink
Switch for DLlarge-BSR
Large-BSR
Close[0]
NE Name LDN MO ID services. If it is set to 1,
Identification
string:length[1] Open[1]
This parameter sets the downlink large-BSR
model default: 1
unique ID of the managed services are identified. If
object. It is of the it is set to 0, downlink
container type and is large-BSR services are
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. not identified.
R -- --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-11 Close[0]
It indicates the maximum
time difference between
the transmission of two
data packets. If the time This parameter sets the
difference between the validity check time of the
transmission of two data candidate large-BSR
packets is longer than this This parameter indicates users. In this period of
bigBsrPeriodDl
parameter value, it is bigBsrFlowThrDl
the threshold for bigBsrTypeDl bigBsrValidationTimeDl
time, the users that meet
considered
Interval forthatDL
theLarge-
service identifying
Threshold forlarge-BSR
Identifying the specificCheck
Validity conditions
Time can
of
BSRis not a large-BSR(s)
Identification DLservices. During
Large-BSR the
Services This parameter
Type of DL LargesetsBSR
the be recognizedUsers
Large-BSR as large-
(s)
long:[1..500]
service. In this case, the detection interval, a type of downlink service, BSR users. A larger
long:[1..3600] model default: 10 long:[1..7] long:[1..65535]
large-BSR status and the service is identified as a such as the large-BSR and parameter value indicates
model default: 1 units: MB model default: 3 model default: 360
related statistics are large-BSR service if the video services. The value a lower service rate that
cleared and a new data volume reaches this of this parameter can be large-BSR users can
detection procedure starts. threshold. configured. reach.
-- -- -- --
1 4 3 360
number of times that an RLC packet is
RLC packet is retransmitted, ranging
retransmitted, ranging from 0 to 255. For
from 0 to 255. For example, if it is set to 32,
example, if it is set to 20, after task CDT5054 is
after task CDT5054 is delivered, the RNLU
delivered, the RNLU detects that the RLC
sPISwch sPIDurationTimerLen videoKartun
detects that the RLC webpageNotOpen
packet is retransmitted 32
enum:
This parameter
Switch for DLenables
Packetor Timer
This parameter
Length forindicates
Traffic packet is retransmitted 20 times and reports to the
Close[0]
disables downlink packet the timer
Identification length for
Guarantee (s) traffic Video
times and sends
Frame a video
Hysteresis tool
Webthat theNot
Page WebOpen
page
Open[1]
identification. If it is set to guarantee after a traffic frame hysteresis report to cannot be opened. This
long:[1..3600] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
1, downlink packets are type is successfully the tool. This parameter parameter must be larger
identified. If it is set to 0, identified. When the timer must be less than than
downlink packets are not expires, the guarantee R_USERCAREA4ENB. R_USERCAREA4ENB.
identified. stops. UcWebpageNotOpen. UcVideoKartun.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 900 20 32
disables the reporting of mediaVideoLinkAgingTi ulTcpProxyMaxNum4Flo
mediaVideoStatSwch
video statistics to the big- me mediaVideoAgingTime w
enum:
data platform.
Switch If it is
for Media set to Aging Time of The Media
Video This parameter
Media indicates
Video Aging Time This parameter
Maximum indicates
Number of UL
Close[0]
1 (Open),
Data video statistics This
Statistics Videoparameter
Link List indicates
(min) the aging time
(s) of media the
TCPmaximum
Proxies number
per Flowof
Open[1]
are reported to the big- the aging time of the videos. It is set to 60 uplink TCP proxies per
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535] long:[1..65535]
data platform. If it is set to video link list. It is used seconds by default. If session. If the number of
0 (Close), video statistics to clear the aged internal there is no data proxies exceeds this
are not reported to the statistics. It is set to 30 transmitted in 60 seconds, threshold, uplink TCP
big-data platform. minutes by default. the video ends. proxy is stopped.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 30 60 100
disables uplink TCP
proxy. If it is set to Open,
the eNodeB does the
proxy for the uplink TCP
ulTcpProxyMaxNum4Ue tcpProxyMemLoadHigh tcpProxyMemLoadLow ulTcpProxySwitch
services and sends the
High Threshold of Low Threshold of
enum:
This parameter
Maximum indicates
Number of UL This parameter
Memory Load indicates
of TCP This parameter
Memory Load indicates
of TCP TCP ACK message to the
Close[0]
theTCP
maximum
Proxiesnumber
per UE of the highProxy
threshold of the lowProxy
threshold of UEs more
Switch quickly
for UL TCP after
Proxy
Open[1]
uplink TCP proxies per memory load of TCP memory load of TCP receiving uplink TCP
long:[1..65535] long:[1..100] long:[1..100]
UE. If the number of proxy. If the memory proxy. If the memory data. In this way, the
proxies exceeds this usage exceeds this usage is lower than this uplink TCP traffic
threshold, uplink TCP threshold, TCP proxy is threshold, TCP proxy is increases, but the memory
proxy is stopped. stopped. resumed. load also rises.
-- -- -- --
200 90 50 Close[0]
recognition. If it is set to
This parameter enables or 0, social speech
disables uplink TCP recognition is disabled. If
enum:
proxy based on server IP This parameter sets the it is set to 1, it indicates
close[0]
address. If it is set to 1, This parameter determines type of the protocols of that social speech
Open the first set of
the eNodeB identifies the whether the IP address the social speech services recognition configuration
ulTcpProxyServerIPSwitc voiceIdentifyProtocolTyp parameters[1]
sessions for uplink TCP that is used in the Simple to be of
Type recognized.
the ProtocolsIf it of
is 1 is enabled. If it is set to
h on the dNSIpOverrideMIpSwch enum:
e UDP Open the second set of
voiceIdentifySwitch
proxy based IPService
AddressIdentification
Disconnecter set
theto 1, only
Social Speech 2, it indicates that social
enum: enum: UDP[0] parameters[2]
configured
Switch server IP-
for Server IP (SPI) function
Switch and
for DL Packet services
Servicescan to Bebe Switchspeech
for recognition
Social Speech
Close[0] Close[0] TCP[1] Open two sets of
addresses.
Based ULIfTCP
it is set to 0, resolved
Proxy by the DNS can
Identification recognized. If it is set to
Recognized configuration
Recognition2 is
Open[1] Open[1] UDP and TCP[2] parameters[3]
the eNodeB does not replace the manually 2, only TCP services can enabled. If it is set to 3, it
identify the sessions for configured IP address. By be recognized. If it is set indicates that both social
uplink TCP proxy based default, it is set to 0, to 3, both TCP and UDP speech recognition
on the configured server indicating that the services can be configurations 1 and 2 are
IP addresses. function is disabled. recognized. enabled.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Open[1] UDP[0] close[0]
social speech recognition social speech recognition
configuration 2 is configuration 1 is
matched. Within a certain This parameter sets the This parameter sets the matched. Within a certain
period, a service can be minimum number of minimum number of period, a service can be
recognized as a speech
Maximum Number of times that theNumber
Minimum keyword ofin times that theNumber
Minimum keyword ofin recognized as a speech
Maximum Number of
service
Times only
That thewhen the
Keyword social
Times speech
That therecognition
Keyword social
Times speech
That therecognition
Keyword service
Times only
That thewhen the
Keyword
number
in SocialofSpeech
packets configuration
in Social Speech2 is configuration
in Social Speech1 is number
in SocialofSpeech
packets
voiceCfg2NumHighThr
containing the matched voiceCfg2NumLowThr
matched. Within a certain voiceCfg1NumLowThr
matched. Within a certain voiceCfg1NumHighThr
containing the matched
Recognition Recognition Recognition Recognition
keyword is larger than
Configuration 2 Is the period, a service can
Configuration 2 Is be period, a service can
Configuration 1 Is be keyword is larger than
Configuration 1 Is the
minimum number of
Matched recognized as a speech
Matched recognized as a speech
Matched minimum number of
Matched
times that the keyword in service only when the service only when the times that the keyword in
social speech recognition number of packets number of packets social speech recognition
configuration 1 is containing the matched containing the matched configuration 1 is
matched and smaller than keyword reaches this keyword reaches this matched and smaller than
this parameter value. parameter value. parameter value. this parameter value.
-- -- -- --
195 135 135 195
validity check time of validity check time of This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
social speech recognition social speech recognition generalized QoS type generalized QoS type
configuration
Validity Check1.Time
Withinof configuration
Validity Check2.Time
Withinof corresponding to social corresponding to social
voiceValidTime4Cfg1
this period,Speech
if a certain voiceValidTime4Cfg2
this period,Speech
if a certain voiceCfg1Type
speech recognition voiceCfg2Type
speech recognition
Social Social Service Type of Social Service Type of Social
number of packets
Recognition number of packets
Recognition configuration 1. It should configuration
Speech Recognition 2. It should
Speech Recognition
containing the keyword
Configuration 1 (s) in containing the keyword
Configuration 2 (s) in be configured based
Configuration 1 on be configured based
Configuration 2 on
social speech recognition social speech recognition the level of the social the level of the social
configuration 1 are configuration 2 are speech services that need speech services that need
matched, the service is matched, the service is to be guaranteed. The to be guaranteed. The
recognized as a social recognized as a social same service type means same service type means
speech service. speech service. the same service level. the same service level.
-- -- -- --
3 3 2 2
type6SplitBasedLoadSwc domainNameIndentifySw
This parameter h enables or ch
enum: enum:
disables
Switch forservice
Type6 shunting
Load- Switch for Domain Name
Close[0] Close[0]
for Type6
Based UEs based on
Shunting Identification
Open[1] Open[1]
load. If it is set to Open, This parameter enables or
the NSA shunting services disables domain name
used by Type6 UEs in a identification. If it is set to
high-load LTE cell are Open, domain names can
stopped. be identified.
-- --
Close[0] Close[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId echoReTxNum
GTP ECHO
NE Name LDN MO ID Retransmission Times
string:length[1]
unique ID of the managed The parameter defines
object. It is of the maximum retransmition
container type and is number of GTP ECHO
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. message.
R -- --
echoTimer echoPeriod
GTP Periodic ECHO
Timer
GTP is used to
ECHO monitor
Timer(s) Timer(min)
ECHO message, if
long:[1..600] long:[1..30]
response message is not This timer is used to
received when Timer is determine an interval for
expired, ECHO message sending Echo Request
will be retrasmitted. message.
-- --
1 1
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025

type and can be
R Primary Key --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-112 NBA025MT1_PULAUKE
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-123 NBA025MR1_PULAUKE
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-121 NBA025ML1_PULAUKE
alias buildPhyLocation cellLocalId refPlmn
Building Physical
Alias Location Cell ID PLMN List
string:length[0..128] string:length[0..128] long:[0..255] stringArray:length[0..400]

Physical Location
information of the PLMN List
Alias building Cell ID Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- M M
NBA025MT1_PULAUKERAMAT_MT01 12 ENBCUCPFunction=510-1
NBA025MR1_PULAUKERAMAT_MR02 23 ENBCUCPFunction=510-1
NBA025ML1_PULAUKERAMAT_ML02 21 ENBCUCPFunction=510-1
resources, and CQI 168 unique physical-layer
resource may less than cell-identity groups, each
longArray:[0..503, 65535]
others. The value two group containing three
model default:
indicates about 400 users unique identities. The
65535;65535;65535;6553
configured SR /CQI /SRS grouping is such that each
enum: 5;65535;65535;65535;655
resources. The value three physical-layer cell
1200 User Capacity[0] 35;65535;65535;65535;65
indicates about 200 users identity is part of one and
enum:
sceneCfg 800 User Capacity[1]
cellCapaLeveInd pci 535
pciList
configured SR /CQI /SRS only one physical-layer
Normal[0] 400 User Capacity[2] example:
resources. The value
Cell Capacity Levelfour cell-identity group. And
Air Line[1] 200 User Capacity[3] 65535;65535;65535;6553
Scene Configuration indicates that the cell
Indicator the physicalPCIcell identities PCI List
High Way[2] adaptive capacity[4] 5;65535;65535;65535;655
configured physical are space multiplexing
35;65535;65535;65535;65
resources adaptively and programmed by
model default: 0 model default: 2 long:[0..503] 535
Switch of High Way based on realtime user network programming
Coverage or Air Line number. people.
Coverage Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Candidate PCI List
-- -- M --
Normal[0] 400 User Capacity[2] 93 65535;65535;65535;65535
5;4294967295;429496729
the cyclic preamble length
5;4294967295;429496729
used all downlink
5;4294967295
physical channels except
example:
PRACH in non MBSFN
0;4294967295;429496729
subframe. If the cyclic
5;4294967295;429496729
preamble length is
5;4294967295;429496729
urgencyeai tac is used to cellRadius phyChCPSel
The parameter normal_cyclic_prefix,
5;4294967295;429496729 enum:
EmergencyAlarm
Emergency alarm Area
area identify a tracking area there are 7 OFDM
CP Selection symbol
for Physical
5;4294967295;429496729 Normal Cyclic Prefix[0]
code. If the value is the
Code within the
TACscope of a Cell Radius (10 m) in a slot.
Channel forIfNon-MBSFN
the cyclic
5;4294967295;429496729 Extended Cyclic Prefix[1]
same as the value received PLMN.The parameter is preamble length is
5;4294967295;429496729 long:[0..65535] long:[5..12000]
from core network, the used for UE location extended cyclic prefix,
5;4294967295 model default: 0 model default: 53 model default: 0
earthquake and tsunami management.The The parameter indicates there are 6 OFDM symbol
message will be send to parameter is configured the size of cell radius. in a slot.
UE. by operator. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
0;4294967295;42949672957532 53 Normal Cyclic Prefix[0]
uplink E-UTRA Absolute
Radio Frequency Channel
Number (EARFCN). The
calculation formula is:
enum:
F_UL = F_UL_low + 0.1
Outdoor Micro Cell[0]
This parameter sets the * (N_UL – N_Offs-Ul),
Outdoor Macro Cell[1]
The parameter indicates indicator of the frequency where, F_UL is the center
Outdoor Super Cell[2]
the covercellSize
attribution. It is cellRSPortNum band freqBandInd
where uplink and earfcnUl
carrier frequency,
Outerdoor Compensatory
used to determine some The parameter
Number of Tx indicates
Antenna downlink carrier F_UL_low
Uplink is the
Center UL
Carrier
Cell[3] enum:
Cellphysical
Coverage channel
Attribute the number
Port inofCell
antenna frequencies
Frequency are located.
Band Indicator lowest carrier frequency,
Frequency
Indoor Cell[4] 1[0] long:[1..5, 7..14, 17..28,
parameters,for example,it port in a cell. Transmit The uplink and downlink N_UL is UlEARFCN, and
2[1] 31..32, 46, 65..76, 85, double:[0..6000]
is used to determine diversity and spatial carrier frequencies of a N_Offs-Ul is the carrier
model default: 1 4[2] 87..88, 101] units: MHz
cyclic prefix length and so multiplexing will use cell must belong to the frequency offset indicated
on. multi-antenna port. same frequency band. by the band indicator.
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- M M M
Outdoor Macro Cell[1] 2[1] 8 885.0
Absolute Radio For each UE, the ratio of MBMS service is
Frequency Channel PDSCH EPRE to cell- provided in the cell and
Number (EARFCN). The specific RS EPRE among UEs can combine the
calculation formula is: PDSCH REs in all the MBMS services in
F_DL = F_DL_low + 0.1 OFDM symbols multiple cells. If it
* (N_DL – N_Offs-Dl), containing cell-specific indicates a non-MBSFN
enum: enum:
where, F_DL is the center RS is equal and is denoted cell, only non-MBMS
earfcnDl 0[0]
pb noncellResvInfo
MBSFN cell[0] allowedAccessClasses
carrier frequency, by Rho_B. The cell- services are provided in
1[1] non MBSFN and MBSFN enum:
F_DL_low
Downlink is theCarrier
Center DL specific ratio Rho_B / the cell. If it indicates a Emergency Call Access
2[2] multiplex cell[1] No[0]
lowest carrier frequency, Signal
Frequency Rho_A is according
Power to non-MBSFN
Ratio (PB) Cell MBSFN and MBSFN
Attribute The parameter
Indicationdecides
3[3] MBSFN-dedicated cell[2] Yes[1]
N_DL is DlEARFCN, and cell-specific parameter multiplex cell, both non- whether the cell supports
double:[0..6000]
N_Offs-Dl is the carrier P_B signalled by higher MBMS services and IMS emergency bearer
units: MHz model default: 1 model default: 0 model default: 0
frequency offset indicated layers and the number of MBMS services are services for UE in limited
by the band indicator. configured eNB cell provided in the cell. service mode or not, and
Effective when Cell Reset specific antenna ports. Effective when Cell Reset indicates UE in SIB1.
M -- -- --
930.0 0[0] non MBSFN cell[0] No[0]
)and the value of 'Uplink )and the value of 'Uplink
9.2M[23] 9.2M[23]
System System
13.2M[24] 13.2M[24]
Bandwidth'(bandWidthUl Bandwidth'(bandWidthUl
13.6M[25] 13.6M[25]
)can't be 20M. When the )can't be 20M. When the
14M[26] 14M[26]
value of 'Band Indication value of 'Band Indication
17.4M[27] 17.4M[27]
for Frequency' for Frequency'
17.8M[28] 17.8M[28]
(freqBandInd) is 28, the (freqBandInd) is 28, the The DRX Switch for
cellReservedForOptUse 18.2M[29]
bandWidthDl 18.2M[29]
bandWidthUl switchForGbrDrx
The parameter is cell value of 'Downlink value of 'Downlink GBR service controls
18.6M[30] 18.6M[30] enum:
reserved indicator
Cell Reserved forfor System System whether DRX for GBR
7.5M[31] 7.5M[31] Close[0]
operatorOperator
use. If the value Bandwidth'(bandWidthDl
DL System Bandwidth Bandwidth'(bandWidthDl
UL System Bandwidth service
DRX is closedfororGBR
Switch not. If
enumArray:[0, 1] Open[1]
is 'reserved', the cell )and the value of 'Uplink )and the value of 'Uplink the DRX Switch for GBR
model default: 1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 5 model default: 5
cannot be camped on, System System service is closed,
example: 1;1;1;1;1;1 units: MHz units: MHz model default: 1
except for particular UEs, Bandwidth'(bandWidthUl Bandwidth'(bandWidthUl discontinuous reception
if so indicated in the )can't be 1.4M. )can't be 1.4M. (DRX) can not be used for
system information. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset a UE with GBR services.
-- -- -- --
1;1;1;1;1;1 10(50RB)[3] 10(50RB)[3] Open[1]
1;1;1;1;1;1 20(100RB)[5] 20(100RB)[5] Open[1]
1;1;1;1;1;1 20(100RB)[5] 20(100RB)[5] Open[1]
1;1;1;1;1;1 20(100RB)[5] 20(100RB)[5] Open[1]
1;1;1;1;1;1 10(50RB)[3] 10(50RB)[3] Open[1]
1;1;1;1;1;1 10(50RB)[3] 10(50RB)[3] Open[1]
1;1;1;1;1;1 20(100RB)[5] 20(100RB)[5] Open[1]
1;1;1;1;1;1 20(100RB)[5] 20(100RB)[5] Open[1]
1;1;1;1;1;1 20(100RB)[5] 20(100RB)[5] Open[1]
enum:
TM1[0]
TM2[1]
TM3[2]
The DRX Switch for
TM4[3]
NGBR service controls
switchForNGbrDrx TM5[4]
ueTransMode latitude longitude
whether DRX for NGBR
enum: TM6[5]
service is closed or not. If
Close[0] TM7[6]
the DRX
DRX Switch Switch for
for NGBR UE Transmission Mode Latitude Longitude
Open[1] Auto Inter-Mode[7]
NGBR service is closed,
double:[-90..90] double:[-180..180]
discontinuous reception This parameter is used to
model default: 1 model default: 2 model default: -90.0 model default: -180.0
(DRX) can not be used for configure DL
a UE with NGBR transmission mode for
services. UE. Latitude of Cell Longitude of cell
-- -- -- --
Open[1] TM3[2] 0.46167 109.9378
Open[1] TM3[2] 0.46162 109.93782
Open[1] TM3[2] 0.46167 109.9378
Open[1] TM3[2] 0.46167 109.9378
Open[1] TM3[2] 0.46167 109.9378
Open[1] TM3[2] 0.46167 109.9378
Open[1] TM3[2] 0.46162 109.93782
Open[1] TM3[2] 0.46162 109.93782
Open[1] TM3[2] 0.46167 109.9378
minMCSUl maxMCSUl minMCSDl maxMCSDl
Minimum Value of Maximum Value of Minimum Value of Maximum Value of
Uplink MCS Uplink MCS Downlink MCS Downlink MCS
The parameter indicates The parameter indicates The parameter indicates The parameter indicates
the Minimum MCS Value the Maximum MCS Value the Minimum MCS Value the Maximum MCS Value
for Uplink configured by for Uplink configured by for Downlink configured for Downlink configured
high layer for cell . high layer for cell . by high layer for cell . by high layer for cell .
-- -- -- --
0 28 0 28
0 28 0 28
0 28 0 28
0 28 0 28
0 28 0 28
0 28 0 28
0 28 0 28
0 28 0 28
0 28 0 28
54[24] enum:
60[25] 500[0]
64[26] 750[1]
72[27] 1280[2]
Specifies the number of
75[28] 1920[3] enum:
consecutive subframe(s)
80[29] 2560[4] Auto-Adjusted[0]
the UE should consider
maxUeRbNumDl 81[30]
maxUeRbNumUl 5120[5]
timeAlignTimer 1[1]
cFI indicates
itself as UL synchronized. The parameter
90[31] 10240[6] 2[2]
Maximum RBs Allocated Maximum RBs Allocated When non UL the CFI Value configured
96[32] Infinity[7] 3[3]
for Downlink UE for Uplink UE synchronized,
Time Alignmentthe UE
Timer by high
CFI layer for cell .
Selection
100[33] 4[4]
The parameter indicates The parameter indicates shall use the Random The CFI Value could be
long:[1..100] model default: 7
the Maximum RB number the Maximum RB number Access procedure to 1, 2 , 3 or could be
model default: 100 model default: 33 units: sf model default: 2
for UE in Downlink for UE in Uplink request a Time Alignment configured as auto-
configured by high layer configured by high layer Command prior to any adjusted.
for cell . for cell . UL transmission Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
50 50[23] Infinity[7] Auto-Adjusted[0]
downlink transmission
and port10)[29]
mode based on the
Fixed
characteristics of the
TM2/TM3/TM4/TM6
channels of UEs and the
Inter-TransMode[30]
antenna configurations of
Fixed TM2/TM3 Inter-
the eNodeB. With the
TransMode[31]
configuration of this
rd4ForCoverage FixedflagSwiMode
TM2/TM4 Inter- qam64DemSpIndUl enum:
adminState
parameter, the eNodeB UL 64QAM
enum: TransMode[32] enum: Unlocked[0]
Redirection Algorithm for can schedule downlink Demodulation Capability
Close[0] Fixed TM3/TM9 Inter- Not Support[0] Locked[1]
Coverage services for UEs
Switching in the
Mode Indicator Administrative State
Open[1] TransMode[33] Support[1] Shutting Down[4194304]
corresponding This parameter indicates
transmission mode, whether a cell has the
This is a switch for the achieving optimal capability of 64QAM
algorithm applied for spectrum efficiency in this demodulation.
coverage based redirect. scenario. Effective when Cell Reset Administrative State
-- -- -- --
Open[1] TM4 Intra-TransMode Adap
Support[1] Unlocked[0]
sampleRateCfg loadtestSwitch offsetAngle enum:
energySavControl
enum: Non-Energy Saving
Sample Rate Mode
Close[0] Cell[0]
The sample rate
Configuration Switch of Loading Test Offset Angle (degree) Is Energy Saving Cell
Open[1] Energy Saving Cell[1]
determines the optical
long:[0..2] long:[-360..360]
capacity. The lower the
model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: -360 model default: 0
sample rate, the smaller It is set to Open when The parameter is used to
the optical capacity. loading test is needed. It determine whether the cell
Effective when Cell Reset is set to Close by default. Offset Angle is energy saving or not.
-- -- -- --
0 Close[0] -360 Non-Energy Saving Cell[0]
test state.If the cell state is
Normal, the cell alarm
and performance data is
reported;If the cell state is
Testing, the cell alarm and
performance data is not
enum: enum:
reported;If the cell state is
Normal[0] 4CCE+3DB[0]
FM Testing, the cell alarm rbInterferenceBitMapUl rbInterferenceBitMapDl
testState commCCENumDl
Testing[2] 8CCE+0DB[1]
is not reported and BitMap of UL RB BitMap of DL RB CCE Aggregation for
FM Testing[5] longArray: longArray: 8CCE+3DB[2]
performance data is
Cell Test State Interference (hex) Interference (hex) BCCH&PCCH
PM Testing[6] [0..4294967295] [0..4294967295] 4CCE+0DB[3]
reported;If the cell state is This parameter is the RB This parameter is the RB
model default: 0;0;0;0 model default: 0;0;0;0
PM Testing, the cell alarm uplink interference downlink interference
model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;0 example: 0;0;0;0 model default: 0
is reported and bitmap, it is used to notify bitmap, it is used to notify
performance data is not the first 100 RBs are the first 100 RBs are CCE Aggregation for
reported. interferenced or not. interferenced or not. BCCH&PCCH
-- -- -- --
Normal[0] 0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0 4CCE+3DB[0]
Normal[0] 0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0 4CCE+3DB[0]
Normal[0] 0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0 4CCE+3DB[0]
Normal[0] 0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0 4CCE+3DB[0]
Normal[0] 0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0 4CCE+3DB[0]
Normal[0] 0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0 4CCE+3DB[0]
Normal[0] 0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0 4CCE+3DB[0]
Normal[0] 0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0 4CCE+3DB[0]
Normal[0] 0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0 4CCE+3DB[0]
share any spectrum
ratio,Preemptive[3]
This parameter indicates resource. If it is set to 4,
Congested cell can be full
the type of the noise in congestion scenarios,
bandwidth or
matrix. If it is set to MRC, the operators can share all This parameter sets the
proportionate admission,
the MRC algorithm is the spectrum resources or ratio of bandwidth
enum: Non-congested cell can be
used for interference admit UE access requests resources allocated to
1[0] full bandwidth
suppression. If it is set to proportionally; in non- PLMNs in network
2[1]
cceAdaptMod enum:
matrixType admission[4]
rbSharMode ratioOperatorn
IRC, the IRC algorithm is congestion scenarios, the sharing scenarios.
Bandwidth From
Resource
4[2] MRC[0] Operator Group Priority-
used for interference operators
RB Division can for
admit all the
Resource left to right,
Ratio the array
of PLMNs in
8[3] IRC[1] Based RB Resource
The CCE Aggregation suppression. If it Type
Noise Matrix is set to UE accessSharing
requests. If it is elements
Networkcorrespond
Sharing to
Adaption[4] Adaptive-Config[2] Grabbing Policy[5] longArray:[0..100]
Adaptive-Config, the set to 5, the RB resource PLMN1, PLMN2,
model default: 0;0;0;0;0;0
interference suppression preemption policy based PLMN3, PLMN4,
model default: 4 model default: 1 model default: 2 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0
algorithm is adaptively on the operator group PLMN5, and PLMN6
selected based on the NI priority is used. separately.
CCE Aggregation interference value. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
Adaption[4] IRC[1] Fully shared[2] 0;0;0;0;0;0
TM9 MU is not
TMM TM7 MU TM8 MU
supported. If this
TM9 SU (Not Support
parameter is set to 9, TM7
TM7/TM8 Mixed MU)[8]
MU, TM8 MU, and
TMM TM7 MU TM8 MU
TM7/TM8 mixed
TM9 SU (Support
This parameter indicates configuration are
the transmission mode of supported, but TM9 MU
ratioShared addiSpecEmiss enum:
flagSwiModeUl TMM TM7 MU TM8 MU
the uplink PUSCH. It is a isbfmumimoEnableDl
not supported. If this
TM1[0] TM9 MU (Support
Resource Ratio of Shared new field introduced
Additional Spectrum Transmission Mode of tothe parameter is set to 10,
TM2[1] TM7/TM8/TM9 Mixed
in Network Sharing (%) Emission Release 10 of 3GPP
UL PUSCH TM7
DL MU, TM8Switch
MU-MIMO MU,
Adaptive[2] MU)[10]
The UE requirements protocols. It is only TM9 MU, and
long:[0..100] long:[1..32]
related to IE effective for the eNodeBs TM7/TM8/TM9 mixed
Resource Ratio of Shared AdditionalSpectrumEmiss and UEs that support configuration are
in Network Sharing. ion are defined in TS Release 10 of 3GPP supported.
Effective when Cell Reset 36.101 [42, table 6.2.4.1]. protocols. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
100 1 TM1[0] TM7 SU TM8 SU TM9 SU
mumimoEnableUl rlfSwitch pullCardJudgeSwitch relatedCellLocalId
enum: enum: enum:
Switch of Pulling Card
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
UL MU-MIMO Switch Switch of RLF Function UE Radio Link Failure
Judgment Referenced Cell ID
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
detection function enable
UE RLF detection switch, just used SRS.
model default: 0 model default: 1 model default: 0 long:[0..255]
function enable switch, The main purpose is to
just used traffic static release the abnormal UE Cell ID of Referenced
Switch of UL-MIMO value from the network. Macro Cell
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Open[1] Close[0]
spectrum efficiency
42[44]
threshold in a cell where
43[45]
there is uplink
enum: 44[46]
interference. It is used to
1[0] 45[47]
detect uplink interference
2[1] 46[48]
faults in the cell. If the
5[2] 47[49]
detected uplink spectrum
10[3]
siWindowLength tm34T4RSwch 48[50]
upInterfFreqEffThr fullConfigSwch
efficiency
Spectrumof the cell is
Efficiency
15[4] enum: 49[51] enum:
lower than or
Threshold of equal
Cells to the
with
20[5] Close[0] 50[52] Close[0]
SI Window Length (ms) 4*4 MIMO
4*4 MIMO Switch,
Switch4*4 threshold, it is considered Switch of FullConfig
UL Interference
40[6] Open[1] Open[1]
MIMO will be used when that the uplink
model default: 6
switch is open in TM3, interference spectrum
model default: 5 model default: 0 units: Mbps model default: 1
4*2 MIMO or 2*2 MIMO efficiency meets the fault
will be used when it's conditions within this The parameter is used to
SI Window Length closed in TM3. detection period. set the Cell license State.
-- -- -- --
20[5] Close[0] 2[4] Open[1]
20[5] Close[0] 4[6] Open[1]
20[5] Close[0] 4[6] Open[1]
20[5] Close[0] 4[6] Open[1]
20[5] Close[0] 2[4] Open[1]
20[5] Close[0] 2[4] Open[1]
20[5] Close[0] 4[6] Open[1]
20[5] Close[0] 4[6] Open[1]
20[5] Close[0] 4[6] Open[1]
Where dense urban
scenarios is representative
of dense urban, urban
enum:
of the general urban,
Dense Urban[0]
suburban scenarios is
Urban[1]
representative of the
simuLoadSwchDl voLTESwch Suburban[2]
mimoScenarios rlfDelayTime
The parameter is the suburbs, rural scenarios is This parameter is a
enum: enum: Rural[3]
This parameter
Switch indicates
of DL Simulate switch
VoLTE of admission
Admissionof representative of rural, delayed
Delayedrelease
Releasetimer for
Timer
Close[0] Close[0] Indoor[4]
whether dlLoad
simulate load QCI=1Switch
and QCI = 2 indoor scenarios is
MIMOScenarios RLF.
for This
Radio parameter
Link Failure is
(s)
Open[1] Open[1] Adaptive[5]
is valid. If the parameter ERAB, and it works only representative of the determined for delaying
long:[0..10]
is close, user cann't config under the condition that indoor, and adaptive release the user which is
the dl simulate load the function of handover scenarios is representative judged RLF by eNB,
function, the cell will based on service is not of adaptive selecting when the users do not
return the error code. enabled. scenarios. configure VOIP.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Open[1] Adaptive[5] 6
The parameter is the The parameter is the
downlink Qos adaptive uplink Qos adaptive
One entry corresponding policy switch, and is used policy switch, and is used
to each additional to support different cell to support different cell
addiSpecEmissForAddiFr
frequency band listed in capacity requirements. It capacity requirements. It
Additional Spectrum
addiFreqBand eq
the sameRequirements
order as in qosAdpSwchDL
is configured according to qosAdpSwchUL
is configured according to
List of Additional Emission
longArray:[0..5, 7..14, enum: enum:
Frequency Band additional
for Eachfrequency
Additionalband the different
Downlink Qosneeds of
Adaptive the different
Uplink needs of
Qos Adaptive
17..28, 31] longArray:[1..32] Close[0] Close[0]
Indicators indicator
Frequencylist, and
Band customers.
PolicyThe value one
Switch customers.
PolicyThe value one
Switch
model default: model default: Open[1] Open[1]
indicates the additional indicates the Qos adaptive indicates the Qos adaptive
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
List of additional spectrum emission strategies based on cell strategies based on cell
example: 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 example: 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 0 model default: 0
frequency band indicators requirements to the UE capacity. The value zero capacity. The value zero
that the serving cell for the corresponding indicates closing function. indicates closing function.
belongs to. frequency band. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0] Close[0]
spectrum sharing and
power sharing between
LTE and NB-IoT
networks 13: Switch for
spectrum sharing and
power sharing between
LTE and NB-IoT
cqiExpiredTimer ThismagicRadioSwch
parameter enables or glCSSSwch
networks, and Magic cutRbNumUl
enum:
Inner AMC CQI Expire Switch disables
forMagicRadio
GERAN and Radio GLCSS 14: Switch Number of RBs for UL
Close[0]
Timer (ms) bandwidth
LTE Bandwidthsharing. If it is
Sharing for spectrum sharing and This
Sharing Switch parameterinindicates
Contraction CSS
Open[1]
Inner AMC CQI expire set to Open, the LTE power sharing between the number of RBs for
long:[1..65535] long:[0..15] long:[0..49]
timer, CQI will expire system is allowed to use LTE and NB-IoT uplink bandwidth
when time is longer than the bandwidth resources networks, and Magic contraction in
the timer. released by the GSM Radio ULCSS. MagicRadio CSS.
Effective when Cell Reset system. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
1280 Close[0] 0 0
1280 Close[0] 0 0
1280 Close[0] 0 0
1280 Close[0] 0 0
1280 Close[0] 0 0
1280 Close[0] 0 0
1280 Close[0] 0 0
1280 Close[0] 0 0
1280 Close[0] 0 0
In view of the existing
cutRbNumDl avoidFreqOffsetNISwch PHSphsNIInd
interference mbsfnSyncAreaID
enum:
Number of RBs for DL Switch for Avoiding NI of frequency band, PDSCH,
PHS interference band MBSFN Synchronisation
Close[0]
Contraction in CSS FreqOffset PUSCH scheduling to
indicator MBSFN AreaSynchronisation
Id
Open[1]
This parameter indicates To the scene of frequency avoid the corresponding Area ID identify an area
long:[0..49] long:[0..3] long:[0..65535]
the number of RBs for offset network, service RB location, PRACH of the network where all
downlink bandwidth cell avoid scheduling edge channel configuration to eNodeBs can be
contraction in users in pucch RB of avoid the corresponding synchronized and perform
MagicRadio CSS. neighber cell . RB position MBSFN transmissions.
-- -- -- --
0 Close[0] 0 0
0 Close[0] 0 0
0 Close[0] 0 0
0 Close[0] 0 0
0 Close[0] 0 0
0 Close[0] 0 0
0 Close[0] 0 0
0 Close[0] 0 0
0 Close[0] 0 0
The Switch of
mbmsSvcAreaIDList mbmsCCEAdaptMod atmosphericSwch
The parameterWave
is the hiterThreshold
Atmospheric Threshold for
enum: enum:
The
MBMS MBMS service
Service Areaarea
ID switch of atmospheric
Interference Detection Atmospheric-Ducting
4[0] Close[0]
refers toList
a network MBMS CCE Aggregation waveFunction
interference This parameter
Interference sets the
Detection
8[1] Open[1]
geographic region to detection, which is used to threshold for atmospheric-
long:[0..50]
MBMS service,this field control whether open ducting interference
longArray:[0..65535] model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 16
represents supported aggregation level of enter atmospheric wave detection. It is used to
MBMS Service Areas ID MBMS CCE configured interference detection determine whether high
List of the MCE. by high layer for cell. function. interference exists.
-- -- -- --
4[0] Close[0] 16
4[0] Close[0] 16
4[0] Close[0] 16
4[0] Close[0] 16
4[0] Close[0] 16
4[0] Close[0] 16
4[0] Close[0] 16
4[0] Close[0] 16
4[0] Close[0] 16
enum:
deRohcSch narrowInterferenceSwch 1[0]
narrowInterferenceLen magicRadioULDCESwch
The Granularity of This parameter indicates
enum: enum: 2[1] enum:
TheSwitch
The parameter is the
of Narrow Narrow Interference the switch
Switch for of UL DCE.
MagicRadio
Close[0] Close[0] 4[2] Close[0]
Depth ROHC Switch switch of narrow
Interference Detection The parameter
Detectionis the Only whenULthe
DCE served cell
Open[1] Open[1] 8[3] Open[1]
The parameter is the interference detection, granularity of narrow sharing carrier with
switch of Depth ROHC. If which is used to control interference detection, UMTS, it should
the switch is Close,the whether open enter which is the RE num of configured to open. The
eNodeB not support depth narrow interference narrow interference modification will change
ROHC. detection function. detection. the cell status.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Close[0] 1[0] Close[0]
transmission of primary or
secondary
synchronization signals or
PBCH in the same
subframe.When this
parameter is
close,PDSCH can only
qamSwchis the
The parameter bfRbExpandSwch
occupy all PRBs except ambrLimtSwch largeFreqOffEstSwchUl
Switch for UL Large
enum: enum: enum: enum:
switch
The Switchof of
256QAM
256QAM TheforSwitch
RBGsof overlaps in
RB Expand It is the switch of AMBR Frequency Offset
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
function. When this
Function frequency with a
In BF Mode limit.
Switch When the switch
of AMBR Limitis This parameter enables or
Estimation
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
switch is on, it means transmission of primary or opened, the AMBR will disables large frequency
eNB supports secondary be adjusted according to offset estimation in the
configuration of the new synchronization signals or the corresponding uplink only in the public
CQI table with 256QAM. PBCH in the same strategies for the limit network coverage for
Effective when Cell Reset subframe. bear inside. high-speed rails.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
muMIMO4MultiUESwch
Ul mmModeSwch freqOffCompenSwchDl crcMergeSwch
The Switch of
Enhanced UL MU-MIMO DL frequency Offset Interference Suppression
Switch The Switch of MM Mode Precompensation Switch for Supercell
The switch of UL-MIMO The switch of MM mode,
for three and four paring The Cell is MM mode
Ues,if the switch is when FunctionMode of The switch of DL
open,three Ues or four Baseband Board is MM frequency offset The switch of interference
Ues can be paring. mode. precompensation suppression for SuperCell.
-- -- -- --
the eNodeB hands UEs This parameter enables or
over in MIMO mode from disables distributed
TM3 to TM9 to improve MIMO. If it is set to
the probability of SDMA Open, multi-antenna
and further increase the MIMO (TM9 4 × 4MIMO
cell DL throughput. When or 8 × 4MIMO) can be
this parameter is set to implemented through the pubAndHwPriOvlpRbNu
Uplink Public and
qcellPosiSwch tm9EnhancedSDMASwch
Close, the MIMO distributedMIMOSwch
combination of multiple mUL
Highway Private
enum: enum: enum:
handover
Switch from TM3 to
of TM9-Enhanced groups of antennas
Switch in
Distributed Networks Overlapped
Qcell Positioning Switch TM9 is based
SDMA on principle multipleMIMOCPs in a super Resource Blocks Number
The switch for Qcell of maximizing the SU- cell, increasing the The number of uplink
long:[0..100]
Positioning method,When MIMO spectrum downlink throughput of a overlapped resource
the switch is open, cell efficiency without single UE and cell blocks between highway
mode must be configured considering the frequency-spectrum private and public
to 3 cell 8 antenna. probability of SDMA. efficiency. networks.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] 0
Downlink Public and Downlink Public and Uplink Public and
pubAndHwPriOvlpRbStar pubAndHwPriOvlpRbNu pubAndHwPriOvlpRbStar
Public Network and Highway Private Highway Private Highway Private
iCo4PubAndHwPriSwch tPosDL mDL tPosUL
Highway Private Network Networks Overlapped Networks Networks Networks Overlapped
enum:
Interference Coordination Resource Blocks Starting Overlapped Resource Resource Blocks Starting
Close[0]
Switch Position Blocks Number Position
Open[1]
The switch of public The starting position of The number of downlink The starting position of
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
network and highway downlink overlapped overlapped resource uplink overlapped
private network resource blocks between blocks between highway resource blocks between
interference coordination. highway private and private and public highway private and
Effective when Cell Reset public networks. networks. public networks.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0 0 0
Close[0] 0 0 0
Close[0] 0 0 0
Close[0] 0 0 0
Close[0] 0 0 0
Close[0] 0 0 0
Close[0] 0 0 0
Close[0] 0 0 0
Close[0] 0 0 0
switch of the ring
tm38McsThr8TX tm83TestMcsThr8TX ringCoverSwch
coverage function. If the ringCoverAdjustQuantity
The MCS Threshold when The MCS Threshold Ring Cover Function
enum:
Switch from TM3 to TM8 When Switch from TM8 switch is turned
Ring Cover on, the
Function Adjust Quantity of Cell
Close[0]
Thisfor
parameter is MCS
8 Antennas This parameter
to TM3 is MCS
for 8 Antennas ring coverage
Switchfunction is Radius
Open[1]
threshold when switch threshold when switch enabled. If the switch is Ring cover function adjust
long:[0..28] long:[0..29] long:[0..30]
from TM3 to TM8, which from TM8 to TM3, which turned off, the ring quantity of cell radius.Set
is used to adapting switch is used to adapting switch coverage function is it according to the radius
TM3 and TM8 for 8 TM3 and TM8 for 8 disabled. of inner ring.
antennas. antennas. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
12 12 Close[0] 0
12 12 Close[0] 0
12 12 Close[0] 0
12 12 Close[0] 0
12 12 Close[0] 0
12 12 Close[0] 0
12 12 Close[0] 0
12 12 Close[0] 0
12 12 Close[0] 0
tddCfg0MUMIMOSwch
Threshold of Window Threshold of Window
highBllrCntThrDL highBllrCntThrUL UL shortDrxSwch
Number for Downlink Number for Uplink
enum: enum:
Abnormal Block Loss Abnormal Block Loss TDD Cfg0 UL MU-
Close[0] Close[0]
Ratio Ratio MIMO Switch Short
ShortDRX
DRXswitch
Switch.If
Open[1] Open[1]
Short DRX switch is
long:[1..20] long:[1..20]
on,eNB configs Short
Threshold of window Threshold of window DRX to UE.If Short DRX
number for downlink number for uplink The switch of UL-MIMO switch is off,eNB does not
abnormal block loss ratio. abnormal block loss ratio. for TDD CFG0. config Short DRX to UE.
-- -- -- --
10 10 Close[0] Open[1]
enum:
200km/h[0]
highest speed of the high-
250km/h[1]
speed railways covered by
300km/h[2] atmosphericDecPowrThre
This parameter is used to the serving cell. Based on Power Decrease
enum:
puschChEstType 350km/h[3]
speedInd atmosphericQuitPerid s
support the selection of the highest speed, the The Time Threshold to Threshold for
FreqChEsti[0] 400km/h[4]
TypePUSCH
of PUSCHchannel
Channel baseband adaptively Exit Atmospheric Duct This parameter sets
Atmospheric Ductthe
TimeChEsti[1] 450km/h[5]
estimation,between
Estimation time adjusts the thresholds
Highest-Speed Indicator Interference power Interference
decrease threshold
FreqChEstiOpti[2] 500km/h[6] long:[0..20]
domain estimation, related to uplink for atmospheric duct
Frequency domain frequency deviation interference. A larger
model default: 0 model default: 2 model default: 10 units: dB
estimation and optimized processing and downlink The Time Threshold to parameter value indicates
Frequency domain frequency deviation pre- Exit Atmospheric Duct faster inter-symbol
estimation. compensation. Interference. interference decrease.
-- -- -- --
FreqChEsti[0] 300km/h[2] 10 10
The Switch for The Time Threshold T1 to
atmosphericLocationSwc atmosphericSymBackSwc atmosphericSupresEnterP
Interference Source Entry Interference
h h atmosphericSupresThres erid
Localization in The Switch for Symbol Suppression Threshold for Suppression in
enum: enum:
Atmospheric Duct Rollback in Atmospheric Atmospheric Duct Atmospheric Duct
Close[0] Close[0]
Interference Duct Interference Interference Interference
Open[1] Open[1]
The Switch for The Time Threshold T1 to
long:[-110..-70] long:[10..600]
Interference Source This parameter sets the Entry Interference
Localization in The Switch for Symbol suppression threshold for Suppression in
Atmospheric Duct Rollback in Atmospheric atmospheric duct Atmospheric Duct
Interference. Duct Interference. interference. Interference.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] -70 100
The Time Threshold T2 to Number of Antennas for
atmosphericSupresQuitPe atmosphericSeqDemAntN atmosphericSeqDemPara enum:
Exit Interference Detecting Signature The Detection Threshold
rid um Thres Close[0]
oneRBAllocateSwch
Suppression in Sequences in of Detecting Signature
Open for VOIP[1]
Atmospheric Duct Atmospheric Ducting Sequence in Atmospheric
Open for Data[2]
Interference This parameter indicates
Interference Duct Interference Allocate One RB Switch
Open for All[3]
The Time Threshold T2 to the number of antennas
long:[10..600] long:[1..8] long:[1..10000]
Exit Interference used by the UL PHY to The Detection Threshold
Suppression in detect signature sequences of Detecting Signature
Atmospheric Duct in atmospheric ducting Sequence in Atmospheric The Switch of 1RB
Interference. interference. Duct Interference. Allocation.
-- -- -- --
100 2 58 Close[0]
100 2 58 Close[0]
100 2 58 Close[0]
100 2 58 Close[0]
100 2 58 Close[0]
100 2 58 Close[0]
100 2 58 Close[0]
100 2 58 Close[0]
100 2 58 Close[0]
disables dynamic
The
TheeNodeB uses
Switch for TA
User frequency selection of
taLimitedReleaseSwch
measurement to determine tm44T4RSwch laaDFSSwch
licensed-assisted access. It atmosphericPAPRThres
Service Limited Function Threshold of Peak to
enum: enum: enum:
whether
Baseda user exceeds
on TA is set to Open if an LAA Average Power Ratio for
the given TA threshold. If
Measurement TM4
TM4 4*4
4*4 MIMO
MIMO Switch,
Switch cell needs
LAA to be
DCS Switch Atmospheric Duct
yes, the user will be TM4 4*4 MIMO will be established through
long:[1..10000]
forcedly released. This used when switch is open dynamic frequency The Detection Threshold
parameter sets whether to in TM4, 4*2 MIMO or selection; otherwise, it is of Detecting Signature
enable the function. 2*2 MIMO will be used set to Close. Sequence in Atmospheric
Effective when Cell Reset when it's closed in TM4. Effective when Cell Reset Duct Interference.
-- -- -- --
can be omitted. When this
switch is set to 1, dl-
256QAM-r12 report,
CAT, and specification
release version should all
satisfy its relevant
enum:
atmosphericDetecWaySw the256QAMCATLimitSw type1RBAllocEnableSwc
requirment, then UE
ch Close[0]
ch hDl configDRXTimerForRA
supports 256QAM; when The Timer for Config
enum: Limit Release Version enum:
this Switch
Switch of Detection Way The switch is
ofset
CATto 2, dl-
Limit Switch of Type1 RB DRX When UE RRC
Close[0] and CAT[1] Close[0]
for Atmospheric Duct 256QAM-r12
for 256QAMreport and Allocation Connection (s)
Open[1] Limit CAT Only[2] Open[1]
CAT should both satisfy
long:[0..20]
The Switch for using its relevant requirment, The parameter indicates
Optimize Scheme in then UE supports eNB configging DRX
Atmospheric Duct 256QAM. The Switch of Type1 RB later when UE is at prach
Interference. Effective when Cell Reset Allocation. stage.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Limit CAT Only[2] Open[1] 0
configDRXTimerForCon
nect configDRXTimerForHO filteWndLen4SRMode1 filteFactor4SRMode1
The Timer for Config The Timer for Config The Length of Filter
DRX When UE DRX When UE Handover Window for RB The Filter Factor for RB
Establishing VoLTE (s) The parameter
(s) indicates Utilization Ratio(s) Utilization Ratio
The parameter indicates target cell configging The filter window length The filter factor for RB
long:[0..20] long:[0..20] long:[1..255] double:[0..1]
eNB configging DRX DRX later when UE at for RB utilization ratio of utilization ratio of the cell
model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 5 model default: 0.75
later when UE is at HO stage for the flow and the cell for the Number of for the Number of RB for
connect stage for reducing reducing the time delay of RB for SR Authorization SR Authorization Mode
the time delay of VoLTE. VoLTE. Mode set 1 . set 1 .
-- -- -- --
0 0 5 0.75
0 0 5 0.75
0 0 5 0.75
0 0 5 0.75
0 0 5 0.75
0 0 5 0.75
0 0 5 0.75
0 0 5 0.75
0 0 5 0.75
enum:
1.4M(6RB)[0]
3M(15RB)[1]
magicRadioMaxBandWid
rbNumMultiFactor4Mod1 rbRatioLowThr4Mod1 rbRatioHighThr4Mod1 5M(25RB)[2]
th
10M(50RB)[3]
The Multiple Factor of SR The Low Threshold of RB The High Threshold of This parameter
MagicRadio Maxindicates
System
15M(75RB)[4]
This Parameter
RB Number is multiple This parameterRatio
Utilization is low This parameter isRatio
RB Utilization high the maximum
Downlink downlink
Bandwidth
longArray:[1..110] 20M(100RB)[5]
factor for the number of threshold for RB threshold for RB bandwidth of LTE cell
model default: 4;2;1 double:[0..1] double:[0..1]
RB allocated to SR for the utilization ratio of the cell utilization ratio of the cell when MagicRadio open.
example: 4;2;1 model default: 0.3 model default: 0.5 model default: 5
Number of RB for SR for the Number of RB for for the Number of RB for This parameter will be
Authorization Mode set SR Authorization Mode SR Authorization Mode is used in transmit power
1. set 1 . set 1 . computation.
-- -- -- --
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 10M(50RB)[3]
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 20M(100RB)[5]
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 20M(100RB)[5]
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 20M(100RB)[5]
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 10M(50RB)[3]
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 10M(50RB)[3]
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 20M(100RB)[5]
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 20M(100RB)[5]
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 20M(100RB)[5]
enum:
Based On 2RB[0]
laaCarrierPriSwch acSendPowdeltaUL acSendPowdeltaDL Based On Cell RB
srRBNumAuthMode
enum: Utilization Rate[1]
the priority
LAA CarrierofPriority
LAA The Delta of UL AC The Delta of DL AC The Number of RB for SR
Close[0] Based On The Amount Of
carriers.Switch
If it is set to Digital Sending Power Digital Sending Power Authorization Mode
Open[1] long:[-10..30] long:[-10..30] Data Taken By SR[2]
Close, LAA carriers
model default: -10 model default: -10
cannot be configured as The parameter is used as The parameter is used as This parameter is a switch
SCells; if it is set to Open, sending power offset in sending power offset in and used to control the
LAA carriers can be UL AC, unit: dB, working DL AC, unit: dB, working function of RB allocation
configured as SCells. in UL AC function. in DL AC function. Mode for SR.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0 0 Based On 2RB[0]
the attribute of LAA The Monitoring The Monitoring
cellLAACarrierAtt
carriers. freqOffRptValidThr
If it is set to Non The startPreCompenRatioThr stopPreCompenRatioThr
Threshold for Valid Probability Threshold for Probability Threshold for
enum:
LAA Carrier, the cell Frequency Offset Start Frequency Offset Stop Frequency Offset
Non LAA Carrier[0]
cannot serve asAttribute
LAA Carrier an LAA Reported Precompensation Precompensation
LAA Carrier[1]
carrier cell. If it is set to
long:[0..500] double:[0..1] double:[0..1]
LAA Carrier, the cell can Stavalid frequency offset The Monitoring The Monitoring
model default: 0 model default: 200 model default: 0.9 model default: 0.6
serve as only an LAA used to calculate DL probability threshold,and probability threshold,and
carrier cell. frequency offset used to determine whether used to determine whether
Effective when Cell Reset precompensation value. to start precompensation. to stop precompensation.
-- -- -- --
Non LAA Carrier[0] 200 0.9 0.6
This parameter
Threshold is the
of Window This parameter
Threshold is the
of Window whether a cell supports
highBllrCntThr4VOIPDl highBllrCntThr4VOIPUl enum:
windowfor
Number number for
Downlink window
Number number for
for Uplink eMTC. emtcSwch
If it is set to 0, the hARQWeightCombSwch
Close[0] enum:
downlink
Abnormal continuous high uplink
Block Loss continuous
Abnormal high
Block Loss cell does not support The Switch of Harq
LTE and EMTC[1] Close[0]
abnormal
Ratioblock loss ratio abnormal
of VOIP Ratioblock loss ratio eMTC.eMTC
of VOIP If it isSwitch
set to 1, the Weight Combine
EMTC[2] Open[1]
of VOIP,it is used to of VOIP,it is used to cell supports both LTE This parameter enables or
long:[1..200] long:[1..200]
judge the number of judge the number of and eMTC. If it is set to 2, disables the Harq Weight
window that block loss window that block loss the cell supports only Combine function and is
ratio is abnormal ratio is abnormal eMTC. configured as required on
continuously. continuously. Effective when Cell Reset site.
-- -- -- --
10 10 Close[0] Close[0]
public network speed small, you can increase
determination mode is set the parameter value to
enum:
to mode 2, the public increase paging resources.
4T[0]
network speed When the number of users
enum: 2T[1]
determination function in the paging area is small
Close[0] T[2]
This parameter is the This parameter is the along high-speed railways and the cell bandwidth is
High speed rail non- 1/2T[3]
switch of the uplink switch of the downlink is enabled. This mode is large, you can set the
accMCSEnableSwchUl accMCSEnableSwchDl covered by public
nCSpeedJudgeSwch 1/4T[4]
nBto a small
accurate MCS procedure. accurate MCS procedure. applicable to the parameter
enum: enum: network[1] 1/8T[5]
If theSwitch
switchofisUplink
turned on, If the switch
Switch is turned on, following
of Downlink scenarios:
Public Network SpeedA value. 1.4M/3M small-
Close[0] Close[0] High speed rail covered 1/16T[6]
you can adjust the
Accurate MCS MCS to you can adjust the
Accurate MCSMCS to high-speed railway
Determination Mode is bandwidth
Paging cellsFactor
Occasion are
Open[1] Open[1] by public network[2] 1/32T[7]
implement the exact implement the exact covered by public commonly configured as
match between the match between the network cells, and the 2T while the other large-
scheduling TBSize and scheduling TBSize and cells covered by the bandwidth cells are
the BSR and reduce the the BSR and reduce the public network requires commonly configured as
Padding rate. Padding rate. speed determination. T.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] T[2]
control. If the SPID super cell. If the super cell. If the
Strategy Switch parameter difference between the difference between the
is set to Open and if the measurement result of a measurement result of a
The switch of SPID based CP and the maximum CP and the maximum
idle mobility control measurement result of all measurement result of all
parameter is set to Open, CPs in a super cell is CPs in a super cell is
the eNB will fill the smaller than the threshold, smaller thanValue
Threshold the threshold,
of User
schedInDRX4ECGI spidIdleMobiCtrlSwchIE the scActiveSetThrUl scCRSActiveSetThrDl
TheWhen this
Switch ofswitch is
Scheduling IdleMobilityContrlInfo
The Switch of SPID CP is activated.
Threshold Value of If the the
User DLCP is activated.
C-RS Active SetIf for
the
enum: enum:
turned on, Status
in DRX to increase
Whenthe based Idle
Based on the SPID
Mobility difference
UL Activebetween
Set inthe difference between the
C-RS Transmission
Close[0] Close[0]
ECGI measurement
Measuring ECGI strategy configured
Control in the measurement result of a measurement
SuperCell result of a
Scheme in SuperCell
Open[1] Open[1] long:[0..30] long:[1..40]
success rate, the eNodeB EMS when sending an CP and the maximum CP and the maximum
transmits data only when RRCConnectionRelease measurement result of all measurement result of all
model default: 0 model default: 0 units: dB units: dB
the onDurationTimer message, to configure a CPs is larger than the CPs is larger than the
timer operates in long dedicated cell reselection threshold, the CP is not threshold, the CP is not
DRX status. priority for the UE. activated. activated.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Open[1] 13 23
super cell. If the
difference between the This parameter is the
measurement result of a switch of TBS selection in
CP and the maximum TM9 mode and TM10 This parameter enables or
measurement result of all mode. When the switch is disables the starting of the
CPs in a super cell is turned on, tbsIndexAlt- large scale for one high
smaller thanValue
the threshold, r12 is set to a26 largeSc4OneHighSINRT
This parameter enables or SINR timing advance. If it
Threshold of User
scUERSActiveSetThrDl
the CP is activated. If the tm9TM10TbsAltSwch pucchFOCSwch ASwch
DL UE-RS Active Set for (256QAM disabled)
The Switch of or disables
Switch forPUCCH
PUCCH is set tofor
Switch Open,
Thethe starting
Starting of
enum: enum: enum:
difference between the a33 (256QAM
UE-RS Transmission TM9/TM10 enabled)
TBS in frequency Offset
Frequency offset of
ThetheLarge
largeScale
scalefor
forOne
one
measurement result of a
Scheme in SuperCell TM9 Alternative
mode and TM10 compensation only in the
Compensation high
HighSINR
SINRtiming
TA
long:[1..30] Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
CP and the maximum mode. When the switch is public network coverage advance is enabled; if it is
model default: 13
measurement result of all turned off, tbsIndexAlt- for high-speed rails. If this set to Close, the starting
units: dB model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 0
CPs is larger than the r12 is not configured in parameter is set to Close, of the large scale for one
threshold, the CP is not TM9 mode and TM10 PUCCH frequency offset high SINR timing
activated. mode. compensation is disabled. advance is disabled.
-- -- -- --
When the time during
which a UE camps on a
common cell is larger
than or equal to the forced
low-speed determination This parameter determines
threshold for common whether TAT
forceLowSpeedThr4Norm
cells in the public configurations are
lowSpeedThr4Normal
This threshold althe UE is highSpeedThr4Normal tATConsistencySwch
Time Thresholdisfor
used in
Low network,
Forced Low Speed Time Threshold for High consistent. If it is set to
enum:
high-speed
Speed in railway speed
The Public forcedly
DecisionsetThreshold
to low-speed
for Speed of SuperCell in The Close, it indicates
Switch for TATthat the
Close[0]
determination.
NetworkWhen
(s) the status.
The TheNetwork
Public parameter
(s) When
PublictheNetwork
time during
(s) actualConsistency
TAT value is not
Open[1]
time during which a UE value must be larger than which a UE camps on the affected by the configured
long:[1..65534] long:[1..65534] long:[1..65534]
camps on a CP or a cell is the value of the Time CPs of a super cell is value; if it is set to Open,
larger than or equal to the Threshold for Low Speed smaller than the threshold, it indicates that the actual
threshold, the UE can be in public network the UE can be set to high- TAT value is the same as
set to low-speed status. parameter. speed status. the configured value.
-- -- -- --
30 40 20 Close[0]
30 40 20 Close[0]
30 40 20 Close[0]
30 40 20 Close[0]
30 40 20 Close[0]
30 40 20 Close[0]
30 40 20 Close[0]
30 40 20 Close[0]
30 40 20 Close[0]
PUSCH MRC/IRC This parameter enables or
combination adaption disables PUCCH
The interruption detection The radio link congestion switch. If the switch is MRC/IRC combination
function is used to check detection function is used turned on, the UL PHY adaption. If it is set to
radioLinkOutageSwch
whether a radio link at the radioLinkCongestSwch
to detect whether a radio puschMrcIrcSwch
adaptively chooses pucchMrcIrcSwch
Open, theMRC/IRC
PUCCH
PUSCH MRC/IRC PUCCH
RLC layer, MAC
The Switch layer,
of Radio or
Link link is congested
Switch and
of Radio Link MRC/IRC
Combinationin accordance
Adaption adaptively
Combinationselects the type
Adaption
PHY layer is broken and
Outage perform flowDetection
Congestion control in with the interference
Switch of MRC/IRC combination
Switch
perform flow control accordance with the condition. If the switch is based on interference. If it
based on the interruption congestion situation. This turned off, the UL PHY is set to Close, MRC or
status. This parameter is parameter is the switch of uses MRC or IRC IRC is used, depending on
the switch of detection of radio link congestion configured in the the configuration on the
radio link interruption. detection. NetNumen system. NetNumen system.
-- -- -- --
This parameter is applied
in situations where remote
atmospheric ducting
This parameter is the interference stations have
switch of PRACH no load. This parameter
MRC/IRC combination sets the threshold for This parameter sets the
adaption. If the switch is determining whether atmosphericGrdNiThresU
UL noise floor threshold
prachMrcIrcSwch
turned on, the UL cellHeavyLoadFlag atmosphericNoLoadThres
atmospheric ducting for the PHY l
PRACH MRC/IRC Threshold ofinUlsignature
Ground
enum: enum:
PRACH adaptively
Combination Adaption This parameter is the Threshold
interference exists.
of No Load The
for sequence
Noise fordetection.
AtmosphericThe
Close[0] Close[0]
choosesSwitch
MRC/IRC in heavy-load
Heavy-loadcellCellswitch.
SwitchIf Atmospheric
larger the parameter
Ducting larger the Location
Ducting parameter
Open[1] Open[1] long:[0..30] long:[-125..-100]
accordance with the the switch is turned on, value, the larger the value, the larger the UL
model default: 10 model default: -110
interference condition. If the current cell is a heavy- interference in which noise floor and
model default: 0 model default: 0 units: dB units: dBm
the switch is turned off, load cell. If the switch is atmospheric ducting interference in which
the UL PRACH uses turned off, the current cell interference can be signature sequences can
MRC. is a light-load cell. identified. be detected.
-- -- -- --
first threshold for This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
detecting the number of second threshold for third threshold for
atmospheric ducting detecting the number of detecting the number of
signature sequences. It atmospheric ducting atmospheric ducting
determines1 the
Threshold for condition signature2sequences.
Detecting Threshold It Threshold
for Detecting signature3sequences. It
for Detecting
atmosphericSeqContThres
for transmitting signature atmosphericSeqContThres
determines atmosphericSeqContThres
Period for Detecting The Number of Signature The Numberthe of condition determines
Signature The Numberthe of condition
Signature
atmosphericDetecPerid
This parameter sets the sequences. 1 larger the for symbol rollback.
The 2 3
Signature Sequences in Sequences in Sequences in The for symbol recovery.
Sequences in The
signature sequence
Atmospheric Ducting parameter
Atmospheric value is, the larger
Ducting the parameter
Atmospheric value larger
Atmospheric value
Ducting
detection period(min)
Interference for the larger the number of
Interference is, the Interference
larger the number is, the Interference
larger the number
atmospheric ducting detected signature of detected signature of detected signature
interference location sequences is required, sequences is required, sequences is required,
function in atmospheric meaning a stricter meaning a stricter meaning a stricter
ducting state transition condition for transmitting condition for symbol condition for symbol
determination. signature sequences. rollback. recovery.
-- -- -- --
30 3 10 2
30 3 10 2
30 3 10 2
30 3 10 2
30 3 10 2
30 3 10 2
30 3 10 2
30 3 10 2
30 3 10 2
UL noise floor threshold
of atmospheric ducting
interference. It determines This parameter sets the
the condition for threshold for joining
transmitting signature atmospheric
Threshold forducting
Joining
atmosphericUpNiThres
sequences. atmosphericSeqJontThres prachMrcIrcEnable iMEISVStgySwch
Uplink NI The larger the
Threshold in signature
Signature sequences.
SequencesThe This parameter
Flag is the flag
of PRACH
enum:
parameter
Atmospheric value is, the
Ducting larger the in
Detected parameter value MRC/IRC
Atmospheric of the PRACH MRC/IRC
Function Being Switch of IMEISV
Close[0]
higher Interference
the UL noise floor is,Ducting
the larger the power function.Enabled
Interference If the parameter Strategy
long:[-125..-100] long:[0..10] Open[1]
and interference are difference tolerance range is set to 0, the PRACH
model default: -110 model default: 5 long:[0..1]
required, meaning a for joined signature MRC function is enabled.
units: dBm units: dB model default: 0 model default: 0
stricter condition for sequences, meaning a If the parameter is set to If this parameter is set to
transmitting signature more lenient condition for 1, the PRACH IRC Open, the related IMEISV
sequences. sequence joining. function is enabled. strategy is enabled.
-- -- -- --
-110 5 0 Close[0]
-110 5 0 Close[0]
-110 5 0 Close[0]
-110 5 0 Close[0]
-110 5 0 Close[0]
-110 5 0 Close[0]
-110 5 0 Close[0]
-110 5 0 Close[0]
-110 5 0 Close[0]
interference location of
atmospheric waveguides.
There are 16 symbols
used for atmospheric
waveguide detection. If a
detected atmospheric
atmoIDDectNumThershol
waveguide is under a lowPrbEstimForMuMimo
This parameter indicates highPrbEstimForMuMim
This parameter indicates prbUsageThrdForMuMim
symbol d number of
andofthe the Ul
lowEstimated
estimated RB the oUl
highEstimated
estimated RB oUl
Threshold The Number Low RB High RB
detected
of waveguides
Detecting with
Atmospheric threshold for UL
Threshold priority
MU- threshold for UL
Threshold priority
MU- This Usage
PRB parameter indicates
Threshold for
the same eNodeB
Waveguide ID is
IDs(times) space division.
MIMOIf the RBs space division.
MIMOIf the RBs the PRB usage threshold
UL MU-MIMO
long:[0..100]
larger than this threshold, estimated in real time are estimated in real time are for priority space division.
long:[1..8] long:[0..400] long:[0..400] model default: 70
the waveguide ID is between the high and low between the high and low If the PRB usage exceeds
considered to be valid and thresholds, the pairing thresholds, the pairing this threshold, the pairing
is reported; otherwise, it is strategy of priority space strategy of priority space strategy of priority space
not reported. division is triggered. division is triggered. division is triggered.
-- -- -- --
2 0 400 70
2 0 400 70
2 0 400 70
2 0 400 70
2 0 400 70
2 0 400 70
2 0 400 70
2 0 400 70
2 0 400 70
the PLMN group index.
This parameter indicates The elements in the array
the statistical period for correspond to the IDs of
the PRB usage threshold Threshold of The Number This parameter enables or the first PLMN, the
tomuPrbUsagePeriodUl
trigger Period
Statistical priorityfor
space
The
atmosENBIDDropThr
of Effective ENodeB IDs
muMimoPriorSwchUl
disables prioritized uplink plmnGroupIndex
second PLMN, ...,
enum:
division.
PRB UsageIn Threshold
this period for
of Since theineNodeB
Detected ID is
Atmospheric MUfor
Switch MIMO space UL
Prioritized consisting of the MCCs
Close[0] enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
time,ULstatistics
MU-MIMO on the(s)PRB detected
Ducting forCells(times)
the first time, division.
MU If it is set to
MIMO andPLMN
MNCsGroupin the Index
cell. The
Open[1] 5, 6]
usage is collected. After if it is not reported within Open, prioritized uplink actual size of the array is
long:[1..900] long:[1..20] model default: 1;0;0;0;0;0
this period of time, the the following feature space division is enabled. the same as the number of
model default: 1 model default: 3 model default: 0 example: 1;0;0;0;0;0
system determines sequence detection If it is set to Close, PLMNs configured for the
whether to execute periods specified by this frequency division is cell.
priority space division. threshold, it is discarded. enabled. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
1 3 Close[0] 1;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 Close[0] 1;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 Close[0] 1;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 Close[0] 1;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 Close[0] 1;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 Close[0] 1;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 Close[0] 1;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 Close[0] 1;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 Close[0] 1;0;0;0;0;0
This switch is used to
This parameter sets the judge whether the PLMN
ratio of bandwidth group is to be
resources allocated to proportionally admitted
PLMN groups in network when the cell is
sharing scenarios. From congested. When the
ratioOperatorGroupn
left to right,Resource
the array case5RatioACSwch
switch is off,the PLMN case5CongJudPrd case5CongStarThrdUl
Bandwidth Admission Control Based
longArray:[0..100] enum:
elements
Ratio correspond
of PLMN Groupstoin group
on PLMN is admitted
Group ThisPeriod
The parameter indicates Congestion Threshold for
of Congestion
model default: Close[0]
PLMN groupSharing
Network 1, PLMN according
Resource forto the full
Case5 the currentfor
Judgment status of the
Case5 (s) Case5 UL
100;0;0;0;0;0 Open[1] long:[0..100]
group 2, PLMN group 3, bandwidth;When the cell is in a congested state
units: % long:[1..65535] model default: 80
PLMN group 4, PLMN switch is on,the PLMN by comparing the current This parameter is used to
example: 100;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 10 units: %
group 5, and PLMN group group is admitted PRB usage with the judge whether the Uplink
6 separately. according to the congestion/recover used PRB of the cell is
Effective when Cell Reset respective ratios. threshold every cycle. congestion or not.
-- -- -- --
100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10 80
100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10 80
100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10 80
100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10 80
100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10 80
100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10 80
100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10 80
100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10 80
100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10 80
case5RecoverThrdUl case5CongStarThrdDl case5RecoverThrdDl case5GuaranteedGBR
Recover Threshold for Congestion Threshold for Recover Threshold for Guaranteed GBR Services
Case5 UL Case5 DL Case5 DL This parameter is used to
for Case5
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100] enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to configure some GBR
model default: 60 model default: 80 model default: 60 model default: 1;0;0;0
This parameter is used to judge whether the judge whether the services that need to be
units: % units: % units: % example: 1;0;0;0
judge whether the Uplink DownLink used PRB of DownLink used PRB guaranteed, RB resources
used PRB congestion of the cell is congestion or congestion of the cell is are not divided according
the cell is relieve or not. not. relieve or not. to the PLMNs.
-- -- -- --
60 80 60 1;0;0;0
60 80 60 1;0;0;0
60 80 60 1;0;0;0
60 80 60 1;0;0;0
60 80 60 1;0;0;0
60 80 60 1;0;0;0
60 80 60 1;0;0;0
60 80 60 1;0;0;0
60 80 60 1;0;0;0
Bandwidth, the
bandwidths of the LTE
system can be expanded
to standard bandwidths. If
it is set to Support Non-
standard Bandwidth, the
enum:
bandwidths
Support of the LTE
of Non-Standard
lAADRSSwch enum:
tmmAntCombTypeUl Not Support Non-standard
gLDBENonStdSupport dlDeltaMCS4Release
system can beSharing
Bandwidth expanded
enum: 2In1AntComb[0] Bandwidth[0]
Type of UL TMM to non-standard
Between GERAN and Conserved MCS Quantity
Close[0] 4In1AntComb[1] Support Non-standard
LAA DRS Switch This parameter
Antenna indicates bandwidths.
Combination LTEA standard Thisfor
parameter indicates
RRC Release
Open[1] AdjustAntComb[2] Bandwidth[1]
the support for two-in-one bandwidth is already the conserved MCS
long:[0..35]
This parameter determines antenna combination, defined by the protocols, quantity for RRC release
whether to send DRSs in four-in-one antenna and a non-standard during the scheduling of
LAA cells. combination, and adaptive bandwidth is generally the RRC Release
Effective when Cell Reset combination. customized for operators. message.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 2In1AntComb[0] Not Support Non-standard 3
difference between this
parameter and the
ucReusePucchBlankRbS
wch parameter is as
follows: When the
enum:
Switch for Polling This parameter
Switch indicates
of the Priority wch parameter is set to
relRetranOptSwitch pGBRSwch Close[0]
reuseMagicRadioSwch shareAreaId
Retransmission theGuaranteed
switch of the
Bitpriority
Rate Open, blanked RBs
enum: enum: BothSidesReuse[1]
Optimization for the RRC guaranteed
Function bit rate
for SPID-Based cannot be usedReuse
MagicRadio for the MagicRadio ULCSS
Close[0] Close[0] LowFreSideReuse[2]
Release Message function
NGBRfor Bearers
SPID-based PUSCH until non-blanked
Switch Group ID
Open[1] Open[1] HighFreSideReuse[3]
This parameter determines NGBR bearers. If it is set RBs are used out. When This parameter indicates
long:[0..65535]
whether the to Open, the priority this parameter is set to the group ID of the cell
retransmission of the RRC guaranteed bit rate can be Open, blanked RBs are with which the
Release message is configured for the NGBR directly used for the MagicRadio uplink
optimized during polling. bearer of an SPID user. PUSCH. bandwidth is shared.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] HighFreSideReuse[3] 0
the number of RBs LTE CSS scenario, the
disabled for downlink RBs scheduled by the
bandwidths is the number LTE system are
of RBs for downlink This parameter sets the dynamically adjusted
bandwidth contraction in transmission scheme that based on the time slot TTI
CSS for low frequency is used after the TM2 level occupied by the
enum:
scenarios. If it is set to transmission mode is GSM system. In this case,
enum:
cutRbModeDl Inter-TransMode[0]
ulTranSchemeSet
HighFreSideReuse, the configured. It is used to the gLCssCoopSwch
RB utilization of the gLCssCoopOffset
BothSidesReuse[0] Fixed Single Port[1] enum:
number
DL of RBs disabled
Contraction Mode of verify performance LTE
Time system
Slot can be
Collaboration Time Slot Collaboration
LowFreSideReuse[1] Fixed RI = 1 precoding[2] Close[0]
for downlinkCSSbandwidths differences among
Transmission Scheme improved
Switch forasGL
much
CSSas This parameter
Offset sets(ms)
for GL CSS the
HighFreSideReuse[2] Fixed RI = 2 precoding[3] Open[1]
is the number of RBs for different transmission possible without affecting time slot collaboration
double:[0..10]
downlink bandwidth schemes in a test scenario. the MOS value of the offset in GL CSS
contraction in CSS for Non-adaptive GSM system. If it is set to scenarios to synchronized
high frequency scenarios. configurations cannot be Close, the optimization is the time of the GSM and
Effective when Cell Reset used on site. not performed. LTE systems.
-- -- -- --
BothSidesReuse[0] Inter-TransMode[0] Close[0] 1.9
disables the optimization
This parameter indicates of DRX sleep decision. It
whether to enlarge the 200 is used to increase the
kHz bandwidth for co- threshold of force sleep of
isFddSDMAEnable4DM isFddSDMAEnable4DM
This parameter enables or spectrum identification in DCI 0 LOST, enhancing
DL UL FDD DM CSS
disables uplink cSSInterferIntAvdSwch
collaboration drxSleepJudgeOptSwch
auto- the calibration of the AN
CSS Interference
DL FDD DM SDMA SDMA.
UL FDDIfDM it isSDMA
set to configuration. If it is set
Avoidance Interval on the for
Switch DCIDRX
0 LOST,
Sleep
Switch Open, SDMA
Switchpairing is to Open, the 200 kHz making
Switch theOptimization
Decision determination
This parameter enables or performed among bandwidth is enlarged for of the DRX Sleep status
disables downlink FDD multiple UEs in the LTE spectrum; otherwise, more accurate, reducing
DM SDMA. By default, it uplink. By default, it is set the 200 kHz bandwidth is scheduling chances, and
is set to Open. to Close. not enlarged for LTE improving uplink
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset spectrum. throughput.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] Close[0]
disables measurement
frequency optimization. It forceEdgeUeToMultANS
measFreqOptSwitch edgeUeThroughOptSwch enum:
edgeUeAmcOLOptSwitch wch
can enhance the This parameter
Switch enables
for Edge UE or
enum: enum: Close[0] enum:
scheduler's
Switch capability of
for Measurement Switch for Edge-UE disables outer-loop
Outer-Loop Optimization The Switch of Forcing
Close[0] Close[0] AmcOlFloor1[1] Close[0]
wireless channel
Frequency tracing
Optimization Throughput Optimization optimization
in AMCfor edge UEs Edge UE to Multiplex AN
Open[1] Open[1] AmcOlFloor2[2] Open[1]
and increase uplink in AMC. It can improves The Switch of forcing
throughput by increasing This parameter enables or the stability of the uplink edge UE to multiplex
the number of times to disables the optimization BLER by adjusting the AN,through multiplexing
perform inner-loop of the throughput of cell- lower limit of the outer AN in PUSCH, increases
measurement. edge UEs. loop. schedule counts.
-- -- -- --
are back-end DRX scenarios. If it is set to
parameters that are not Open, in an FDD GSM-
configured with the bearer LTE CSS scenario, the This parameter indicates
established by the UE, RBs scheduled by the whether to enable the
DRX is not configured for LTE system are SINR interference matrix
the UE based on this dynamically adjusted function when CSS is
withoutQCIDRXMergPri
bearer. If this parameter is gLCoopPowerReduceSwc
based on the time slot TTI enabled. If it is set to
set to Lowest or priority and level occupied h by the sinrInterMatrixSwch
Close, the SINR gSMBandIdent
Time Slot Collaboration
there
DRXare back-end
Priority DRX GSM
Without Powersystem. In this
Reduction case,
Switch interference matrix
Switch for SINR
Highest priority[0] Close[0] Close[0] 1800 Frequency band[0]
parameters that are not the power
QCI Configured of the
for GL CSS disabled function is disabled
Interference when
Matrix This
GSM parameter sets the
Band Identifier
Lowest priority[1] Open[1] Open[1] 1900 Frequency band[1]
configured with the bearer RBs needs to be reduced. CSS is enabled. If it is set specific frequency band
established by the UE, If it is set to Close, the to Open, the SINR corresponding to the GSM
DRX is configured for the power of the disabled RBs interference matrix transmission frequency
UE based on any does not need to be function is enabled when for CSS collaboration
established bearer. reduced. CSS is enabled. self-configuration.
-- -- -- --
Highest priority[0] Open[1] Close[0] 1800 Frequency band[0]
the PUSCH PRB usage
exceed the thresholds, the
expansion of uplink MM
retransmission streams is
enabled. In this case, the
number of uplink
retransmission space
blerAdaptSwitch4IncBler reTxExpandStreamSwch
division enSrsPhrPrecisionSwch subMcsRectifyByNISwch
Switchstreams
for ULofMMa UE This parameter enables or
Switch for BLER Range– can be larger than
Retransmission the
Stream Switch for Enhancing Switchdisables sub-bandSub-
for NI-Based
This Based
parameter enables or
Adaption numberExpansion
of transmission SRS PHR Precision remapping based on NIs.
Band Remapping
disables BLER range– space division streams of This parameter enables or If this parameter is set to
based adaption. It is used this UE but must be disables PHR precision Open, the filtering gain of
to improve far-point smaller than the upper enhancement for SRS. It the inner ring can be
traffic by increasing the limit of the number of is used to normalize the obtained, improving
BLER of UEs. uplink streams. PHR of SRS and PUSCH. uplink throughput.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Open[1] Close[0] Close[0]
power can be dynamically
shared between LTE and
UMTS cells. If it is set to
2, power can be
dynamically shared
between LTE and GSM
cells. If it is set to 3, This parameter indicates
powerSharingSwchUL
power can be dynamically defaultSpecShareState closeFrameOffset closeFrameRatio
that the ratio of cell
enum:
shared between LTE and Cell Spectrum Sharing Offset of Cell Closing closing
Ratio of frame when
Cell Closing
Not Actived[0]
GSM
Powercells, and between
Sharing Switch Default State Frame enhanced self-check
Frame
Actived[1] long:[5..100]
LTE and UMTS cells. If it This parameter indicates symbol shutdown effect.
long:[0..7] long:[0..2] model default: 30
is set to 4, power can be that the offset of cell If the ratio of RBs
dynamically shared This parameter represents closing frame when allocated by DL TTI is
between downlink LTE the default state of cell enhanced self-check less than this threshold,
carriers. spectrum sharing. symbol shutdown effect. then close subframe.
-- -- -- --
0 Actived[1] 0 30
0 Actived[1] 0 30
0 Actived[1] 0 30
0 Actived[1] 0 30
0 Actived[1] 0 30
0 Actived[1] 0 30
0 Actived[1] 0 30
0 Actived[1] 0 30
0 Actived[1] 0 30
PLMN group congestion
threshold in Case5
enum:
This parameter is used to scenarios. If the downlink
Normal[0] case5PlmnGroupCongThr
distinguish user PRB utilization of a cell is
High Way[1]
performanceScene lowFreCutRbNumDL highFreCutRbNumDL
performance Number of RBs for DL Number of RBs for DL larger
PLMNthan ord equal
Group to this
Congestion
High Speed[2]
scene,including
User performance normal
scene Low-Frequency High-Frequency threshold in
Threshold and the
Case5
Interfere[3]
scene,high way scene,
configuration Contraction in CSS Contraction in CSS downlink PRB utilization
Scenarios
Capacity[4] long:[0..100]
high speed scene, interfere This parameter sets the This parameter sets the of each PLMN group is
scene, capacity scene, number of low-frequency number of high-frequency larger than or equal to this
according to the scene, RBs for downlink RBs for downlink threshold, the cell is
import the scene relevant bandwidth contraction in bandwidth contraction in determined to be
parameter template. MagicRadio CSS. MagicRadio CSS. congested.
-- -- -- --
Normal[0] 0 0 20
Normal[0] 0 0 20
Normal[0] 0 0 20
Normal[0] 0 0 20
Normal[0] 0 0 20
Normal[0] 0 0 20
Normal[0] 0 0 20
Normal[0] 0 0 20
Normal[0] 0 0 20
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
;0 ;0
example: example:
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
PLMN group recovery
case5PlmnGroupRecover ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
threshold in Case5
Thrd case5CongPunishPeriod 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
lteNbPwrShareTime 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
lteNbSpecShareTime
scenarios.
PLMN Group If theRecovery
downlink Number of Continuous Time for Power Sharing Time for Spectrum
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
PRBThreshold
utilizationinof a cell is
Case5 Congestion Periods in Between LTE and NB- Sharing Between LTE and
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
less thanScenarios
this threshold or ThisCase5
parameter sets the
Scenarios IoT NB-IoT
long:[0..100] long:[0..255] ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
there is a PLMN group number of continuous
model default: 10 model default: 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
where the PRB utilization congestion periods in This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
units: % units: % ;0 ;0
is less than this threshold, Case5 scenarios during time for the power sharing time for the spectrum
the cell is determined to which cells cannot between LTE and NB-IoT sharing between LTE and
recover from congestion. recover from congestion. systems. NB-IoT systems.
-- -- -- --
10 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
10 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
10 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
10 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
10 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
10 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
10 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
10 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
10 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
This parameter sets the This parameter sets the This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
prbUsageRelThredDL
threshold for downlink prbUsageRelThredUL prbRtrThredDL prbRtrThredUL
Utilization-Based DL threshold for uplink UL
Utilization-Based PRB threshold for downlink
Utilization-Based DL threshold for uplink UL
Utilization-Based PRB
PRBRelease
PRB release Threshold
based on release
PRB basedThreshold
Release on PRB PRBPRBRecovery
recovery Threshold
based on recovery
PRB basedThreshold
Recovery on PRB
PRB utilization
for LTE in LTE
and NB-IoT utilization
for LTE andin LTE
NB-IoTand PRB utilization
for LTE in LTE
and NB-IoT utilization
for LTE andin LTE
NB-IoTand
and NB-IoT systems. If NB-IoT systems. If PRB and NB-IoT systems. If NB-IoT systems. If PRB
PRB utilization is lower utilization is lower than PRB utilization is higher utilization is higher than
units: % units: % units: % units: %
than this threshold, the this threshold, the LTE than this threshold, the this threshold, the LTE
LTE system releases RB system releases RB LTE system recovers RB system recovers RB
resources. resources. resources. resources.
-- -- -- --
30 30 70 70
30 30 70 70
30 30 70 70
30 30 70 70
30 30 70 70
30 30 70 70
30 30 70 70
30 30 70 70
30 30 70 70
PRB Evaluation
PRB evaluation period
Period in
in Number of Times That Number of Times That
aanlteNbSharePeriod
scenario of spectrum prbRtrChkTimes prbRelChkTimes maxShareRatio
LTE and NB-IoT PRB Recovery in LTE PRB Release in LTE and
sharing or power
Spectrum sharing
or Power and NB-IoT Is Detected NB-IoT Is Detected
between LTEScenario
Sharing and NB-IoT Continuously Continuously Power Sharing Proportion
long:[1..255]
cells. It is used when This parameter sets the This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
model default: 10 long:[1..255] long:[1..255] double:[0..0.5]
spectrum sharing or number of times that PRB number of times that PRB proportion of the transmit
units: s model default: 2 model default: 4 model default: 0.5
power sharing between recovery in the LTE and release in the LTE and power that LTE cells can
LTE and NB-IoT cells NB-IoT systems is NB-IoT systems is share in a power sharing
needs to be enabled. detected continuously. detected continuously. scenario.
-- -- -- --
10 2 4 0.5
10 2 4 0.5
10 2 4 0.5
10 2 4 0.5
10 2 4 0.5
10 2 4 0.5
10 2 4 0.5
10 2 4 0.5
10 2 4 0.5
with other eNodeBs when
This parameter determines This parameter sets the the eNodeB is interfered
whether IMEISV UEs can timer to delay the by atmospheric ducting. It
use allowable frequencies. application of DRX in an determines whether the
If it is set to Open, only NSA scenario. In the downlink subframes
the IMEISV UEs that are access and handover before special-subframe This parameter sets the
allowFreq4SpecIMEISVS
configured with the scenarios, a larger value AtmosSubFrameBackSwc
sequences
Switch forsend PDSCH
Sub-frame maximum number of
Allowable wch
Frequency configDRXTimerForNSA
indicates that DRX takes h
data. If PDSCH data of
is dLMMMaxSDMANum
downlink SDM streams,
Switch for Using Rollback in the Case
enum: enum:
Strategy or
Allowable Allow andby effect
Frequencies DRX later and the Timer
Application impact not sent, the interference
Atmospheric Ducting namely, the
Maximum maximum
Number of DL
Close[0] Close[0]
Prohibit
IMEISV Frequency
UEs on NSA
in an the delay in SN
Scenario(ms) with the uplink symbols
Interference number
MM SDMof SDM streams
Streams
Open[1] Open[1]
Strategy parameter can addition is lower. If this of the special subframes that can be provided by
long:[0, 1000..10000] long:[1..24]
use the allowable parameter is set to 0, the and uplink subframes of MM stations. The value 1
frequencies in DRX delay function in the eNodeBs that are indicates that SDM is not
measurement and NSA scenarios is affected by atmospheric supported.
handover. disabled. ducting can be reduced. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 1000 Close[0] 16
This parameter determines
whether to disable the
uplink PHR procedure.
By default, it is set to
phrProcessDisablePrbSwc
Close. In a high-load This parameter enables or This parameter enables or
uLMMMaxSDMANum
This parameter sets the h parameter
scenario, this coModePSwch
disables cooperation coModeBSwch
disables cooperation
enum: enum: enum:
maximum
Maximum numberofofUL
Number can be set
Switch fortoUL
Open
PHR to mode P.
Switch of IfCooperation
it is set to mode B.
Switch of If it is set to
Cooperation
uplink
MM SDMSDMStreams
streams, disable the adjustment
Procedure Disabling of Open,Mode
powerPcan be Open, bandwidth
Mode B can be
namely, the maximum RBs and MCSs when the shared between 4G and shared between 4G and
long:[1..8]
number of SDM streams PHR procedure is 5G cells. If it is set to 5G cells. If it is set to
that can be provided by restricted to improve Close, power cannot be Close, bandwidth cannot
MM stations. uplink spectrum shared between 4G and be shared between 4G and
Effective when Cell Reset efficiency and traffic. 5G cells. 5G cells.
-- -- -- --
differentiated uplink
AMC parameters for UEs
This parameter enables or with the general QoS. If it
disables the adaptation of is set to Open,
This parameter enables or the maximum number of differentiated radio
This parameter enables or disables the adaptation of UEs in an SDM channel experience can be
disables cooperation ulMMNewTransNumAda
the maximum number of ulMMRetransNumAdaptS
retransmission group. If it provided for the
Switch for the Adaptation Switch for the Adaptation Differentiated
coModeISwch
mode I. If it is set to ptSwch towch amc4GeneralQosSwchUl
of theUEs in an SDM
Maximum Number of the is set
MaximumOpen,Number
the guaranteed
Configuration UEsSwitch
with the
of
Open,ofcooperative
Switch Cooperation transmission
of UEs ingroup.
an SDMIf it is maximum
of UEsnumber of UEs
in an SDM general
UL AMC QoS.forInGeneral
this case,
interference
ModeisIenabled set Transmission
to Open, the maximum
Group in the SDMGroup
Retransmission differentiated
QoS UEsuplink
between 4G and 5G cells. number of UEs in the retransmission group is AMC can be provided for
If it is set to Close, SDM transmission group adaptively determined guaranteed users to allow
cooperative interference is is adaptively determined based on the BLER of the them to enjoy different
disabled between 4G and based on the BLER of the SDM retransmission radio experience from
5G cells. SDM transmission group. group. common users.
-- -- -- --
shared between the LTE
and UMTS systems in
both the uplink and
downlink. If it is set to
enum:
Uplink spectrum sharing,
Uplink and Downlink
frequency spectrum is
Spectrum Sharing[0]
shared between the LTE
Uplink spectrum
uLSharingMode
and UMTS systems in the ThiscoModeIConfig
parameter sets the ThiscoModePConfig
parameter sets the ThiscoModeBConfig
parameter sets the
sharing[1]
ULuplink. If it Spectrum
Dynamic is set to power adjustment value
Configuration of of power adjustment value
Configuration of of
Downlink spectrum
Downlink
Sharing spectrum
Mode an LTE cellMode
Cooperation when I anCooperation
LTE cell whenModepower
P an LTE cellMode
Cooperation whenB
sharing[2]
sharing, frequency cooperative interference is sharing is enabled bandwidth sharing is
long:[0..40] long:[0..40] long:[0..40]
spectrum is shared enabled between 4G and between 4G and 5G cells. enabled between 4G and
between the LTE and 5G cells. A smaller A smaller parameter value 5G cells. A smaller
UMTS systems in the parameter value indicates indicates lower adjusted parameter value indicates
downlink. lower adjusted power. power. lower adjusted power.
-- -- -- --
Uplink and Downlink Spec0 0 0
measurement. Therefore,
the SRS confidence
function is introduced. If
this parameter is set to This parameter sets the
Open, the confidence is offset of the confidence
determined in SRS-related threshold for TMM SRS
measurement, that is, if detection. The
tmmSrsConfidenceSwch
the SRS SINR is low, it is tmmSrsConfidenceDelta
configuration reservedPara1 reservedPara2
Offset of TMMofSRSthe
enum:
not
TMM usedSRS
for Confidence
reference in parameter
Detection value should
Confidence
Close[0]
SRS-related
Switch balanceThreshold
the false alarm Reserved Parameter 1 Reserved Parameter 2
Open[2]
measurement. If this probability and the
long:[-128..127]
parameter is set to Close, missing alarm probability.
model default: 0 model default: 0 string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950]
the confidence is not By default, the confidence
determined in SRS-related threshold for TMM SRS
measurement. detection is not adjusted. Reserved Parameter 1 Reserved Parameter 2
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
reservedPara3 reservedPara4 reservedPara5 reservedPara6
Reserved Parameter 3 Reserved Parameter 4 Reserved Parameter 5 Reserved Parameter 6
string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950]
-- -- -- --
-- -- -- --
in FDD non-standard corresponding PLMN to 100, all the RB
bandwidth scenarios. group can use the shared resources configured for
When configured as This parameter enables or resources. If an array the corresponding PLMN
symmetric filtering, the disables the optimization element is set to 0, it group are reserved. If an
RRU performs of case 1, case 2, and case indicates that the array element is not set to
symmetrical filtering from 4 of network sharing. If it corresponding PLMN 100, the remaining non-
both ends of the frequency is set to Open, the group cannot use the reserved resources
enum:
band; rruFilterMode
when configured as networkSharingOptSwch
guarantee of GBR and oprGrpShrAccFlag
shared
Flag forresources. The
Using Shared
rBRsvRatio4OprGrp
corresponding
Proportion ofto the
RB
Symmetric Filter[0] enum:
left filtering, the RRU PBR services
Network can be array
Sharing elementsbyfrom
Resources PLMNleft to PLMN group
Resources can be
Reserved for
LeftFilter[1] Close[0] longArray:[0..100]
performs filtering
RRU Filter Modefrom configured
Optimizationto improve
Switch right correspond
Groupsto PLMN preferentially used by the
PLMN Groups
RightFilter[2] Open[1] longArray:[0..1] model default: 0;0;0;0;0;0
the left only; when user experience. If it is set group 1, PLMN group 2, PLMN group and the
model default: 0;0;0;0;0;0 units: %
configured as right to Close, the guarantee of PLMN group 3, PLMN unused resources can be
model default: 0 model default: 1 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0
filtering, the RRU GBR and PBR services group 4, PLMN group 5, preempted by other
performs filtering from cannot be configured. and PLMN group 6. PLMN groups.
the right only. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
Symmetric Filter[0] Open[1] 0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0
poor-quality data UEs that
are in the cells with
atmospheric ducting
This array parameter sets interference can be
the resource preemption This parameter sets the migrated to the cells
capability level of each proportion of the without atmospheric Sampling Period for
PLMN group in a network bandwidth resources that atmosWorseDataMigSwc
ducting interference. atmosDataQualSampPrio
Switch for Migrating Ifthe
it This parameter
Evaluating sets the
the Channel
oprGrpRBGrabLvl
sharing scenario. The rBShareRatio4OprGrp
can be shared h the uplink d
Resource Preemption Proportion of by multiple
Bandwidth is set to Close,
Poor-Quality Data UEs in uplink SINR
Quality of the sampling
Data UEs
enum:
PLMN group
Capability withofa
Level PLMN groups
Resources Sharedin by
a poor-quality
Atmospheric dataDucting
UEs that period for evaluating
in Atmospheric the
Ducting
Close[0]
higherPLMN
capability level can
Groups network
PLMNsharing scenario.
Groups are in the cells with
Cells channel quality
Cells of data
longArray:[0..100] long:[0..100] Open[1] long:[1..60]
preempt the resources of A higher proportion atmospheric ducting UEs when the migration
model default: 0;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 3
the PLMN group with the indicates more RB interference cannot be of the poor-quality data
example: 0;0;0;0;0;0 units: % model default: 0 units: s
same or a lower capability resources that can be migrated to the cells UEs that are in the cells
level. used. without atmospheric with atmospheric ducting
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset ducting interference. interference is enabled.
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] 3
0;0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] 3
0;0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] 3
0;0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] 3
0;0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] 3
0;0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] 3
0;0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] 3
0;0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] 3
0;0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] 3
configurations need to be
delivered. If the uplink
channel quality of an UE
is too poor, a High Load Threshold of
reconfiguration If
ULthe migration
PRB Usage ofin the
completion
UL SINRmessage
Protectionmay poor-quality
Target Cell data UEs
with thethat
atmosDataQualDetectTim atmosDataULWorseSINR
ThisSINR
parameter sets the atmosDataULSINRProtec
fail to be sent, UE ulPRBTrd4AtmosDataMi
Number of Times That UL Threshold for Threshold for causing
Migrating are in theof
Migration cells
the with
Poor-
If
thethe uplinkes
Quality SINR
of values
a Data UE uplink SINR
Poor-Quality
Trd
threshold
Data UEsforin
tTrd
re-establishment.
Poor-Quality Thisin
Data UEs atmosphericg
Quality Dataducting
UEs in
inthat
an are sampled
Atmospheric poor-quality
Atmospheric data UEs. If
Ducting parameter sets
Atmospheric the
Ducting interference
Atmosphericis Ducting
enabled,
consecutive
Ducting Cell N times for a
Is Poor the uplink Cells
SINR of a data threshold for filtering the UEs are
Cells notEnabled
Cells handed over
double:[-20..50] double:[-20..50]
data UE are UE is lower than or equal UEs whose uplink to a neighbor cell if the
long:[1..255] model default: 3.0 model default: 0.0 long:[0..100]
unsatisfactory, the UE is to this threshold within a channel quality is too bad. uplink PRB usage of the
marked as a poor-quality period of time, the UE is With the configuration of neighbor cell is higher
UE. This parameter sets considered to be an uplink this parameter, this than or equal to this
the value of N. poor-quality UE. problem can be avoided. threshold.
-- -- -- --
2 3.0 0.0 60
2 3.0 0.0 60
2 3.0 0.0 60
2 3.0 0.0 60
2 3.0 0.0 60
2 3.0 0.0 60
2 3.0 0.0 60
2 3.0 0.0 60
2 3.0 0.0 60
storm beginning. If storm end. If paging blind redirection strategy
paging storm-based storm-based paging of an NR system. For the
paging capacity capacity optimization is NR system frequencies
High Load Threshold of optimization is enabled in enabled in a cell and the configured with neighbor
If
DLthe migration
PRB Usage ofin the a cell and the result of the results of the following cells, if this parameter is
poor-quality
with thethat following formula within formula within multiple set to Strict Strategy,
dlPRBTrd4AtmosDataMi
are in theof
cells
Migration the with
Poor- a period is larger than this periods are smaller than blind redirection can be
atmosphericg ratioThr4PagingStorm ratioThr4PagingStormEnd nRRatBlindRedStgy
Quality Dataducting
UEs in threshold, it is considered this threshold, it is triggered only when no
enum:
interference
enabled, that a Threshold
Ratio paging stormfor considered that a paging
Ratio Threshold for neighbor cell is restricted
NR Blind-Redirection
Strict Strategy[0]
UEs are notEnabled
Cells handed over occurs:
Paging Number of paging
Storm Beginning storm ends:
Paging Number
Storm End of by HRL;Strategy
if this parameter
long:[1..100] long:[1..100] Easing Strategy[1]
to a neighbor cell if the messages received on the paging messages received is set to Easing Strategy,
long:[0..100] model default: 50 model default: 25
downlink PRB usage of S1 interface by on the S1 interface by blind redirection can be
model default: 60 units: % units: % model default: 0
the neighbor cell is higher cells/Number of paging cells/Number of paging triggered as long as there
than or equal to this messages configured on messages configured on is a neighbor cell that is
threshold. the UME for cells. the UME for cells. not restricted by HRL.
-- -- -- --
60 50 25 Strict Strategy[0]
disables NR capability
parsing for UEs. It
determines whether to
parse the NR capability of
UEs. Each element of the
parameter value is
This parameter enables or represented by a bit. If all
dssBandAdaptNSASwch
disables theNSA
NSA analysisNrCapSwch
the bits are set o 0, it
Switch for
enum:
adaptation of
Adaptation of DSS
DSS NRindicates thatParsing
Capability NR
Close[0]
frequency
Frequencybands.
BandsIt capability parsing is
Switch
Open[1] longArray:[0..1]
determines whether to disabled. The value of
model default: 0
trigger SN addition for bit1 indicates that the
model default: 0 example: 0
UEs to a frequency band bandwidth capability of
that does not support UEs is parsed. Bit2 to bit8
DSS. are reserved.
-- --
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
Close[0] 0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId refCellMeasGroupLTE
Measurement Config
NE Name LDN MO ID Group ID
string:length[1]
model default: 1
container type and is Measurement Config
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Group ID
R -- M
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-11 ENBCUCPFunction=510-1
whether or not
configurating
measurement for inter and
RAT frequencies
enum:
simultaneously. Number0
Inter-Frequency Together
represents that eNB shall
with Inter-RAT
configurate measurement
Measurement[0]
interFandInterR dualMeasSwitch intraFPeriodMeasSwitch interFPeriodMeasSwitch
for inter and RAT
Inter-Frequency Inter- Switch for Inter-
Inter-Frequency Followed enum: enum: enum:
RATfrequencies
Measurement Switch of Dual Enable Intra-Frequency Frequency Periodical
by Inter-RAT Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
simultaneously,while
Configuration Measurement The parameter
Periodical indicates
Measurement Measurement
Measurement[1] Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
Number1 does mean that whether starting
eNB shall configurate The parameter indicates periodical measurement of
measurement for inter UE whether or not intra frequency or not. 0
frequencies firstly ,then performing both RSRP represents close,1 switch for inter-frequency
RAT frequencies next. and RSRQ measurements. represents open. periodical measurement
-- -- -- --
Inter-Frequency Together Open[1] Open[1] Close[0]
handover suppression. If
the switch is turned on in
cell B, when a UE
performs handover from
cell A to cell B, the ping-
pong handover
interRatGsmPeriodMeasS interRatUtranPeriodMeas enum:
suppression timer is
witch Switch NC0[0]
netWorkControlOrder pingPongHoSwitch
Switch for Inter-RAT Switch for Inter-RAT started in cell B, and the
enum: enum: NC1[1] enum:
Periodical Measurement Periodical Measurement GERAN CCO Network Switch UE is for
prohibited fromthe
Preventing
Close[0] Close[0] NC2[2] Close[0]
of GERAN of UTRAN Control Command performing
Ping-Ponghandover
Handoverto
Open[1] Open[1] Reset[3] Open[1]
cell A before the timer
This parameter is used to expires. When UEs are
switch for inter-RAT switch for inter-RAT configure the GERAN located on cell edges, it is
periodical measurement of periodical measurement of CCO network control recommended that the
GERAN UTRAN command. switch is turned on.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] NC0[0] Open[1]
present in all neighbour
cells11: Different UL/DL
allocation in neighboring
cells for TDD compared
to the serving cell on this
frequency, if configured,
enum:
The parameter indicates and compared to the PCell
hoCandCelNum lbMaxHOCell timeOfShortHO 0[0]
neighCellConfig
the maximum cell number otherwiseFor
NeighborTDD,
Cell00, 10
1[1]
for attemptNumber
Number of Candidate Maximum handover of
of HO Time of Short Handover and 01 are only used for
Measurement
2[2]
Cells in Handover load balance,
Cells there
for Load will be
Balance (s) same UL/DL allocation in
Configuration
3[3]
The prameter indicates a attempt handover within neighboring cells
long:[1..8] long:[1..6] long:[1..900]
how many cells from the maximum cell number This parameter indicates compared to the serving
which UE could choose limitation when the the threshold of handover cell on this frequency, if
one for performing criteria of load balance is camping duration in KPI configured, and compared
handover. meet. statistics. to the PCell otherwise.
-- -- -- --
2 2 3 1[1]
2 2 3 1[1]
2 2 3 1[1]
2 2 3 1[1]
2 2 3 1[1]
2 2 3 1[1]
2 2 3 1[1]
2 2 3 1[1]
2 2 3 1[1]
measurement. If this This parameter indicates
parameter is set to No, no the prefer method of CS
CSFB measurement is fallback to CDMA2000
performed. If this 1xRTT.The default
enum:
parameter is set to Yes, Prority configuration is
Enhanced 1xCSFB with
CSFB measurement is This parameter indicates This parameter indicates that enhanced 1xCSFB
PS HO to HRPD[0]
performed. If this the prefer method of CS the prefer method of CS with PS HO to HRPD >
enum:
csfbMeasure csfbMethdofUMTS enum:
csfbMethodofGSM Enhanced 1xCSFB with
csfbMethdofCDMA
parameter is set to fallback to UTRAN.The fallback to GERAN.The enhanced 1xCSFB with
No[0] enum: PS Handover[0] Redirection to HRPD[1]
Adaptive,
Switch noFallback
for CS CSFB default Prority default Prority redirection to HRPD
CSFB Method of >
Yes[1] PS Handover[0] CCO[1] Enhanced 1xCSFB[2]
measurement is performed CSFB
Based Measurement configuration
Method ofis that
UTRANPS CSFB
configuration
Method ofis that
GERANPS enhanced 1xCSFB >
CDMA2000
Adaptive[2] Redirection[1] Redirection[2] 1xCSFB[3]
for users in the center of HO > Redirection.When HO > Redirection.When 1xCSFB.When the Lower
the cell, and CSFB the Lower priority the Lower priority priority Cofiguration is set
measurement is performed Cofiguration is set on Cofiguration is set on on OMC,The Higher
for users on the edge of OMC,Higher priority will OMC,Higher priority will priority will not be
the cell. not be considerated. not be considerated. considerated.
-- -- -- --
No[0] Redirection[1] Redirection[2] Enhanced 1xCSFB with PS
reporting criteria or for
8[22] 5[5]
measurement
10[23] 6[6]
reporting;Fm is the old
12[24] 7[7]
This parameter sets the filtered measurement
14[25] 8[8]
absolute threshold for result, where F0 is set to
16[26] 9[9]
intra-frequency/inter- M1 when the first
18[27] 11[10]
This parameter is used to frequency/inter-RAT
Absolute Threshold for measurement result from
gapDelay 20[28]
ocs measureThresh 13[11]
configure the time delay measurement decision. If
Intra-Frequency/Inter- thefilterCoeffRsrp
RSRP physical
Layer-3layer is
Filtering
22[29] 15[12]
for the GAP Offset of The Serving the RSRP value of the
Frequency/Inter-RAT received; anda = 1/2(k/4),
Coefficient in
24[30] 17[13]
activation/GAP
Gap Delay (ms) Cell serving cell is lower
Measurement than
Decision where k is the
Measurement
long:[-140..-44] 19[14]
deactivation.When the this threshold after layer-3 filterCoefficent for the
long:[0..65535] model default: 15 model default: -140
time delay expired,there filtering, the UE triggers corresponding
model default: 80 units: dB units: dBm model default: 4
will be a GAP GAP This parameter indicates intra-frequency/inter- measurement quantity
activation/GAP offset between server cell frequency/inter-RAT received by the
deactivation operation. and neighboring cell. measurement. quantityConfig.
-- -- -- --
80 0[15] -140 4[4]
80 0[15] -140 4[4]
80 0[15] -140 4[4]
80 0[15] -140 4[4]
80 0[15] -140 4[4]
80 0[15] -140 4[4]
80 0[15] -140 4[4]
80 0[15] -140 4[4]
80 0[15] -140 4[4]
5[5]
measurement
6[6]
7[7]
filtered measurement
8[8] enum:
result, where F0 is set to
9[9] 1.4M(6RB)[0]
M1 when the first
11[10] 3M(15RB)[1]
measurement result from
13[11] 5M(25RB)[2]
thefilterCoeffRsrq
RSRQ physical
Layer-3layer is
Filtering
intraFMeasBW
Maximum Intra-
lbIntraFreqPriority
Priority of Intra
interFreqNum
15[12] 10M(50RB)[3]
received; anda = 1/2(k/4),
Coefficient in The parameter
Frequency is
Measurement Frequency in Intra-LTE
17[13] 15M(75RB)[4]
where k is the
Measurement maximum intra-frequency
Bandwidth Load Balancing Inter-Frequency Number
19[14] 20M(100RB)[5]
filterCoefficent for the measurement
long:[0..255] long:[0..16]
corresponding bandwidth.It is configured
measurement quantity to UE when no intra- The parameter is inter-
received by the frequency neighbour cell This array indicates frequency number of
quantityConfig. is configured. priority of intra frequency. neighbour cells.
-- -- -- --
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 5
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 5
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 5
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 5
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 5
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 5
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 5
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 5
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 5
5[5]
measurement
6[6]
7[7]
8[8]
9[9]
The parameters indicate M1 when the first
11[10]
the numbers of GERAN measurement result from
geranCarriFreqNum 13[11]
filterCoeffGera utranCarriFreqNum
Frequency Group.The the physical
Layer-3 layer is
Filtering ThequantityFddUtra
parameter indicates
15[12] enum:
GERAN carrier
GERAN-Frequency received;
Coefficientanda
in=GERAN
1/2(k/4), UTRAN-Frequency what kind of measurement
Measurement Quantity of
17[13] cpich_RSCP[0]
frequencies are organized
Number where k is the
Measurement Number results
UTRAN UEFDD
should report
System
19[14] cpich_EcN0[1]
in groups and the cell filterCoefficent for the based on the measurement
long:[0..16] long:[0..32]
reselection parameters are corresponding quantity cpich_RSCP or
provided per group of measurement quantity This parameter is used to cpich_EcNo. 0 represents
GERAN carrier received by the present the UTRAN cpich_RSCP,while 1
frequencies. quantityConfig. frequency number. represents cpich_EcNo.
-- -- -- --
2 4[4] 0 cpich_RSCP[0]
If
multiPLMNLocStCSFB
equal to 0,then Multi-
PLMN local strategy for
CSFB will not be
If cSFBbaseLAI equal to effective; If
filCoeUtran
TheLayer-3
FilterCoefficient cdmaCarriFreqNum cSFBbaseLAI multiPLMNLocStCSFB
Filtering of 1, then PLMN indicated multiPLMNLocStCSFB
enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, enum: enum:
RSCP
Coefficient in is
UTRAN CDMA-Frequency in Register
Switch for CSALI will
Fallback equal to 1,then Local
Multi-PLMN Multi-
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, Close[0] Close[0]
UcFilterCoeffUtra[0];The
Measurement Number priority to other
base LAIcandidate PLMN localfor
Strategy strategy
CSFBfor
13, 14] Open[1] Open[1]
FilterCoefficient of PLMNs; If cSFBbaseLAI CSFB will be effective;
model default: 4;4 long:[0..32]
EC/No is equal to 0, then PLMN And the operator can
UcFilterCoeffUtra[1];Utra This parameter is used to indicated in Register ALI config different local
n-Tdd can only use configure the CDMA will not priority to other strategy of CSFB for
UcFilterCoeffUtra[0]. frequcney number. candidate PLMNs; different PLMN.
-- -- -- --
4;4 0 Close[0] Close[0]
prevent ping-pong
handover from macro cell
to small cell. When a UE
handover from small cell
A to macro cell B , next If handover between
This parameter is used to handover from cell B to Macro and Small cell is
macroSmallIntraFreqMea
indicate whether the pingPongThres4Macro2S
cell A, then handover applied, then ,UE can
sSwch
measurement of handover minStayTimeInSC
Only UE hasTimestayed cell Amall macrotSmallForbidTime
Intra-Freq Measurement Min-Stay forin from
Threshold to Pingpong
of cell B, and only stay in Macro
Forbidden Time ofcell.
enum:
toSwitch
small cell is configured
for Handover to small cellfrom
Handover for enough the time which
Macro to Handover from UE have
Macro to And if has
Handover stayedMacro
Between in
Close[0]
to UE.Cell
Small If time, thenCell
Small eNB(s)may stayedSmall
in small
Cellcell
(s)A and Macro cell for
and Small enough
Cell (s)
Open[1]
macroSmallIntraFreqMea permit UE to handover to cell B shorter than time that longer than
long:[0..65535] long:[0..255] long:[0..65535]
sSwch equal to 1, then Small-cell, the average wHenetPingPongThrd, macrotSmallForbidTime,
measurement of handover time UE stay in Small-cell UE is not allowed to then UE can start
to small cell will apply to must be longer than handover back to the cell handover between Macro
UE, otherwise, not apply. minStayTimeInSC A. and Small cell.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0 3 600
Close[0] 0 3 600
Close[0] 0 3 600
Close[0] 0 3 600
Close[0] 0 3 600
Close[0] 0 3 600
Close[0] 0 3 600
Close[0] 0 3 600
Close[0] 0 3 600
This parameter is the absolute RSRQ threshold
handover target cell load for target neighbor cells
threshold. if the target cell about the coverage-based
load is less than the A3, A4, or A5 event
threshold, then that target reporting by data users
intraRATHObasedLoadS cell load is not too high, when periodical event-
voiceAdmtSwch wch hoTarCellPRBThrd
and then eNodeb will tarNeighCellRsrqThr
based reporting is started.
Switch for Service Type Switch of Cover RSRQ Threshold of
enum: enum:
This parameter enables
Handover–Based Voiceor The switch of
Handover Intra-RAT
Algorithm choose
Load theThreshold
Alert best signalof In handover
Target decision,
Neighbor the
Cell for
Close[0] Close[0]
disables theControl
Admission voice Handover
Basedbased on load.
on Load quality
Handovercell as targetCell
Target cell; RSRQ value of
HO Based the target
Coverage
Open[1] Open[1] long:[0..100] double:[-20..-3]
admission control for the When this switch is if the target cell load neighbor cell is compared
model default: 60 model default: -12.0
bearers of QCI1 and turned on, eNodeb will exceeds the threshold, with the parameter value
model default: 1 model default: 0 units: % units: dB
QCI2. It works only when consider load as a factor then eNodeb will choose to determine whether
service-based handover is when select the target the lowest load cell as handover should be
enabled. cell., otherwise will not. target cell. implemented.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
absolute RSRQ threshold
for the serving cell about
the measurement event
enum:
reporting when periodical
PS HO[0] enum:
event-based reporting is
servCellRsrqThr trigQuaofTarCellOrder CCO[1]
methodLTEtoGSM PS HO[0]
methodLTEtoUTRAN
started. In handover Trigger Quantity of
enum: Redirection based on Redirection based on
decision, the RSRQ
RSRQ Threshold forvalue
The This
Target parameter indicates
Cell Order Based The Operation Method of The Operation Method of
Rsrp[0] measurement[2] measurement[1]
of the serving
Serving cell is
Cell the triggerHOquantity of LTE to GERAN LTE to UTRAN
double:[-20..-3] Rsrq[1] Blind Redirection[3] Blind Redirection[2]
compared with the target cell order for
model default: -12.0
parameter value to handover based on the last
determine whether event report, when it starts
handover should be the periodic report based The Operation Method of The Operation Method of
implemented. on event. LTE to GERAN LTE to UTRAN
-- -- -- --
-12.0 Rsrq[1] Blind Redirection[3] Redirection based on meas
If connection re-
Only ICIC Open[1]
multiPLMNLocSt4RdSw establishment will not be
If Only DLCOMP Open[2]
ch equal to 0,then Multi- effective; If
multiPLMNLocSt4PSSwc ICIC and DLCOMP
PLMN local strategy for multiPLMNLocSt4Reesta
h equal to 0,then Multi- Open[3]
Redirection will not be bSwch equal to 1,then
PLMN local strategy for Only ULCOMP Open[4]
effective; If Multi-PLMN local
multiPLMNLocSt4PSSwc
PS will not be effective； multiPLMNLocSt4RdSw multiPLMNLocSt4Reesta ICIC and ULCOMP
multiPLMNLocSt4RdSw strategy for RRC
Multi-PLMN local
h Open[5]
If ch equal to ch1,then Multi- bSwch re-
connection
strategy for RRC
uePosiMeasSwch
enum: enum: enum: DLCOMP and ULCOMP
Multi-PLMN local PLMN local strategy
Multi-PLMN localfor establishment
connectionwill
re- be This parameter indicates
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] Open[6]
h equal to 1,then
strategy Multi-
for PS Redirection
strategy will be
for Redirection effective; And,the
establishment whether
UE the eNodeB
Type Judge Switch
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] All Open[7]
PLMN local strategy for effective; And,the operator can config enable the UE type
PS will be effective; And, operator can config different local strategy of Judgement,bit 0 indicates
the operator can config different local strategy of RRC connection re- ICIC,bit 1 indicate
different local strategy of Redirection for different establishment for different DLCOMP,bit2 indicates
PS for different PLMN. PLMN. PLMN. ULCOMP;
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] All Close[0]
can't takes place;2) Inter-
frequency and Inter-RAT
measurement report, if
there is VoLTE, include
This parameter indicates unknown PCI and target
whether measurement for cell does not support
srvccBasedVoLTEQuality
This parameter is the meas4HOBasedVoLTEQ
handover based voice interFHOBasedVoLTEQu Handover, will not
Swch
switch of SRVCC based Whether ual it is Yes,
quality. Measurement
When alSwch qci1RedSwch
happen to
for Switch of Inter-Frequency
VoLTEof
Switch Quality.
SRVCC When
Basedit Handover
eNodeb will send
Based the
VoLTE Handover Based VoLTE redirection;When
Switch thisfor
of Redirection
Close[0] No[0] Close[0] Close[0]
is open,
VoLTE eNodeb will
Quality measureQuality
configure, and Quality switch is open,
QCI1 normally
Open[1] Yes[1] Open[1] Open[1]
monitor the quality of trigger handover based on happen QCI1
VoLTE, and if quality the measure result; When This parameter is the redirection,including
lower than threshold, it is No, eNodeb will switch of inter-frequency blind redirection and
eNodeb will trigger trigger handover based on handover based volte based measurement
SRVCC procedure. blind method. quality. redirection.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Yes[1] Close[0] Close[0]
Inter-RAT RAN[0]
Multi-PLMN Intra-LTE
RAN and Single-PLMN
Inter-RAT RAN[1]
The parameters
Single-PLMN Intra-LTE enum:
corresponding to the blind
RAN and Multi-PLMN To Be Sent in the Initial
redirect A2 strategy, the
Inter-RAT RAN[2]
sceneOfRanShare Measurements[0]
blindA2Strategy hoBasedSpeedSwch mediumSpeedUserInd
value of 0 indicates that Switch of Public/Private
Multi-PLMN Intra-LTE To Be Triggered by the enum: enum:
blind redirectofA2
Strategy will be
Blind Network Handover Based Medium Speed User
RAN and Multi-PLMN Inter-Frequency/Inter- Close[0] Normal Users[0]
This parameter
Scene Of Ranindicates
Share issued in the initial
Redirection A2 on UE Speed Attribute Indicates
Inter-RAT RAN[3] System A2[1] Open[1] High-way Users[1]
the multi-PLMN scene of measurement;Value of 1
serving cell and neighbor indicates that blind The parameter is the This parameter is used to
cell. It can be set redirect A2 will be open switch of public/private indicate the mediumspeed
according to the actal by Inter-Freq A2 or Inter- Network handover Based user belongs to the High-
scene. RAT A2. on UE Speed. way users or normal users
-- -- -- --
Single-PLMN Intra-LTE RTo Be Triggered by the Int Close[0] Normal Users[0]
frequency priority when increased carrier
CSFB and blind monitoring. If set the
List of E-UTRAN redirection, and when parameter 'Config1' or
frequencies not supported multiple PLMN eNodeb 'Config2', the UE which
by R8 and R9 UE. In the will order the frequencies support increased carrier
The Measurement
Operating network, there according PLMN priority, monitoring shall monitor
Performance
may be some E-UTRAN and then order according more carriers according
Requirements Scaling to
r8r9UnsuptEutraFreqs csfbBldRedRanSharePlcy enum:
measScaleFactor caPcellMeasure
frequencies not supported
List of E-UTRAN the configuration
Ran-Share ofof
Policy the the definition
Factor for the UEofin Switch for Fixed Primary
enum: Disable[0] enum:
by R8 and R9 UE.
Frequencies NotThe RAT
CSFBpriority and
and Blind TS36.133, and the
RRC_CONNECTED Carrier Based
doubleArray:[0..5000] Not Ran-Share[0] Config1[1] No[0]
Operator
Supportedcould list out UE
by R8&R9 the frequency priority.If and measurement
Redireciton performance
State Measurement
model default: 0;0;0;0 Adaptive[1] Config2[2] Yes[1]
frequencies by this only if the service cell and shall satisfy the whether handover based
units: MHz
parameter for the R8 and target cell have the same requirements scaled by measurement when
example: 0;0;0;0 model default: 1 model default: 1 model default: 0
R9 UE, to avoid PLMN and only one the parameter.The detail Primary carrier frequency
measurement, handover, PLMN then be considered please refer to the priority is lower than
and so on. as single PLMN scence. TS36.133(V12.6.0). inter-frequency
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0 Adaptive[1] Config1[1] Yes[1]
the following
measurement types:
coverage-based handover
measurement, load
balancing measurement,
enum:
The parameter is the voice service–based
perQCIIntraFreqMeaGrp perQCIInterRATMeaGrp Close[0]
hoBasedRSRPandRSRQS
switch of PerQCI handover measurement,
Cfg Cfg perQCIMeasSwch RSRPwchTrig[1]
Inter-RAT PerQCI measurement. When this and handover
enum: RSRQ Trig[2]
PerQCI Intra-Freq This parameter sets the ID switch is open,eNodeb
Measurement measurement based on
Switch for RSRP andthe
Close[0] RSRP Trig and RSRQ
Measure GrpID ofConfiguration
a PerQCI measurement
Group ID will combine
PerQCI the measure
Measure Switch uplink serviceHandover
RSRQ-Based BSR, the
Open[1] Trig[3]
configuration group. It threshold correspond to eNodeB determines
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535]
The parameter indicates corresponds to the PerQCI QCI. When this switch is whether to initiate a
the PerQCI measure measurement close, eNodeb will handover by comparing
GroupID response to configurations of an inter- configure the default the RSRP thresholds of
intra-frequency. RAT frequency. measurement to UE. target neighbor cells.
-- -- -- --
perQCIStrategyGrpCfg geranAnrArfcn geranBandAnrMeas geranAnrArfcnNum
enum:
GERAN ANR ARFCN GERAN ANR Frequency GERAN ANR Frequency
DCS1800[0]
PerQCI Strategy GroupID This parameter indicates
Detailed List Band Indicator Number
longArray:[0..1023] PCS1900[1]
GERAN ANR ARFCN
long:[0..255] model default: 0 long:[0..256]
Detailed List, System This parameter indicates This parameter indicates
model default: 0 example: 0 model default: 0 model default: 0
This parameter is the select GERAN ARFCN GERAN ANR frequency GERAN ANR frequency
group index of PerQCI group from detail list band indicator of number of GERAN
strategy. when GERAN ANR start. GERANneighbour cells. neighbour cells.
-- -- -- --
0 0 DCS1800[0] 0
0 0 DCS1800[0] 0
0 0 DCS1800[0] 0
0 0 DCS1800[0] 0
0 0 DCS1800[0] 0
0 0 DCS1800[0] 0
0 0 DCS1800[0] 0
0 0 DCS1800[0] 0
0 0 DCS1800[0] 0
based on the measurement
results. In a high-speed
rail private-network
This parameter enables or scenario, this parameter
This parameter enables or disables the QoS needs to be set to Open if
disables the QoS differentiation for high-low speed QoS
intraRATUnkPCIRedSwc
This parameter is the qosCfgBySpeedIndSwch
differentiation for uplink qosCfgBySpeedIndSwch
downlink high-speed and differentiation is enabled.
intra-RAT hredirection high-speed Ul low-speed
and low-speed DlUEs in a speedJudgeSwch
IfSpeed
high-speed incoming
Switch of Intra-RAT Highway Private Network Highway Private Network Determination
switch based unknown
Redirection Based UEs
QoSinPolicy
a private network
Switch for private network
QoS Policy in a high-
Switch for migration
Switch forand low-speed
High-Speed
PCI, ifUnknown
the switchPCI
is open, in a high-speed
Uplink rail speed rail scenario. If it is
Downlink outgoing
Railmigration
UEs is
eNodeb will trigger scenario. If it is set to set to Open, different enabled between high-
redirection when UE Open, different uplink downlink policies are speed rail private-network
report an unknown PCI; policies are used for high- used for high-speed UEs cells and public-network
otherwise, eNodeb does speed UEs and low-speed and low-speed UEs cells, this parameter
not trigger redirection. UEs separately. separately. should to be set to Open.
-- -- -- --
This parameter indicates This parameter enables or
the overlapping-coverage disables the configuration
condition of the serving of the CRS measurement
cell. If the RSRP value of bandwidth. If it is set to
the cell is larger than or Open, the intra-frequency
caReselIntraFreqPriority overlapSrvRSRPThr
equal toThreshold
this parameter maxUserNum4Overlap crsRsrp6RBSwch
and/or inter-frequency
Reselection Priority of RSRP for The Maximum Number of Switch of CRS
enum:
Intra Frequency for CA value, the measurement
Overlapping Coverage of User for Measurement of measurement Bandwidth
Measurement bandwidth
Close[0]
Users reportthecan be included
Serving Cell in Overlap Rate Estimation is configured; otherwise,
Configuration
long:[-140..-43] Open[1]
overlapping-coverage the measurement
long:[0..255] model default: -110 long:[0..50]
This parameter is used to evaluation; otherwise, the This parameter indicates bandwidth is decided by
model default: 0 units: dBm model default: 20 model default: 0
indicate reselection measurement report is not the maximum number of the intra-frequency and/or
priority of intra frequency included in overlapping- UE for a period of inter-frequency neighbor
for CA users. coverage evaluation. overlapping coverage. cell bandwidth.
-- -- -- --
0 -110 20 Close[0]
0 -110 20 Close[0]
0 -110 20 Close[0]
0 -110 20 Close[0]
0 -110 20 Close[0]
0 -110 20 Close[0]
0 -110 20 Close[0]
0 -110 20 Close[0]
0 -110 20 Close[0]
measurement
configuration policy for
SRVCC. If it is set to 0, it
indicates that coverage-
enum:
based inter-frequency
Remain The Inter
measurement is remained
Frequency
when coverage-based interRatCdmaPeriodMeas
Measurements[0]
srvccInterFMeasStrategy Swch highSpeedThr lowSpeedThr
SRVCC measurement
Strategy of Inter- is Switch for Inter-RAT This parameter is used for This parameter is used for
Delete The Inter enum:
delivered.
frequency IfMeasurement
it is set to 1, Periodical Measurement Time
speedThreshold
decision in
forhigh-
High speedThreshold
Time decision in
forhigh-
Low
Frequency Close[0]
it indicates
Whilethat
SRVCCcoverage- of CDMA speed railSpeed
scenarios.
(s) If the speed railSpeed
scenarios.
(s) If the
Measurements[1] Open[1]
based inter-frequency duration when a UE duration when a UE
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
measurement is deleted resides in the CP is resides in the CP is longer
when coverage-based Switch for inter-RAT shorter than this than or equal to this
SRVCC measurement is periodical measurement of threshold, the UE state is threshold, the UE state is
delivered. CDMA. set to high speed. set to low speed.
-- -- -- --
Remain The Inter Frequen Close[0] 20 30
disables SRVCC ping- corresponds to the
pong handover maximum CIO
prevention. If this This parameter sets the adjustment number within
parameter is set to Open, duration of intra-RAT the Intra-RAT ping-pong
enum:
This parameter is the when the number of ping-pong handover handover detection time
0[0]
switch for preventing the failures of continuous detection. When the length, when the CIO
intraRATPingPongHOSw 1[1]
Intra-RAT ping-pong SRVCC handover to intraRATPingPongHODet
switch for preventing maxIntraRATPingPongH
adjustment to achieve the
chwhen the srvccPingPongHOSwch TimeLen 2[2]
ONum
handover,
Switch for Preventing GERAN/UTRAN
The Switch intra-RAT
for Preventing The Intra-RAT ping-pong
Ping-Pong maximum
Max number
Intra-RAT of
Ping-
enum: enum: 3[3]
switch is open,
Intra-RAT it can neighbor
Ping-Pong SRVCC cells reaches the Handover
Ping-Pong handover isDetection
turned on, the
Time times,
Pongif Handover
continue toCIO
occur
Close[0] Close[0] 4[4]
detect Handover
and prevent the threshold in the detection eNB detects
Handover and prevents
Length(s) Intra-RAT Ping-Pong
Adjust Number
Open[1] Open[1] infinity[5]
connection handover duration, the eNodeB ping-pong handover within the test time, eNB
long:[1..60]
between two Intra-RAT prevents the SRVCC between two intra-RAT need to recover the CIO
cells within the Intra-RAT handover to any cells within the duration and start this timer to
ping-pong handover GERAN/UTRAN of intra-RAT ping-pong prevent the handover for
detection time length. neighbor cell. handover detection. Ping-Pong cell.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Close[0] 30 3[3]
Open[1] Close[0] 30 3[3]
Open[1] Close[0] 30 3[3]
Open[1] Close[0] 30 3[3]
Open[1] Close[0] 30 3[3]
Open[1] Close[0] 30 3[3]
Open[1] Close[0] 30 3[3]
Open[1] Close[0] 30 3[3]
Open[1] Close[0] 30 3[3]
This parameter indicates the maximum number of when UE context or
the time length for SRVCC ping-pong dedicate ERAB is
SRVCC ping-pong handover attempts for the established, it can
handover detection. When voice service. When the preferential handover UE
the number of failures of number of failures of to the expect frequencies
continuous SRVCC continuous SRVCC which coresponding to the
srvccPingPongHODetTim
handover to maxSRVCCPingPongHO
handover to highest priority QCI; if
eLen Num enum:
hoBaseServiceSwch trainInjudgeThr
GERAN/UTRAN
SRVCC Ping-Pong GERAN/UTRAN
Maximum Number of configured as 2, when
Close[0]
neighbor cells
Handover reaches
Detection the
Time neighbor
SRVCC cells reaches the
Ping-Pong voice service
Handover SwitchisBase
General Strategy[1]
threshold in the detection
Length(s) threshold
Handoverin the detection
Attempts established,
Serviceit can The Threshold of Train in
WCP Strategy[2]
duration, the eNodeB duration, the eNodeB handover UE to LTE
long:[1..60] long:[1..10] long:[1..200]
prevents the SRVCC prevents the SRVCC FDD neighbour cell, or
handover to any handover to any SRVCC to UMTS; if
GERAN/UTRAN GERAN/UTRAN configured as 0, it means
neighbor cell. neighbor cell. the function is closed. The threshold of train in.
-- -- -- --
30 3 Close[0] 30
30 3 Close[0] 30
30 3 Close[0] 30
30 3 Close[0] 30
30 3 Close[0] 30
30 3 Close[0] 30
30 3 Close[0] 30
30 3 Close[0] 30
30 3 Close[0] 30
when measurement for
WCDMA handover based This parameter indicates This parameter indicates
coverage,eNodeb will the absolute Ec/No the absolute Ec/No
compare the Ec/No of threshold for data user threshold for voice user
neighbor cell to decide target neighbor cell target neighbor cell
whether it is conducted reporting when it starts reporting when it starts
wcdmaHOBasedRscpand
handover. If this switch is the measurement for the measurement for
trainOutjudgeThr enum:
EcNoSwch wcdmaEcNoThr4DT wcdmaEcNoThr4VT
configured
Switch ofasWCDMA
Ec/No Trig, WCDMA handover
Data User Ec/Nobased WCDMA handover
Voice User based
Ec/No
Close[0]
The Threshold of Train when measurement
Handover Based RSCP for coverage.As
Threshold for handover
WCDMA coverage.As
WCDMA
RSCP Trig[1]
Out WCDMA andhandover
Ec/No based decision,
HO BaseditCoverage
need to decision,
HO BaseditCoverage
need to
Ec/No Trig[2] double:[-24.5..0] double:[-24.5..0]
coverage,eNodeb will compare the Ec/No of compare the Ec/No of
long:[1..200] model default: -12.0 model default: -10.0
compare the RSCP of neighbor cell to the neighbor cell to the
neighbor cell to decide parameter., so it decided parameter., so it decided
whether it is conducted whether it is conducted whether it is conducted
The threshold of train out. handover. handover. handover.
-- -- -- --
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
policy used for data
service delivery in inter-
RAT measurement. If it is
set to 0, it indicates that
When the Intra-RAT coverage-based inter-
enum:
Ping-Pong last prevent frequency measurement is
enum: Remain the inter
timer is expired,according
Intra-RAT Ping-Pong remained when
Strategy coverage-
of Inter-
Event triggered
measType4CASelfCfg IntraRATPinPonCIOStep lastTimerExpMeaRecfg frequency
psInterFMeasStrategy
Last to this parameters
Prevent Timer Expire based data service
frequency B1/B2
Measurement
measurement[0] enum: measurements[0]
Measurement Type for Intra-RAT Ping-Pong determine
Whether whether
Measureto measurement
When PS Serviceis delivered.
Inter-
Periodical No[0] Delete the inter frequency
CA Self-Configuration CIO Adjustment Step reconfig Reconfig
the measurement. If itRAT
is setMeasurement
to 1, it indicates
measurement[1] long:[-24..24] Yes[1] measurements[1]
This parameter indicates This parameter indicates Note:The handover that coverage-based inter-
model default: 0
the measurement type for the CIO adjustment step. prevent and measurement frequency measurement is
model default: 0 units: dB model default: 1 model default: 0
data collection on If a ping-pong handover is recovery are only for deleted when coverage-
overlapping coverage in detected, this parameter coverage and voice based data service B1/B2
CA self-configuration. needs to be adjusted. quality two functions. measurement is delivered.
-- -- -- --
Event triggered measureme0 Yes[1] Remain the inter frequenc
priorities of the EUTRA-
FDD, EUTRA-TDD, This parameter is used to
GERAN, UTRA-FDD, determine whether a
This parameter is used to UTRA-TDD, CSFB UE is located in the
distinguish inter- CDMA2000-HRPD, and center or on the edge of
frequency A1 and inter- CDMA2000-1xRTT the cell in accordance
RAT A1. If this parameter systems respectively. The with the MCS. If the MCS
is diffA1Swch
Switch enabled, inter-
of Different
hlMigrtRATPriority
A1 for priority of each system
emtcCovHOSwch
Switch of Coverage- ofcsfbCEUUserMcsThrd
the UE is larger than or
enum: enum:
frequency A1 and
Inter-Frequency andinter- ranges
Inter- User from 0 to
Migration 255. Ain
Priority Based Handover for equal
CSFB to CEU
the threshold,
User MCS the
Close[0] longArray:[0..255] Close[0]
RAT A1 are distinguished higher
RAT value Scenarios
High Load indicates a eMTCs UE is located in center of
Threshold
Open[1] model default: Open[1]
from each other; higher priority. The the cell; if the MCS of the
0;0;0;255;0;0;0 long:[0..28]
otherwise, inter-frequency default value 0 indicates UE is less than the
model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 model default: 1 model default: 10
A1 and inter-RAT A1 are that the RAT is not This parameter enables or threshold, the UE is
not distinguished from selected as the target disables coverage-based located on the edge of the
each other. system for user migration. handover for eMTCs. cell.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
Close[0] 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
Close[0] 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
Close[0] 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
Close[0] 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
Close[0] 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
Close[0] 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
Close[0] 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
Close[0] 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
this parameter is set to
CCU User, the vague This parameter sets the
CSFB user policy is duration for detecting
consistent with that of the ping-pong handover of
center user, that is, the UEs. When a UE is
eNB will not deliver handed over from cell A This parameter indicates
measurement to the vague to cell B and then handed whether to
Whether to Enable
enable the
The
csfbVagueUserLocation
CSFB user. If this qAdjBasedBfGainSwch over pingPongTmr
back to cell A, it is handover4AtmosductCell
optimization strategy
Optimization Strategy for
for
enum: enum: enum:
parameter
CSFB Vagueis set to CEU
User The RSRQ Adjustment considered
Ping-Pongthat a ping-
Handover UEs
UsertoHandover
hand overtotoAn an
CCU User[0] Close[0] No[0]
User, the vague
Location CSFB
Attribute Switch Based on BF Gain pong handover
Detection from(s)cell
Timer atmospheric-duct
Atmospheric Duct cell. If it
Cell
CEU User[1] Open[1] Yes[1]
user policy is consistent This parameter is the A to cell B occurs if the is set to Yes, the
long:[1..65535]
with that of the edge user, RSRQ adjustment switch period of time during optimization strategy is
that is, the eNB will based on BF gain. It is which the UE camps on enabled; otherwise, the
deliver measurement to applicable to the MM cell B is less than or equal optimization strategy is
the vague CSFB user. model only. to this parameter value. disabled.
-- -- -- --
CEU User[1] Close[0] 3 No[0]
the required SINR of the required SINR of data
voice UEs with full power UEs for data transmission
emission in an with full power emission
atmospheric-duct cell. If it in an atmospheric-duct
is set to a larger value, a cell. If this parameter is This parameter is the UE
lower path loss threshold set to a larger value, a number configuration for
that a voice user can lower path loss threshold uENumThr4HOBaseServi
handover based service.
atmosphericVoiceSINR
afford in an atmospheric- atmosphericDataSINR
that a data user hSpeedSRPriSchdSwch thecehandover
Required SINR of Voice Required SINRcan
of afford
Data The Switch of SR Has UEWhen
Number Threshold
enum:
duct cell
Users WithcanFull
be obtained.
Power in in anWith
Users atmospheric-duct
Full Power in Priority Scheduled for switch base service
For Handover Baseis
Close[0]
If it is set to aDuct
Atmospheric smaller
Cell cell can be obtained.
Atmospheric If it
Duct Cell High Speed UE opening Service
and UE number
double:[0..50] double:[0..50] Open[1]
value, a higher path loss is set to a smaller value, a The SR for NGBR more than this parameter,
model default: 6.0 model default: 3.0 long:[0..65535]
threshold that a voice user higher path loss threshold bearing of high speed ue the eNodeb will Handover
can afford in an that a data user can afford priority scheduling to low the high priority service
atmospheric-duct cell can in an atmospheric-duct speed UE when the switch UE to the corresponding
be obtained. cell can be obtained. on. expected frequency.
-- -- -- --
6.0 3.0 Close[0] 0
6.0 3.0 Close[0] 0
6.0 3.0 Close[0] 0
6.0 3.0 Close[0] 0
6.0 3.0 Close[0] 0
6.0 3.0 Close[0] 0
6.0 3.0 Close[0] 0
6.0 3.0 Close[0] 0
6.0 3.0 Close[0] 0
This parameter indicates This parameter indicates This parameter sets the
the absolute RSRQ the absolute RSRQ absolute RSRP threshold
absolute threshold for absolute threshold for for the serving cell about
target neighbor cell about target neighbor cell about the measurement event
HO Based Voice Load Balance reporting when periodical
tarNeighRsrqThr4HoBase
measurement reporting measurement reporting When the switch is set to event-based reporting is
when dVoice
it starts the periodic tarNeighCellRsrqThr4LB anrMeasMicroCellSwch servCellRsrpThr
Target Neighbor Cell when it starts
Target the periodic
Neighbor Cell TheOpen,Micro
Switch ofCell can be
Measuring started. In handover
enum:
report
RSRQbased on event.
Threshold As RSRQ
for HO report Threshold
based on event. As measured
for Load by ANR;
Micro Cell by ANR when decision, the RSRP
RSRP Threshold forvalue
The
Close[0]
handover decision,
Based Voiceit need handoverBalance
decision, it need the switch is set to Close,
Function of the serving
Serving cell is
Cell
double:[-20..-3] double:[-20..-3] Open[1] long:[-140..-43]
to compare the RSRQ of to compare the RSRQ of the intra-frequency Micro compared with the
model default: -12.0 model default: -12.0 model default: -125
neighbor cell to the neighbor cell to the Cell can not be measured parameter value to
units: dB units: dB model default: 0 units: dBm
parameter, so it decided parameter, so it decided by ANR, the existed intra- determine whether
whether it is conducted whether it is conducted frequency temp neighbor handover should be
handover. handover. relation must be deleted. implemented.
-- -- -- --
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] -125
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] -125
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] -125
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] -125
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] -125
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] -125
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] -125
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] -125
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] -125
absolute RSRQ threshold absolute RSRP threshold absolute RSRP threshold absolute RSRP threshold
for target neighbor cells for target neighbor cells for target neighbor cells for target neighbor cells
about the coverage-based about the coverage-based about the coverage-based about the load balancing
A3, A4, or A5 event A3, A4, or A5 event A3, A4, or A5 event measurement event
reporting by VoLTE users reporting by data users reporting by VoLTE users reporting when periodical
when periodical
VoLTE User RSRQevent- when periodical event- when
VoLTE periodical
User RSRPevent- event-based reporting is
tarNeighCellVTRsrqThr
based reporting tarNeighCellRsrpThr tarNeighCellVTRsrpThr tarNeighCellRsrpThr4LB
Threshold of is started.
Target based
RSRPreporting is started.
Threshold of based reporting
Target started.Neighbor
Target In handover
Cell
InNeighbor
handoverCell
decision,
for HO the In handover
Target decision,
Neighbor the
Cell for InNeighbor
handoverCelldecision,
for HO the decision,
RSRP the RSRP
Threshold forvalue
Load
RSRQ value
Based of the target
Coverage RSRP value of
HO Based the target
Coverage RSRP valueCoverage
Based of the target of the target neighbor cell
Balancing
double:[-20..-3] long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43]
neighbor cell is compared neighbor cell is compared neighbor cell is compared is compared with the
model default: -12.0 model default: -125 model default: -125 model default: -125
with the parameter value with the parameter value with the parameter value parameter value to
units: dB units: dBm units: dBm units: dBm
to determine whether to determine whether to determine whether determine whether
handover should be handover should be handover should be handover should be
implemented. implemented. implemented. implemented.
-- -- -- --
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
This parameter sets the absolute RSCP threshold
absolute RSRP threshold for target neighbor cells
for target neighbor cells about measurement event
about the voice service– reporting by data users
based handover event when coverage-based
reporting when periodical handover measurement
tarNRsrpThr4HOBasedV
event-based reporting is for the WCDMA system
oice
started.Neighbor
In handover wCDMARscpThr4DT
is started. In handover spidStrategyGrpCfg utranPciEcNoThrd
Target Cell Data User RSCP
decision, the RSRP
HO decision,
ThresholdtheforRSCP
WCDMAvalue When
UTRAN the Unknown
RSCP value of
PCI
of the target
Basedneighbor
Voice cell of HO
the target
Basedneighbor
Coveragecell This
SPIDparameter
Strategy sets the ID
GroupID a UTRAN unknown PCI
Ec/N0 Threshold
long:[-140..-43] long:[-120..-24] double:[-24..0]
is compared with the is compared with the of an SPID strategy is invalid and the Ec/N0 is
model default: -125 model default: -100 long:[0..255] model default: -11.0
parameter value to parameter value to configuration group, larger than the threshold,
units: dBm units: dBm model default: 0 units: dB
determine whether determine whether corresponding to a group ANR is used to perform
handover should be handover should be of SPID service ECGI measurement for
implemented. implemented. deployment strategies. the unknown PCI.
-- -- -- --
-125 -100 1 -11.0
-125 -100 1 -11.0
-125 -100 1 -11.0
-125 -100 1 -11.0
-125 -100 1 -11.0
-125 -100 1 -11.0
-125 -100 1 -11.0
-125 -100 1 -11.0
-125 -100 1 -11.0
absolute RSCP threshold
for target neighbor cells
about measurement event
reporting by voice users
when coverage-based
handover measurement This parameter enables or
for the WCDMA system direHOBasedHSpeedSwc hSpeedSpecMeasCfgSwc
This parameter enables or uESpeedIndCompJudgeS
disables the
Switch for
wCDMARscpThr4VT
is Voice
started.User
In handover h disables h dedicated
the wch
comprehensive
RSCP Switch for Dedicated Comprehensive
enum: enum: enum:
decision,
ThresholdtheforRSCP
WCDMAvalue This
Highparameter
Speed UEenables or
Direction measurement
Measurement foroftoHigh
high- determination
DeterminationofofUEs'UE
of HO
the target
Basedneighbor
Coveragecell disables directed
Handover handover
Switch speed UEs.
SpeedIfUEs
it is set to speeds. If Speeds
it is set to Open,
long:[-120..-24] Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
is compared with the for high speed UEs. If it is Open, the eNodeB can the upper layer of the
model default: -100
parameter value to set to Open, the eNodeB deliver specific eNodeB determines the
units: dBm model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 0
determine whether can instruct high-speed measurement speeds of the UEs on the
handover should be UEs to hand over to high- configurations to high- public and dedicated
implemented. speed rail cells. speed UEs. networks.
-- -- -- --
-100 Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
If the measurement report
does not aim for This parameter is the
reportStrongestCellsForS switch of Scheduling
ON, a maximum of 32 This parameter is the When Measuring ECGI In
neighbor cells can be measurement timer of Handover to Femto Cell.
configured under a SRVCC based CSFB for If this parameter is set to
The parameter is used to anrMeaUmtsNbrSortSwc
UTRAN frequency point. sRVCCBasedCSFBMeas
VoLTE user. Upon Open, to increase the
The Switch of Sorting
sRVCCBasedCSFBSwch
open/close the function of When h
the parameter is set Timer
measurement schedInEcgiHoSwch
Measured UTRAN Measurementbased Timerthis
of ECGI measurement
Switch of Scheduling
enum: enum: enum:
SRVCCofbased
Switch SRVCC CSFB for
Based to Close, Cells
Neighbor the UTRAN
By The function
SRVCC configurate,
Based CSFB for success
When rate, the eNodeB
Measuring ECGI In
VoLTEforuser,
CSFB whileUser
VoLTE the neighbor cells are not
ANR Function eNodeb
VoLTEwillUserstart this
(ms) transmits
Handoverdata only when
to Femto Cell
switch is open, the sorted in measConfig, and timer to wait for measure the onDurationTimer
long:[1000..60000]
VoLTE user triggers the a maximum of 32 report. If it time out, timer operates in long
SRVCC process after neighbor cells can be eNodeb will delete DRX status when
receiving the CSFB configured under a measurement based this measuring ECGI in
instruction. UTRAN frequency point. function. Handover to Femto Cell.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] 10000 Close[0]
UE. If the parameter is set coefficient for NR RSRQ This parameter is the
to Close and if the measurement, and the eMBMS-based handover
UTRAN ANR function is third element represents switch. When this switch
enabled, after the UE the layer-3 filtering This parameter is the is turned on, the eNodeB
reports CGI and a coefficient for NR SINR event-based measurement makes the UE perform
temporary neighbor cell is measurement. The GNSS control switch. handover to the frequency
added, the eNodeB
The Switch does
of Update calculation formula is as When the switch is turned on which the UE is
umtsMeaObjUpdateSwch
not update the newly filterCoeffNR
follows: FnFiltering
= (1 – a) × eventMeasGnssSwitch
on, hoBasedeMBMSSwch
the cell allows event- receiving or is interested
UTRAN Neighbor Cells Layer-3
enum: enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, enum: enum:
added temporary neighbor
in MeasObjectUTRA By FmCoefficient
+ a × Mn, where
in NRMn based Switch
GNSS measurement to
for Event in receiving
Handover an MBMS
Switch Based
Close[0] 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, Close[0] Close[0]
cell to ANR
The the measurement
Function is theMeasurement
current measured carry GNSS information. service on
Measurement in accordance
eMBMS with
Open[1] 13, 14] Open[1] Open[1]
object and does not send value, Fm is the old When switch is turned off, MBMSInterestIndication.
model default: 4;4;4
an filtered value, Fn is the the cell does not allow When this switch is
model default: 0 example: 4;4;4 model default: 1 model default: 0
RRCConnectionReconfig current filtered value, and event-based turned off, no multicast-
uration message to the a is the filtering measurements to carry based handover is
UE. coefficient. GNSS information. performed.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 4;4;4 Open[1] Close[0]
intra-frequency periodical
Open GNSS switch for ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
measurement to carry
intra-frequency periodical 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
GNSS information. If the This parameter determines
measurement[1] ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
parameter is set to 2, the whether to execute the
Open GNSS switch for 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
cell allows only inter- user location–based
inter-frequency periodical enum: ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
frequency periodical migration strategy for
measurement[2] Close[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 whrSpeUE4MigBasePosit
measurement to carry This parameter enables or each QCI. The elements This parameter determines
Open GNSS switch for
periodMeasGnssSwitch CCU User Migrate
migBaseUEPositionSwch ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
qCILevelMigBasePosiInd ion
GNSS information. If the disables
Switchtheforuser
Thelocation-
User in the array correspond to whether
MigratetoUser
execute
Based the
intra&inter-frequency Strategy[1] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 enum:
parameter is set tofor
GNSS Switch 3, the based migrationMigration
Location-Based strategy. User
QCI1Location–Based
to QCI255 in turn. user location–based
QCI Position Whether for
periodical CEU User Migrate ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1; No[0]
cell allowsMeasurement
Periodical both intra- If it is set to Open, the
Strategy If an element
Migration is
Indicator migration strategy
Special UE for
measurement[3] Strategy[2] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Yes[1]
frequency periodical eNodeB can identify the configured to Yes, the special users. If it is set to
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
measurement and inter- users in the center or at eNodeB executes the user Yes, the eNodeB executes
model default: 1 model default: 0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 1
frequency periodical the edge of a cell and location–based migration the location–based
measurement to carry hand over the users to the strategy for the migration strategy for
GNSS information. desired frequency. corresponding QCI. special users.
-- -- -- --
Open GNSS switch for intrClose[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1]
Open GNSS switch for intrCCU User Migrate Strategy0;0;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1]
Intra-LTE temporary
neighbor cell in the black
This parameter indicates list if the temporary
the PerQCI measurement neighbor cell is added to
configuration strategy. If the black list. If this
it is set to Easy Strategy, parameter is set to 0, UEs
the eNodeB uses the blackListTmpCellRedSwc
are allowed to be of
Redirection Switch
migBaseUEPosiWhr4Rat
This parameter perQCIMeasCfgStrategy perQCIA1A2MeaGrpCfg redirected hto the Intra-
Migrate Userdetermines
Based threshold with the easiest A1-A2 PerQCI Intra-LTE Temporary
enum: enum: enum:
whetherWhether
Position to execute
for the
Inter measurement
PerQCI Measurement Measurement LTE temporary
Neighbors neighbor
in the Black
No[0] Easy Strategy[0] Allow Redirection[0]
location–based
RAT migration configuration.
Configuration IfStrategy
it is set Configuration Group ID cells in the
Listblack list;
Yes[1] Priority Strategy[1] Not Allow Redirection[1]
strategy to inter-RAT. If it to Priority Strategy, the otherwise, UEs are not
long:[0..65535]
is set to Yes, the eNodeB eNodeB uses the highest- This parameter sets the ID allowed to be redirected to
executes the location– priority PerQCI of a PerQCI measurement the Intra-LTE temporary
based migration strategy measurement configuration group of neighbor cells in the black
to inter-RAT. configuration. events A1 and A2. list.
-- -- -- --
No[0] Easy Strategy[0] 0 Not Allow Redirection[1]
target type of downlink This parameter enables or
This parameter enables or bigSRVHOTargetTypeD
big service–based disables downlink big
freqRandomSwch
disables the frequency eMTCCEAdaptHOSwch handover. If Ldownlink big bigSRVHOSwchDL
service–based handover.
enum: enum: enum:
randomization strategy. If
Switch of the Frequency Coverage Mode Adaptive service–based
Target Type ofhandover
DL Bigis If Switch
it is setfor
to Open,
DL Big the
Close[0] Close[0] enumArray:[0, 1] Close[0]
it is set to Open,
Randomization the
Strategy Handover Switch enabled, the eNodeB
Service–Based Handover eNodeB monitors
Service–Based the
Handover
Open[1] Open[1] model default: Open[1]
eNodeB processes the monitors the changes in downlink services of UEs
0;0;0;1;0;0;0;0
randomization strategy UE types and marks the and hand over the UEs
model default: 0 model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;1;0;0;0;0 model default: 0
separately when a UE This parameter determines UEs of the target type as with downlink big
reads all the system whether to enable eMTC the users with downlink services to the target
frequencies. coverage-based handover. big services. frequency.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] 0;0;0;1;0;0;0;0 Close[0]
This parameter sets the timer for waiting the threshold of target cell
This parameter sets the threshold for downlink measurement report after PRB usage for downlink
threshold for the number PRB usage for downlink a measurement big service–based
of UEs for downlink big big service–based configuration for handover. If downlink big
bigSRVHOUENumStartT
service–based handover. bigSRVHODLPRBStartT
handover. If downlink big downlink big service– bigSRVHOTargetDLPRB
service–based handover is
hrdDL
If downlink hrdDL bigSRVHOMeasTimerDL ThrdDL
Threshold ofbig
the service–
Number service–based
Threshold ofhandover
DL PRB is based handoverTimer
Measurement is sent.
forIf Threshold
enabled, theTarget
of eNodeBCell
based
of UEshandover
for DL Bigis enabled,
Usage fortheDL
eNodeB
Big the
DLUEBigfails to be handed PRB
Service–Based filtersUsage
out theforneighbor
DL Big
enabled, the eNodeB
Service–Based Handover hands over the Handover
Service–Based UEs with over after the (s)
Handover timer cells whose downlink
Service–Based Handover
long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
hands over the UEs with downlink big services to expires, the eNodeB PRB usage is higher than
long:[0..65535] model default: 30 long:[1..60] model default: 60
downlink big services to the target frequency only deletes the measurement this threshold after
the target frequency only when downlink PRB configuration for receiving the
when the number of UEs usage exceeds or equals downlink big service– measurement report of the
exceeds this threshold. this threshold. based handover. target frequency.
-- -- -- --
20 30 2 60
10 20 2 60
20 30 2 60
20 30 2 60
10 20 2 60
20 30 2 60
20 30 2 60
20 30 2 60
20 30 2 60
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
This parameter indicates This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
whether the target threshold for the number threshold for downlink
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
neighbor cells of of UEs to obtain load PRB usage to obtain load This parameter determines
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
downlink big service– from neighbor cells in the form neighbor cells in the whether to execute
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
based handover are only Threshold
case of downlink big
of the Number case of downlink
Threshold big
of DL PRB downlink big service–
bigSRVHO4MMCellInd bigSRVHOLoadObUENu bigSRVHOLoadObDLPR 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
qCILevelHOBaseDLBigS
MM cells. If downlink big of
UEs for Neighbor Load service–based
Usage handover.
for Neighbor Load based handover for each
DL mThrdDL BThrdDL ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
RV
service–based
Indication forhandover
DL Big is If downlink
Obtaining inbig
theservice–
Case of If downlinkinbig
Obtaining theservice–
Case of QCI. The elements
Indication for DL in
Bigthe
enum: 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
enabled andHandover
Service–Based this DLbased handover is
Big Service–Based DLbased handover is
Big Service–Based array correspond
Service–Based to QCI1
QCI-Level
No[0] ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
parameter is set Only
to MM Cells to Yes, enabled, the eNodeB
Handover enabled, the eNodeB
Handover to QCI255 in turn. If an
Handover
Yes[1] long:[0..100] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
the eNodeB filters out starts the procedure to starts the procedure to element is configured to
long:[0..65535] model default: 25 ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
non-MM neighbor cells obtain load from neighbor obtain load from neighbor Yes, the eNodeB executes
model default: 0 model default: 15 units: % 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
after receiving the cells only when the cells only when downlink downlink big service–
measurement report of the number of UEs exceeds PRB usage exceeds or based handover for the
target frequency. this threshold. equals this threshold. corresponding QCI.
-- -- -- --
No[0] 15 25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
No[0] 15 25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
No[0] 15 25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
No[0] 15 25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
No[0] 15 25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
No[0] 15 25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
No[0] 15 25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
No[0] 15 25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
No[0] 15 25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
determine the speeds of
UEs in a high-speed rail
scenario to hand over low- This parameter determines
speed UEs out of the whether to execute
high-speed rail network. If downlink big service–
the frequency deviation based handover This parameter determines
whrSpeUE4BigSRVHOD
This parameter determines value of a UE is greater bigSRVHOWhr4HOinSce
immediately for the migBasePosiWheConQCI
whether to Consider
consider QCI
Whether to Consider Whether QCI
whether L
to DL
execute speedFreqOffThr
than this threshold, nDL Rel for user
Switch of Big Frequency Offsetthe incoming-handover
Incoming Handover target release
Release scenarios
Scenarios for
enum: enum: enum:
downlink big service–
Service–Based Handover UEThreshold
is considered to be at users.
for Speed If it isinset
Scenarios DL toBig
Yes, location–based migration.
User Location–Based
No[0] No[0] No[0]
based handover
for Special UEsfor a high speed. If the
Determination the eNodeB executes
Service–Based Handover If it isMigration
set to Yes, the
Yes[1] long:[0..2500] Yes[1] Yes[1]
special UEs. If it is set to frequency deviation value downlink big service– eNodeB determines
model default: 700
Yes, the eNodeB executes of a UE is less than or based handover during QCI release
model default: 1 units: 10Hz model default: 1 model default: 0
downlink big service– equal to this threshold, the immediately for the whether to re-configure
based handover for UE is considered to be at incoming-handover target user location–based
special UEs. a low speed. users. migration measurement.
-- -- -- --
Yes[1] 700 Yes[1] No[0]
Yes[1] 700 Yes[1] No[0]
Yes[1] 700 Yes[1] No[0]
Yes[1] 700 Yes[1] No[0]
Yes[1] 700 Yes[1] No[0]
Yes[1] 700 Yes[1] No[0]
Yes[1] 700 Yes[1] No[0]
Yes[1] 700 Yes[1] No[0]
Yes[1] 700 Yes[1] No[0]
This parameter determines This parameter determines measurement frequency
whether to support intra- whether to support inter- configuration strategy for
RAT redirection triggered RAT redirection triggered non-SPID VoLTE users.
by the target
Switch for Notneighbor cell Switch
Supporting by the target neighbor
for Not cell
Supporting If it is set to Considering
intraRATNoHOCellRedS enum:
ofIntra-RAT If it is set to interRATNoHOCellRedS
handover.Redirection ofInter-RAT If it is set to hOBaseServiceWhr4HOin
handover.Redirection This parameter
Whether determines ANR frequency points,
to Consider
wch wch Scen Considering ANR
voLTEMeasFreqStgy
Open, intra-RAT
Triggered by the Target Triggered Open, inter-RAT
by the Target whether to immediately
Incoming Handover additional measurement
Measurement Frequency
enum: enum: enum: frequency points[0]
redirection
Neighborcannot
Cell ofbe redirection
Neighborcannot
Cell ofbe execute
Scenariosservice-based needs to be performed
in Service- Configuration Strategy on
for
Close[0] Close[0] No[0] Not considering ANR
triggered by the target
Handover triggered by the target
Handover handover for incoming Non-SPID
Based Handover ANR frequencies.
VoLTEIfUsers
it is
Open[1] Open[1] Yes[1] frequency points[1]
neighbor cell of handover. neighbor cell of handover. target UEs. If it is set to set to Not considering
If it is set to Close, intra- If it is set to Close, inter- Yes, the eNodeB ANR frequency points, no
RAT redirection can be RAT redirection can be immediately executes additional measurement is
triggered by the target triggered by the target service-based handover required for ANR
neighbor cell of handover. neighbor cell of handover. for incoming target UEs. frequencies.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Open[1] No[0] Considering ANR frequency
measurement frequency measurement frequency This parameter sets the
configuration strategy for configuration strategy for threshold of uplink PRB
SPID VoLTE users. If it SPID data users. If it is set This parameter indicates usage for uplink big
is set to Considering ANR to Considering ANR that only poor-quality service–based handover.
enum: enum: bigSRVHO4WorseQualU bigSRVHOULPRBStartT
frequency points, frequency points, UEs withof
Indication uplink big
Handover If uplink big service–
Considering ANR
sPIDVoiceMeasFreqStgy Considering ANR
sPIDDataMeasFreqStgy EIndUL
additional measurement
Measurement additional measurement
Frequency Measurement Frequency services arePoor-Quality
for Only handed over. basedhrdUL
Threshold handover is
of UL PRB
frequency points[0] frequency points[0] enum:
needs to be performed
Configuration Strategy on needs to be performed
for Configuration Strategy on for If UEs
uplink bigUL
with service–
Big enabled,
Usage fortheUL
eNodeB
Big
Not considering ANR Not considering ANR No[0]
ANRSPIDfrequencies.
VoLTE UsersIf it is ANR frequencies.
SPID If it is based handover
Data Users Servicesis enabled hands over the Handover
Service–Based UEs with
frequency points[1] frequency points[1] Yes[1] long:[0..100]
set to Not considering set to Not considering and this parameter is set uplink big services to the
model default: 30
ANR frequency points, no ANR frequency points, no to Yes, the eNodeB hands target frequency only
additional measurement is additional measurement is over only the poor-quality when uplink PRB usage
required for ANR required for ANR UEs with uplink big exceeds or equals this
frequencies. frequencies. services. threshold.
-- -- -- --
Considering ANR frequency
No[0] 30
No[0] 30
No[0] 30
No[0] 30
No[0] 30
No[0] 30
No[0] 30
No[0] 30
No[0] 30
This parameter indicates This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
This parameter sets the whether the target threshold for the number threshold for uplink PRB
threshold of target cell neighbor cells of uplink of UEs to obtain load usage to obtain load from
PRB usage for uplink big big service–based from neighbor cells in the neighbor cells in the case
service–based handover. handover are only MM case ofof
Threshold uplink big
the Number of uplink big
Threshold service–
of UL PRB
bigSRVHOTargetULPRB
If uplink big service– bigSRVHO4MMCellInd
cells. If uplink big bigSRVHOLoadObUENu bigSRVHOLoadObULPR
ofservice–based
UEs for Neighbor handover.
Load based handover.
Usage for NeighborIf uplink
Load
basedThrdUL
Threshold handover
of TargetisCell service–based UL
UL Big is
mThrdUL
If uplink
Obtaining bigthe
in service–
Case of
BThrdUL
big service–based
Obtaining in the Case of
enum:
enabled,
PRB Usage theforeNodeB
UL Big enabled andHandover
Service–Based this ULbased handover is
Big Service–Based handover is enabled, the
UL Big Service–Based
No[0]
filters out the neighbor
Service–Based Handover parameter
to Only isMMset Cells
to Yes, enabled, the eNodeB
Handover eNodeB starts the
Handover
long:[0..100] Yes[1] long:[0..100]
cells whose uplink PRB the eNodeB filters out starts the procedure to procedure to obtain load
model default: 60 long:[0..65535] model default: 25
usage is higher than this non-MM neighbor cells obtain load from neighbor from neighbor cells only
units: % model default: 0 model default: 15 units: %
threshold after receiving after receiving the cells only when the when uplink PRB usage
the measurement report of measurement report of the number of UEs exceeds exceeds or equals this
the target frequency. target frequency. this threshold. threshold.
-- -- -- --
60 No[0] 15 25
60 No[0] 15 25
60 No[0] 15 25
60 No[0] 15 25
60 No[0] 15 25
60 No[0] 15 25
60 No[0] 15 25
60 No[0] 15 25
60 No[0] 15 25
load on neighbor cells in
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
This parameter indicates the handover of the UEs
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
whether the target with uplink big services.
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
This parameter determines neighbor cells of uplink If uplink big service–
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
whether to execute uplink big service–based based handover is enabled
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
big service–based handover are only formal and this parameter is set
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
qCILevelHOBaseULBigS
handover for each QCI. whrSpeUE4ULBigSRVH bigSRVHO4FormalNbInd
neighbor cells.
Indication If uplinkto bigSRVHOWhrConsidNb
of Handover to Yes, the
Whether eNodeB
to Consider
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
RV O UL
The elementsfor
Indication in UL
the Big
array ThisSwitch
parameter determines
of UL Big bigFormal
Only service–based obtainsLoadUL
Neighbor Neighbor uplink loadinonUL
Cell Load
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 enum: enum: enum:
correspond toQCI-Level
Service–Based QCI1 to whether to execute
Service–Based uplink Cells
Handover handover is UEs
for the enabled
withand
UL neighbor cells and filters
Big Service–Based
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1; No[0] No[0] No[0]
QCI255 in turn. If an
Handover big
forservice–based
Special UEs this parameter is set to
Big Services out theHandover
neighbor cells
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Yes[1] Yes[1] Yes[1]
element is configured to handover for special UEs. Yes, the eNodeB filters whose uplink PRB usage
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
Yes, the eNodeB executes If it is set to Yes, the out temporary neighbor is higher than this
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 1 model default: 0 model default: 0
uplink big service–based eNodeB executes uplink cells after receiving the threshold after receiving
handover for the big service–based measurement report of the the measurement report of
corresponding QCI. handover for special UEs. target frequency. the target frequency.
-- -- -- --
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0] No[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0] No[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0] No[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0] No[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0] No[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0] No[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0] No[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0] No[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0] No[0]
EPS fallback ends. If it is
set to Based Blind, the
eNodeB monitors EPS
fallback of a UE and fast
This parameter indicates returns the UE to the NR
that only poor-quality system through blind
bigSRVHO4WorseQualU
UEs with downlink big This parameter sets the epsFBEndFastReturnSwc
redirection when EPS
Indication of Handover
EIndDL sINRWorseThrdUL mCSWorseThrdDL enum:
h If it is set to
services arePoor-Quality
for Only handed over. This parameter sets the downlink MCS threshold fallback ends.
enum: Close[0]
If downlink
UEs withbigDLservice–
Big uplink SINR
UL SINR thresholdfor
Threshold for for
DLpoor-quality
MCS Threshold users.forIf Based
Fast Measurement,
Return Switch forthe the
No[0] Based Blind[1]
based handover
Servicesis enabled poor-quality
Poor-Qualityusers. If the
Users thePoor-Quality
downlink MCS value
Users eNodeB monitors
End of EPS EPS
Fallback
Yes[1] double:[-20..50] Based Measurement[2]
and this parameter is set uplink SINR of a user is of a user is less than this fallback of a UE and fast
to Yes, the eNodeB hands less than this threshold, threshold, the user is returns the UE to the NR
over only the poor-quality the user is considered to considered to be a system through
UEs with uplink big be an uplink poor-quality downlink poor-quality measurement when EPS
services. user. user. fallback ends.
-- -- -- --
No[0] 8.0 5 Close[0]
No[0] 8.0 5 Close[0]
No[0] 8.0 5 Close[0]
No[0] 8.0 5 Close[0]
No[0] 8.0 5 Close[0]
No[0] 8.0 5 Close[0]
No[0] 8.0 5 Close[0]
No[0] 8.0 5 Close[0]
No[0] 8.0 5 Close[0]
strategy for sending NR
inter-RAT measurement
configuration information.
If it is set to 0, it indicates This parameter enables or
enum:
that NR inter-RAT This parameter sets the This parameter sets the disables speed
To be sent in the initial
nRInterRATMeasStrategy speedRangeStep4Macro speedRangeStep4MM speedMeasureSwch
Strategymeasurement
for Sending NR speed range step for speed range step for MM measurement. To
measurements[0] enum:
configuration information
Inter-RAT Measurement macroRange
Speed stations. It for
Step is stations. It is effective
Speed Range Step forin determine the distribution
Speed Measurement
To be triggered by the Close[0]
is sent during initial
Configurations effective in macro
Macro station
Stations TMM MM station scenarios if of the speed
Stations range of the
Switch
inter-system A2[1] Open[1]
measurement. If it is set to scenarios if speed speed measurement is terminals in the cell where
long:[10..100] long:[10..120]
1, it indicates that NR measurement is enabled. enabled. It is used to the terminals camp on,
inter-RAT measurement It is used to differentiate differentiate speed ranges this parameter is set to
is triggered by inter-RAT speed ranges of the of the terminals in a TMM Open. By default, this
event A2. terminals in a macro cell. cell. parameter is set to Close.
-- -- -- --
To be triggered by the inte 60 40 Close[0]
train arrival state This parameter sets the
Close[0]
according to frequency UE strategy in a hybrid
Handover statistics
This parameter determines offset estimation statistics. NSA and SA scenario. If
strategy[1]
whether speed-based If it is set to Arrival time it is set to Effective NSA
Frequency offset
handover refers to the statistics strategy, the only, the eNodeB
estimation statistics
train arrival state of the serving cell determines considers the UEs as
hoBasedSpeedWhrRefArr strategy[2]
srvCellArrJudgeStgySwc hoBaseServiceReturnSwc
serving cell. If it is set to Switch
the high-speed train
for Determining This parameter enables or single-mode NSA UEs. If
enum:
Stat Arrival time h statistics h enum:
Not reference
Switch arrival state, arrival
for Speed-Based state according
the High-Speed Trainto disables service-based it nSAAndSAStgyCfg
is set to Effective
Hybrid-Mode SA
NSA and
Not reference arrival strategy[3] enum: Effective NSA only[0]
speed-based
Handover handover
Referring to can
the arrival timeState
Arrival statistics.
by theIf it handover
Switch forreturn. If it is set
Service-Based only,
SA Userthe Strategy
eNodeB
state[0] Comprehensive statistics Close[0] Effective SA only[1]
be Train
enabled anytime.
Arrival StateIf it is set to Comprehensive
Serving Cell toHandover
Open, the Return
eNodeB considers the UEs as
Configuration
Reference arrival state[1] strategy[4] Open[1] SA Priority[2]
is set to Reference arrival statistics strategy, the hands over the UEs back single-mode SA UEs. If it
state, speed-based serving cell determines to the source frequency is set to SA Priority, the
handover is disabled when the high-speed train based on services when eNodeB preferentially
the the serving cell is in arrival state according to the target service is considers the UEs as SA
train arrival state. comprehensive statistics. released. UEs.
-- -- -- --
Not reference arrival state[ Close[0] Close[0] SA Priority[2]
measurement
configuration policy that This parameter enables or
makes coverage-based disables dedicated
handover from LTE to measurement for EN-DC This parameter determines
WCDMA and voice UEs. If it is set to Close, whether to filter EN-DC
quality–based SRVCC the coverage-based UEs during UE location–
wCDMAFHOMeasCfgS
handover effective. If it is enDcSpecMobilityMeasS
measurement migBasePosiFilterEnDcIn
based migration. If it is enDcPerQCIA1A2MeaGr
Switch for Frequency- A1-A2 PerQCI
setLevel
to Close,wch the existing configuration wch for EN-DC Indication d eNodeB This parameter
set to No, the pCfgsets the ID
Measurement Switch for Dedicated for Filtering Measurement
enum: enum: enum:
system-level measurement
Configuration for UEs is theMeasurement
Mobility same as that for
of executes
EN-DC UEUEslocation–
During ofConfiguration
Group ID
Close[0] Close[0] No[0]
configuration
Handover topolicyWCDMA takes ordinary UEs. IfUEs
EN-DC it is set to Location-Based
based migrationMigration
for EN- configuration
for EN-DCgroup
UEs for
Open[1] Open[1] Yes[1]
effect. If it is set to Open, Open, the independent DC UEs. If it is set to EN-DC UEs. It
long:[0..65535]
the frequency-level coverage-based Yes, the eNodeB cannot corresponds to the PerQCI
measurement measurement execute UE location– measurement
configuration policy takes configuration is valid for based migration for EN- configurations of events
effect. EN-DC UEs. DC UEs. A1 and A2.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] No[0] 0
neighbor cell is higher coverage degree. If this degree. If this parameter
than or equal to this parameter is set to Open, is set to Open, the
threshold, the neighbor the overlapping coverage overlapping coverage
cell is regarded as a cell degree between the degree between the
This parameter sets the ID with the same coverage as serving cell and the serving cell and the
of an intra-frequency the serving cell. If the neighbor cells on the neighbor cells on each
enDcPerQCIIntraFMeaGr
PerQCI measurement overlapRateThr4SameCo
overlapping Coverage
coverage overlapRateIntraFreqSwc
same frequency can be overlapRateInterFreqSwc
frequency can be the
Intra-frequency PerQCI Overlapping Switch for Calculating the Switch for Calculating
pCfggroup for
configuration ver
degreeThreshold
between the h If this
calculated. h If this
calculated.
Measurement Degree for General Intra-frequency General Inter-frequency
enum: enum:
EN-DC UEs. InGroup
Configuration a mobile
ID serving cellthe
Determining andCells
a parameter is set
Overlapping to Close,
Coverage parameter
Overlappingis set to Close,
Coverage
Close[0] Close[0]
NSAfor scenario,
EN-DCanUEs
EN-DC neighbor
with cell Coverage
the Same is lower the overlapping
Degreecoverage the overlapping
Degreecoverage
long:[0..100] Open[1] Open[1]
UE can index the than this threshold, the degree between the degree between the
corresponding intra- neighbor cell is regarded serving cell and the serving cell and the
model default: 0 units: % model default: 0 model default: 0
frequency PerQCI as a cell with different neighbor cells on the neighbor cells on each
measurement coverage from the serving same frequency cannot be frequency cannot be
configurations. cell. calculated. calculated.
-- -- -- --
eNodeB updates the relative RSRP threshold relative RSRP threshold
calculated overlapping of neighbor cells in the of neighbor cells in the This parameter sets the
coverage degree on the calculation of the intra- calculation of the inter- RSRP threshold of the
UME. If the difference frequency overlapping frequency overlapping serving cell in the
between the overlapping coverage degree. If, in a coverage degree. If, in a Absolute calculation
RSRPof the intra-
Threshold
coverage degree of a measurement
Relative RSRPreport, the Relative
RSRPreport, the for
Threshold frequency overlapping
the Calculation of the
neighbor cell and the
Update Difference difference
for betweenofthe
the Calculation difference
the for betweenofthe
the Calculation coverageIntra-frequency
the General degree. If the
overlapRateUpdateDThr
original for
overlapping nbrCelOffsIntrFOverlap
RSRP a neighbor cell nbrCelOffsInteFOverlap srvCelThrIntrFOverlap
Threshold the General GeneralofIntra-frequency RSRP
GeneralofInter-frequency
a neighbor cell RSRP of the serving
Overlapping Coverage cell
coverage degree
Overlapping of the
Coverage and the RSRP
Overlapping of the
Overlapping of the
Coverage carried
Degreeinofa measurement
the Serving
neighborDegree
cell is less than serving
Degree of cellNeighbor
is higherCells
than serving
Degree ofcellNeighbor
is higherCells
than report is higher
Cell than or
long:[0..100] double:[-50..50] double:[-50..50] long:[-140..-43]
or equal to the threshold, or equal to this threshold, or equal to this threshold, equal to this threshold, the
model default: 5 model default: -3.0 model default: -50.0 model default: -110
the eNodeB does not the measurement report is the measurement report is measurement report is
units: % units: dB units: dB units: dBm
update the overlapping involved in the calculation involved in the calculation involved in the calculation
coverage degree of the of the overlapping of the overlapping of the overlapping
neighbor cell. coverage degree. coverage degree. coverage degree.
-- -- -- --
5 -3.0 -50.0 -110
5 -3.0 -50.0 -110
5 -3.0 -50.0 -110
5 -3.0 -50.0 -110
5 -3.0 -50.0 -110
5 -3.0 -50.0 -110
5 -3.0 -50.0 -110
5 -3.0 -50.0 -110
5 -3.0 -50.0 -110
measurement reports that
This parameter sets the the eNodeB can use to
RSRP threshold of the This parameter sets the This parameter sets the calculate the general
serving cell in the threshold for the inter- threshold for the intra- overlapping coverage
calculation
Absolute RSRP of the inter-
Threshold frequency overlapping frequency overlapping degree. In the calculation
frequency
for overlapping
the Calculation coverage
of the Absolute RSRPdegree of
Threshold coverage
Absolute RSRPdegree of
Threshold of Minimum
the generalNumber
overlapping
of
coverageInter-frequency
General degree. If the forneighbor cells. If of
the Calculation thethe forneighbor
the Calculation thethe minSampNumOverlapRat
cells. If of coverage
Samplesdegree, if the
for the
srvCelThrInterFOverlap
RSRP of the serving nbrCelThrInteFOverlap
cell RSRP nbrCelThrIntrFOverlap eof valid
Overlapping Coverage GeneralofInter-frequency
a neighbor cell RSRPGeneralofIntra-frequency
a neighbor cell Calculation
numberof the General
carried
the Serving carried in a measurement
Overlapping Coverage carried in a measurement
Overlapping Coverage measurement reports is
Overlapping Coverage
report is higher
Cell than or Degreereport of
is higher
NeighborthanCells
or Degree
report of
is higher
NeighborthanCells
or smaller than this
Degree
long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43]
equal to this threshold, the equal to this threshold, the equal to this threshold, the parameter value, the
model default: -110 model default: -110 model default: -110 long:[1..1000000]
measurement report is measurement report is measurement report is overlapping coverage
units: dBm units: dBm units: dBm model default: 500
involved in the calculation involved in the calculation involved in the calculation degree is not calculated
of the overlapping of the overlapping of the overlapping for the corresponding
coverage degree. coverage degree. coverage degree. neighbor cell.
-- -- -- --
-110 -110 -110 500
-110 -110 -110 500
-110 -110 -110 500
-110 -110 -110 500
-110 -110 -110 500
-110 -110 -110 500
-110 -110 -110 500
-110 -110 -110 500
-110 -110 -110 500
8[22]
10[23]
12[24]
This parameter determines This parameter controls
14[25]
whether to hand over EN- This parameter determines whether to filter EN-DC
16[26]
DC UEs based on whether to hand over EN- users for service-based
18[27] bigSRVHOFilterEnDcInd
downlink big services. If bigSRVHOFilterEnDcInd
DC UEs based on uplink hOBaseServFilterEnDcIn
handover. If it is set to
20[28]
nSAOcs DLthe eNodeB big services. ULIf it is set to d
it Indication
is set to No,
for Handing Indication for Handing close, eNodeB
Handover can
Based Service
Individual Offset of the can hand
Over EN-DC over EN-DC
UEs Based No,
Overthe eNodeB
EN-DC UEs canBased
hand perform service-based
Filter EN-DC UE
24[30] No[0] No[0] No[0]
NSA Serving Cell UEson based
DL Big onServices
downlink over on EN-DC
UL Big UEs based
Services handover for EN-DC
Indication
Yes[1] Yes[1] Yes[1]
big services. If it is set to on uplink big services. If users. If it is set to
model default: 15
Yes, the eNodeB cannot it is set to Yes, the open ,eNodeB can't
This parameter sets the hand over EN-DC UEs eNodeB cannot hand over perform service-based
individual offset of the based on downlink big EN-DC UEs based on handover for EN-DC
serving cell for NSA UEs. services. uplink big services. users.
-- -- -- --
0[15] No[0] No[0] No[0]
0[15] No[0] No[0] No[0]
0[15] No[0] No[0] No[0]
0[15] No[0] No[0] No[0]
0[15] No[0] No[0] No[0]
0[15] No[0] No[0] No[0]
0[15] No[0] No[0] No[0]
0[15] No[0] No[0] No[0]
0[15] No[0] No[0] No[0]
This parameter enables or This parameter determines
disables IMMCI whether the coverage-
customized by the based mobility parameters
operSpecUserStgyGroupI operSpecUserIMMCISwc
operators. After filtering sAIndependentMeasCfgS
can be independently
d operSpecUserStgySwch
This parameter enables or special husers by configured wch
for SA UEs. If
Switch for Independently
enum: enum: enum:
This parameter
Operator SpecialisUser
the disablesSpecial
Operator configureUser configuration,a
Operator Specialgroup
Userof Configuring
it is set to Open, specific
Measurement
special user ID
Group strategy strategies customized
Strategy Switch by specified IMMCI
IMMCI Switch mobility
Parametersparameters can
of SA UEs
group ID, which the operator. If it is set to frequencies and priority be configured for SA
long:[0..255]
corresponds to the group Open,a special group of can be customized by the UEs. If it is set to Close,
of service deployment service deployment operators and users can be no specific mobility
strategy customized by strategy can be configured migrated to the specified parameter can be
the operators. for operator special user. frequencies. configured for SA UEs.
-- -- -- --
is executed for SA UEs. If
it is set to Handover, the
This parameter sets the eNodeB migrates SA UEs
inter-operation type of to the NR system through
fast return after EPS This parameter sets the handover. If it is set to
fallback ends. If it is set to PerQCI intra-frequency Handover and
enum:
Redirection, UEs return to sAPerQCIA1A2MeaGrpC measurementsAPerQCIIntraFMeaGrpC
group ID for Redirection, the eNodeB
enum:
epsFBEndFRMethod fg fg Handover[0]
sADirectMigMethod
the NR system through This parameter
PerQCI A1 A2is SA UEs.Intra-frequency
PerQCI It is configured migrates SA UEs to the
Redirection[0] Handover and
redirection.
Fast ReturnIfType
it is After
set to configured
Measurementfor SA UEsIDto for
Group SA UEs to Group
Measurement configure
ID NR system preferentially
Directional Migration
Handover and Redirection[1]
Handover
EPS FallbackandEnd configure
for intra-frequency
SA UEs intra-frequency
for SA UEs through
Methodhandover and
of SA UEs
Redirection[1] Redirection[2]
Redirection, UEs return to measurement for different measurement for different then through redirection.
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535]
the NR system QCIs to index the PerQCI QCIs to index the PerQCI If it is set to Redirection,
preferentially through measurement measurement the eNodeB migrates SA
handover and then configuration of the configuration of the UEs to the NR system
through redirection. corresponding frequency. corresponding frequency. through redirection.
-- -- -- --
Redirection[0] 0 0 Handover[0]
Configuration parameter
is set to Effective SA This parameter sets the
only), and the second priority of the same
element represents the This parameter sets the frequency for NSA UEs
UEs in a hybrid SA and maximum number of during load balancing. This parameter sets the
NSA scenario when the times that an SA UE This parameter enables or timer for directional
sADirectIMMCIEffectRa
Hybrid-Mode NSA and sADirectMigMaxRetryNu
retries to trigger disables intra-frequency migration retry of SA
SA Usernge
Strategy directional m lbNSAIntraFreqPriority sADirectMigRetryTimer
Maximummigration.
Number ofIf load balancing for
Intra-frequency NSA
Priority UEs. If an SAMigration
Directional UE fails to
Configuration parameter
SA User Directional theDirectional
SA UE fails to trigger
Migration UEs.
for If
NSAit isUEs
set toDuring
0, intra- trigger
Retry directional
Timer of SA UEs
is IMMCI
set to SAEffect
Priority. If an
Range theRetries
directional
of SA migration
UEs frequency load balancing
Load Balancing migration, the
(s) directional
enumArray:[0, 1]
element is set to Effect, to the NR system, the for NSA UEs is disabled. migration procedure can
model default: 1;1 long:[0..1800, 65535] long:[0..255] long:[1..1800]
the eNodeB can enable directional migration If it is set to a non-zero be triggered again after
the directional IMMCI procedure can be value, intra-frequency the period of time
strategy for the triggered again based on load balancing is enabled specified by this
corresponding UEs. this parameter value. for NSA UEs. parameter.
-- -- -- --
1;1 0 255 30
1;1 0 255 30
1;1 0 255 30
1;1 0 255 30
1;1 0 255 30
1;1 0 255 30
1;1 0 255 30
1;1 0 255 30
1;1 0 255 30
function of SA UEs. From
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
left to right, the priority
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
This parameter determines array subscripts
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
whether to execute correspond to the E-
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
directional migration of UTRAN, UTRAN FDD,
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
SA UEs for a QCI service. GERAN, CDMA2000-
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
The elements in the array HRPD, and CDMA2000-
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
qCILevelMigBaseSA sADirectIMMCIRATPri sADirectMigSwch sADirectIMMCISwch
correspond
Indicator to QCI1
of QCI to 1XRTT
Service- systems in turn. A
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 longArray:[0..255] enum: enum:
QCI255 inDirectional
Triggered turn. If an larger
Priorityparameter value
of Directional This parameterMigration
Directional enables or This parameterIMMCI
Directional enables or
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1; model default: Close[0] Close[0]
element is setoftoSA
Migration Yes,
UEsthe indicates
IMMCI a higher
of SA IMMCI
UEs disables
Switch of directional
SA UEs disables
Switchthe
of directional
SA UEs
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 255;254;253;252;251 Open[1] Open[1]
eNodeB executes priority of the migration for SA UEs. If IMMCI function for SA
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1; example:
directional migration of corresponding system. it is set to Open, the UEs. If it is set to Open,
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 255;254;253;252;251 model default: 0 model default: 0
SA UEs for the The value 0 indicates that eNodeB can hand over or the eNodeB can carry
corresponding QCI the system is not redirect SA UEs to the dedicated IMMCI when
service. considered. specified NR frequencies. releasing an SA UE.
-- -- -- --
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0] Close[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0] Close[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0] Close[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0] Close[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0] Close[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0] Close[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0] Close[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0] Close[0]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0] Close[0]
This parameter is an
upstream SINR
redirection user
identification factor. It is
used to define the ratio This parameter is the low
blindRedBasedVTQualS
This parameter enables or uLSINRBasedRdUERecF
between the number of threshold of periodic
icoCellType disables wchredirection
blind upstreamactor
SINR reports uLSINRLowThrd
reporting of user SINR for
Cell Type for Public- Switch for VoLTE
enum: enum:
Private Network based on voice quality.
Quality–Based Blind If UL required
SINR Basedby target
Redirect MAC. That is to say, UE
Public Cell[0] Close[0] double:[-10..10]
Coordination it is setRedirection
to Open, the blind redirection UE and
UE Recursive the
Factor identification
UL SINR and
Low Threshold
Private Cell[1] Open[1] long:[0..100] model default: 5.0
This parameter sets the redirection procedure is total number of MAC upstream Single RBSINR
model default: 90 units: dB
cell type used in public- triggered when the voice reports in the process of value are reported for
model default: 0 model default: 0 units: % step: 0.5
private network quality of a UE is lower upstream SINR users whose upstream
coordination: private cell than the specific redirection user Single RBSINR value is
and public cell. threshold. identification. less than this threshold.
-- -- -- --
Public Cell[0] Close[0] 90 5.0
SINR threshold of RRM
identifying the upstream
SINR redirection user. This parameter indicates
That is to say, the the length of the upstream This parameter is the high This parameter sets the
upstream SINR reporting SINR redirection user threshold of periodic maximum number of
result is considered as an uLSINRBasedRdUERecT
identification timer. RRM reporting of user SINR for hOBaseServiceMaxRetry
Maximum Number of
uLSINRBasedRdThrd
upstream SINR reporting imer
counts the upstream SINR MAC. uLSINRHighThrd
That is to say, UE retries Num over UEs
Times toto hand
Retry to Hand
when
UL the upstream
SINR SINR
Based Redirect report
UL SINR of UE in the
Based station
Redirect identification and based onUEs
Over services.
BasedIfon
a UE
double:[-10..10] double:[10..50]
reporting result is less
Threshold during
UE the timer
Recursive cycle.
Timer upstream
(s) UL SINR Single RBSINR
High Threshold fails to be handed over to
Services
model default: 0.0 model default: 50.0
than or equal to this When the target UE meets value are reported for an expected frequency
units: dB long:[10..255] units: dB long:[0..1800, 65535]
threshold during the certain conditions, it is users whose upstream based on services, the
step: 0.5 model default: 60 step: 0.5 model default: 0
upstream SINR determined as the Single RBSINR value is handover procedure can
redirection user upstream SINR greater than this be triggered again based
identification cycle. redirection user. threshold. on this parameter value.
-- -- -- --
0.0 60 50.0 0
0.0 60 50.0 0
0.0 60 50.0 0
0.0 60 50.0 0
0.0 60 50.0 0
0.0 60 50.0 0
0.0 60 50.0 0
0.0 60 50.0 0
0.0 60 50.0 0
This parameter is UL
SINR based redirect
swicth. It is configured as
This parameter sets the 1 to indicate that RRM
hOBaseServiceRetryTime
timer for handover retry will recognize UL SINR
algRsved1 perQCIRedA2MeaGrpCfg
This Redirection
parameter indicates r
based on services. If a UE uLSINRBasedRdSwch
redirection users based on
A2
enum:
Service Mobility the group Group
Measurement ID of ID fails to be handed
Service-Based over to
Handover ULthe UL SINR
SINR Basedresults
Redirect
Close[0]
Reservation Parameter 1 measurement
per QCIby QCI, an expected frequency
Retry Timer (s) reportedSwicth
by MAC and
Open[1]
corresponding to the based on services, the initiate blind redirection
long:[0..4294967295] long:[0..65535] long:[1..1800]
measurement handover procedure can function for the identified
This is?reservaed configuration for be triggered again after a target users. It is
parameter 1 for?service redirection event A2 per period of time based on configured as 0 to indicate
mobility. QCI. this parameter value. close.
-- -- -- --
0 0 30 Close[0]
0 0 30 Close[0]
0 0 30 Close[0]
0 0 30 Close[0]
0 0 30 Close[0]
0 0 30 Close[0]
0 0 30 Close[0]
0 0 30 Close[0]
0 0 30 Close[0]
This parameter controls This parameter sets the
the execution method of priority of the PCells on This parameter enables or
preferential interoperation the same frequency for disables the This parameter enables or
from an LTE system to an EN-DC. If the priority is randomization of the disables the frequency
NR system. It is valid set to 0, the frequency of frequencies with the same reselection sub-priority
only for coverage-based the local cell cannot be priority for the SA UEs in for SA UEs in the
mobility. If it is set to used as the target the delivered IMMCI.
Equal-Priority FrequencyIf it delivered
Frequency IMMCI. If it is
Reselection
methodLTEtoNR
Handover, the eNodeB endcPccIntraFreqPrio
frequency for EN-DC sAImmciFreqRamSwch
is set to Open, the sAImmciSubPrioSwch
set to Open, the for
Randomization Strategy Sub-priority Switch
enum: enum: enum:
migratesofUEs
Method to the NR
Interoperation anchor-based handover. If
PCell Inter-frequency reselection
Switch priorities
for SA UEs in ofthe reselection
SA sub-priorities
UEs in the Delivered
Handover[0] Close[0] Close[0]
system
fromthrough
LTE tohandover
NR the Priority
priority for
is set to a non-
EN-DC theDelivered
frequencies with the
IMMCI of both the LTE and NR
IMMCI
Redirection[1] Open[1] Open[1]
or redirection. If it is set zero value, the frequency same priority are frequencies are allocated
long:[0..255]
to Redirection, the of the local cell can be randomly allocated in the in the IMMCI delivered
eNodeB migrates UEs to used as the target IMMCI delivered during during frequency release
the NR system only frequency for EN-DC frequency release by the by the UEs that support
through redirection. anchor-based handover. UEs that support SA. SA.
-- -- -- --
Handover[0] 255 Open[1] Close[0]
the frequency of the
public network neighbor
cell is considered for low-
speed private-network
UEs in the low-speed UE
handed over toSelection
Frequency the public
This parameter enables or network measurement,
Optimization for Speed-
sADirectImmciSpidSwch
disables speedHoFreqSelOptSwch
Switch of directed
Directed and the intra-frequency
Based Public/Private of
enum: enum:
migration for SA UEs
Migration the privateHandover
Network network
Close[0] Close[0]
with
withSPIDs
SPIDsininIMMCI.
IMMCIIf neighbor cell is
Measurement
Open[1] Open[1]
it is set to Open, the considered for high-speed
eNodeB allocates a public-network UEs in the
dedicated reselection high-speed UE handed
priority for the UEs with over to the private
special SPIDs. network measurement.
-- --
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
string:length[1]
R -- --
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
-- -- --
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
Connected Ue for CS
string:length[1]
R -- --
CDMA2000-1xRTT
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
CDMA2000-1xRTT
-- -- --
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
100 0 0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId eutranFreqMeaCfgIndex
Eutran Frequency
Measurement Config
NE Name LDN MO ID Index
object. It is of the string Eutran Frequency
type and can be Measurement Config
NE Name LDN configured as planned. Index
R Primary Key --
8[22]
10[23]
12[24]
enum: 14[25]
1.4M(6RB)[0] 16[26]
frequencies of intra-RAT
3M(15RB)[1] 18[27]
inter-frequency neighbor
5M(25RB)[2]
interFMeasBW freqBandInd interCarriFreq 20[28]
offsetFreq
cells. If the frequency of
10M(50RB)[3] 22[29]
TheInterFreq
parameterAllowed
is allowed DL Carrier Frequency an inter-frequency
15M(75RB)[4] 24[30]
measurement Bandwidth
Measurement bandwidth ThisBand parameter sets the neighbor
Indicator cell is deleted,
Inter-frequency Carrier Inter-Frequency Offset
20M(100RB)[5] long:[1..5, 7..14, 17..28, double:[0..6000]
for each frequency.It is band indicator of the the coverage-based inter- The parameter is
30..76, 85, 87..88, 101] model default: 2120.0 model default: 15
configed to the max downlink carrier frequency measurement frequency offset,used to
model default: 0 model default: 1 units: MHZ units: dB
bandwidth of all frequencies of intra-RAT configuration for define the priority of
neighbour cells each inter-frequency neighbor handover also needs to be handover to specific
frequency. cells. modified. frequency.
-- -- -- --
20M(100RB)[5] 3 1870.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 1 2160.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 8 930.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 3 1870.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 1 2160.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 8 930.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 3 1870.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 3 1870.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 1 2160.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 8 930.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 1 2160.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 8 930.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 8 930.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 1 2160.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 3 1870.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 3 1870.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 1 2160.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 8 930.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
priority of candidate
8[22]
frequencies for
10[23]
Redirection target. eNB
12[24]
selects the target
14[25]
frequency based on this
16[26]
information. The value
18[27]
range of each integer
eutranFreqRdPriority lbInterFreqPriority 20[28]
lbInterFreqOfn interFreqANRInd
array member is from 0 to Priority of Inter The
Inter switch for inter
Frequency ANR
22[29] enum:
255. A higher
E-UTRAN value
Frequency Frequency in Intra-LTE Ofn of Inter Frequency in frequency
Self-AddANR,
andwhen
Self- the
24[30] Close[0]
indicates a higher
Redirection priority.
Priority Load Balancing Intra-LTE Load Balancing value of the parameter
Optimize Switch is
Open[1]
The default value 0 means Open, the neighbor cell in
the corresponding this frequency can be
model default: 0 model default: 255 units: dB model default: 0
frequency can not be This array indicates This array indicates A4 added and optimized by
selected as redirection priority of every inter Ofn of every inter ANR function; else it
target frequency. frequency. frequency. cannot be.
-- -- -- --
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 254 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 254 0[15] Close[0]
0 253 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
This array is the priority
of PSHO EUTRAN
frequencies.A higher
value indicates a higher
interFreqANRDelInd enum:
interFreqSupCellType interFVoiceAbility eutranFreqPSHOMeasInd
priority,
EUTRAN andFrequency
the eNodeb
enum: Only LTE Support[0]
The Frequency
ANR Inter Frequency Support VOIP Ability of Inter- will config
PSHO the more front
Measurement
Close[0] LTE&eMTC Support[1]
frequency ANR,Switch
Self-Delete when the Cell Type Frequency MeasIDIndication
this frequency's
Open[1] Only eMTC Support[2]
value of the parameter is measurement;when the
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
Yes, the neighbor cell in frequency of this
this frequency can be This parameter sets the This parameter is the parameter is zero,eNodeb
removed by ANR cell type that the VOIP ability of inter will not measure this
function; else it cannot be. frequency supports. frequency frequency.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Only LTE Support[0] 1 1
This parameter sets the measure performance serving cell is larger than
VoLTE handover priority configuration of each or equal to this parameter
of an E-UTRAN neighbouring inter- value and the UE that
frequency. A larger frequency for UE in reports a measurement
parameter value indicates RRC_CONNECTED report is in the
a higher priority and a Thestate. For UE
Measure which
Performance overlapping-coverage area
interFreqMeasPerformanc
smaller MeasID value Configuration
support increased carrier perQCIInterFreqMeaGrp between the serving cell
of the Inter- RSRP Difference
eutranFreqVTHOMeasInd
corresponding to the monitoring e
E-UTRA, Cfg sets the ID and
overlapDifferRSRPThd
VTHO Measurement frequency for the UE the
in This parameter
Inter-frequency PerQCI the neighborfor
Threshold cell, the
enum:
frequency
Indication measurement
of EUTRAN reselection performance of a PerQCI
RRC_CONNECTED measurement Overlapping
Measurement measurementCoverage
report can of
Normal[0]
configurations sent by the for different
Frequencies carriers may Configuration
State configuration group
GroupforID be included
Neighbor in
Cells
Reduced[1] double:[-15..15]
eNodeB. If it is set to 0, be configured by higher EN-DC UEs. It overlapping-coverage
long:[0..255] long:[0..65535] model default: -4.5
the eNodeB does not send layers to be either normal corresponds to the PerQCI evaluation; otherwise, the
the measurement or reduced. Please refer to measurement measurement report is not
configurations of the the TS36.133(V12.4.0 or configurations of each included in overlapping-
frequency. higher version) frequency. coverage evaluation.
-- -- -- --
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
the CA self-configuration
inter frequency
measurement switch. This parameter is the
interFreqCASCInd
When srvHOTargetFreqPriUL
the value of the Target target frequency scellFreqPriority caReselInterFreqPriority
frequency Priority Reselection Priority of
enum:
parameter
Inter is Yes
Frequency CA,the
Self configuration
of Handoverof Handover
Based UL Inter Frequency for CA
Close[0]
neighbor
Configcell in this
Switch Based BSR.When
Service eNodeb Scell Frequency Priority This parameter
Users is used to
Open[1]
frequency can be added find the UE as big uplink indicate reselection
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
and removed as CA Coper service, will trigger priority of inter frequency
cell by CA self- handover to those The parameter represents for CA users.This array
Configuration function; frequencies whose priority the frequency priority of indicates priority of every
else it cannot be. is not Zero. Scell for CA. inter frequency.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 253 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 253 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 253 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 253 0
Open[1] 0 253 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 254 0
Open[1] 0 253 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
UTRAN frequency point If the parameter is set to
priority for user migration Yes, the neighbor cell on
in high-load scenarios. the frequency can be
The eNB selects a configured with the
destination frequency This parameter indicates UL&DL CA cooperation
point based on the the frequency indication relationship by the CA
priority. Prioritytovalue for software upgrade– interFreqULCASelfCfgIn
self-configuration
User Migrate E-
clbInterFreqPriority hlMigrtEutranFreqPrio
range: 0-255. softUpMigUETarFreqInd
The larger based UE migration. d parameter
Priority of Inter UTRAN Frequency Frequency IndicationIffor
the function.
UL CAIfCooperation
the
enum: enum:
Frequency in Intra-LTE thePriority
parameter valueLoad
in High is, the eNodeB
Softwaremigrates UEs due
Upgrade-Based isIndicator
set to No,for
theCA
neighbor
Self-
No[0] No[0]
Camp Load Balancing higher theScenariofrequency point to software upgrade, it can
UE Migration cell onConfiguration
the frequency can
Yes[1] Yes[1]
prioity is. The default send migration be configured with only
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
value is 0, indicating that measurements to only the the DL CA cooperation
This array indicates the frequency point is not frequencies with this relationship by the CA
priority of every inter taken as the destination parameter configured to self-configuration
frequency. frequency point. Yes. function.
-- -- -- --
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
the threshold of the This parameter indicates
number of users to This parameter indicates the downlink PRB
execute camp load the uplink PRB threshold threshold to execute camp
balancing and is used to to execute camp load load balancing and is used
control whether to enable balancing and is used to to control whether to
This parameter indicates camp load balancing to control whether to enable enable camp load
the priority of the target each frequency based on camp UL PRB loadThreshold
balancingto to DLbalancing to each to
PRB Threshold
migBaseUEPosiTarFPri
frequency for user perFCLBCUExeThrd perFULCLBPRBExeThrd perFDLCLBPRBExeThrd
Target Frequency Priority CUthe number of
Threshold to users.
Execute each frequency.
Execute CampWhen
Loadthe frequency.
Execute Camp When the
Load
location–based
of Migrate User migration.
Based When
Campthe number
Load of users
Balancing to uplink total PRB
Balancing usage of
to Each downlink total to
Balancing PRB usage
Each
WhenPosition
the eNodeB in theEach
serving cell is larger the serving
Frequency cell is larger
Frequency of theFrequency
serving cell is
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
identifies a UE in the than or equal to the than or equal to the larger than or equal to the
long:[0..255] model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 0
center or at the edge of a threshold of a frequency, threshold of a frequency, threshold of a frequency,
model default: 0 units: % units: % units: %
cell, it moves the UE to the cell executes camp the cell executes camp the cell executes camp
the frequency with a non- load balancing to this load balancing to this load balancing to this
zero priority. frequency. frequency. frequency.
-- -- -- --
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
255 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
This parameter is used to execute PDCCH CCE
This parameter is used to execute PRB load load balancing in the
This parameter is used to execute PRB load balancing in the downlink downlink to each
execute load balancing to balancing in the uplink to to each frequency. If the frequency. If the PDCCH
each frequency based on each frequency. If the PRB usage in the LTE CCE usage in the LTE
the number of users. If the PRB usage in the LTE serving cell in the serving cell in the
number of users in the serving cell in the uplink downlink exceeds the perFDLPDCCHCCELBE
downlink exceeds
DL PDCCH CCEthe
LTEperFLBCUExeThrd
serving cell exceeds perFULPRBLBExeThrd
exceeds theThreshold
thresholdtoof perFDLPRBLBExeThrd xeThrd
CU Threshold to Execute UL PRB DLthreshold of the to
PRB Threshold threshold
Threshold toof the
Execute
the Balancing
Load threshold ofto the
Each the configured
Execute frequency
Load Balancing configured
Execute Loadfrequency
Balancing configured
Load frequency
Balancing to Each
configured frequency
Frequency during a measurement
to Each Frequency during
to Eacha measurement
Frequency duringFrequency
a measurement
during a measurement period, uplink load period, downlink load period, downlink load
period, load balancing to balancing to each balancing to each balancing to each
each frequency is frequency is executed in frequency is executed in frequency is executed in
executed in this cell based this cell based on the PRB this cell based on the PRB this cell based on the
on the number of users. usage. usage. PDCCH CCE usage.
-- -- -- --
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
This parameter is used to target frequency
execute PDCCH CCE This array parameter sets measurement priority for
load balancing in the the priorities of the PCell VoLTE quality–based
uplink to each frequency. for EN-DC. Each element inter-frequency handover.
If the PDCCH CCE usage in this array corresponds If the corresponding
in the LTE serving cell in to one element in the handover function is
perFULPDCCHCCELBE
theUL uplink exceeds bigSRVHOTargetFreqPri voLTEQualHOFreqMeas
PDCCH CCEthe This parameter sets the intra-RAT inter-frequency enabled andFrequency
Target configured to
xeThrd
threshold DL endcPccFreqPrio Pri on the
Threshold toof the
Execute target frequency
Target Frequencypriority
Priority configuration array. If an Measurement
be based Priority for
configured
Load frequency
Balancing to Each downlink
for DL big service– array
Big Service-Based element is set
PCC Frequency to 0, measurement
Priority strategy, the
VoLTE Quality–Based
duringFrequency
a measurement based handover.
Handover When the the for
corresponding
EN-DC eNodeB identifies
Inter-Frequency the
Handover
long:[0..100]
period, uplink load eNodeB identifies a UE frequency does not VoLTE UEs with poor
model default: 0 long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
balancing to each with downlink big support EN-DC; voice quality and hands
frequency is executed in services, it hands over the otherwise, the them over to the
this cell based on the UE to the frequency with corresponding frequency frequency with a non-zero
PDCCH CCE usage. a non-zero priority. supports EN-DC. priority.
-- -- -- --
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
This parameter determines reselection priority is
whether to configure configured based on this
This array is the priority allowable frequencies for parameter value. A larger
of PSHO EUTRAN specified IMEISV UEs. If parameter value indicates
frequencies. A higher it is set to Yes, only the a higher reselection
value indicates a higher IMEISV UEs that are priority. The reselection
enDcEutranFreqPSHOMe
priority, the eNodeb enDcPerQCIIFMeaGrpCf
andFrequency configured with the priorities of the
EUTRAN Inter-frequency PerQCI
will config asInd g sets the ID allowFreq4SpecIMEISV
the more front This parameter iMMCIEndcAnchFreqPri
Allowable Frequency frequencies with the same
PSHO Measurement Measurement
enum:
MeasID thisfor
Indication frequency's
EN-DC ofConfiguration
a PerQCI measurement Strategy or
Group ID Allowable Allow and
Frequency parameter
for Frequency value of
Priority areEN-
No[0]
measurement;when
User the configuration
for EN-DCgroup
UEs for Prohibit
IMEISVFrequency
UEs randomly
DC sorted.
Anchoring The
IMMCI
Yes[1]
frequency of this EN-DC UEs. It Strategy parameter can frequencies with the
long:[0..255] long:[0..65535] long:[0..255]
parameter is zero for EN- corresponds to the PerQCI use the allowable parameter value being
DC User,eNodeb will not measurement frequencies in zero are not carried in the
measure this frequency configurations of each measurement and dedicated reselection
for EN-DC User. frequency. handover. priority.
-- -- -- --
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
measurement IDs handover priority of an E-
corresponding to the UTRAN frequency for SA
frequency measurement This parameter sets the UEs. A larger parameter
configurations sent by the group ID of the value indicates a higher This parameter sets the
eNodeB for EN-DC UEs. measurement policy by priority and a smaller intra-RAT inter-frequency
A larger parameter value QCI for SA UEs. It measurement ID value priority of the directional
enDcEutranFreqVTHOM
indicates a higher corresponds to the QCI- sAEutranFreqPSHOMeas
corresponding to the IMMCI of SA UEs.
VTHO Measurement Intra-RAT Inter-If the
handover easInd of the sAPerQCIIFMeaGrpCfg Ind
measurement sADirectIMMCIInterFPri
Indicationpriority
of EUTRAN based inter-frequency
QCI-Based Inter- frequency
PSHO Measurement Directional
frequency IMMCI
Priority of
corresponding
Frequencies for frequency.
EN-DC measurement
frequency Measurement configurations sent by the Directional
Indication of EUTRAN Switch of SA UEs
IMMCI of SA
If it is set
UEsto 0, the configuration.
Group ID for SAIt can
UEsbe eNodeB for SA
Frequencies forUEs. If it parameter UEs
SA UEs is set to Open,
eNodeB does not send the set to Open if it is is set to 0, the eNodeB the eNodeB can carry
measurement necessary to carry out does not send the dedicated IMMCI priority
configurations of the differentiated mobility measurement information based on this
frequency for EN-DC policies for different configurations of the parameter value when
UEs. services of SA UEs. frequency for SA UEs. releasing an SA UE.
-- -- -- --
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
EN-DC anchor indicators determines the sequence
of E-UTRAN frequencies. of the measurement IDs
This parameter sets the The parameter value Yes corresponding to the
frequency priority for corresponds to the anchor frequency measurement
This parameter sets the NSA UEs during camping frequency layer planned configurations sent by the
frequency priorities for load balancing. It is a one- by the operator. While the eNodeB for SA UEs. A
NSA UEs during load dimensional array with eutranFreqENDCAnchorI
parameter value No sAEutranFreqVTHOMeas
larger parameter value
lbNSAInterFreqPriority
balancing. It is Priority
a one- clbNSAInterFreqPriority nd
the size ofPriority corresponds to the non- indicates Inda higher
Inter-frequency Inter-frequency VTHO Measurement
enum:
dimensional
for NSA UEsarray and the
During MAX_NUM_EUTRAN_
for NSA UEs During EN-DC anchor Anchor
frequency layer. handover
Indicators Indicationpriority of the
of EUTRAN
No[0]
array Load
elements correspond
Balancing FREQ_PRE_CELL.
Camping The of There
Load Balancing is a one-to-one
E-UTRAN Frequencies corresponding
SA UEs
Yes[1]
to the priorities of the array elements correspond correspondence between If it is set to 0, the
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
frequencies in the to the priorities of the the array elements of this eNodeB does not send the
frequency array of frequencies in the parameter and those of the measurement
measurement awInterCarriFreq array in intra-RAT inter-frequency configurations of the
configurations in turn. turn. configuration array. frequency for SA UEs.
-- -- -- --
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
Frequency Priorities for
interFAtmosDataMigUEP
Priority of Inter-frequency Migrating the Poor-
tmmINCInterFreqPriority
This parameter for
setsUE
the This rio sets the
parameter
Measurement Quality Data UEs in
priority
Migrationof inter-frequency
in TMM IN priorities of
Atmospheric the
Ducting
measurement for UE
Coordination frequencies of the target
Cells
migration when TMM IN cells for the poor-quality
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
coordination is enabled. If data UEs that are in the
it is set to 0, no inter- cells with atmospheric
frequency measurement ducting interference to be
report is sent. handed over.
-- --
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId geranFreqMeaCfgIndex
Geran Frequency
Measurement Config
object. It is of the string Geran Frequency
R Primary Key --
This parameter indicates This array indicates the
how to interpret an priority of candidate
associated GERAN carrier frequencies for CSFB
ARFCN.More target. eNB selects the
specifically, the IE target frequency based on
indicates the GERAN this information. The
frequency band in case the value range of each
geranBandIndicator
ARFCN value can geranOffFreq nCCpermitted geranFreqCsfbPriority
integer array member is
The Frequency Specific The Bitmap to Represent
enum:
concern either a DCS
Band Indication for Offset of The Neighbour Whether the NCC is from 0 to
GERAN 255. A higher
Frequency CSFB
DCS1800[0]
1800Frequency
or a PCS 1900 GERAN Frequency Permitted for Monitoring value indicates
Prioritya higher
PCS1900[1] long:[-15..15]
carrier frequency. For priority. The default value
model default: 0 long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
ARFCN values not This parameter is used to This parameter indicates 0 means the
associated with one of configure the offset value whether NCC monitor is corresponding frequency
these bands, the indicator of GERAN inter-RAT allowed or not, by bitmap can not be selected as
has no meaning. frequency. way. CSFB target frequency.
-- -- -- --
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
frequencies for
selects the target
geranFreqRdPriority
array member is from 0 to geranFreqANRInd startARFCN explicitARFCN1
enum:
255.
GERAN A higher value
Frequency GERAN Frequency ANR
Close[0]
indicates a higher
Priority Indicator The First ARFCN Value Explicit ARFCN1
Open[1]
The default value 0 means
long:[0..255] long:[0..1023] long:[0..1023, 65535]
the corresponding This parameter is used to
frequency can not be This array indicates configure the first
selected as redirection whether to perform ANR ARFCN of GERAN Explicit ARFCN1 (65535
target frequency. on GERAN frequencies. neighbor cell is invalid value)
-- -- -- --
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 775 776
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 775 776
200 Close[0] 775 776
200 Close[0] 775 776
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 775 776
200 Close[0] 775 776
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 775 776
200 Close[0] 775 776
200 Close[0] 775 776
explicitARFCN2 explicitARFCN3 explicitARFCN4 explicitARFCN5
Explicit ARFCN2 Explicit ARFCN3 Explicit ARFCN4 Explicit ARFCN5

long:[0..1023, 65535] long:[0..1023, 65535] long:[0..1023, 65535] long:[0..1023, 65535]
Explicit ARFCN2 (65535 Explicit ARFCN3 (65535 Explicit ARFCN4 (65535 Explicit ARFCN5 (65535
is invalid value) is invalid value) is invalid value) is invalid value)
-- -- -- --
2 3 4 5
777 778 779 780
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5
777 778 779 780
777 778 779 780
777 778 779 780
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5
777 778 779 780
777 778 779 780
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5
777 778 779 780
777 778 779 780
777 778 779 780

-- -- -- --
6 7 8 9
781 782 783 784
6 7 8 9
6 7 8 9
781 782 783 784
781 782 783 784
781 782 783 784
6 7 8 9
6 7 8 9
6 7 8 9
781 782 783 784
781 782 783 784
6 7 8 9
6 7 8 9
6 7 8 9
781 782 783 784
781 782 783 784
781 782 783 784

(65535 is invalid value) (65535 is invalid value) (65535 is invalid value) (65535 is invalid value)
-- -- -- --
65535 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535

-- -- -- --
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535

-- -- -- --
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535

-- -- -- --
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535

-- -- -- --
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
This array is the
measurement indication
of CSFB GERAN
This array is the frequencies.When the
measurement indication frequency of this
of PSHO GERAN parameter is Yes, eNodeb
explicitARFCN30 explicitARFCN31 geranFreqPSHOMeasInd
frequencies.When the geranFreqCSFBMeasInd
will measure this
GERAN Frequency
enum: enum:
frequency
PSHO of this
Measurement frequency?when
GERAN FrequencyCSFB
CSFB
No[0] No[0]
Explicit ARFCN30 Explicit ARFCN31 parameter is Yes, eNodeb
Indication based on
Measurement Indication
Yes[1] Yes[1]
will measure this measuring?;otherwise,?
long:[0..1023, 65535] long:[0..1023, 65535]
frequency?when eNodeb will not measure
PSHO?;otherwise,? this frequency?when
Explicit ARFCN30 Explicit ARFCN31 eNodeb will not measure CSFB based on
(65535 is invalid value) (65535 is invalid value) this frequency. measuring.
-- -- -- --
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
the priority of a candidate
frequency for the users in
a high load cell to migrate
to the GERAN system.
This array is the The eNodeB selects the
measurement indication target frequency based on
geranFreqSRVCCMeasIn
of SRVCC GERAN this priority.The priority perQCIGERANMeaGrpC
Frequency Priority for
d
frequencies.When the hlMigrtGeranFreqPrio
ranges fg sets the ID
GERAN Frequency User'sfrom 0 to 255.A
Migration to This parameter
PerQCI Measurement
enum:
frequency
SRVCC of this
Measurement higher
GERAN value indicates
in High Loada ofConfiguration
Group ID
No[0]
parameter is Yes, eNodeb
Indication higher priority. By
Scenarios configuration
of GERAN group. It
Yes[1]
will measure this default, this parameter is corresponds to the PerQCI
long:[0..255] long:[0..65535]
frequency?when set to 0, indicating that the measurement
SRVCC?;otherwise,? frequency cannot be configurations of a
eNodeb will not measure selected as the candidate frequency group in a
this frequency. frequency. GERAN system.
-- -- --
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId utranFreqMeaCfgIndex
Utran Frequency
Measurement Config
object. It is of the string Utran Frequency
R Primary Key --
11[10]
12[11]
13[12]
14[13] enum:
19[14] a[0]
20[16] b[1]
duplexMode 21[15]
utranFreqBandInd utranArfcn c[2]
utranFreqBandIndTDD
enum: 22[17] d[3]
Band Indicator for FDD UTRAN Frequency for Band Indicator for TDD
FDD[0] 25[18] e[4]
Duplex Mode DL Frequency FDD DL Frequency
TDD[1] 26[19] f[5]
double:[731.4..3587.6]
model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 2140.0 model default: 0
determine UTRAN
duplex mode, FDD or Band Indicator for FDD UTRAN Frequency for Band Indicator for TDD
TDD DL Frequency FDD DL Frequency
-- -- -- --
FDD[0] 1[0] 2167.6 a[0]
FDD[0] 1[0] 2167.6 a[0]
FDD[0] 1[0] 2167.6 a[0]
FDD[0] 1[0] 2167.6 a[0]
FDD[0] 1[0] 2167.6 a[0]
FDD[0] 1[0] 2167.6 a[0]
FDD[0] 1[0] 2167.6 a[0]
FDD[0] 1[0] 2167.6 a[0]
FDD[0] 1[0] 2167.6 a[0]
priority of candidate This array indicates the
frequencies for priority of candidate
Redirection target. eNB frequencies for CSFB
selects the target target. eNB selects the
frequency based on this target frequency based on
information. The value this information. The
range of each integer value range of each
utranArfcnTDD utranOffFreq utranFreqRdPriority
array utranFreqCsfbPriority
member is from 0 to integer array member is
The Frequency Specific
UTRAN Frequency for Offset of The Neighbour 255.
UTRAN A higher value
Frequency from 0 to
UTRAN 255. A higher
Frequency CSFB
TDD UTRAN Frequency indicates a higher
Redirection priority. value indicates
Priority Prioritya higher
long:[-15..15]
The default value 0 means priority. The default value
double:[1850.8..2619.2] model default: 0 long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
This parameter is used to the corresponding 0 means the
model default: 1910.0 units: dB model default: 0 model default: 0
configure the offset value frequency can not be corresponding frequency
UTRAN Frequency for of UTRAN inter-RAT selected as redirection can not be selected as
TDD frequency. target frequency. CSFB target frequency.
-- -- -- --
1910.0 0 0 0
1910.0 0 0 0
1910.0 0 0 0
1910.0 0 0 0
1910.0 0 0 0
1910.0 0 0 0
1910.0 0 0 0
1910.0 0 0 0
1910.0 0 0 0
optimization switch for
UTRAN ANR This parameter is the This array is the
frequencies. If it is set to switch of the UTRAN measurement indication
Open, the neighbor cell on ANR self-delete function. Maximum Number of of PSHO UTRAN
utranFreqANRInd
this frequency can be utranFreqANRDelInd
If it Switch
is set toofOpen, the utranANRMaxNbrNum utranFreqPSHOMeasInd
frequencies.When the
The Switch of UTRAN The UTRAN Neighbor Cells on The UTRAN Frequency
enum: enum: enum:
added andANR
Frequency optimized by
Self-Add neighbor cell
Frequency ANRon Self-
this This parameter
Frequency indicates
for UTRAN frequency
PSHO of this
Measurement
the
andANR function;
Self-Optimize frequencyDelete
can be deleted that if the
ANRinter-RAT parameter is Yes, eNodeb
Indication
Otherwise, the neighbor by the ANR function. UTRAN ANR function is will measure this
long:[0..32]
cell on this frequency Otherwise, the neighbor enabled, the number of frequency?when
cannot be added and cell on this frequency formal neighbor cells on PSHO?;otherwise,?
optimized by the ANR cannot be deleted by the this frequency cannot eNodeb will not measure
function. ANR function. exceed the upper limit. this frequency.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] 0 No[0]
UTRAN frequency point
This array is the priority for user migration
measurement indication in high-load scenarios.
of CSFB UTRAN The eNB selects a
frequencies.When the This array is the destination frequency
frequency of this measurement indication point based on the This parameter indicates
parameter is Yes, eNodeb utranFreqSRVCCMeasIn
of SRVCC UTRAN priority. Priority value perQCIWCDMAFMeaGr
the PerQCI measurement
Frequency-Level PerQCI
utranFreqCSFBMeasInd
will measure this d
frequencies.When the hlMigrtUtranFreqPrio
range: 0-255. to
The larger configuration pCfggroup ID
UTRAN Frequency User Migrate UTRAN Measurement
enum: enum:
frequency?when
UTRAN FrequencyCSFB
CSFB frequency
SRVCC of this
Measurement theFrequency
parameterPriority
value is,inthe for handover to Group
Configuration WCDMA.ID
No[0] No[0]
based on
Measurement Indication parameter is Yes, eNodeb
Indication higher
Highthe frequency
Load point for
Scenario An Handover
index corresponds
to WCDMAto a
Yes[1] Yes[1]
measuring?;otherwise,? will measure this prioity is. The default WCDMA frequency and
long:[0..255] long:[0..65535]
eNodeb will not measure frequency?when value is 0, indicating that is uniquely associated
this frequency?when SRVCC?;otherwise,? the frequency point is not with a group of PerQCI
CSFB based on eNodeb will not measure taken as the destination measurement
measuring. this frequency. frequency point. configurations.
-- -- -- --
Yes[1] No[0] 0 0
Yes[1] No[0] 0 0
Yes[1] No[0] 0 0
Yes[1] No[0] 0 0
Yes[1] No[0] 0 0
Yes[1] No[0] 0 0
Yes[1] No[0] 0 0
Yes[1] No[0] 0 0
Yes[1] No[0] 0 0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId ratPriority1
EUTRAN-FDD RAT
NE Name LDN MO ID Priority
string:length[1]
container type and is EUTRAN-FDD RAT
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Priority
R -- --
ratPriority2 ratPriority3 ratPriority4 ratPriority5
EUTRAN-TDD RAT UTRAN-FDD RAT UTRAN-TDD RAT
Priority GERAN RAT Priority Priority Priority
-- -- -- --
255 200 0 0
255 200 0 0
255 200 0 0
255 200 0 0
255 200 0 0
255 200 0 0
255 200 0 0
255 200 0 0
255 200 0 0
ratPriority6 ratPriority7 ratPriority8
CDMA2000-HRPD RAT CDMA2000-1xRTT RAT
Priority Priority NR RAT Priority
long:[0..256] long:[0..256] long:[0..256]
-- -- --
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025

string:length[1]
model default: 1
container type and is
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. User Label
R -- --
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
enum:
0s[0]
1min[1]
5min[2]
10min[3]
30min[4]
cellBarred 1hour[5]
preBlockTimer isIntraFreqReselection csgIndication
enum: 4hour[6] enum: enum:
The parameter is cell When
Cell CellShutdown
Policy Policy Intra-Frequency Cell Enable Access to CSG
Barred[0] 16hour[7] Allowed[0] No[0]
barred indicator
Cell BarredIf the cell Shutdown
TimerCommand
Length is The parameter
Reselection indicates
Indication Cell
Not Barred[1] Reserved[8] Not Allowed[1] Yes[1]
barred indicator is set to received from OMC, the whether UE can reselect
'barred', UEs are not timer is open.And if timer to intra-frequency cells
permitted to select/re- is time-out,the UEs in the when the highest ranked The parameter indicates
select this cell, even for cell will be moved out cell is barred, or treated as whether UE can access in
emergency calls forcibly. barred by the UE CSG cell
-- -- -- --
Not Barred[1] 5min[2] Allowed[0] No[0]
The parameter is
The parameter indicates The parameter indicates Maximum allowed
the minimum required the offset of the minimum transmission power on an
selQrxLevMin
received power level of qrxLevMinOfst
required received power uplink intraPmax
carrier frequency intraPmaxOffset
Minimum Receiving Minimum Receiving Maximum UE
the cell which During
Level(RSRP) satisfiesCell
the level of the cellOffset
Level(RSRP) which in dBm.The
Maximum UE UE
transmit Transmission Power
condition of being
Selection satisfies
During theCellcondition
Selectionof power on one serving
Transmission Powercell Offset
long:[-140..-44] long:[0..16] long:[-30..33] long:[0..4]
selected by UE Only the being selected or shall not exceed the
model default: -120 model default: 2 model default: 23 model default: 4
measured received power reselected by UE It will configured maximum UE
units: dBm units: dB units: dBm units: dBm
level of the cell is over affect the minimum output power of the Maximum UE
Sel_Qrxlevmin can the required received power serving cell determined by Transmission Power
cell be selected level in the cell this value. Offset
-- -- -- --
-124 0 23 4
-124 0 23 4
-124 0 23 4
-120 0 23 4
-124 0 23 4
-124 0 23 4
-124 0 23 4
-120 0 23 4
-124 0 23 4
allowed; Otherwise the
0.4[7]
access is barred. It means
0.5[8] enum:
higher access probability
0.6[9] 4[0]
as this field set to a big
0.7[10] 8[1]
value, but lower access
0.75[11] 16[2]
probability as this field set
0.8[12] 32[3]
to a small value. In
acBarringForEmergency 0.85[13]
acBarringFactor 64[4]
acBarringTime acBarringForSpecialAC
The parameter indicates addition, when the The parameter indicates
enum: 0.9[14] 128[5]
whether
Urgentusers with AC
Call Access parameter
ProbabilityAc-barring
Factor of the mean access
Signaling barring
Access-Deny The parameter
Access indicates
Parameters of
No[0] 0.95[15] 256[6]
belowParameters
10 be barred to factors' working
Signaling mode time of mobile
Access Time (s)originating access class
Signaling barring
Access for
Level
Yes[1] 1[16] 512[7] enumArray:[0, 1]
trigger an emergency been configured in signalling.If the value is AC 11-15 of mobile
model default: 0;0;0;0;0
call.If The parameter is dynamic , this parameter big, it use more time to originating signalling The
model default: 0 model default: 16 model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;0;0
set to false, all the user means the minimum access signalling, first/ leftmost bit is for
with AC0~9 can initialize factor that the eNB can otherwise little time AC 11, the second bit is
emergency call. adjust downward to. needed. for AC 12, and so on
-- -- -- --
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
the access probability for
0.4[7] 8[7]
mobile originating callsIf
0.5[8] enum: 10[8]
the random number drawn
0.6[9] 4[0] 12[9]
by the UE is lower than
0.7[10] 8[1] 14[10]
the parameter, access is
0.75[11] 16[2] 16[11]
allowed Otherwise the The parameter indicates
0.8[12] 32[3] acBarringForSpecialACt 18[12]
access is barred. In the hysteresis value for
0.85[13]
acBarringFactorOrig 64[4]
acBarringTimeOrig Orig 20[13]
addition, when the cells Inqhyst
cell-ranking
0.9[14] 128[5] 22[14]
parameterFactor
Probability Ac-barring
of Call Call Access-Deny Time The parameter
Access indicates
Parameters of Call criterionHysteresis
Reselection R of cell of
0.95[15] 256[6] 24[15]
factors' Access
working mode (s) access class barring
Access Level for reselection, theCell
Serving R value of
1[16] 512[7] enumArray:[0, 1]
been configured in AC 11-15 of mobile serving cell equals to the
model default: 0;0;0;0;0 model default: 4
dynamic , this parameter The parameter indicates originating calls The first/ measured value plus the
model default: 16 model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;0;0 units: dB
means the minimum the mean access barring leftmost bit is for AC 11, hysteresis value For detail
factor that the eNB can time of mobile originating the second bit is for AC description please refer to
adjust downward to. calls. 12, and so on TS 36304
-- -- -- --
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 4[4]
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 4[4]
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 4[4]
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 2[2]
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 4[4]
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 4[4]
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 2[2]
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 2[2]
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 4[4]
medium/high mobility
state of UE If the number
that the cell performs
reselection during time
period T_Crmax exceeds
enum: enum:
NCR_H, UE will be The parameter indicates The parameter indicates
30[0] 30[0]
Timeconsidered
Windowin high in
Length threshold of cell threshold of cell
60[1]
tEvaluation 60[1]
tCrMaxHyst nCellChangeHigh nCellChangeMedium
mobility
Deciding state If the
Medium/High- Leaving Duration of reselection
Cell for judging
Reselection Times in reselection
Cell for judging
Reselection Times in
120[2] 120[2]
number
Speed that the Status
Movement cell Medium/High-Speed high mobility
High-Speed state If
Movement medium mobility state If
Medium-Speed
180[3] 180[3]
performs(s)
reselection If criteria for
Movement high(s)
Status number of cell
Status number ofStatus
Movement cell
240[4] 240[4]
during time period mobility state or medium reselections during time reselections during time
long:[1..16] long:[1..16]
TCrmax exceeds mobility state are not period TCrmax exceeds period T_Crmax exceeds
NCR_M, UE will be detected in T_Crmaxhyst, NCR_H, UE will be NCR_M, UE will be
considered in medium it shall enter normal considered in high considered in medium
mobility state mobility state mobility state mobility state
-- -- -- --
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
value is False, UE always UE may choose not to
performs measurements of perform measurements of
inter-RAT frequencies or inter-RAT frequencies or
inter-frequencies of equal inter-frequencies of equal
or lower priority If the or lower priority if the
enum: enum:
value is True, quality of serving cell is
-6[0] -6[0]
S_nonintrasearch is not larger than
-4[1]
qHystSFMedium -4[1]
qHystSFHigh sNintraSrchPre snonintrasearchUE
Additional Hysteresis in Additional Hysteresis in configured
WhethertoConfigure
UE, and UE S_nonintrasearch,
Decision Threshold of
-2[2] -2[2] enum:
Medium-Speed High-Speed Movement judges whether to perform
Snonintrasearch shall perform
Same/Lower Priority
0[3] 0[3] No[0]
Movement Status Status the measurements
Parameters of measurements
RSRP Measurementof inter-
Yes[1] long:[0..62]
inter-RAT frequencies or RAT frequencies or inter-
The parameter indicates The parameter indicates inter-frequencies of equal frequencies cells of equal
units: dB units: dB model default: 1 units: dB
additional hysteresis additional hysteresis or lower priority For or lower priority For
applied in medium applied in high mobility detail description please detail description please
mobility state state refers to TS 36304 refers to TS 36304
-- -- -- --
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 6
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 6
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 6
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 40
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 6
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 6
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 6
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 40
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 6
and the
SnonServingCell,x of a
cell of a lower priority
frequency RAT or
frequency is greater than Intra_Pmax is the most
ThresholdX_Low uplink usable transmitting
(including inter-frequency power of UE of
Maximum UEcell Maximum UE
threshSvrLow
and inter-RAT) during a configurediIntraPmax
Intra_Pmax iIntraPmaxOffset cellReselectionPriority
Transmission Power ofis Transmission Power of
timeThreshold
Lower interval of used for the intra-
Intra-Frequency Intra-Frequency Reselection Priority of
TreselectionRAT (3) more frequency
Serving Carrier neighboring E-
Reselection Reselection Offset Intra-Frequency Cell
long:[0..62] long:[-30..33] long:[0..4]
than 1 second has elapsed UTRA cell reselection If The parameter indicates
since the UE camped on Intra_Pmax is absent, the Maximum UE intra-frequency cell
units: dB units: dBm units: dBm model default: 7
the current serving cell maximum power Transmission Power of reselection priority The
For detail description according to the UE Intra-Frequency less its value is, the lower
please refers to TS 36304 capability is used Reselection Offset its priority class is
-- -- -- --
2 23 4 4
2 23 4 5
2 23 4 4
2 23 4 3
2 23 4 5
2 23 4 5
2 23 4 3
2 23 4 3
2 23 4 4
S_intrasearch is not
configured to UE, and UE
performs the intra- The parameter indicates
frequency measurement the intra-frequency cell
periodically according to reselection timerUE shall
the period inicated by the reselect the new cell of The parameter is used to
parameter Treselections If EUTRAN if the new indicate whether all the
intraQrxLevMin theintraSearch
value is True, tReselectionIntraEUTRA
intra-frequency cell is intraPresenceAntPort1
neighboring
Minimum Receiving Whether Configure Intra- Reselection Decision Indicator forcells use
Intra-
enum: enum:
Level of Intra-Frequency S_intrasearch
Frequency is
RSRP betterDuration
Timer ranked than the
of Intra- Antenna Port
Frequency 1 forCell
Linked intra-
to
No[0] No[0]
TheCell
parameter indicates
Reselection configured to UE, and UE
Threshold serving cell according
Frequency Cell (s) to frequency cell reselection
Use Antenna Port 1
long:[-140..-44] Yes[1] Yes[1]
the minimum required judges whether to perform the cell-ranking criterion When set to TRUE, the
model default: -120 long:[0..7]
received power level of the intra-frequency R during a time interval UE may assume that at
intra-frequency cell which measurement For detail indicated by least two cell-specific
satisfies the condition of description please refer to TreselectionIntraEUTRA antenna ports are used in
being reselected by UE TS 36304 N all neighboring cells
-- -- -- --
-124 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
-124 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
-124 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
-120 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
-124 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
-124 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
-124 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
-120 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
-124 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
scaling factor of The parameter indicates
reselection time applied in scaling factor of
enum: enum:
medium mobility reselection time applied in
0.25[0]
sfIntraMedium 0.25[0]
sfIntraHigh interFreqNum interFreqNumExt
state.The
Time Scaleconcerned
Factor for high
Timemobility state.The
Scale Factor for
0.5[1] 0.5[1]
mobility control Cell
Intra-Frequency related concerned mobility
in Intra-Frequency Cell in Extended inter-frequency
0.75[2] 0.75[2]
parameterStatus control
Medium-Speed related parameter
High-Speed Status Inter-Frequency Number number
1[3] 1[3]
uctRslIntraEutra is uctRslIntraEutra is
long:[0..8] long:[0..8]
multiplied with multiplied with The parameter indicates
uctReselIntraSFM if the uctReselIntraSFH if the the extended number of
UE is in Medium UE is in High Mobility inter-frequency, and the
Mobility state. state. Inter-Frequency Number maximum number is 8.
-- -- -- --
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 5 0
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 5 0
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 5 0
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 5 0
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 5 0
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 5 0
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 5 0
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 5 0
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 5 0
class barring for MMTEL
0.4[7]
voice originating calls If
0.5[8] enum:
This parameter indicates the random number drawn
0.6[9] 4[0]
the minimum required by the UE is lower than
0.7[10] 8[1]
quality level of the cell this value, access is
0.75[11] 16[2]
which satisfies the allowed Otherwise the
0.8[12] 32[3]
condition of being access is barred. In
cellSelQqualMin qQualminoffset 0.85[13]
voiceBarringFactor 64[4]
voiceBarringTime
selected
Minimumby UE. Only the
Receiving Offset
Minimumto theReceiving
signalled addition, when the
0.9[14] 128[5]
measured received
Level(RSRQ) Duringquality
Cell Qqualmin taken
Level(RSRQ) into
Offset parameter Ac-barring
Voice Access-Deny Voice Access-Deny Time
0.95[15] 256[6]
level ofSelection
the cell is over accountCell
During in the Squal
Selection factors'
Factor working mode
of Multimedia Call of Multimedia Call (s)
long:[-34..-3] 1[16] 512[7]
ucCellSelQqualMin can evaluation as a result of a been configured in
the cell be selected. Range periodic search for a dynamic , this parameter
of the parameter is actual higher priority PLMN means the minimum Service specific access
value which equals to the while camped normally in factor that the eNB can class barring for MMTEL
value in 36.331. a VPLMN adjust downward to. voice originating calls.
-- -- -- --
-19 1 1[16] 4[0]
-19 1 1[16] 4[0]
-19 1 1[16] 4[0]
-12 1 1[16] 4[0]
-19 1 1[16] 4[0]
-19 1 1[16] 4[0]
-19 1 1[16] 4[0]
-12 1 1[16] 4[0]
-19 1 1[16] 4[0]
0.4[7]
video originating calls If
0.5[8] enum:
0.6[9] 4[0]
0.7[10] 8[1]
this value, access is
0.75[11] 16[2]
allowed Otherwise the
0.8[12] 32[3]
access is barred. In
voiceBarForSpecAC 0.85[13]
videoBarringFactor 64[4]
videoBarringTime videoBarForSpecAC
addition, when the
0.9[14] 128[5]
Voice Access Level of parameter Ac-barring
Video Access-Deny Video Access-Deny Time Video Access Level of
0.95[15] 256[6]
Access class barring
Multimedia Call for factors'
Factor working mode
of Multimedia Call of Multimedia Call (s) Access class barring
Multimedia Call for
enumArray:[0, 1] 1[16] 512[7] enumArray:[0, 1]
AC 11-15 of MMTEL been configured in AC 11-15 of MMTEL
model default: 0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0;0;0;0;0
voice originating calls dynamic , this parameter video originating calls
example: 0;0;0;0;0 model default: 16 model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;0;0
The first/ leftmost bit is means the minimum Service specific access The first/ leftmost bit is
for AC 11, the second bit factor that the eNB can class barring for MMTEL for AC 11, the second bit
is for AC 12, and so on adjust downward to. video originating calls. is for AC 12, and so on
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
(ucSIntraSrchQ) used by inter-frequencies of equal frequency is greater than
UE to judge whether or lower priority. if the threshSrvLowQ
intra-frequency quality of serving cell is (including inter-frequency
measurement should be not larger than and inter-RAT) during a
performed. If the quality SnonintrasearchQ, UE time interval
of serving cell is not shall perform TreselectionRAT;
RSRQ Threshold (in(3)
dB)
larger than measurements of inter- ofmore than 1 second
the Serving has
Cell When
sIntraSrchQ UE
ucSIntraSrchQ, RAT sNintraSrchQ
frequencies or inter- intraFreqQqualMin threshSrvLowQ
elapsed since the UEa
Decision Threshold of Reselecting Towards
performs intra-frequency
Intra-Frequency Decision frequencies
Same/Lower cellsPriority
of equal Minimum Value of Intra- camped on the current
Lower Priority RAT/
measurement. For detail
RSRQ Threshold or lowerMeasurement
RSRQ priority. For Frequency RSRQ serving cell. For detail
Frequency
long:[0..31] long:[0..31]
description please refers detail description please description please refers
model default: 4 model default: 1 long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31]
to TS 36.304. Range of refers to TS 36.304. to TS 36.304. Range of
units: dB units: dB model default: -19 model default: 3
the parameter is actual Range of the parameter is Specifies the minimum the parameter is actual
value which equals to the actual value which equals required quality level in value which equals to the
value in 36.331. to the value in 36.331. the cell in dB value in 36.331.
-- -- -- --
4 1 -19 3
4 1 -19 3
4 1 -19 3
4 1 -12 3
4 1 -19 3
4 1 -19 3
4 1 -19 3
4 1 -12 3
4 1 -19 3
intra-frequency of inter-frequency
measurement should be measurement for cell re-
This parameter indicate performed if the quality of selection (s-
the reselection priority of serving cell exceeds Srxlev (RSRP) threshold NonIntraSearchP-r9 IE in
RAT. The reselcection S_Intrasearch, UE may of intra-frequency SIB3). If the serving cell
priority of RAT is defined choose to not perform measurement for cell re- fulfils Srxlev >
by SPID value sent to intra-frequency selection (s-IntraSearchP-
Srxlev (RSRP) Threshold SnonIntraSearchP
Srxlev and
(RSRP) Threshold
cellReselPrioBaseSpid
eNB from EPC with S1 sIntraSearch
measurement; if the r9SIntraSrchP
r9ofIE in SIB3). If the r9SNintraSrchP
Squal >
RSRP Decision Threshold Intra-Frequency of Inter-Frequency
interface.EUTRAN,
Cell Reselection Priority quality of serving cell is
of Intra-Frequency serving cell fulfils
Measurement Srxlev
for Cell Re- SnonIntraSearchQ,
Measurement for Cellthe
Re-
GERAN,
BaseUTRAN
SPID is not larger than
Measurement > SIntraSearchP
Selection and UE may choose not to
Selection
longArray:[0..7] long:[0..62] long:[0..62] long:[0..62]
divided into High , S_intrasearch, UE Squal > SIntraSearchQ, perform measurements of
model default: 7;4;1 model default: 60 model default: 60 model default: 50
Medium, Low class, and performs intra-frequency the UE may choose not to E-UTRAN inter-
example: 7;4;1 units: dB units: dB units: dB
its priority is determined measurement For detail perform intra-frequency frequencies or inter-RAT
by SPID value description please refer to measurements (Release frequency cells of equal or
respectivily . TS 36304 9). lower priority (Release 9)
-- -- -- --
7;4;1 62 62 4
7;4;1 62 62 6
7;4;1 62 62 4
7;4;1 62 62 40
7;4;1 62 62 6
7;4;1 62 62 6
7;4;1 62 62 6
7;4;1 62 62 40
7;4;1 62 62 4
0.4[7]
CSFB If the random
0.5[8] enum:
number drawn by the UE
0.6[9] 4[0]
is lower than the
0.7[10] 8[1]
Switch for Threshold (in The switch of whether to parameter, access is
0.75[11] 16[2]
dB) of the Serving Cell send allowed Otherwise the
0.8[12] 32[3]
If select
When'Open', then the speedStateReselectionPar
Reselecting access is barred. In
threshSrvLowQSwitch 0.85[13] 64[4]
parameter
Towards Threshold
a Lower (in reselParaBaseSpeedFlag
Priority SpeedsState
in sib3 and
Reselection
csfbBarringFactor
addition, when the csfbBarringTime
enum: enum: 0.9[14] 128[5]
dB) ofFrequency
RAT/ the serving cell SpeedStateScaleFactors
RSRQ Parameter Configurationin parameter Ac-barring the access probability
Access-Deny for
Time of
Close[0] Close[0] 0.95[15] 256[6]
when reselecting
(Release 9)towards sib5/6/7/8. If switch is
Flag factors' Factor
Barring workingof mode
CSFB CSFBCSFBIf the (s)
random
Open[1] Open[1] 1[16] 512[7]
a lower priority RAT/ open, been configured in number drawn by the UE
frequency RSRQ (Release speedStateReselectionPar dynamic , this parameter is lower than the
9) (threshServingLowQ- s and means the minimum parameter, access is
r9 IE) shall present in SpeedStateScaleFactors factor that the eNB can allowed Otherwise the
SIB3. will be sent adjust downward to. access is barred.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
number, Dynamic adjust the frequence Band
based on Ratio of Priority Adjustment or
MMTEL Video user not.When parameter is
number, and Dynamic Support, eNB decides the
adjust based on Ratio of access band of UE
RRC Rejection Ratio. If a according to
bit is set to 1, the mutiBandList first, and
csfbBarForSpecAC acBarWorkMode
corresponding feature is freqBandPriSwch freqBandPriInd
then according to
enum: enum:
freqBandInd；When
enabled; if a bitWorking
AC Barring is set to 0, Switch of Frequency Frequency Band Priority
Close[0] Not Support[0]
Access Level of CSFB the corresponding
Mode feature Band Priority Indicate parameterIndicate
is Not Support,
enumArray:[0, 1] Open[1] Support[1]
Access class barring for is disabled. If all the bits eNB decides the access
model default: 0;0;0;0;0 long:[0..63]
AC 11-15 of CSFB. The are set to 0, AC barring When switch is Open, the band of UE according to
example: 0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 0
first/ leftmost bit is for works statically. The two eMFBI function of this freqBandInd first, and
AC 11, the second bit is leftmost bits (two high cell is valid, otherwise it then according to
for AC 12, and so on bits) are not defined. is not be used. mutiBandList.
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0 0 Close[0] Not Support[0]
8[7]
10[8]
12[9]
14[10]
This parameter sets the This parameter indicates
16[11]
minimumReceiving
Minimum required the hysteresis value of cell
voiceServiceCauseIndSwc receiving power level for This parameter sets the 18[12]
Level (RSRP) During Cell Minimum Receiving reselection for eMTC
h eMTCSelQrxLevMin eMTCQrxLevMinOfst 20[13]
eMTCQhyst
eMTC UEs
Switch of Report RRC Selection fortoeMTC
satisfyUEs
the minimum offsetOffset
Level (RSRP) of the Reselection
UEs. In the Hysteresis
cell-rankingof
enum: 22[14]
Connection Cause Value cell in selection conditions During
Normal Coverage requiredCell
receiving power
Selection for criterion
the ServingR for
Cellcell
for
Close[0] 24[15]
Indicates whether
of Voice UE is
Service in normal coverage
Scenarios level for
eMTCeMTC UEsUEs to reselection,
eMTC theUEs
R value of
Open[1] long:[-140..-44] long:[0..16]
requested to use the scenarios. A cell can be satisfy the cell selection the serving cell is equal to
model default: -120 model default: 2 model default: 4
establishment cause mo- selected only when its and reselection the measured value plus
model default: 1 units: dBm units: dB units: dB
VoiceCall for mobile measured receiving power conditions. It affects the the reselection hysteresis
originating MMTEL level is higher than minimum receiving power value. For details, refer to
voice calls. Sel_Qrxlevmin. level required by cells. TS 36.304.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
equal to or lower than the equal to or lower than the ThresholdServing_Low
current E-UTRA current carrier frequency. and SnonServingCell,x of
frequency. If it is set to If the quality value of the a cell on a lower-priority
Yes, the S_nonintrasearch serving cell is smaller RAT or frequency is
parameter is configured than or equal to the larger than
for eMTC UEs and the S_nonintrasearch ThresholdX_Low
eMTC UEs determine parameter
Decision value, theof
Threshold (including inter-frequency
eMTCSNintraSrchPre
whether toConfigure
measure the eMTCSNintraSrch
eMTC UEs measure the andeMTCThreshSvrLow
inter-RAT) during the eMTCIntraReselPrio
Whether to the Same/Lower-Priority Lower Threshold of the Priority of Intra-
enum:
signal strength of the
Snonintrasearch signalMeasurement
RSRP strength of the
for Servingtime interval
Carrier for eMTC This parameter
Frequency eMTCindicates
Cell
No[0]
systemsParameter
or carriers whose systemseMTC
or carriers
UEs whose TreselectionRAT.
UEs (3) The the priority of intra-
Reselection
Yes[1] long:[0..62] long:[0..62]
priority is equal to or priority is equal to or duration when the eMTC frequency eMTC cell
model default: 50 model default: 6 long:[0..7]
lower than the current E- lower than the current UE camps on the current reselection. A smaller
UTRA frequency. For carrier frequency. For serving cell is longer than parameter value indicates
details, refer to TS details, refer to TS one second. For details, a lower reselection
36.304. 36.304. refer to TS 36.304. priority.
-- -- -- --
Yes[1] 50 6 7
Yes[1] 50 6 7
Yes[1] 50 6 7
Yes[1] 50 6 7
Yes[1] 50 6 7
Yes[1] 50 6 7
Yes[1] 50 6 7
Yes[1] 50 6 7
Yes[1] 50 6 7
parameter is not whether to perform intra- the duration for intra-
configured for eMTC UEs frequency measurement. frequency eMTC cell
and the eMTC UEs If the quality of the reselection in normal
perform intra-frequency serving cell exceeds the coverage scenarios.
measurement at the value of S_intrasearch, According to the cell-
Minimum Receiving interval specified by the eMTC UEs do not ranking
Durationcriterion R for
for Intra-
Level of Intra-Frequency Treselections parameter. perform
Decisionintra-frequency
Threshold of cellFrequency
reselection,Cell
a new
eMTCIntraQrxLevMin
This eMTCSIntraSrchPre eMTCSIntraSrch eMTCtRslIntraEutra
Cellparameter setsfor
Reselection the If it is set
Whether to Yes, thethe
to Configure measurement.
Intra-Frequency IfRSRP
the intra-frequency
Reselection forEUTRAN
eMTC
enum:
minimum
eMTC UEs inrequired
Normal S_intrasearch
Intra-Frequency parameter
RSRP is quality of the serving
Measurement for eMTCcell cell can
UEs be reselected
in Normal Coverageas
No[0]
receiving
Coveragepower level for
Scenarios configured
Threshold for for eMTC
eMTC UEs
UEs is less thanUEs
or equal to the the serving cell only
Scenarios (s) when
long:[-140..-44] Yes[1] long:[0..62]
eMTC UEs to satisfy the and the eMTC UEs value of S_intrasearch, it is better ranked than the
intra-frequency cell determine whether to eMTC UEs perform intra- serving cell during the
units: dBm model default: 1 units: dB model default: 1
reselection conditions in perform intra-frequency frequency measurement. period specified by
normal coverage measurement. For details, For details, refer to TS TreselectionIntraEUTRA
scenarios. refer to TS 36.304. 36.304. N.
-- -- -- --
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
for eMTC cell reselection. serving cell is smaller
This parameter sets the With this parameter, a UE than or equal to the
minimum required quality determines whether to SnonintrasearchQ
level for eMTC UEs to perform intra-frequency parameter value, the
satisfy the cell selection measurement. If the eMTC UEs measure the
conditions Receiving
Minimum in normal quality of the serving cell signal strength of the
coverage scenarios.
Level (RSRQ) A cell Minimum Receiving
During is Decision
less than Threshold
or equal toofthe systems
Decision or Threshold
carriers whose
of
eMTCCellSelQqualMin
may be selected only eMTCQqualminoffset eMTCSIntraSrchQ
value of ucSIntraSrchQ, eMTCSNintraSrchQ
priority is equal to or
Cell Selection for eMTC Level (RSRQ) Offset Intra-Frequency RSRQ Same/Lower-Priority
when
UEs in itsNormal
measured quality During Cell Selection for
Coverage UEs perform
Measurement forintra-
eMTC lower Measurement
RSRQ than the currentfor
levelScenarios
is higher than eMTC UEs frequency UEsmeasurement. carrier frequency.
eMTC UEs For
long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31] long:[0..31]
ucCellSelQqualMin. The For details, refer to TS details, refer to TS
model default: -19 long:[1..8] model default: 4 model default: 1
parameter range is an This parameter sets the 36.304.The parameter 36.304.The parameter
units: dB model default: 1 units: dB units: dB
actual value, equal to the minimum offset of the range is an actual value, range is an actual value,
value specified in TS required quality level for equal to the value equal to the value
36.331. eMTC cell reselection. specified in TS 36.331. specified in TS 36.331.
-- -- -- --
-19 1 4 1
-19 1 4 1
-19 1 4 1
-19 1 4 1
-19 1 4 1
-19 1 4 1
-19 1 4 1
-19 1 4 1
-19 1 4 1
larger than for cell reselection for
ucThreshSrvLowQ This parameter sets the eMTC UEs (s-
(including inter-frequency RSRP threshold of intra- NonIntraSearchP-r9 IE in
and inter-RAT) during the frequency measurement SIB3). If the serving cell
time interval for cell reselection for meets the following two
TreselectionRAT.
RSRQ Threshold (3) The
of the eMTC UEs (s- conditions: Srxlev >
Minimum Intra- duration
Serving when theeMTC
Cell for eMTC IntraSearchP-r9
RSRP Threshold ofIEIntra-
in SnonIntraSearchP
RSRP and
Threshold of Inter-
eMTCIntraFreqQqualMin UE eMTCThreshSrvLowQ eMTCR9SIntraSrchP eMTCR9SNintraSrchP
Frequency RSRQ for UEs camps on the current
to Be Reselected to a SIB3).
FrequencyIf the serving cell
Measurement Frequency Squal >
Measurement
eMTC in Normal servingLow-Priority
cell is longer than meetsforthe following
eMTC Cell two SnonIntraSearchQ,
for eMTC Cell the
Coverage Scenarios one RAT/Frequency
second. For details, conditions: Srxlev >
Reselection eMTC UE does not
Reselection
long:[0..62] long:[0..62]
This parameter sets the refer to TS 36.304.The SIntraSearchP and Squal perform equal-priority or
long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31] model default: 60 model default: 50
minimum required quality parameter range is an > SIntraSearchQ, the low-priority inter-
model default: -19 model default: 3 units: dB units: dB
level for eMTC cell actual value, equal to the eMTC UE does not frequency or intra-
reselection in normal value specified in TS perform intra-frequency frequency measurement
coverage scenarios. 36.331. measurement (Release 9). (Release 9).
-- -- -- --
-19 3 60 50
-19 3 60 50
-19 3 60 50
-19 3 60 50
-19 3 60 50
-19 3 60 50
-19 3 60 50
-19 3 60 50
-19 3 60 50
disables adaptive control
This parameter enables or of the minimum receiving
disables the configuration level. If it is set to Close,
Switch forof Configuring
the adaptive control of the
enum:
ThresholdServingLowQ
the RSRQ Threshold of minimum receiving level
eMTCThreshSrvLowQSw videoServiceCauseIndSw Close[0]
parameter.
the ServingIf itCell
is set
forto The Suspending Duration is disabled. If it is set to
itch the ch aCBPendingWin Fixed adjustment[1]
dlCoverOptimSwch
eMTCClose,
UEs to Be Switch of Report RRC After the Last Adjustment Fixed adjustment, the
enum: enum: Self-adaptive adjustment
Reselected to a Low- Connection Cause Value of AC Barring Parameter. minimum receiving
DL Coverage level
Self-
Close[0] Close[0] based on time control[2]
parameter
Priority is not
Frequency Indicates whether
of Video UE is
Service (s) is set to a fixed value.
optimization SwitchIf it
Open[1] Open[1] Reserve[3]
configured in SIB3. If it is requested to use the During this period, no is set to Self-adaptive
long:[10..1800]
set to Open, the establishment cause mo- more update for the same adjustment based on time
ThresholdServingLowQ VoiceCall for mobile type of SIB2 barring control, the minimum
parameter is configured in originating MMTEL parameter since the last receiving level is adjusted
SIB3 of eMTC cells. video calls. one occurred. periodically.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Close[0] 300 Close[0]
enum:
dlCoverOptRecoverTime 0[0]
selQrxMinOffset dlCoverOptKeepTimeLen Len 0.2[1]
intraReselSubPrio
offset for downlink This parameter
Duration sets the Duration
for DL Coverage period for
of time during
DL Coverage
0.4[2]
DLcoverage
Coverage self-
Self- period of time during
Self-optimization which the minimum
Self-optimization Intra-frequency Cell
0.6[3]
optimization.
optimizationIt is used to
Offset which the optimized
Adjustment(s) receiving level
Adjustment in a cell Reselection
Recovery(s) This parameter sets the
Sub-priority
0.8[4]
automatically adjust the minimum receiving level remains unchanged before sub-priority for
long:[-15..15] long:[60..65535] long:[60..65535]
minimum receiving level in a cell remains it is optimized. It is used reselecting intra-
of a cell, and then the unchanged. It is used for for the recovery of frequency cells. A smaller
number of UEs that camp downlink coverage self- downlink coverage self- parameter value indicates
on the cell. optimization adjustment. optimization adjustment. a lower sub-priority.
-- -- -- --
0 300 300 0[0]
0 300 300 0[0]
0 300 300 0[0]
0 300 300 0[0]
0 300 300 0[0]
0 300 300 0[0]
0 300 300 0[0]
0 300 300 0[0]
0 300 300 0[0]
pLMNACBGroupId
Special User Access
This parameter
Control sets a
Configuration
special user access
Group ID control
configuration group ID. It
long:[0..255]
corresponds to a group of
model default: 0
access control parameters
customized by the
operator.
--
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId freqRslCfgIndex
NE Name LDN MO ID Inter-frequency Index

type and can be Index for Inter-frequency.
NE Name LDN configured as planned. （only for ITRAN）
R Primary Key --
2 2
1 1
4 4
3 3
3 3
2 2
2 2
4 4
4 4
2 2
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
4 4
2 2
3 3
1 1
2 2
3 3
5 5
5 5
5 5
5 5
5 5
5 5
3 3
1 1
1 1
5 5
5 5
3 3
5 5
1 1
1 1
2 2
4 4
1 1
4 4
4 4
4 4
3 3
3 3
2 2
1 1
indicator of the frequency This parameter sets the The parameter indicates
band where a carrier central frequency of the minimum required Inter_Pmax is the most
frequency is located. It downlink inter-frequency received power level of uplink usable transmitting
indicates an E-UTRAN carriers. It is represented inter-frequency cell which power of UE of cell
freqBandInd
operating band, including interCarriFreq
by E-UTRA Absolute interQrxLevMin
satisfies the condition interPmax
Minimum Received of configured
Maximum Inter_Pmax
Transmit is
the uplink
Carrier operatingBand
Frequency band Radio Frequency Channel being reselected
RSRP by UE
Level During It
Inter- Powerused
in for the inter-
Inter-Frequency
(for eNodeB receiving/UE
Indicator Number (EARFCN). For
Inter-frequency is a key parameter
Frequency of
Reselection frequency neighboring E-
Reselection
long:[1..5, 7..14, 17..28, double:[0..6000] long:[-140..-44] long:[-30..33]
sending) and the the relationship between S_nonServingCell,x UTRA cell reselection If
30..76, 85, 87..88, 101] model default: 2120.0 model default: -120 model default: 23
corresponding downlink the central frequency of which is necessary to Inter_Pmax is absent, the
model default: 1 units: MHZ units: dBm units: dBm
operating band (for downlink inter-frequency calculate for reselection to maximum power
eNodeB sending/UE carriers and EARFCN, a inter-frequency according to the UE
receiving). refer to 36.101-5.7.3. neighbour cell capability is used
-- -- -- --
3 1870.0 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
8 930.0 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
3 1870.0 -120 23
1 2160.0 -120 23
1 2160.0 -120 23
8 930.0 -120 23
8 930.0 -120 23
1 2160.0 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
1 2160.0 -120 23
3 1870.0 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
8 930.0 -120 23
1 2160.0 -120 23
3 1870.0 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
3 1870.0 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
3 1870.0 -120 23
8 930.0 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
8 930.0 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
1 2160.0 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
the inter-frequency cell The parameter indicates
reselection timerUE shall scaling factor of The parameter indicates
reselect the new cell of The parameter is used to reselection time applied in scaling factor of
enum: enum:
EUTRAN if the new indicate whether all the medium
Time Scalemobility
Factor for reselection
Time Scaletime applied
Factor for in
tReselectionInterEUTRA interPresenceAntPort1 0.25[0]
sfInterMedium 0.25[0]
sfInterHigh
inter-frequency
The Timer for cell
Cellis neighboring
Switch for Usingcells use
Antenna state.The concerned
Inter-Frequency highInter-Frequency
mobility state.The
enum: 0.5[1] 0.5[1]
better rankedinthan
Reselection the
Inter- Antenna
Port 1 for Port 1 for inter-
Inter-Frequency mobility control
Reselection related
in Medium- concerned mobility
Reselection in High-
No[0] 0.75[2] 0.75[2]
serving cell according
Frequency (s) to frequency cell reselection
Cell Reselection parameter
Speed control related
Speedparameter
Yes[1] 1[3] 1[3]
the cell-ranking criterion When set to TRUE, the auctRslInterEutra is auctRslInterEutra is
long:[0..7]
R during a time interval UE may assume that at multiplied with multiplied with
indicated by least two cell-specific auctReselInterSFM if the auctReselInterSFH if the
TreselectionInterEUTRA antenna ports are used in UE is in Medium UE is in High Mobility
N all neighboring cells Mobility state. state.
-- -- -- --
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
There have 2 elements and the indicates that no frequency offset of inter-
enum: 8[22]
fulfilled for cell SnonServingCell,x of a reselection priority is frequency neighbour cells
0[0] 10[23]
reselection criteria: (1) the cell of a lower priority configured for this of cell reselection. It's
1[1] 12[24]
SnonservingCell,x of a frequency is greater than frequency. Priorities can used to caculate the cell-
2[2] 14[25]
cell of a higher priority InterThresholdX_Low be separately configured ranking criterion Rn for
3[3] 16[26]
frequency is greater than during a time interval for different E-UTRAN neighboring cells in
4[4] 18[27]
InterThresholdX_High
RSRP Threshold for Treselection (3) morefor
RSRP Threshold than carrier frequencies and equeal priority inter-
interThrdXHigh interThrdXLow 5[5]
interReselPrio 20[28]
qOffsetFreq
during a timetointerval
Reselecting Inter- 1 second has elapsed
Reselecting since
to Inter- UEs can perform the cell frequency, i.e. Rn
6[6] 22[29]
Treselection
Frequency High(2) more than Frequency
Priority the UE camped on the
Low Priority reselection procedure
Inter-Frequency Cellon =Qmeas,n - Qoffset .For
7[7] 24[30]
1 second has elapsed since current serving
Cell Cell cell For the carrier frequencies
Reselection Priority inter-frequency:
Inter-FrequencyQoffset
Offset
long:[0..62] long:[0..62] No Priority[8]
the UE camped on the detail description please that are contained in equals to Qoffsets,n plus
current serving cell Range refer to TS 36304 Range system information Qoffsetfrequency, if
of the parameter is actual of the parameter is actual broadcasting messages Qoffsets,n is valid,
value which equals to value which equals to and have reselection otherwise this equals to
double of value in 36331 double of value in 36331 priorities. Qoffsetfrequency.
-- -- -- --
8 14 4[4] -3[12]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
34 10 3[3] 0[15]
8 8 2[2] 0[15]
8 10 4[4] -3[12]
14 10 5[5] 0[15]
10 10 5[5] 0[15]
34 10 3[3] 0[15]
34 10 3[3] 0[15]
14 10 5[5] 0[15]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
10 10 5[5] 0[15]
8 10 4[4] -3[12]
24 14 2[2] 0[15]
34 10 3[3] 0[15]
10 10 5[5] 0[15]
8 10 4[4] -3[12]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
8 14 4[4] -3[12]
24 14 2[2] 0[15]
8 10 6[6] 0[15]
8 10 6[6] 0[15]
8 10 6[6] 0[15]
8 10 6[6] 0[15]
8 10 6[6] 0[15]
8 10 6[6] 0[15]
8 8 2[2] 0[15]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
24 14 6[6] 0[15]
8 10 6[6] 0[15]
8 8 2[2] 0[15]
8 10 6[6] 0[15]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
8 14 4[4] -3[12]
34 10 3[3] 0[15]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
34 10 3[3] 0[15]
24 14 2[2] 0[15]
24 14 2[2] 0[15]
24 14 2[2] 0[15]
24 14 2[2] 0[15]
14 10 5[5] 0[15]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
There have 2 elements and the
fulfilled for cell SnonServingCell,x of a
reselection criteria: (1) the cell of a lower priority
SnonservingCell,x of a frequency is greater than
cell of a higher priority InterThresholdX_LowQ
frequency is greater than during a time interval
InterThresholdX_HighQ
RSRQ Threshold for Treselection (3) morefor
RSRQ Threshold than
interFreqQqualMin interThreshXHighQ
during a timetointerval interThreshXLowQ freqBandInd1
Reselecting since
to Inter-
Minimum Value of Inter- Treselection
Low Priority Equivalent Frequency
Frequency RSRQ 1 second has elapsed since current serving
Cell Cell cell. For Band Indicator 1
long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28,
the UE camped on the detail description please
long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31] long:[0..31] 30..64]
current serving cell. refers to TS 36.304.
Specifies the minimum Range of the parameter is Range of the parameter is
required quality level in actual value which equals actual value which equals Equivalent Frequency
the cell in dB to the value in 36.331. to the value in 36.331. Band Indicator 1
-- -- -- --
-9 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-9 5 6 0
-12 5 6 0
-12 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-12 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-12 5 6 0
-9 5 6 0
-14 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-12 5 6 0
-9 5 6 0
-16 5 6 0
-9 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-14 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-16 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-9 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-9 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-9 5 6 0
-9 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-12 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
freqBandInd2 freqBandInd3 freqBandInd4 freqBandInd5
Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency
Band Indicator 2 Band Indicator 3 Band Indicator 4 Band Indicator 5
long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28,
30..64] 30..64] 30..64] 30..64]
-- -- -- --
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
The parameter represents
measure performance
configuration of each
neighbouring inter-
frequency. For UE which
support increased carrier
freqBandInd6 freqBandInd7 freqBandInd8 monitoring e
E-UTRA, the
Measure Performance
enum:
Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency reselection performance
Configuration of The
Normal[0]
Band Indicator 6 Band Indicator 7 Band Indicator 8 for different carriers may
Inter-Frequency
long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, Reduced[1]
be configured by higher
30..64] 30..64] 30..64]
layers to be either normal
or reduced. Please refer to
Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency the TS36.133(V12.4.0 or
Band Indicator 6 Band Indicator 7 Band Indicator 8 higher version).
-- -- -- --
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
the duration for inter- priority cell are as SServingCell is less than
frequency eMTC cell follows:(1) In the period ThresholdServing_Low
This parameter sets the reselection in normal specified by Treselection, and SnonServingCell,x of
minimum required coverage scenarios. SnonservingCell,x of the the low-priority cell is
receiving
Minimum power level for
Receiving According to the cell- high-priority cell is greater than
eMTC
LevelUEs to satisfy
(RSRP) Duringthe ranking
for Inter- greater than InterThresholdX_Low. (3)
inter-frequency cell
Inter-Frequency Cell cellFrequency
reselection,Cell
a new InterThresholdX_High.
High RSRP Threshold for TheRSRP
Low duration when the
Threshold for
eMTCInterQrxLevMin
reselection conditions eMTCtRslInterEutra eMTCInterThrdXHigh eMTCInterThrdXLow
Reselection for eMTCin inter-frequency
eMTC (2) The duration
Reselecting towhen
Inter-the eMTC UE camps
Reselecting on the
to Inter-
UEsnormal coverage
in Normal Coverage cell can
UEs be reselected
in Normal Coverageas eMTC UE High-Priority
Frequency camps on the current serving
Frequency cell is
Low-Priority
scenarios. It is a key
Scenarios the serving cell only
Scenarios (s) when current
Cells forserving
eMTCcellUEs is more than
Cells forone second.
eMTC UEsFor
long:[-140..-44] long:[0..62] long:[0..62]
parameter of it is better ranked than the more than one second. details, refer to TS
S_nonServingCell,x, serving cell during the The parameter range is an 36.304.The parameter
units: dBm model default: 1 units: dB units: dB
which is necessary for period specified by actual value, equal to range is an actual value,
reselection to an inter- TreselectionInterEUTRA twice of the value equal to twice of the value
frequency neighbor cell. N. specified in TS 36.331. specified in TS 36.331.
-- -- -- --
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
reselection. In the cell- priority cell are as
6dB[21]
ranking criterion R, this follows:(1) In the period
8dB[22]
parameter is used to specified by Treselection,
10dB[23]
calculate the R value of SnonservingCell,x of the
12dB[24]
the inter-frequency high-priority cell is
14dB[25]
neighbor cells with the greater than
16dB[26] eMTCInterThreshXHigh
same priority, Rn = Minimum Inter- InterThresholdX_HighQ.
RSRQ Threshold for
eMTCInterReselPrio 18dB[27]
eMTCQOffsetFreq
Inter-Frequency Cell Qmeas,n – Qoffset. In the eMTCInterFreqQqualMin
Frequency RSRQ for (2)Reselecting
Q when the
The duration to Inter-
20dB[28]
This parameter
Priority case of inter-frequency:
for Inter-Frequency eMTC UE High-Priority
Offset for eMTC UEs in Normal Frequency camps on the
22dB[29]
the priority?
eMTC UEs of ?inter- Qoffset
eMTC is equal
UEs to Coverage Scenarios current
Cells forserving
eMTCcellUEs is
24dB[30]
frequency eMTC ??cell Qoffsets,n plus This parameter sets the more than one second.
long:[0..7] long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31]
reselection. A smaller Qoffsetfrequency. If minimum required quality The parameter range is an
parameter value indicates Qoffsets,n is valid, level for eMTC cell actual value, equal to the
a lower reselection Qoffset is equal to reselection in normal value specified in TS
priority. Qoffsetfrequency. coverage scenarios. 36.331.
-- -- -- --
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
SServingCell is less than
ThresholdServing_LowQ
and SnonServingCell,x of
the low-priority cell is
greater than
enum:
InterThresholdX_LowQ.
0[0]
(3)RSRQ
The duration
Thresholdwhenforthe
eMTCInterThreshXLowQ 0.2[1]
interReselSubPrio
eMTC UE camps
Reselecting on the
to Inter-
0.4[2]
current serving
Frequency cell is
Low-Priority This parameter sets
Inter-frequency the
Cell
0.6[3]
more than
eMTC UEsFor sub-priority
Reselection for
Sub-priority
0.8[4]
details, refer to TS reselecting inter-
long:[0..31]
36.304.The parameter frequency E-UTRAN
range is an actual value, cells. A smaller parameter
equal to the value value indicates a lower
specified in TS 36.331. sub-priority.
-- --
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
execute intra-
manufacturer load
balancing functiontoin
PRB Threshold
NE_Name ldn moId prbLBExeThrdZUl
uplink. WhenIntra-
the PRB
Execute
usage of LTE serving
Manufacturer Loadcell
NE Name LDN MO ID inBalancing
uplink exceeds this
in Uplink
string:length[1] long:[0..100]
This parameter sets the parameter during the
unique ID of the managed counter window, the cell
string string:length[0..200] example: 1 units: %
object. It is of the executes intra-
container type and is manufacturerE load
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. balancing in uplink.
R -- --
execute intra- This parameter is used to This parameter is used to judge load leveling of
manufacturer load judge load leveling of judge load leveling of Intra-LTE neighbor cells
balancing functiontoin prbIntraNeighborLoadThr
Intra-LTE neighbour cells prbIntraNeighborLoadThr
Intra-LTE neighbour cells prbIntraNeighborLoadRel
in uplink. When the PRB
PRB Threshold PRB Threshold of intra-
prbLBExeThrdZDl
downlink. When the PRB in dUl
uplink.When dDl aThrdUl between
Execute Intra- PRB Threshold the PRB
of intra- in
LTEdownlink.When
Neighbor Cellthe in usage difference
PRB Relative Threshold
Manufacturer Loadcell usageNeighbor
LTE of a Intra-LTE
Cell in PRBOverload
usage of State
a Intra-LTE
in serving cell and
of Intra-LTE a Intra-
Neighbor
inBalancing
downlinkinexceeds
Downlinkthis neighbourState
Overload cell in Uplink
uplink neighbour
Downlinkcell in LTE neighbor
Cell cell in
in Uplink
parameter during the exceeds this downlink exceeds this uplink is below this
counter window, the cell parameter,this cell can't parameter,this cell can't parameter, this cell can't
executes intra- be used as candidate be used as candidate be used as candidate
manufacturer load target cell in uplink for target cell in downlink for target cell in uplink for
balancing in downlink. Intra-LTE load balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing.
-- -- -- --
60 90 90 5
90 40 40 5
90 40 40 5
60 80 80 5
90 40 40 5
20 90 90 0
20 90 90 0
20 90 90 0
60 90 90 5
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to This parameter is used to
judge load leveling of judge whether the service judge whether the service
Intra-LTE neighbor cells cell offload to the cell or cell offload to the cell or This parameter is the
prbIntraNeighborLoadRel
in downlink. When the frequency without load frequency without load denominator used to
aThrdDl
PRBRelative
usage difference prbOffloadThrdUL
information.When the prbOffloadThrdDL
information.When the lbUeNumThrd
calculate the ratioNumber
of the
PRB Threshold Threshold of the
between servingNeighbor
of Intra-LTE cell and a PRB
PRB Offload
usage ofThreshold
service cell PRB Offload
in PRB usage ofThreshold
service cell
in number of RRC-
of RRC-Connected Users
Intra-LTE
Cell inneighbor
Downlink cell in in uplink exceeds this
Uplink in downlink exceeds this
Downlink connected
for Loadusers for load
Balancing
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
downlink is below this parameter , the cell or parameter, the cell or balancing. A larger
parameter, this cell can't frequency without load frequency without load parameter value indicates
units: % units: % units: % model default: 800
be used as candidate information may be used information may be used that it is more difficult to
target cell in downlink for as candidate target cell or as candidate target cell or trigger CU-based load
Intra-LTE load balancing. frequency. frequency. balancing.
-- -- -- --
5 70 70 800
5 90 90 800
5 90 90 800
10 100 100 800
10 100 100 800
0 20 20 300
0 20 20 300
0 20 20 400
5 90 90 800
This parameter
Number of UEs sets
Thatthe
are switch of CA Load This parameter is the
numHOUE numMeasureUE
number of UEs that are Adjust.caLASwch
When the switch caLAPrbThrd
Threshold of CA Load
Number of UEs Handed Informed of Event
enum:
over for Cell Load informed of event
Measurement is open,
Switch if of
theCA
loadLoad
of CA Adjust. When theof
PRB Threshold load
CAof
Close[0]
Reduction measurement
Configurations cell isAdjust
higher than CA cellLoad
is higher than this
Adjust
Open[1] long:[0..100]
This parameter sets the configurations during threshold, eNodeb will threshold, eNodeb will
maximum number of UEs event measurement–based choose CA UE and move choose CA UE and move
that are handed over handover in accordance the load to other CA cell, the load to other CA cell,
during load balancing for with the load balancing this make load of CA Cell this make load of CA Cell
cell load reduction. scheme. counterbalance. counterbalance.
-- -- -- --
8 10 Close[0] 50
8 10 Close[0] 50
8 10 Close[0] 50
8 10 Close[0] 50
8 10 Close[0] 50
20 25 Close[0] 50
20 25 Close[0] 50
20 25 Close[0] 50
8 10 Close[0] 50
enum:
Close[0]
Open, Based on Blind
HO[1]
This parameter indicates Switch of load balancing
lbSPIDThrd Open, Based on
lbSwch enum:
interCLBSwitch enum:
intraLBFreqPriorSwch
the strategy to SPID Loadalgorithm
Managementin load
Switch Switch of Frequency
Measurement[2] Close[0] Close[0]
policy threshold, when the management, which
of Load Balancing Switch
Camp of inter-freq/RAT
Load Balancing Priority in Intra-LTE
Open, Based on Adaptive General Strategy[1] General Strategy[1]
radio loadof
Threshold is SPID
higherPolicy
than determine whether load
Algorithm Camp Load Balancing,
Switch Load Balancing
long:[0..100] HO[3] WCP Strategy[2] WCP Strategy[2]
the threshold, the SPID balancing algorithm is which can determine
model default: 70
policy stop, when the valid or not. Scheme of whether the This switch determine
radio load is lower than blind handover or scheme inter-freq/RAT Camp whether frequency
the threshold, the SPID based on measurement of Load Balancing function priority is valid or not in
policy start. event can be selected. is performed or not. Intra-LTE load balancing.
-- -- -- --
70 Open, Based on MeasuremeClose[0] General Strategy[1]
respectively. The value
array member is from 0 to
255. A higher value
indicates a higher priority.
there is no applicable The parameter is weight
lbRATPriority
neighbor cell for the lbPeriod prbQueueWeight
factor of PRB queue for allowHLNbrNum
longArray:[0..255]
corresponding
Load BalancingRAT. Each Period for Load Balancing
RAT handover.
Weight The of
Factor weight
PRB Number of Allowed High
model default:
non-isolated serving cell
Priority (s) factor
QueueprbQueueWeight
for Handover Load Neighbor Cell
255;254;0;0;0;0;0 long:[0..100]
shall be configured with reflects influence of PRB When the number of high
example: long:[1..65535] model default: 70 long:[0..255]
load balancing RAT usage of UE for Queuing, load neighbor cell doesn't
255;254;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 30 units: % model default: 0
priority for the This parameter determines 100- prbQueueWeight exceed this parameter, it
corresponding the period for Load reflects influence of basic is possible to start load
neighbouring cell(s). Balancing. prior of QoS for Queuing. balancing function.
-- -- -- --
255;254;0;0;0;0 30 70 1
254;255;0;0;0;0 30 70 3
254;255;0;0;0;0 30 70 3
255;254;0;0;0;0;0 30 70 1
255;254;0;0;0;0;0 30 70 3
255;254;0;0;0;0;0 5 70 255
255;254;0;0;0;0 5 70 255
255;254;0;0;0;0 5 70 255
255;254;0;0;0;0 30 70 1
Behavior Based on CU
trigger mode;If the
parameter set to 'PDCCH
CCE Trigger', the cell
execute Load Balance This parameter is used to
enum:
This parameter is used to Behavior Based on execute intra-
allowCLBHandleCAUser PRB Trigger[0]
indicate whether the CLB PDCCH CCE trigger This parameter is used to manufacturer load
Swch CA users CU Trigger[1]
loadTriggerMode lbCUExeThrd lbCUExeThrdZ
function handle mode;If the parameter set start the camp load balancing function.
CU Threshold When
to Execute
enum: PDCCH CCE Trigger[2]
with special
Allow strategy.CA
CLB Handling If to 'PRBMode
Trigger And CU And
of Load balancing
CU function
Threshold based
to Execute the CUratio of LTE
Intra-Manufacturer Load
Close[0] PRB And CU And
open, CLB
Userscan handle CA
Switch PDCCH CCE Trigger',the
Balance on CU.Load
Camp When the CU
Balancing servingBalancing
cell exceeds this
Open[1] PDCCH CCE Trigger[3] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
users with special cell will use the prb usage ratio of the cell is greater parameter during the
strategy. If closed, CLB and CU ratio and PDCCH than or equal to this counter window, the cell
can handle CA users with CCE usage to decide parameter, the cell starts executes intra-
the strategy as same as whether to trigger Load the camp load balancing manufacturer load
strategy of non-CA users. Balance. function based on CU. balancing.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] PRB And CU And PDCCH70
C 60
C 60
C 60
C 60
C 60
C 1
C 1
C 1
C 60
Mode of freq for
measurement and
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to neighbor cell selection.If
This parameter is used to judge load leveling of judge whether the service the parameter set to
judge load leveling of cuIntraNeighborLoadRela
Intra-LTE neighbor cells. cell offload to the cell or 'Independent Judgment',
cuIntraNeighborLoadThrd
Intra-LTE neighbour Thrd
When the CU ratio cuOffloadThrd
frequency without load neighLoadJudgeMode
only one of PRB
CU Threshold of Intra- Mode of Freq for
enum:
cells.When
LTE Neighborthe CU
Cellratio
in CUdifference between of
Relative Threshold information.When the CU threshold and And
Measurement CU
Independent Judgment[0]
of a Intra-LTE neighbour
Overload State serving cell
Intra-LTE and a Intra-
Neighbor Cell CU ratio of service
Offload cell
Threshold threshold
Neighbor is used
Cell to
Selection
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100] Joint Decision[1]
cell exceeds this LTE neighbor cell is exceeds this parameter, selection. If the parameter
parameter,this cell can't below this parameter, this the cell or frequency set to 'joint decision', both
be used as candidate cell can’t be used as without load information of PRB threshold and CU
target cellfor Intra-LTE candidate target cell for may be used as candidate threshold are used to
load balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing. target cell or frequency. selection.
-- -- -- --
50 1 40 Independent Judgment[0]
judge whether sort UE judge whether decide
according to PRB for load location according to
balance based on PRB MCS for load balance
Trigger.If the parameter based on PRB Trigger.If
enum: enum:
set to Descending order the parameter set to
Close[0] Close[0]
based on PRB Trigger ,the prbBasedLBCAFilterSwc
This parameter is used to prbBasedLBMCSSelectS
Close ,the starty is
loadTypeOffset Descending order based
prbBasedUESortOrder h select CA Centre User based on
During the load balancing cell selects users of the judge whether invalid.If wch
the parameter
on PRB Trigger[1] enum: PRB Trigger[1]
based on both PRBs and candidate
Switch in descending
of UE UE for of
Sort Order Switch load
CAbalance based
Filter Based set to Centre
Switch of MCS User based
Selection
Ascending order based on Close[0] Edge user based on PRB
the Trigger
CU number Ratio
of UEs, the
Offset order.Based
If the on
parameter
PRB set on PRBonTrigger.If
PRB the on PRB Trigger
Based ,the cell
on PRB
long:[-100..100] PRB Trigger[2] Open[1] Trigger[2]
adjustment of this to Ascending order based parameter set to Close ,the will select centre users.If
model default: 0
parameter allows load on PRB Trigger ,the cell cell will select users with the parameter set to Edge
balancing to be triggered selects users of the CA.If the parameter set to user based on PRB
based on PRBs or the candidate in ascending Open ,the cell will not Trigger ,the cell will
number of UEs. order. select users with CA. select edge users.
-- -- -- --
0 Descending order based onOpen[1] Edge user based on PRB Tr
0 Descending order based onOpen[1] Centre User based on PRB
according to packet size set to Filter user with low This parameter is used to
Close[0]
for load balance based on PRB usage based on PRB judge whether sort UE
Filter user with low PRB
PRB Trigger.If the Trigger ,the cell will filter according to PRB for load
usage based on PRB
parameter set to Close ,the users with low PRB balance based on CU
Trigger[1]
starty is invalid.If the usage.If the parameter set Trigger.If the parameter
enum: Filter user with high PRB enum:
parameter set to Short to Filter user with high set to Sescending order
Close[0]
prbBasedLBPacketSelect usage based on PRB
prbBasedLBUEPRBThrd Close[0]
packet based on PRB PRB usage based on PRB based on CU Trigger ,the This parameter is used to
Short packet based on Trigger[2] Descending order based
TriggerSwch
,the cell will Trigger ,theSwch
cell will filter cuBasedUESortOrder
cell selects users of the cuBasedLBCAFilterSwch
judge whether select CA
PRB Trigger[1] Filter user with high and on CU Trigger[1] enum:
selectSwitch
users with bearer of
of Packet users with
Switch high Filter
of PRB PRB candidate
of UE SortOrder UE for of
Switch loadCAbalance based
Filter Based
Long packet based on low PRB usage based on Ascending order based on Close[0]
short packet.If
Selection Based onthePRB usage.If the on
Based parameter
PRB set order. Based
If the parameter
on CU set on CU on Trigger.If
CU the
PRB Trigger[2] PRB Trigger[3] CU Trigger[2] Open[1]
parameter set to Long to Filter user with high to Ascending order based parameter set to Close ,the
packet based on PRB and low PRB usage based on CU Trigger ,the cell cell will select users with
Trigger ,the cell will on PRB Trigger ,the cell selects users of the CA.If the parameter set to
select users with bearer of will filter users with high candidate in ascending Open ,the cell will not
long packet. and low PRB usage. order. select users with CA.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] Descending order based onOpen[1]
Long packet based on PRBClose[0] Descending order based onOpen[1]
This parameter is used to according to packet size set to Filter user with low located in the center or at
Close[0]
judge whether decide for load balance based on PRB usage based on CU the edge of the cell
location according to CU Trigger.If the Trigger ,the cell will filter according to the MCS
usage based on CU
MCS for load balance parameter set to Close ,the users with low PRB value. If the MCS value is
Trigger[1]
based on CU Trigger.If starty is invalid.If the usage.If the parameter set larger than or equal to this
enum: enum: Filter user with high PRB
the parameter set to parameter set to Short to Filter user with high threshold, the UE is
Close[0]
cuBasedLBMCSSelectSw Close[0]
cuBasedLBPacketSelectS usage based on CU
cuBasedLBUEPRBThrdS
Close ,the starty is packet based on CU PRB usage based on CU located in the center of the
Centre based on CU
ch parameter Short packetwchbased on CU Trigger[2]
invalid.If the Trigger ,the cell will Trigger ,thewch
cell will filter lbCenterEgdeMCSThrd
cell.
MCSIfThreshold
the MCS for value is
Cell
trigger[1] Trigger[1] Filter user with high and
set to Centre
Switch of MCS User based selectSwitch
Selection users with bearer of
Switch high Filter
of PRB PRB less than this threshold
Center/Edge
Edge based on CU Long packet based on CU low PRB usage based on
on CU Trigger
Based ,the cell
on CU short packet.If
Selection Based ontheCU usage.If the parameter
Based on CU set but larger than or equal to
Determination
Trigger[2] Trigger[2] CU Trigger[3]
will select centre users.If parameter set to Long to Filter user with high the value of the MCS
long:[0..28]
the parameter set to Edge packet based on CU and low PRB usage based Threshold for Weak
user based on CU Triggerr ,the cell will on CU Trigger ,the cell Coverage parameter, the
Trigger ,the cell will select users with bearer of will filter users with high UE is located at the edge
select edge users. long packet. and low PRB usage. of the cell.
-- -- -- --
Edge based on CU Trigger[Close[0] Close[0] 8
Centre based on CU triggerLong packet based on CU TClose[0] 16
This parameter is used to or not. The value 0 of
judge whether the array member means be
This parameter is used to secondary instance is forbidden. The value 1 of
judge whether the quality included in the user array member means be
of radio signal for users is number.If the parameter allowed. From the first
very poor according to the set to 'stat based on array member, each
longArray:[0..1]
MCS, when the MCS is primary', the primary denotes QCI = 1, QCI = 2,
lbWeakCovMCSThrd enum:
userRatioStatMode model default:
lbTraffTypeInd timePrtUE1
less than the parameter, instance is included in QCI = 3,Type
Traffic QCI =Selection
4, QCI = Handover Protection
stat based on primary[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
MCS theThreshold
user is notofasWeak
a user number. If the 5, QCI = 6, QCI
Indication for=Load
7, QCI Period for Load Balancing
stat based on primary and ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
candidate target for load
Coverage parameter
Stat Mode Based set toon
'stat
CU = 8, QCIBalance
= 9, the last 16 (s)
secondary[1] example:
balance, when the MCS is based on primary and members are reserved. After a UE is handed over
long:[0..28] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 long:[1..600]
greater than or equal to secondary', both primary The parameter is valid to a cell, it cannot be
model default: 1 model default: 0 ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 120
the parameter, the user is and secondary instance when reselected for load
as a candidate target for are included in user ucLBTraffTypeSwch is balancing during this
load balance. number. open. period of time.
-- -- -- --
1 stat based on primary[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;120
Measurement Report
Order, UE Class
Information, CA UE
filter, MCS UE Selection,
Short/Long Packet The parameter is switch to
Selection, MU Proportion, protect UE NOT to The parameter is switch
and eMBMS UE Filter. The parameter is switch of handover again for load for measurement report
ThelbUESelSchemePrio
value ofofeach lbPRBTraffTypeSwch
integer traffic prbPrtUESwch
type selection for balance lbPRBMeasOrderSwch
Priority the UE Switch based on PRB.
to Protect UE order scheme
Switch for load
of Measurement
longArray:[0..255] enum: enum: enum:
array member
Selection ranges
Policy from Switch
for Load load balance based
of Traffic on NOT
Type This to
switch determines
Handover Again balanceOrder
Report basedBased
on PRB.
on
model default: Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
1 to 255. The larger the Selection
Balancing PRB. This switch
Based on PRB whether scheme
Based to protect
on PRB This switch
PRBdetermines
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
parameter value is, the determines whether traffic UE NOT to handover whether measurement
example:
higher the policy priority type selection is valid or again is valid or not. report order scheme is
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 1 model default: 1
is. The value 0 indicates not. Close stands for NOT Close stands for NOT valid or not. Close stands
that the policy cannot be valid, Open stands for valid, Open stands for for NOT valid, Open
forcedly disabled. valid. valid. stands for valid.
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
The parameter is switch The parameter is switch to
for UE position The parameter is switch protect UE NOT to
information scheme for for UE class information The parameter is switch of handover again for load
lbPRBUEPosInfSwch
load balance lbPRBUEClassInfSwch lbCUTraffTypeSwch cuPrtUESwch
Switch of UEbased on
Position scheme
Switchforofload balance
UE Class traffic type selection for balance
Switch tobased on CU.
Protect UE
PRB. ThisBased
Information switchon based on PRB.
Information This
Based on load balance
Switch based
of Traffic on NOT
Type This to
switch determines
Handover Again
determinesPRBwhether UE switch PRB
determines CU. This
Selection switch
Based on CU whether scheme
Based to protect
on CU
position information whether UE class determines whether traffic UE NOT to handover
scheme is valid or not. information scheme is type selection is valid or again is valid or not.
Close stands for NOT valid or not. Close stands not. Close stands for NOT Close stands for NOT
valid, Open stands for for NOT valid, Open valid, Open stands for valid, Open stands for
valid. stands for valid. valid. valid.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Open[1] Close[0] Open[1]
The parameter is switch
The parameter is switch for UE position
for measurement report information scheme for The parameter is switch This parameter is used to
lbCUMeasOrderSwch
order scheme for load lbCUUEPosInfSwch
load balance based on lbCUUEClassInfSwch
for UE class information clbPRBExeThrdUl
start
Switch of Measurement PRBthe camp load
Threshold to
enum: enum: enum:
balanceOrder
Report basedBased
on CU.
on CU. of
Switch This
UEswitch
Position scheme
UE Class balancing
Executefunction
Camp Load based
This switchCUdetermines Information
determines Based
whetheronUECU based on CU.Based
Information This on
switch
CU on PRB. When
Balancing the UL
in Uplink
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] long:[0..100]
whether measurement position information determines whether UE total PRB usage of the
model default: 70
report order scheme is scheme is valid or not. class information scheme cell is greater than or
valid or not. Close stands Close stands for NOT is valid or not. Close equal to this parameter,
for NOT valid, Open valid, Open stands for stands for NOT valid, the cell starts the camp
stands for valid. valid. Open stands for valid. load balancing function.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] 70
enum:
trigger the execution of
Close[0]
This parameter enables or intra-manufacturer load This parameter is used to
Open,based on blind
disables VoLTE load balancing based on the determine the VoLTE
HO[1]
This parameter is used to balancing in the eNodeB number of VoLTE users. load level of intra-LTE
clbPRBExeThrdDl Open,based on
voLTELBSwch voLTELBExeThdZ voLTELBNeighLoadThrd
start
PRBthe camp load
Threshold to and determines which If the number of VoLTE neighbor
VoLTEcells. If the ratio
Threshold of
measurement[2]
balancing
Executefunction
Camp Load based handover
Switch schemeLoad
of VoLTE is users in theThreshold
Execution LTE servingfor of VoLTE
Intra-LTE users in Cell
Neighbor an
Open,based on adaptive
on PRB. When
Balancing the DL
in Downlink selected if VoLTE load
Balancing cell exceeds
VoLTE LoadthisBalancing
threshold intra-LTE neighbor
In Overload Statecell
long:[0..100] HO[3] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
total PRB usage of the balancing is enabled: during the measurement exceeds this threshold,
cell is greater than or blind handover, event period, intra-manufacturer this cell cannot be used as
units: % model default: 0 units: % units: %
equal to this parameter, measurement-based VoLTE load the candidate target cell
the cell starts the camp handover, or adaptive balancing.LTE is for intra-LTE VoLTE
load balancing function. handover. executed in this cell. load balancing.
-- -- -- --
70 Close[0] 50 80
70 Close[0] 50 80
70 Close[0] 50 80
70 Close[0] 50 80
70 Close[0] 50 80
85 Close[0] 50 80
85 Close[0] 50 80
85 Close[0] 50 80
70 Close[0] 50 80
This parameter is used to This parameter determines
This parameter indicates determine the VoLTE the triggering judgement
the threshold for load load level of an intra-LTE timer of enhancement
balancing with the cells or neighbor cell. When the Load Balance, i.e. when
frequencies without VoLTE ratio difference the timer has expired, and
voLTELBOffLoadThrd
VoLTE load information. voLTELBRelaLoadThrd
between theRelative
serving cell lbServFreqPriSwch eLBTriggerJudgeTimer
the load ofJudgement
cell has
VoLTE Service Frequency Triggering
enum:
If the VoLTE
VoLTE CUload on the
Offload and an intra-LTE
Threshold of Intra-LTE Priority Strategy Switch Timerexceeded the threshold
of Enhancement
Close[0]
servingThreshold
cell exceeds this neighbor cell isCell
Neighbor less than for Load Balancing and
Loadthe extent of
Balance(s)
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] Open[1]
threshold, the cell or the threshold, the descending load is full
frequency without VoLTE neighbor cell cannot be This parameter enables or with some condition,
units: % units: % model default: 0 model default: 60
load information can be selected as a candidate disables the service triggering the
used as the candidate target cell for intra-LTE frequency priority strategy enhancement load
target cell or frequency. VoLTE load balancing. for load balancing. balance.
-- -- -- --
60 5 Close[0] 60
60 5 Close[0] 60
60 5 Close[0] 60
60 5 Close[0] 60
60 5 Close[0] 60
60 5 Close[0] 60
60 5 Close[0] 60
60 5 Close[0] 60
60 5 Close[0] 60
requirement for the This parameter indicates
number of UEs in a cell the decrease amplitude
for load balancing requirement for the PRB
enhancement. In other load in a cell for load
words, when the number balancing enhancement.
of UEs in a cell exceeds In other words, when the
the threshold
Threshold of CellforCU PRB load
Threshold ofinCell
a cell
PRB This parameter sets This parameter sets
cuELBCellLoadReduThrd
triggering load balancing, prbELBCellLoadRedThrd
exceeds cuBasedMUPropSwch prbBasedMUPropSwch
Load Reduced for Loadthe threshold
Reduced for for whether to select MU UEs whether to select MU UEs
enum: enum:
if the decrease amplitude
Enhancement Load triggering load balancing,
Enhancement Load for CU-triggered
Switch load Switch
of MU Propotion for PRB-triggered load
of MU Proportion
Close[0] Close[0]
of the number
Balanceof UEs can if the decrease
Balance amplitude balancing.
Based on If
CUthe balancing. If the
Based on PRB
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] Open[1] Open[1]
not reach the threshold of the PRB load can not parameter set to Close, the parameter set to Close, the
within a certain time, the reach the threshold within cell will select MU UEs. cell will select MU UEs.
load balancing a certain time, the load If the parameter set to If the parameter set to
enhancement function balancing enhancement Open, the cell will not Open, the cell will not
will be enabled. function will be enabled. select MU UEs. select MU UEs.
-- -- -- --
Load Balance
Punishment. When source
eNB sends handover
request based on load The parameter is used to
balancing to target eNB , control whether to enable
and target eNB response relative load strategy.i.e.
The array is used to handover preparation Whether the condition
lBPunishPeriodNum lBJointTriggerLoadEleInd
indicate Load
enabled load lBPunishSwch
failure because of that lBRelaLoadStrategySwch
that the relative load
Enabled Factors
enum: enum:
factors based
Period Numbers of Load Indication BasedononJoint
Joint anyoneofofLoad
Switch CU ratio or
Balance between
Switch ofserving
RelativecellLoad
and
Close[0] Close[0]
Balance Punishment Trigger Mode.
Trigger Mode The PRB Punishment
ratio or PDCCH neighbor cell satisfying
Strategy
longArray:[0..1] Open[1] Open[1]
elements of this array is CCE ratio be higher than with the relative load
long:[1..65535] model default: 1;1;0
This parameter indicate respectively correspond to neighbor load threshold , threshold shall be
the Period Numbers of PRB Ratio , CU then ,source eNB starts requirement of selecting
Load Balance Ratio ,PDCCH CCE Load Balance low load neighbor cell as
Punishment. Ratio. Punishment. Load Balance target.
-- -- -- --
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
The parameter is switch The parameter is switch The parameter is switch to
The parameter is switch for UE position for measurement report protect UE NOT to
for UE class information information scheme for order scheme for load handover again for load
lBCCEUEClassInfSwch
scheme balance lBCCEUEPosInfSwch lBCCEMeasOrderSwch cCEPrtUESwch
Switchforofload
UE Class load balance
Switch of UEbased on balance
Position Switch based on PDCCH balance
of Measurement Switchbased on PDCCH
to Protect UE
based on PDCCH
Information BasedCCE.
on PDCCH CCE.
Information This
Based on CCE.Order
Report This Based
switch on NOT CCE. This switch
to Handover Again
This PDCCH
switch determines
CCE switch
PDCCHdetermines
CCE determines
PDCCH whether
CCE determines
Based whether
on PDCCH CCE
whether UE class whether UE position measurement report order scheme to protect UE
information scheme is information scheme is scheme is valid or not. NOT to handover again is
valid or not. Close stands valid or not. Close stands Close stands for NOT valid or not. Close stands
for NOT valid, Open for NOT valid, Open valid, Open stands for for NOT valid, Open
stands for valid. stands for valid. valid. stands for valid.
-- -- -- --
PDCCH CCE Trigger ,the for load balance based on This parameter is used to
Close[0]
cell will filter users with PDCCH CCE Trigger. If judge whether decide
low PRB usage. If the the parameter set to location according to
usage based on PDCCH
parameter set to Filter Close ,the strategy is MCS for load balance
CCE Trigger[1]
user with high PRB usage invalid. If the parameter based on PRB Trigger. If
Filter user with high PRB enum: enum:
The parameter is switch of based on PDCCH CCE set to Short packet based the parameter set to
cCEBaseBUEPRBThrdS Close[0]
cCEBasedLBPacketSelS Close[0]
cCEBaseBMCSSelectSwc
traffic type selection for Trigger ,the cell will filter on PDCCH CCE Close ,the strategy is
lBCCETraffTypeSwch CCEwchDl
Trigger[2] Short packet based on
wchcell Centre User based on
load balance
Switch based
of Traffic on
Type users with high PRB Trigger
Switch,the will
of Packet invalid. If hDl
the parameter
enum: Filter user with high and PDCCH CCE Trigger[1] PDCCH CCE Trigger[1]
PDCCH
SelectionCCE.
BasedThis
on usage. If the
Switch of parameter
PRB Filterset select users with
Selection bearer
Based on of set to Centre
Selection
Close[0] low PRB usage based on Long packet based on Edge user based on
switch
PDCCH determines
CCE to Filter
Based onuser with CCE
PDCCH high short packet.
PDCCH If the
CCE on PRBonTrigger
Based PDCCH ,theCCE
cell
Open[1] PDCCH CCE Trigger[3] PDCCH CCE Trigger[2] PDCCH CCE Trigger[2]
whether traffic type and low PRB usage based parameter set to Long will select centre users. If
selection is valid or not. on PDCCH CCE packet based on PDCCH the parameter set to Edge
Close stands for NOT Trigger ,the cell will filter CCE Trigger ,the cell will user based on PRB
valid, Open stands for users with high and low select users with bearer of Trigger ,the cell will
valid. PRB usage. long packet. select edge users.
-- -- -- --
balance based on PDCCH
CCE Trigger. If the
parameter set to This parameter is used to This parameter is used to
enum:
Descending order with judge whether the service judge whether the service
Close[0]
PRB based on PDCCH cell offload to the cell or cell offload to the cell or
Descending order with
This parameter is used to CCE Trigger,the cell frequency without load frequency without load
cCEBaseBCAFilterSwch PRB based on PDCCH pDCCHCCEOffloadThrd pDCCHCCEOffloadThrd
judge whether select CA selects users of the information. When the information. When the
CCE Trigger[1]
UE for load Dlbalance based cCEBasedUESortOrder
candidate in descending Dlscheduling
Downlink Scheduling
Ul
scheduling
Uplink Scheduling
enum: Ascending order with
on PDCCH
Switch of CACCE Trigger.
Filter Based order.
SwitchIfof
theUEparameter set
Sort Order PDCCH
PDCCH CCECCE usage
Offloadof PDCCH
PDCCH CCECCE usage
Offloadof
Close[0] PRB based on PDCCH
If the parameter
on PDCCH set to
CCE to Ascending
Based on PDCCHorderCCE
with serviceThreshold
cell exceeds this serviceThreshold
cell exceeds this
Open[1] CCE Trigger[2] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
Close ,the cell will select PRB based on PDCCH parameter, the cell or parameter , the cell or
users with CA. If the CCE Trigger ,the cell frequency without load frequency without load
parameter set to Open,the selects users of the information may be used information may be used
cell will not select users candidate in ascending as candidate target cell or as candidate target cell or
with CA. order. frequency. frequency.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Descending order with PR 80 80
judge relative load This parameter is used to
leveling between serving judge relative load
cell and Intra-LTE leveling between serving This parameter is used to
neighbor cells in cell and Intra-LTE judge load leveling of This parameter is used to
downlink. When neighbor cells in uplink. Intra-LTE neighbour cells judge load leveling of
Downlink scheduling When Uplink scheduling in downlink.When the Intra-LTE neighbour cells
pDCCHCCENLoadRelaT
PDCCH CCE usage pDCCHCCENLoadRelaT
PDCCH CCE usage pDCCHCCEIntraNLoadT
Downlink based pDCCHCCEIntraNLoadT
in uplink. When the
PDCCH CCE Threshold PDCCH CCE Threshold
hrdDl
difference between hrdUl
difference between scheduling hrdDl
PDCCH CCE Uplink hrdUl
based scheduling
Downlink PDCCH CCE Uplink PDCCH CCE of Intra-LTE Neighbor of Intra-LTE Neighbor
serving
Relativecell and a Intra-
Threshold of serving
Threshold of usage
Cell of a Intra-LTE
in Overload State in PDCCH
Cell CCE usage
in Overload ofina
State
LTE neighbor
Intra-LTE cell Cell
Neighbor is LTE neighbor
Intra-LTE cell Cell
Neighbor is neighbour
Downlinkcell in Intra-LTEUplink
neighbour cell
below this parameter, this below this parameter, this downlink exceeds this exceeds this
cell can't be used as cell can't be used as parameter,this cell can't parameter,this cell can't
candidate target cell in candidate target cell in be used as candidate be used as candidate
downlink for Intra-LTE uplink for Intra-LTE load target cell in downlink for target cell in uplink for
load balancing. balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing.
-- -- -- --
5 5 60 60
5 5 60 60
5 5 60 60
5 5 60 60
5 5 60 60
5 5 60 60
5 5 60 60
5 5 60 60
5 5 60 60
ratio of the number of
UEs in RRC Connected
status in the serving cell
exceeds this threshold, the
This parameter is used to serving cell triggers load
execute load balancing This parameter is used to balancing if any one of
pDCCHCCELBExeThrdZ
function in downlink. pDCCHCCELBExeThrdZ
execute load balancing the following KPIs is cULBTargetSort4CAUES
Ratio Threshold of the
When Dl
the CCE
Downlink based function Ul lBJointTriRRCRatioThrd wch
PDCCH Threshold PDCCH in uplink.
CCE When equal
Threshold Numberto orof
larger than the
Real-Time Target Sorting Strategy
enum:
scheduling PDCCH
to Execute LoadCCE the Uplink based
to Execute Load corresponding
UEs for Jointlythreshold:
Triggered Switch for CA UEs Based
Close[0]
usage of LTE
Balancing in serving
Downlinkcell scheduling
BalancingPDCCH CCE the ratio
in Uplink LoadofBalancing
the number of It controls
on CUwhether
LB to
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100] Open[1]
exceeds this parameter usage of LTE serving cell UEs in RRC Connected enable the target
during the counter exceeds this parameter status, UL PRB ratio, DL cell/frequency sorting
window, the cell executes during the counter PRB ratio, UL PDCCH strategy of CA UEs for
load balancing in window, the cell executes CCE ratio, and DL load balancing based on
downlink. load balancing in uplink. PDCCH CCE ratio. the number of UEs.
-- -- -- --
65 65 2 Open[1]
65 65 2 Open[1]
65 65 2 Open[1]
65 65 2 Open[1]
65 65 2 Open[1]
65 65 2 Open[1]
65 65 2 Open[1]
65 65 2 Open[1]
65 65 2 Open[1]
trigger the Load Balance
based on PRB. When the This parameter is the
pRBLBTargetSort4CAUE pRBbaseBRRCNumThrd
period of Load Balance prbBaseBeMBMSFilterS
switch of the PRB-based
Swch Dland the CU lBSpidSwch wchDl
Target Sorting Strategy has expired,
Real-time CU Number eMBMS filter. If the
enum: enum: enum:
number of to
Switch for CA UEs Based Threshold LTE serving
Start Load Switch of SPID Based on switch of
Switch is eMBMS
turned on,Filter
the
This parameter
on PRB LB controls cell is larger
Balance thanon
Based orPRB
equal Load Balancing eNodeB
Based does
on not
PRBselect
whether to enable the to this parameter, it will eMBMS UEs for load
long:[1..65535]
target cell/frequency tigger Load Balance based This parameter is the balancing. If the switch is
sorting strategy of CA on PRB as if PRB ratio switch of the SPID turned off, the eNodeB
UEs for load balancing satisfies triggering function for load can select eMBMS UEs
based on PRBs. condition. balancing. for load balancing.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 65535 Close[0] Close[0]
Open[1] 2 Open[1] Close[0]
switch of the PDCCH This parameter is the
cceBaseBeMBMSFilterS
CCE–based eMBMS cuBaseBeMBMSFilterSw
switch of the CU-based cCELBTargetSort4CAUE cCEBasedMUPropotionS
filter. IfwchDl
the switch is eMBMSchDl filter. If the Swch
Target Sorting Strategy This
wch determines
parameter
Switch for CCE Load
turnedof
Switch on,eMBMS
the eNodeB
Filter switch of
Switch is eMBMS
turned on,Filter
the Switch for CA UEs Based whether to select MU
Balancing-Based MUUEs
UE
does
Basednot onselect
PDCCH eMBMS
CCE eNodeBBaseddoes
onnot
CUselect This parameter
on CCE LB controls for CCE-triggered
Selection load
UEs for load balancing. If eMBMS UEs for load whether to enable the balancing. If it is set to
the switch is turned off, balancing. If the switch is target cell/frequency Close, the cell selects MU
the eNodeB can select turned off, the eNodeB sorting strategy of CA UEs. If it is set to Open,
eMBMS UEs for load can select eMBMS UEs UEs for load balancing the cell does not select
balancing. for load balancing. based on CCEs. MU UEs.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] Open[1] Close[0]
the admission control This parameter indicates This parameter indicates the admission control
threshold for the ratio of the admission control the admission control threshold of the UL
the number of UEs in a lBHOPRBRatioACThrdU
threshold of the UL PRB lBHOPRBRatioACThrdD
threshold of the DL PRB lBHOCCERatioACThrdU
PDCCH CCEControl
Admission usage for
lBHOCURatioACThrd
cell for load balancing. usage l balancing.
for load usage l balancing.
for load load balancing.l
Admission Control Admission Control Admission Control Threshold of ULWhen
PDCCH the
When the of
Threshold number of UEs
CU Ratio for When the UL
Threshold ofPRB usage
UL PRB When the DL
DL PRB UL PDCCH
CCE RatioCCE usage
for Load
inLoad
the cell for load
Balancing in for
Ratio the Load
cell for load
Balancing Ratioin for
the Load
cell for load
Balancing in the cell for load
Balancing
balancing is larger than or balancing is larger than or balancing is larger than or balancing is larger than or
equal to the threshold, the equal to the threshold, the equal to the threshold, the equal to the threshold, the
incoming handover UEs incoming handover UEs incoming handover UEs incoming handover UEs
for load balancing are for load balancing are for load balancing are for load balancing are
rejected. rejected. rejected. rejected.
-- -- -- --
60 60 60 60
60 60 60 60
60 60 60 60
60 60 60 60
60 60 60 60
60 60 60 60
60 60 60 60
60 60 60 60
60 60 60 60
the threshold of the
number of real-time UEs
for triggering PRB-based
This parameter indicates camping load balancing.
the admission control When a UE is released by
threshold of the DL the eNodeB and the
lBHOCCERatioACThrdD
PDCCH CCEControl
usage for pRBbasedCLBRRCNum
This parameter enables or Threshold
number ofofUEs
Admission the in RRC
Number
load balancing.l swch4ACBaseBHODl Thrd status in ThisperFLBCfgSwch
Threshold of DLWhen
PDCCH the disables theLoad
Switch for load CONNECTED
of Real-Time UEs for parameter
Switch for enables
Load or
enum: enum:
DL PDCCH
CCE RatioCCE usage
for Load balancing
Balancinghandover-based
Handover- the LTE serving
Triggering cell is
PRB-Based disables
Balancing loadFrequency
balancing
Close[0] Close[0]
in the cell for load
Balancing Basedadmission
Admissioncontrol
Control largerCamping
than or equal
Loadto this frequency configuration.
Configuration
balancing is larger than or strategy. If it is set to parameter, the serving cell If it is set to Open,
equal to the threshold, the Open, the strategy is triggers PRB-based different execution
incoming handover UEs enabled. If it is set to camping load balancing if thresholds can be
for load balancing are Close, the strategy is the PRB usage satisfies configured for each
rejected. disabled. the triggering condition. frequency.
-- -- -- --
balancing is used and this
This parameter determines parameter is set to HO
whether CLB UEs carry This parameter indicates based on measurement, This parameter indicates
the IMMCI in the RRC the ratio of the number of the system makes UEs whether the cell supports
Connection Release UEs that are measured in perform measurement- centralized load balancing
enum:
message. When a CLB centralized
Proportion connected load
of the Number based load balancing or not. If it is set to
cLBUERatioFactorwithI Close[0]
UE is to be released, the centConLBMeasUENum
balancing
of UEstoThat
the number
Are handover. If Support, the cell executes
MMCI Ratiobalanced HO based on
rFFingerPrintLBSwch supportCentLB
network generates a of UEs with
Measured in Centralized measurement-based
RF Fingerprintingload centralized
Indicator forload balancing
Supporting
measurement[1] enum:
random
Ratio valueofbetween
Factor CLB UEs 0 load.Connected
The number of UEs
Load balancing is usedfor
Strategy Switch andLoad
this when the eNodeB
Centralized Loadis
HO without Not Support[0]
and 1. If
with thethe value is
IMMCI that are measured in
Balancing parameter is set to HO
Balancing connected to T-Robot and
Balancing
measurement[2] Support[1]
smaller than or equal to centralized connected load without measurement, the centralized load balancing
double:[0..1] double:[1..2]
this parameter value, the balancing is the number system makes UEs is enabled. If it is set to
CLB UE with the IMMCI of UEs with balanced load perform load balancing Not Support, the cell
is released; otherwise, it is multiplied by this handover without executes distributed load
not released. parameter value. measurement. balancing.
-- -- -- --
1.0 1.5 Close[0] Not Support[0]
disables special overload
processing for idle SPID
lBNSAUEFilterSwch cLBSpidSpecHandleSwch
UEs. If it lBMeasThrdAdjStep mCSThrdAdjStep
Switch for NSA UE Switch forisSPID-Based
set to Open, LB Measurement
enum: enum:
This parameter
Filtering determines
During Load the special
Overload overloadfor
Processing Threshold Adjustment MCS Threshold
Close[0] Close[0]
whether to select NSA processing
Balancing Idlepolicy
UEs for idle This parameter
Step sets the Adjustment Step
Open[1] Open[1] long:[1..20]
UEs for load balancing. If SPID UEs is executed. If step for automatically This parameter sets the
it is set to Close, NSA it is set to Close, the adjusting the step for automatically
UEs can be selected. If it original processing policy measurement threshold adjusting the edge
is set to Open, NSA UEs for idle SPID UEs is for load balancing in each threshold for the MCS
cannot be selected. executed. period. center in each period.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Close[0] 2 2
determine whether the
bearer of a UE is a short-
packet bearer or a long-
packet bearer. If the
number of RBs of a UE is
greater than or equal to
lbParaAdaptSwch uePrbFilterLowThrd1 lbPacketSelectThrd1
this threshold, the bearer uePrbFilterHighThrd1
Automatic Adjustment Low Threshold for PRB Threshold for Short/Long High Threshold for PRB
enum:
Switch for Load This
Usageparameter is used to
for UE Filtering ofPacket
the UEDetermination
is a bearer with This
for UE Filtering
Close[0]
Balancing Parameters filter out Load
During the UEs with too
Balancing long packets.
During If the
Load Balancing filter out Load
Balancing
Open[1] double:[0.01..100] double:[0.01..100] double:[0.01..100]
low PRB usage during number of RBs of a UE is high PRB usage during
This parameter enables or load balancing. If the PRB smaller than this load balancing. If the PRB
disables automatic usage of a UE is lower threshold, the bearer of usage of a UE is higher
adjustment for load than this threshold, the the UE is a bearer with than this threshold, the
balancing parameters. UE is filtered out. short packets. UE is filtered out.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
If it is set to Only Serving can be queried for load
PLMN, the target balancing based on RF
frequencies for CLB are fingerprint information. If
those corresponding to the it is set to Close, the UEs
neighbor cells that support that meet the UE selection
the serving PLMN of policy for load balancing
lbParaAdaptDecPeriodNu lbParaAdaptObsPeriodNu UEs. If it enum: is set to Serving are selected during the UE
Switch for Preferentially
m sets the m Close[0]
cLBRestrictPLMNSwch lbPrioSelRffUeSwch
This parameter
Number of Periods for LB Number of Periods for LB PLMN Switch and Equivalent
for the PLMN selection
Selectingfor
thefingerprint-
UEs with
Only Serving PLMN[1] enum:
number of load
Parameter balancing
Self-Adaption Parameter Self-Adaption PLMNs, the
Restriction target
Policy for based load balancing.
Queryable FingerprintIf
Serving PLMN and Close[0]
periods for which
Determination This parameter sets the frequencies
Observation CLBfor CLB are this parameter is set to
Information
Equivalent PLMNs[2] Open[1]
automatic parameter number of load balancing those corresponding to the Open, the UEs whose
long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535]
adjustment must meet the periods for which the neighbor cells that support fingerprint information
requirements for effect of automatic the serving PLMN and the can be queried are
measurement report parameter adjustment equivalent PLMNs of selected for fingerprint-
proportions. needs to be observed. UEs. based load balancing.
-- -- -- --
for NSA UEs during load is set to Open, the PLMN CLB IMMCIs are carried
balancing. If it is set to policy is used for user only for UEs that meet the
Open and the candidate This parameter determines selection, that is, if the PLMN policy, that is, if
frequency is an anchor whether to use the load number of UEs in the the number of UEs in the
frequency, for NSA UEs, information of different serving cell is smaller serving cell is smaller
the cells that do not vendors for load than the load balancing than the camping load
support lBInterManuLoadInfoSwc
Switch forEN-DC on the
the Anchoring balancing. If it is set to execution
Using thethreshold
PLMN Policyof the balancing
Using execution
the PLMN Policy
lbNSAAnchorSelectSwch
anchorSelection
frequencyStrategy
cannot Close, hno load lBCUUEPlmnSwch
serving PLMN, UEsfor are cLBCUUEPlmnSwch
threshold of the serving
Target Switch for Using Inter- for User Selection for User Selection for
beforused as the
NSA UEstarget cells
During information
vendor Load of different
Information not considered as target
User-Quantity–Based cell, CLB IMMCIs are
User-Quantity–Based
for load
Load balancing.
BalancingIf it is vendors is used
for Load for load
Balancing UEsLoadof user-quantity–
Balancing carried when
Camping Loadthe UEs are
Balancing
set to Close, the cells that balancing. If it is set to based load balancing. If released. If this parameter
support and do not Open, the load this parameter is set to is set to Close, the PLMN
support EN-DC can all be information of different Close, the PLMN policies policy is not used to
used as the target cells for vendors is used for load is not used for user determine whether UEs
load balancing. balancing. selection. can carry CLB IMMCIs.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Open[1] Close[0] Close[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
enum:
Close[0]
loadCtrlSwchBasedIMM
NE_Name ldn moId Pre-emption
CI with
IMMCI[1]
Switch of Load Control
Reject with IMMCI[2]
NE Name LDN MO ID Based on IMMCI
string:length[1] Release With IMMCI[3]
model default: 1
object. It is of the The parameter is used to
container type and is set IMMCI based on load
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. control.
R -- --
Hardware are equivalent
to Hardware trigger
threshold of CC board for
the adjustment of ac-
barring factors,Hardware
recover threshold of CC
loadCtrlThrdBasedIMMC board for the adjustment
I immciMode immciStep enum:
deprioritisation
of ac-barring
Close[0]
IMMCI Threshold of factors,Hardware Ratio Increment for
Frequency[1]
If switch
LoadofControl
load control hysteresis of CC board
IMMCI Strategy for
for UE IMMCI Users Deprioritisation Type
long:[0..100] long:[1..100] E-UTRAN[2]
based on IMMCI is the adjustment of ac- Ratio increment for
Open,eNodeb will trigger barring factors,Estimation IMMCI users once a This parame indicates
units: % model default: 0 units: % model default: 0
IMMCI when load exceed window for hardware higher load level happens whether the current
IMMCI threshold of Load usage of CC board for the in the next load estimation frequency or RAT is to be
Control. adjustment of AC-Barring period. de-prioritised.
-- -- -- --
97 0 5 Close[0]
97 0 5 Close[0]
97 0 5 Close[0]
97 0 5 Close[0]
97 0 5 Close[0]
97 0 5 Close[0]
97 0 5 Close[0]
97 0 5 Close[0]
97 0 5 Close[0]
refIdleMobilityProfileLT
E userNumberRatioSwch prbUsgeRatioSwch prbCongThrd
enum: enum:
Idle Mobility Profile Switch of User Number Switch of PRB Usage PRB Congestion
Close[0] Close[0]
Index Ratio Ratio Threshold
model default: 96
string:length[0..400] model default: 0 model default: 0 units: %
The parameter represents This switch determine This switch determine define PRB congestion
the idle mobility profile whether user number ratio whether prb usage ratio threshold in PRB usage
index. function is valid or not. function is valid or not. ratio procedure.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] 96
timerOfPRBCongThrd prbAdmitThrd timerOfPRBAdmitThrd prbRecoverThrd
Time of Duration for PRB
Time of Duration for PRB PRB Admission Control Admission Control
Congestion Threshold (s) Threshold Threshold (s) PRB Recovery Threshold
long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
define time of duration for This parameter is used to define time of duration for This parameter is used to
PRB congestion threshold define PRB Admission PRB Admission control PRB recovery threshold in
in PRB usage ratio control threshold in PRB threshold in PRB usage PRB usage ratio
procedure. usage ratio procedure. ratio procedure. procedure.
-- -- -- --
5 98 5 90
5 98 5 90
5 98 5 90
5 98 5 90
5 98 5 90
5 98 5 90
5 98 5 90
5 98 5 90
5 98 5 90
User ratio load is less than than or equal to the later,
or equal to this parameter, or the ac-BarringFactor
or the ac-BarringFactor reaches its low limit.
reaches its low limit. While ,once the CC
While ,once the User ratio hardware load is lower
load is lower than their than their difference,the
enum:
difference,the launch of
User Ratio Trigger launch of the upward
timerofRecoverThrd 5[0]
deprioritisationTimer theacbRRCRatioThrsh
upward adjustment
Threshold for The of
acbRRCRatioHys
Useradjustment of ac- for
Ratio Hysteresis
10[1]
Time of Duration for The validity of ac-BarringFactor
Adjustment of begins
AC BarringFactor
The Adjustment begins and
of AC
15[2]
Recovery Threshold (s) deprioritisation (min) and contiues
Barring untill the
Parameter contiues
Barringuntill the CC
Parameter
30[3] long:[20..90] long:[0..10]
User ratio load is greater hardwared load is greater
than or equal to this than or equal to the
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to parameter,or the ac- later,or the ac-
recovery threshold in load limit the validity of BarringFactor reaches the BarringFactor reaches the
control procedure. deprioritisation. upper limit of 1. upper limit of 1.
-- -- -- --
60 5[0] 90 5
60 5[0] 90 5
60 5[0] 90 5
60 5[0] 90 5
60 5[0] 90 5
60 5[0] 90 5
60 5[0] 90 5
60 5[0] 90 5
60 5[0] 90 5
This switch determine
User Ratio Load whether PRB congestion
acbRRCRatioLoadWin prbUsgeRatioCongSwch
control function is valid prbCongRelBearPeriod prbCongRelBearNum
Estimation Window for The Number of Release
enum:
The Adjustment of AC or not. If theofPRB
Switch PRBusage This Period
parameter indicates
of PRB This
Bearersparameter indicates
in A Period for
Close[0]
Barring Parameter (s) rate is frequently
Congestion high,
Control the period of
Congestion release
Control(s) PRBthe Congestion
number of release
Control
Open[1]
consider open the bearer for PRB congestion bearers in a period for
long:[10..1800] long:[1..200] long:[1..10]
User ratio load estimation function. If the PRB ratio control. If it is configured PRB congestion control.
window for the over a threshold, eNB too long, the effect of If it is configured too big,
adjustment of AC barring would release some bearer reducing PRB load is the number of release
parameter. to reduce PRB usage rate. small. bearers is too much.
-- -- -- --
300 Close[0] 5 1
300 Close[0] 5 1
300 Close[0] 5 1
300 Close[0] 5 1
300 Close[0] 5 1
300 Close[0] 5 1
300 Close[0] 5 1
300 Close[0] 5 1
300 Close[0] 5 1
This parameter is the This parameter is the
bearer indication for PRB bearer indication for PRB
congestion control. The admission control. The
value 0 of array member value 0 of array member
prbCongRelBearInd
means be forbidden prbUsgeRatioACSwch prbACPreeMaxBearNum prbACRelBearInd
Bearer Selection for Maximum Number of means be forbidden
Bearer Selection for
longArray:[0..1] enum: longArray:[0..1]
congestion
Indicationcontrol.
for PRB The This switch
Switch of PRBdetermine
Admission This
Bearerparameter indicates
be Preempted for admission
Indication control.
for PRBThe
model default: Close[0] model default:
value 1 of array
Congestion member
Control whether Control
PRB admission maximum numberControl
PRB Admission of low value 1 of array
Admission member
Control
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Open[1] 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
means be allowed for control function is valid priority bearers can be means be allowed for
example: long:[1..5] example:
congestion control. From or not. If open, eNB can preempted for high admission control. From
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
the first array member, decide whether access a priority bearer when the the first array member,
each denotes QCI = 1, new bearer depend on the high priority bearer is each denotes QCI = 1,
QCI = 2, ... , QCI = 9. surplus PRB resource. admitted fail. QCI = 2, ... , QCI = 9.
-- -- -- --
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
This parameter is the This parameter is the This parameter is the This parameter is the
trigger threshold of self- trigger threshold of self- trigger hysteresis of self- trigger threshold of self-
adaptive IMMCI for conIMMCIRRCRatioThr
adaptive IMMCI for adaptive IMMCI for adaptive IMMCI for
Self-Adaptive IMMCI Self-Adaptive IMMCI Self-Adaptive IMMCI Self-Adaptive IMMCI
conIMMCICCLoadThrd
congestion control. This congestion d
control. This conIMMCIRRCRatioHys
congestion control. This conIMMCICCLoadHys
congestion control. This
Trigger Threshold for Trigger Threshold for Trigger Hysteresis for Trigger Hysteresis for
parameter
Congestion and Self-
Control parameter
Based Congestion and self-
Control parameter
Control parameter
Based Congestion and Self-
Control Based
Adaptiveon IMMCI
CC LoadTrigger on adaptive IMMCI
Ratio of trigger on
User Number adaptive IMMCI
Ratio of trigger Adaptive
User Number on IMMCI
CC LoadTrigger
Hysteresis for Congestion hysteresis for congestion threshold for congestion Threshold for Congestion
Control Based on CC control based on ratio of control based on ratio of Control Based on CC
Load are used to calculate user number are used to user number are used to Load are used to calculate
the threshold of adjust calculate the threshold of calculate the threshold of the threshold of adjust
IMMCI factor. adjust IMMCI factor. adjust IMMCI factor. IMMCI factor.
-- -- -- --
90 50 5 5
90 50 5 5
90 50 5 5
90 50 5 5
90 50 5 5
90 50 5 5
90 50 5 5
90 50 5 5
90 50 5 5
Congestion Control. If
Idle SPID Users[1]
open, eNodeB would
Smart Network
control the ratioof users
Distribution Function
carrying IMMCI. Each
enum: Based on IMMCI for Idle
positionin the bitmap This parameter sets
0.05[0] SPID Users[2]
indicates a function entity. whether to enable the
0.1[1] Smart Network
Rightmost bit is the first smart
Thenetwork distribution
Switch of Smart
0.2[2]
conIMMCIStepLength conIMMCITriggerMode conIMMCIPeriod Distribution Function
sPIDSmartNetDistSwch
Self-Adaptive IMMCI bit.First bit =IMMCI
Self-Adaptive Self- This parameterIMMCI
Self-Adaptive is the function
Network forDistribution
SPID users. If
0.25[3] Based on Redirection and
This parameter
Adjusting Stepisfor
the adaptive IMMCI
Trigger Modebasedon
for period
Period of
forself-adaptive
Congestion the switchfor
Function is turned on,
Idle SPID
0.5[4] IMMCI for Idle SPID
adjusting stepControl
Congestion of self- CC load,Second
Congestion bit =
Control IMMCI for congestion
Control(s) when a user is released,
Users
1[5] Users[3]
adaptive IMMCI for Self-adaptive IMMCI control. If it was the user is guided to
long:[0..7] long:[1..1800]
congestion control. If it basedon BPL load,Third configured too long, it another frequency in
was configured too big, it bit = Self-adaptive would wait much time for accordance with the load
would change the IMMCI IMMCI basedon ratio of changing the IMMCI condition of the serving
factor faster. user number factor. cell.
-- -- -- --
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
than or equal to the first
threshold and is smaller
than the second threshold,
the cell load is medium.
This parameter sets This parameter sets the This parameter sets the When the load of the
whether to enable the load evaluation period of delayed release time of number of users in a cell
smart smartNetDistLoadEvaPeri sPIDSmtNetDistDeyRelT
Thenetwork
Switch ofdistribution
Smart theLoad
The smartEvaluation
network Thethe smart
Delay network
Release Time isThe
larger
Loadthan or equalof
Threshold to
nSPIDSmartNetDistSwch
function odfunction for ime smartNetDistLoadThrd
Networkfor Non-SPID Period
Distribution distribution
of Smart Network distribution
of Smart function
Network for the second
Smart threshold
Network and
enum:
users. If the
Function switch
for Idle is
Non- idle users. The
Distribution larger the
Function for idle SPID users.
Distribution Thefor
Function is smaller than
Distribution the third
Function for
Close[0] longArray:[0..100]
turned SPID
on, when
Usersa user is parameter value(s)
Idle Users is, the larger
Idle the parameter
SPID value
Users (ms) threshold, Idlethe cell load is
Users
Open[1] model default: 30;50;80
released, the user is longer the load evaluation is, the longer the delayed high. When the load of
long:[1..65535] long:[1000..10000] units: %
guided to another period is. The smaller the release time is. The the number of users in a
model default: 0 model default: 30 model default: 2000 example: 30;50;80
frequency in accordance parameter value is, the smaller the parameter cell is larger than or equal
with the load condition of shorter the load evaluation value is, the shorter the to the third threshold, the
the serving cell. period is. delayed release time is. cell is overloaded.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
idle mobility control,
smart network distribution
algorithm based on
IMMCI for idle non-SPID
longArray:[0..255]
When the cell is users, EN-DC carrier
model default:
overloaded, this parameter anchor IMMCI
ref1IdleMobilityProfileLT and the IMMCI Profile 252;251;254;249;253;250
IMMCI Profile Index Profile Index of Smart function/directional
E oLIMMCIProfileIndexPro refSmartNetDistLTE ;248;247;255;0;0;0;0;0;0;
ieUserDisFuncPriDl
IMMCI Profile Index Index
Using When the Serving
Probability When This parameter
Network sets a
Distribution IMMCI
Priority function
Among of SA
Different
0
When The Serving Cell is TheCellServing
is Overload
Cell is profile index
Function forofIdle
theNon-
smart UEs, operatorFunctions
Distribution special user
for
Overloaded parameter work together
Overload network
SPIDdistribution
Users IMMCI Idlefunction,
Usersand user
model default: 0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250
This parameter sets the to determine which function for Non-SPID migration IMMCI of
units: % ;248;247;255;0;0;0;0;0;0;
IMMCI profile index for IMMCI profile index is users. With a profile TMM intelligent network
stringArray:length[0..400] example: 0;0 string:length[0..400] 0
releasing SPID users and used for releasing SPID index, you can find a coordination function.
non-SPID users when the users and Non-SPID configuration for IMMCI The remaining array
serving cell is overloaded. users. for Non-SPID users. elements are reserved.
-- -- -- --
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
prevent the AC barring dynamic AC barring is + RRC rejection ratio
control function from triggered. If the cell RRC hysteresis for the
being improperly rejection ratio of sampling adjustment of AC barring.
triggered due to the points is always less than The suppression threshold
number of RRC requests or equal to the value of is equal to RRC rejection
being too small during the RRC Rejection Ratio ratio trigger threshold for
aCBMsg3RejUEAtmptNu
Observation Window acbTrigMsg3RejRaGuTi
Statistical Window of Number of RRC of Trigger Threshold
Guard Timer of thefor
RRCthe the
RRC adjustment
Rejectionof AC
Ratio
aCBMsg3RejLoadWin
This parameter m meof the AC aCBMsg3RejRatioThrsh
RRC Rejection indicates RRC Rejection
Ratio for Connection Ratio for Rejection
Attempts Adjustment Ratio for the barring.
Trigger The recovery
Threshold for The
ThetheAdjustment
statistical time
of AC the Adjustment
AC of AC
Barring Parameter Barring Parameter-RRC
Adjustment of AC threshold is equal
Adjustment of Theto RRC
AC
window
Barring length of each
Parameter(s) Barring Parameter.
Adjustment Rejection
Barring Ratio
Parameters rejection
Barring ratio trigger
Parameter
double:[0..80]
sampling point in the However, the parameter Hysteresis for the threshold for the
RRC rejection ratio–based value cannot be too large; Adjustment of the AC adjustment of AC barring
AC barring function. It is otherwise, it will be hard Barring Parameter, user - RRC rejection ratio
used to calculate the RRC to trigger the AC barring access barring is gradually hysteresis for the
rejection ratio. control function. reduced. adjustment of AC barring.
-- -- -- --
300 3000 600 10.0
300 3000 600 10.0
300 3000 600 10.0
300 3000 600 10.0
300 3000 600 10.0
300 3000 600 10.0
300 3000 600 10.0
300 3000 600 10.0
300 3000 600 10.0
+ RRC rejection ratio correspond to the This parameter enables or
hysteresis for the priorities of the EUTRA- disables the dynamic
adjustment of AC barring. FDD, EUTRA-TDD, adjustment of AC Barring
The suppression threshold GERAN, UTRA-FDD, parameters of eMTC UEs
is equal to RRC rejection UTRA-TDD, based on the number of
ratio trigger threshold for CDMA2000-HRPD, and eMTCfor
Switch UEs
theinDynamic
a cell.
the
RRC adjustment
Rejectionof AC
Ratio CDMA2000-1xRTT This parameter enables or eMTCACBRRCRatioSwc
When the number
Adjustment of
of the AC
aCBMsg3RejRatioHys
barring. The for
recovery conIMMCIRATPriority
systems respectively. The conImmciUeFilterSwch
disables self-adaptive eMTC UEs his large, the
Hysteresis The Self-Adaptive IMMCI Self-Adaptive IMMCI UE Barring Parameter Based
enum: enum:
threshold is equal
AC priority
RATof each system
Priority for IMMCI UESwitch
Filtering filtering
forfor onaccess of eMTC
the Number ofUEs
eMTC is
longArray:[0..255] Close[0] Close[0]
rejection
Parameter ranges from 0 Control
Congestion to 255. A congestion control.
Congestion If it is restrictedUEs
Control through AC
double:[0..10] model default: Open[1] Open[1]
threshold for the higher value indicates a set to Open, high-priority barring. When the number
model default: 5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0
adjustment of AC barring higher priority. The value UEs are filtered out and of eMTC UEs is restored
units: % example: 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 0
- RRC rejection ratio 0 indicates that the RAT do not perform self- to a lower level, the
hysteresis for the is not selected as the adaptive IMMCI for access restriction is
adjustment of AC barring. target system for IMMCI. congestion control. gradually reduced.
-- -- -- --
5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
5.0 0;0;0;255;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
decreases to the lower decreases to the lower
limit. If the ratio of the limit. If the ratio of the
number of eMTC UEs is number of eMTC UEs is
smaller than the smaller than the
difference of the two difference of the two In the dynamic adjustment
parameter for
Threshold values, the ac-
the Ratio of parameter for
Hysteresis values, the ac-
the Ratio of ofWindow
AC Barring parameters,
for Calculating
eMTCACBRRCRatioThr
BarringFactor in eMTCACBRRCRatioLoa
the Number offield
eMTC in BarringFactor
the Number offieldeMTC thisRatio
the parameter
of the sets
Numberthe Interval for Updating the
eMTC sh starts to eMTCACBRRCRatioHys dWin eMTCACBUpdInterval
UEs toSIB2
Trigger the eMTC
UEs toSIB2 starts
Trigger theto length of the
of eMTC timefor
UEs window
the AC Barring Parameters of
increase
Dynamicuntil the ratio of
Adjustment of increase
Adjustment of for load evaluation
Dynamic Adjustmentof the This
of the parameter
Same sets
Type for the
eMTC
the
ACnumber
BarringofParameters
eMTC UEs the
ACnumber
BarringofParameters
eMTC UEs AC number
Barringof Parameters(s)
eMTC UEs. interval during UEs(s)which the
long:[20..90] long:[0..10]
is higher than or equal to is higher than or equal to The load is evaluated AC barring parameters of
model default: 90 model default: 5 long:[10..1800] long:[10..1800]
this parameter value, or this parameter value, or based on the average the same type in eMTC
the ac-BarringFactor field the ac-BarringFactor field value of the sampling SIB2 are not allowed to
increases to the upper increases to the upper points in the time be updated since the last
limit (1). limit (1). window. update.
-- -- -- --
90 5 300 300
90 5 300 300
90 5 300 300
90 5 300 300
90 5 300 300
90 5 300 300
90 5 300 300
90 5 300 300
90 5 300 300
disables the forbidding of
the access of the LTE UEs
of the resource sharing
party to anchor cells in a
forbid4GSharSwch
network sharing scenario.
Switch for Forbidding the
enum:
ToAccess
forbid of
theLTE
access
UEsoftothe
Close[0]
LTE UEs of the
Anchor resource
Cells
Open[1]
sharing party to anchor
cells, this parameter
model default: 0
should be set to 1;
otherwise, it should be set
to 0.
--
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId nackThrshis the
This parameter
clearing threshold
Downlink NACKof the
NE Name LDN MO ID subframe counter of
Statistics Threshold
string:length[1]
This parameter sets the NACK. When that
unique ID of the managed counter reaches this
object. It is of the threshold, ΔMCS should
container type and is be decreased by
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. ΔMCS_Down.
R -- --
ackThrsh schdNACKThrsh schdACKThrsh deltaMcsInit
This parameter
Downlink is the
ACK Statistics This parameter
Downlink is the
NACK This parameter
Downlink is the
ACK Statistics Initial DeltaMcs for
clearingThreshold
threshold of the Statistics
clearing threshold of the
Window Length clearing threshold
Window Lengthof the Normal Schedule
subframe counter of ACK. schedule subframe schedule subframe
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535] long:[-28..28]
When that counter reaches counter of NACK. When counter of ACK. When
model default: 47 model default: 50 model default: 50 model default: -3
this threshold, MCS that counter reaches this that counter reaches this
should be increased by threshold, it should be threshold, it should be Initial DeltaMcs for
MCS_Up. cleared. cleared. normal schedule.
-- -- -- --
47 50 50 0
47 50 50 0
47 50 50 0
47 50 50 0
47 50 50 0
47 50 50 0
47 50 50 0
47 50 50 0
47 50 50 0
Adjustment Value of
deltaMcsAdjust olAmcNAckStepUL olAmcAckStepUL olAmcSNRInitUL
Downlink Outer-loop The Adjusting Step When The Adjusting Step When
AMC Initial Value After Received NACK in Received ACK in Uplink Initial DeltaMcs for UL
UE Handover Uplink Out Loop AMC Out Loop AMC AMC
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
long:[-5..5] model default: 63 model default: 7 long:[-33..33]
adjustment value of The adjusting step of The adjusting step of
model default: 3 units: dB units: dB model default: -5
Downlink outer-loop SINR when received SINR when received
AMC Initial value after NACK in uplink out loop ACK in uplink out loop Initial DeltaMcs for UL
UE handover. AMC. AMC. AMC.
-- -- -- --
1 63 11 -2
1 63 11 -2
1 63 11 -2
1 63 11 -2
1 63 11 -2
1 63 11 -2
1 63 11 -2
1 63 11 -2
1 63 11 -2
This parameter indicates Step for SINR Adjustment
the adjustment value of In the
Based on uplink
Received AMCACKs
the converted CQI. When This parameter sets the hstAMCUlPostiveFreqAC
optimization
for UL Outer-Loop of a high-
AMC
cqiAdjustDelta
the CQI reported by the cqiDeltaOffset deltaBLER4DL256Qam
adjustment value K
Adjustment Valueof ofthe speed
the in rail scenario,
a Positive Frequencythis
UE is converted
Adjustment to the
Value of This parameter is used for
NomPDSCH-RS-EPRE- target BLER
Target BLERfor for
downlink
DL parameter
Offset Areasetsof
thea High-
step for
CQI value corresponding
Converted CQI CRS-based
Offset CQI
for CQI Reporting 256QAM. It is used to adjusting
256QAM the SINR
Speed Rail Scenariobased
to nomPDSCH-RS- measurement. The ratio of adjust the target BLER on the received ACK
long:[-1..1] long:[-1..2] double:[-0.2..0.2] long:[0..255]
EPRE-Offset of 0, the the PDSCH EPRE to the upwards or downwards in messages for uplink outer-
converted CQI value can CRS EPRE is calculated the scenario where the loop AMC when the UE
be fine adjusted based on based on PA and this downlink 256QAM table is in a positive frequency
this parameter value. parameter value. is configured. offset area.
-- -- -- --
0 2 0.05 28
0 2 0.05 28
0 2 0.05 28
0 2 0.05 28
0 2 0.05 28
0 2 0.05 28
0 2 0.05 28
0 2 0.05 28
0 2 0.05 28
enum:
Disable[0]
Step for SINR Adjustment Step for SINR Adjustment
SubAndPlIniAmc[1]
Step for SINR Adjustment Based on Received Based on Received
SubAndPlAmc[2]
In the
Based on uplink
Received AMCACKs NACKs In the uplink
for ULAMCOuter- In the uplink
NACKs for ULAMCOuter-
hstAMCUlNegtiveFreqA hstAMCUlPostiveFreqN hstAMCUlNegtiveFreqN Spare[3]
optimization
for UL Outer-Loopof a high-
AMC Loop optimization
AMC inof a high- Loop
a Positive optimization
AMC in of a high-
a Negative
Spare[4]
speed
in rail CK
a Negativescenario,
Frequency speed railACK
this Frequency scenario,
Offset Area speed railACK
thisof Frequency scenario,
Offset thisof
Area
amcCellSwch
Spare[5]
parameter
Offset Areasetsofthea High-
step for parameter sets the Rail
a High-Speed step for parameter sets the Rail
a High-Speed step for This
UL parameter enables
Cell-Specific AMCor
Spare[6]
adjusting the SINR
Speed Rail Scenario based adjustingScenario
the SINR based adjustingScenario
the SINR based disables uplink cell-
Switch
Spare[7]
on the received ACK on the received NACK on the received NACK specific AMC. Uplink
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
messages for uplink outer- messages for uplink outer- messages for uplink outer- cell-specific AMC can be
loop AMC when the UE loop AMC when the UE loop AMC when the UE enabled if the radio
is in a negative frequency is in a positive frequency is in a negative frequency channel quality of all the
offset area. offset area. offset area. UEs in a cell is the same.
-- -- -- --
28 252 252 Disable[0]
28 252 252 Disable[0]
28 252 252 Disable[0]
28 252 252 Disable[0]
28 252 252 Disable[0]
28 252 252 Disable[0]
28 252 252 Disable[0]
28 252 252 Disable[0]
28 252 252 Disable[0]
whether to configure
differentiated downlink
with the general QoS. If
This parameter is used to this parameter is set to
compensate the difference Open,Differentiated
the identified UEs
atmosDeltaSinrStepFactor cQIFalseDetcSwch cQIRepSwch4nonStdBW
between the realofCQI dlAmc4GeneralQoSswch
Outer-Loop Tracing The Switch CQIand Configuration
of general QoSSwitch
type can
of
enum: enum: enum:
Factor for Atmospheric This parameter
The Switch is used
of CQI to
False the UE measured
Compensate underCQI
non- beDL configured
AMC forbyQoS-using
Ducting eliminate the untrusted
Detection value under
Standard the non-
Bandwidth the downlink
Guaranteed UEs
CQI value caused by false standard bandwidth. differentiated AMC
long:[1..10]
This parameter adjusts the detection. When turned When turned on, the parameters. In this way,
outer-loop tracing speed on, the proportion of CQI proportion of CQI greater the perception of the users
in an atmospheric ducting greater than or equal to 7 than or equal to 7 can be with a specific type of
scenario. can be improved. improved. service can be improved.
-- -- -- --
4 Close[0] Open[1] Close[0]
threshold for clearing the threshold for clearing the
downlink outer-loop downlink outer-loop This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
AMC NACK counter for AMC ACK counter for threshold for clearing the threshold for clearing the
UEs with the general UEs with the general counter for the number of counter for the number of
QoS. When the NACK QoS. When the ACK times that downlink outer- times that downlink outer-
counter reaches the counter reaches the loop AMC NACK loop AMC ACK
threshold, the outer-loop threshold,
Thresholdthe forouter-loop
DL ACK messagesLength
Window are scheduled messagesLength
for DL Window are scheduled
for DL
nACKThrsh4QoS aCKThrsh4QoS schdNACKThrsh4QoS schdACKThrsh4QoS
DLAMC
NACK quantity is
Scheduling AMC quantity
Scheduling is
Data for
NACKUEsScheduling
with the general
Data for
ACKUEsScheduling
with the general
Data
decremented
Data CollectionbyThreshold
one step; incremented
Collectionby forone step;
QoS- QoS. When the
Collection for counter
QoS- QoS. When the
QoS-
forthat is, the outer-loop
QoS-Guaranteed UEs that is, the outer-loop
Guaranteed UEs valueGuaranteed
reaches theUEs
window valueGuaranteed
reaches theUEs
window
MCS is reduced by one MCS is increased by one length, the counter for the length, the counter for the
order. If the inner-loop order. If the inner-loop number of times that number of times that
MCS remains unchanged, MCS remains unchanged, downlink outer-loop downlink outer-loop
the scheduling MCS is the scheduling MCS is AMC NACK messages AMC ACK messages are
reduced by one order. increased by one order. are scheduled is cleared. scheduled is cleared.
-- -- -- --
7 47 50 50
7 47 50 50
7 47 50 50
7 47 50 50
7 47 50 50
7 47 50 50
7 47 50 50
7 47 50 50
7 47 50 50
step for SINR adjustment step for SINR adjustment
based on received NACK based on received ACK
This parameter sets the messages for uplink outer- messages for uplink outer-
initial delta MCS value This parameter
Initial-Value sets the Step
Adjustment loopfor
AMCSINR forAdjustment
UEs with loop AMC for UEs with
normally scheduled for adjustment quantity
Quantity of of the the
DL Outer- general
Based QoS. It is Step
on Received thefor
general
SINRQoS. It is
Adjustment
deltaMcsInit4QoS
UEs with the general deltaMcsAdjust4QoS
initial-value ulOlAmcNackStep4QoS ulOlAmcAckStep4QoS
Initial Delta MCS Value loop AMCoffordownlink
QoS- configured
NACKs fortoUL adjust the Based
Outer- configured to adjust
on Received the
ACKs
QoS. It is used
Scheduled fortoQoS-
update outer-loop
GuaranteedAMCUEsfor QoS- BLER
After for thefor
Loop AMC guaranteed BLER
General for UL for the guaranteed
Outer-Loop AMC
andGuaranteed
maintain theUEs initial guaranteed UEs after
Handover UEs with
QoStheUEs general UEsGeneral
for with theQoSgeneral
UEs
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
outer-loop MCS value handover. It is used to QoS. If it is set to a QoS. If it is set to a larger
long:[-28..28] long:[-5..5] model default: 63 model default: 7
after a UE is handed over update and maintain the smaller value, the target value, the target BLER is
model default: -3 model default: 3 units: 1dB units: 1dB
to a neighbor cell or the initial outer-loop MCS BLER is higher. If it is set higher. If it is set to a
transmission mode is value after a UE is handed to a larger value, the smaller value, the target
changed. over to a neighbor cell. target BLER is lower. BLER is lower.
-- -- -- --
-3 3 63 7
-3 3 63 7
-3 3 63 7
-3 3 63 7
-3 3 63 7
-3 3 63 7
-3 3 63 7
-3 3 63 7
-3 3 63 7
the NR side through split distributed to the NR side services on the LTE side.
bearers, there are no UL through split bearers, Therefore, the UL AMC
services on the LTE side. there are no UL services becomes unstable,
Therefore, the PHRs of on the LTE side. possibly increasing the
UEs cannot be reported Therefore, the UL AMC BLER. In this case, the
The rate measurement for a long time. The UL becomes unstable, AMC BELR needs to
software for SA or NSA AMC considers PHRs possibly increasing
Conservative MCSthe reduced. The ratio of this
lteBlerForType6
UEs can identify pHRInfiniteSwch4Split dltaMcsSr4Split ulOlAmcAckStep4Split
LTE Target BLERand
in invalid and may perform BLER. Therefore,
Quantity for UL SRthe parameter
ACK Step ofvalue
UL to the
AMC
enum:
optimize
Initial DL the ramping
Ramping for someAlways
UL PHR improperValid MCS needs
Scheduling to beSplit
on LTE NACK step for
Outer-Loop of UL
LTEAMC
Split
Close[0]
phase. Optimization
This parameter sets forprocedures, thus
LTE Split Bearers processed
Bearersin a outer-loop for LTE split
Bearers
Open[1]
the downlink target BLER increasing the BLER. In conservative manner bearers is approximately
double:[0.01..0.1] long:[0..28] long:[0..65535]
in the ramping phase. For this case, this parameter during SR scheduling, and equal to the UL target
the adjustment details, can be used to set the this parameter controls the BLER. You can modify
refer to the adjustment PHRs maintained by the specific conservative these two parameters to
rules. AMC to never invalid. quantity. reduce the target BLER.
-- -- -- --
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
services on the LTE side. distributed to the NR side
Therefore, the UL AMC through split bearers,
becomes unstable, there are no UL services
possibly increasing the on the LTE side.
BLER. In this case, the Therefore, the UL AMC
AMC BELR needs to lacks of UL measurement This parameter sets the
reduced. The ratio of the values, possibly target
Target BLER
BLER of DL
ulOlAmcNackStep4Split
ACK step amcPreSchdInterval4Split lteBlerForSplit
NACK StepofofUL
ULAMC
AMC increasing
Interval the BLER.
for UL In Discrete
AMC Pre- corresponding to the
Scheduling for
outer-loop for
Outer-Loop for LTE
LTE split
Split this case, UL
scheduling scheduling
Triggering for downlink
the discrete
UEs with Split
bearers to this parameter
Bearers canLTE
be increased by pre- scheduling
Split Bearers Bearers for the UEs for
Established
value is approximately scheduling. The AMC can which split bearers have
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535] double:[0.01..0.1]
equal to the UL target obtain more UL been established and
model default: 700 model default: 100 model default: 0.04
BLER. You can modify measurement values and downlink discrete
these two parameters to thus can control the scheduling is being
reduce the target BLER. BLER more effectively. performed.
-- -- --
700 100 0.04
700 100 0.04
700 100 0.04
700 100 0.04
700 100 0.04
700 100 0.04
700 100 0.04
700 100 0.04
700 100 0.04
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
The CCE aggregation
level and power offset of
NE_Name ldn moId pdcchConsSwitch
theThe
PDCCH is determined
selection for the
based on the
conservative data of
quantity
NE Name LDN MO ID operating
control point
channel
string:length[1] enumArray:[0, 1, 2]
This parameter sets the corresponding to the
model default: 1 model default: 1;1
unique ID of the managed equivalent spectrum
string string:length[0..200] example: 1 example: 1;1
object. It is of the efficiency of the UE plus
container type and is a certain conservative
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. quantity.
R -- --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-11 0;1
interfered more easily by the total number of CCEs
neighbor cells. Therefore, in the case of CFI_NUM -
certain PDCCH resources 1 (CCE_TotalNum_Low).
should be reserved to If CCE_NeedNum is
avoid the problem that larger than or equal to
some messages sent on CCE_TotalNum *
enum:
The CCE selection for the PDCCH are not ucThrCFIAdapt, CFI is
8CCE+3dB[0]
pdcchConsIdx cfi1Cons cfiAdaptThrd cceOfUltoDL
switching conservative detected
Thedue to neighbor
PDCCH incremented by one. If
8CCE+0dB[1]
In accordance
scheduling with
of control cell interference.
Conservative This
Quantity CCE_NeedNum is CCE allocation ratio of
4CCE+3dB[2]
different actual
channel parameter
whencanCFIbeisused
1 to Thresholdsmaller than
of CFI adaption downlink
4CCE+0dB[3] longArray:[0..19]
environments, different adjust PDCCH indexes so CCE_TotalNum_Low *
model default: 3;3 double:[0..1] double:[0..1]
CCE aggregation levels that a larger CCE ucThrCFIAdapt, CFI is This parameter sets the
model default: 1 example: 3;3 model default: 0.8 model default: 0.5
and power offsets can be aggregation level or decremented by one. CCE resource allocation
used in control channel higher transmit power can Otherwise, the CFI value ratio reserved for the
conservative scheduling. be used. does not change. downlink.
-- -- -- --
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 0.4
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 0.5
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 0.5
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 0.5
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 0.5
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 0.5
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 0.5
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 0.5
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 0.5
pdcchSigCons pdcchIdxHighLimitdelta pdcchUlProtectPara cceSelfAdpFlag
Signaling conservative
enum:
scheduling offset of Upper limit index offset UL CCE compulsory Adaptive switch of CCE
Close[0]
control channel of PDCCH reserve parameter resources
longArray:[0..19] Open[1]
This parameter sets the This parameter sets the This parameter is a
long:[0..19] model default: 2;2 double:[0..15]
offset of control channel upper limit of the offset compulsory reserved This parameter is the
model default: 9 example: 2;2 model default: 1.0 model default: 0
signaling added based on increase of PDCCH index parameter for the UL CCE switch of adaptive
the PDCCH index in for surpassing the SE demand on UL scheduling adjustment of UL and DL
normal UE scheduling. threshold. subframes. CCE resources.
-- -- -- --
3 4;4 1.0 Close[0]
3 4;4 1.0 Close[0]
3 4;4 1.0 Close[0]
9 4;4 1.0 Close[0]
9 4;4 1.0 Close[0]
9 4;4 1.0 Close[0]
3 4;4 1.0 Close[0]
3 4;4 1.0 Close[0]
3 4;4 1.0 Close[0]
sharing. If it is set to
Open, PDCCH power
sharing is enabled. The
remaining RRU power (if
any) can be used to
increase the available
power of the PDCCH in
pdcchIdxMaxValue pdcchConsMinIdx pdcchPwrPromdelta pdcchPwrShareSwch
the cell to reduce the
The Maximal Value of The Minimal Value of
enum:
PDCCH Adaption Level PDCCH Adaption Level PDCCH Power Usage number
PDCCHofPowertimesSharing
that the
Close[0]
Index Index This parameter
Offset indicates powerSwitch
exceeds the
longArray:[0..19] longArray:[0..19] Open[1]
the power usage offset of threshold. If it is set to
model default: 19;19 model default: 4;4 double:[0..10]
the maximum transmit Close, the remaining RRU
example: 19;19 example: 4;4 model default: 0.0 model default: 0
The Maximal Value of The Minimal Value of power calculated by the power cannot be used for
PDCCH Adaption Level PDCCH Adaption Level cell against the power power increase of the
Index Index available for the PDCCH. PDCCH in the cell.
-- -- -- --
19;19 4;4 0.0 Close[0]
19;19 4;4 0.0 Close[0]
19;19 4;4 0.0 Close[0]
19;19 4;4 0.0 Close[0]
19;19 4;4 0.0 Close[0]
19;19 4;4 0.0 Close[0]
19;19 4;4 0.0 Close[0]
19;19 4;4 0.0 Close[0]
19;19 4;4 0.0 Close[0]
is set to Open: If this
parameter is set to Open,
the radio link performance
can be improved by the
increase of power offset
and the decrease of the Number of Scheduling
number of CCEs allocated Attempts When the
pdcchDescendIndexSwch
on the PDCCH for UEs. pDCCHStep4MSG4
If PDCCH pDCCHinitial4MSG4 schCCETime4Msg4
Switch for Adaptive Index Index Increase Maximum PDCCH Index
enum:
this parameter
Descending andisPower
set to Step for MSG4 Initial PDCCH Index for Must Be Used for MSG4
Close[0]
Close, theonradio
Increase PDCCHlink Scheduling MSG4 Scheduling This parameter
Schedulingsets the
Open[1]
performance can be number of scheduling
long:[1..4] long:[1..17] long:[1..4]
improved by the increase This parameter sets the attempts when the
of the power offset of the PDCCH index increase This parameter indicates maximum PDCCH index
CCEs allocated on the step for MSG4 the initial PDCCH index must be used for MSG4
PDCCH for UEs. scheduling. for MSG4 scheduling. scheduling.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 2 10 3
Close[0] 2 10 3
Close[0] 2 10 3
Close[0] 2 10 3
Close[0] 2 10 3
Close[0] 2 10 3
Close[0] 2 10 3
Close[0] 2 10 3
Close[0] 2 10 3
disables the PDCCH
power priority function. If This parameter enables or This parameter sets the
it is set to Open, the new This parameter enables or disables PDCCH expansion factor for the
PDCCH Index table hiLoadPDCCHEnhanceS
disables CFI adaption optimization dlUeNumFactor4CFIAda
Switch forenhancement
PDCCH number of UEs scheduled
pDCCHPowerPriorSwch
exchanged for primary cFIAdaptEnhanceSwitch
optimization. In a high- witch FDD
in Optimization
high-load pt
in the downlink
Expansion FactorforforCFI
the
enum: enum: enum:
and effective
Switch secondary
for PDCCH loadfor
Power Switch scenario, this
CFI Adaption scenarios. It is set
Enhancement in to Open
High- estimation.
Number It is usedDL
of Scheduled
selectionPriority
1 (aggregation parameter is set to Open if inLoad
Optimization the scenario where the
FDD Scenarios UEswhen
for adaptive CFI
CFI Estimation
level = 1, 2, 4, and 8) is the proportion of large load is high and the optimization is enabled. It
double:[0..10]
used for CCE allocation. CFI values is high. In this proportion of large CFI can prevent the number of
If it is set to Close, the old way, the proportion of values is high to reduce UEs involved in CFI
PDCCH Index table is large CFI values can be the proportion of large estimation from being too
used for CCE allocation. reduced. CFI values. small.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Open[1] Close[0] 1.05
CFI offset of each
This parameter sets the hiLoadPDCCHEnhanceC
Fixed CFI Value for subframe. If it is
dlMinUeNum4CFIAdapt
minimum number of FI sets the necessary
cFIValueOffset
Minimum Number of UEs This parameter
UEs PDCCH Optimization in to increase the
longArray:[0..3]
that are involved
Involved in DLin CFI
CFI fixed CFI value
High-Load FDDused CFI values
Offset of some
Each
model default:
estimation in the
Estimation when PDCCH
Scenarios subframes, this parameter
Subframe
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
downlink. It is set to Open optimization is enabled can be set to larger than 0;
long:[1..255] long:[1..3] example:
in high-load scenarios to for high-load FDD otherwise, it is set to 0.
model default: 2 model default: 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
ensure sufficient number scenarios. It can be This parameter is used to
of UEs involved in CFI flexibly configured in increase the CFI values of
estimation. high-load scenarios. some subframes.
-- -- --
1 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1 3 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
The parameter defines the
NE_Name ldn moId enum:
hoppingMode
mode of PUSCH
Only Inter-Subframe[0]
frequency
PUSCHhopping used to
Frequency
Both Intra and Inter-
NE Name LDN MO ID determine whether
Hopping Modeonly
string:length[1] Subframe[1]
This parameter sets the inter-subframe will be
model default: 1
unique ID of the managed enabled or both intra-
object. It is of the subframe and inter-
container type and is subframe will be enabled.
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Effective when Cell Reset
R -- --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-11 Only Inter-Subframe[0]
The frequency offset for
PUSCH hopping,
enum:
collected with PUSCH
4[0]
hopping sub band. The
puschhoppingOffset puschNsb 8[1]
dsrTransMax srsEnable
formula of sub band is Number of Sub-Bands for
16[2] enum:
N_RB^sb
PUSCH =
Frequency The numberFrequency
PUSCH of subband Maximum Transmission The Switch of SRS
32[3] Close[0]
floor((N_RBÛL
Hopping Offset – usedHopping
for PUSCH Times of SR Configuration
64[4] Open[1]
N_RB^PUCCH – frequency hopping is used
long:[0..98] long:[1..4]
N_RB^N_HO mod 2) / to determine the size of
N_sb). N_RB^N_HO is subband and the range of SR max transmission The parameter indicates
PuschHopOffset. frequency hopping mode. number the switch of SRS
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Configuration.
-- -- -- --
12 1 64[4] Close[0]
12 1 64[4] Close[0]
12 1 64[4] Close[0]
12 1 64[4] Close[0]
12 1 64[4] Close[0]
12 1 64[4] Close[0]
12 1 64[4] Close[0]
12 1 64[4] Close[0]
12 1 64[4] Close[0]
The parameter indicates length is normal cp
RB Location Wideband
the downlink frequency length, a PHICH group
Allocation[0]
selection configured by consists of 8 PHICH; If
RB Location Sub-Band
high layer for cell . The the preamble length is
Allocation(Frequency-
parameter is configured extened cp length, a
Selective)[1]
by enumerate number.The PHICH group consists of
Downlink PRB Random enum:
frequency selection could 4 PHICH. The equation of
Allocation[2] 1/6[0]
be freqSelectDl
RB bandwidth PHICHnggroup is dlDisRsAllSpInd
Downlink Distributed
phichDuration
Speed Self Adaption[3] 1/2[1] enum: enum:
allocation(frequency
Downlink Frequency N_PHICH^Group
PHICH =
Allocated Group Resource Allocation The duration of PHICH
Service Self Adaption[4] 1[2] No[0] Normal[0]
selection),RB subband
Selection ceil(N_h * (N_RB^DL
Calculation Factor / Supported determines
PHICH howLength
Symbol many
Self Adaption[5] 2[3] Yes[1] Extended[1]
allocation(frequency 8)) (for normal CP) or ofdm symb that PHICH
selection),PRB Random N_PHICH^Group = 2 * The parameter indicates will be mapped on, one
Allocation, speed auto- ceil(N_h * (N_RB^DL / whether downlink OFDM symb or three
adjusted, service auto- 8)) (for extended CP) distribute resource OFDM symb.
adjusted, auto-adjusted. Effective when Cell Reset allocation is supported. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
RB Location Sub-Band Allo
1[2] No[0] Normal[0]
the methods of a periodic
enum: enum:
Number of Mappings Srs bandwidth feedbacking CQI on
2[0] Wideband Feedback[0]
From Virtual RB to configuration is PUSCH for each
3[1]
nd srsBWCfg swchDAdjCqiMode Higher Layer-Configured
puschCqiFbMethd
Physical RB in correlation with uplink transmission mode.ofThere
The Method
4[2] enum: Subband Feedback[1]
Distributed Transmission bandwidth (TS 36.211
SRS Bandwidth are three
Feedbacking CQI for
5[3] Close[0] UE-Selected Subbands
(Nd) tableConfiguration
5.5.3.2). Max srs Reserved Field methods,Wideband
PUSCH
6[4] Open[1] Feedback[2]
bandwidth must smaller feedback,higher Layer-
long:[0..7]
The parameter configures than pusch bandwidth, configured subband
the RB number Which is N_RBÛL – feedback,UE Selected
used to map from VRB to N_RB^PUCCH subband feedback.
PRB. Effective when Cell Reset Reserved Field. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
3[1] 0 Close[0] Higher Layer-Configured
Number of PUCCH
enum:
pucchDeltaShf pucchSemiAnNum pucchAckRepNum pucchSrNum
Channel for ACK/NACK
1[0]
Cycle Shift Number for of Downlink SPS Number of Ack/Nack The Number of SR
2[1]
PUCCH Format 1/1a/1b Number of PUCCH
Scheduling The parameter
Repetition defines
PUCCH PUCCH
3[2]
Channel for ACK/NACK number of PUCCH The parameter defines the
long:[0..512] long:[0..512] long:[0..512]
The parameter determines of Downlink SPS channel for ACK/NACK number of PUCCH
the cycle shift spacing for Scheduling in one feedback of Ack/Nack channels for SR during
PUCCH format 1/1a1b subframe Repetition one subframe.
-- -- -- --
1[0] 12 0 48
1[0] 12 0 48
1[0] 12 0 24
1[0] 12 0 24
1[0] 12 0 48
1[0] 12 0 48
1[0] 12 0 24
1[0] 12 0 48
1[0] 12 0 48
pucchBlankFlag pucchBlankNum pucchCqiRBNum cqiRptPeriod
The Configuration of
enum:
Numbers of Blanked RB RB Number of PUCCH CQI/PMI The parameter indicates
Report Period
Close[0] enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
PUCCH Blanking of PUCCH Format 2/2a/2b the configuration
for UE (ms) of
Open[1] 5]
CQI/PMI report period for
long:[0..98] long:[0..98] model default: 2;3;4
The parameter is a switch The parameter defines the The number of RBs is UE. It is one-dimensional
for PUCCH blanking, 0: number of RB for allocated for PUCCH cqi vector including three
close 1: open PUCCH Blanking reporting elements.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 10 1 2;3;4
Open[1] 10 1 2;3;4
Close[0] 0 1 2;3;4
Close[0] 0 1 2;3;4
Open[1] 10 1 2;3;4
Open[1] 10 1 2;3;4
Close[0] 0 1 2;3;4
Open[1] 10 1 2;3;4
Open[1] 10 1 2;3;4
the uplink frequency
Selective)[1] 5[5]
selection configured by
UL Hopping(Non- 6[6]
high layer for cell . The
Frequency Selective)[2] 7[7]
parameter is configured
Speed Self Adaption[3] 8[8]
by enumerate number.The
Service Self Adaption[4] 9[9]
frequency selection could
Self Adaption[5] 10[10]
The Number of Channel be RB bandwidth
srTrPeriod srTrCHNum Uplink PRB Random
freqSelectUl 11[11]
srsSubFrameCfg
The Configuration of SR The parameter
Corresponding indicates
to the SR allocation(frequency Srs subframe
Allocation[6] 12[12]
The parameterPeriod
Transmission indicates
for the numberPeriod
Transmission of TTIfor selection),RB subband
Uplink Frequency configuration is from 0 to
SRS Subframe
Allocate RB from high 13[13]
the configuration
UE (ms) of SR corresponding
UE to the SR
in Cell Configuration allocation(frequency
Selection 15. If Configuration
parameter is 0 1 2 3
enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4] longArray:[0..36] frequency[7] 14[14]
transmission period for transmission period for selection),hop 4 5 6 9 10 11 12, system
model default: 1;2;3;4 model default: 8;2;2;0
UE. It is one-dimensional UE. It is one-dimensional frequency(non-frequency not support srs TDMA.
example: 1;2;3;4 example: 8;2;2;0 model default: 6 model default: 7
vector including four vector including four selection), speed auto- Min srs period is 2 2 2 5 5
elements. elements. adjusted, service auto- 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 2 2ms
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset adjusted, auto-adjusted. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
1;2;3;4 12;0;0;0 Uplink PRB Random Alloca
7[7]
7[7]
7[7]
7[7]
7[7]
7[7]
7[7]
7[7]
7[7]
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
;0;0;0;0;0 ;0;0;0;0;0
example: example:
The parameter is initial
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
The parameter is initial bandwidth when ue is
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; enum: enum:
Switch for Sharing UL Switch for Sharing DL SRS hopping bandwidth attached to cell. The
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
sharePrbPositionUL 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
sharePrbPositionDL 0[0]
srsHopBW 0[0]
srsIniBW
PRB Locations Between PRB Locations Between when ue is attached to parameter is correlation
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; 1[1] 1[1]
LTE and NB-IoT LTE and NB-IoT cell. The parameter is with srs bandwidth
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 2[2] 2[2]
Spectrum Spectrum SRScorrelation with srs
Hopping Bandwidth configuration. The initial
SRS Initial Bandwidth
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; 3[3] 3[3]
hopping bandwidth bandwidth must smaller
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
This parameter determines This parameter determines configuration. Whether or than max srs bandwidth
;0;0;0;0;0 ;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 2
whether LTE and NB-IoT whether LTE and NB-IoT not the parameter is according to srs
spectrum shares uplink spectrum shares downlink adjusted that is decided by bandwidth configuration.
PRB locations. PRB locations. SwchDAdjHopSrsBW. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0[0] 2[2]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0[0] 2[2]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0[0] 2[2]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0[0] 2[2]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0[0] 2[2]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0[0] 2[2]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0[0] 2[2]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0[0] 2[2]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0[0] 2[2]
indicator for transmitting
The parameter shows the ACK/NACK and SRS in
Cell Identity in the a same subframe is
function of CoMP. It is support, ACK/NACK and
Configured different Cell The Number of Cyclic SRS may be transmitted
Identity for the Shift Used for PUCCH in a same subframe; If the
neighboring cell in the Formats 1/1a/1b in a Thevalue of the
Support supportfor
Indicator
enum:
cidofCoMP swchTTIBundling pucchNcsAn ackSrsTraSptInd
function of CoMP, Such NAnCs
Resource denotes
Block thefor
Used indicator
Transmittingfor ACK/NACK
transmitting
0[0] enum: enum:
as 0,Cell
The 1, 2.Identity
It ensures to
in the number
a Mix of cyclic1/1a/1b
of Formats shift ACK/NACK
and SRS inand SRS in
a Same
1[1] Close[0] Not support[0]
configure
Function different
of CoMP SRS Switch of TTI Bundling used for
andPUCCH
2/2a/2bformats a sameSubframe
subframe is not
2[2] Open[1] Support[1]
resource by configuring 1/1a/1b in a resource support, ACK/NACK and
long:[0..7]
different cell Identity for block used for a mix of SRS shall not be
the neighboring cell in the This parameter enables or formats 1/1a/1b and transmitted in a same
function of CoMP . disables TTI bundling for 2/2a/2b. subframe
Effective when Cell Reset cell users. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
0[0] Close[0] 0 Support[1]
pucch3RB numPucch1b pucchSORTDEnable aperiodicSRSSwch
enum: enum:
The RB Number of Number of PUCCH PUCCH SORTD Mode
No[0] Close[0]
PUCCH Format 3 Format 1b The parameter
Enableindicates Aperiodic SRS Switch
Yes[1] Open[1]
the transmission diversity
long:[0..98] long:[0..512]
The parameter indicates mode of PUCCH .This The parameter indicates
the RB number of Number of PUCCH parameter is added in the aperiod SRS enabled
PUCCH format 3 Format1b protocol release10. or not.
-- -- -- --
1 12 No[0] Close[0]
1 12 No[0] Close[0]
1 12 No[0] Close[0]
1 12 No[0] Close[0]
1 12 No[0] Close[0]
1 12 No[0] Close[0]
1 12 No[0] Close[0]
1 12 No[0] Close[0]
1 12 No[0] Close[0]
SINR threshold for
determining whether a UE
should enter TTI bundling
This parameter determines scheduling or not when
the numbers of two ports the service
SINR types offor
Threshold the
threshold4CoMPCellJudU channel P1 for channel UE do not include QCI1.
The Channel Numbers of Enabling TTI Bundling
threshold4CoMPPsUl l nPucch1bP1
selection PUCCH If the ttiBundSinrIn
SINR at which
Channel Selection Scheduling for UEthe
Power Threshold of UL Judge Threshold of UL format1b. This parameter
PUCCH Format 1b for UE uses Types
Service the maximum
Except
CoMP CoMP Cell is usedTwo
in the transmission
Ports P1 transmitter power on an
QCI1
long:[-11..30]
The neighbor cell can help diversity mode of PUCCH RB is less than or equal to
long:[-125..-100] long:[-12..24] long:[0..100] model default: 0
The first condition of local cell when the power . It is configured when the this threshold, the UE
model default: -120 model default: -6 model default: 20 units: dB
CoMP Cell is the power difference is greater than PUCCH transmission enters TTI bundling
greater than the threshold. the threshold. diversity mode enable. scheduling.
-- -- -- --
-120 -6 20 0
-120 -6 20 0
-120 -6 20 0
-120 -6 20 0
-120 -6 20 0
-120 -6 20 0
-120 -6 20 0
-120 -6 20 0
-120 -6 20 0
when UE' service is not
includes QCI1,Use The
enum: enum:
parameter provides SINR
ttiBundSinrOut extendedBSRSwch Disable[0]
tansAntenSel Bias 0[0]
prbRandNumberUl
threshold to determine
enum: Openloop[1] Bias 1[1]
whether
Close TTIUE appliesSINR
Bundling TTI This parameter determines Transmit Antenna
Close[0] Closedloop[2] Bias 2[2]
Bundling or
Threshold not. IfQCI1
Except UE ULthe UL extended
Extended BSR
BSR Switch Selection Mode Uplink PRB Random Bias
long:[0..30] Open[1] Adaptive[3] Random Bias[3]
SINR is more than the Switch. This parameter is
model default: 4
threshold, UE will be used in UL extended
configured in normal BSR. It is configured The parameter determines Uplink PRB Random
HARQ operation. when UE need use UL the mode of UE transmit Bias:Bias 0,Bias 1,Bias 2
Effective when Cell Reset extended BSR. antenna selection. and Random Bias
-- -- -- --
4 Close[0] Disable[0] Bias 0[0]
parameter to the baseband
and the UE that produce
and demodulate
demodulation reference
signals for the PUSCH in
a single layer according to
enum:
The parameter
Whether indicates
Simultaneous Rel8/9. If it is set to Yes,
Bias 0[0]
prbRandNumberDl pucchPuschSimulTraInd dmrsWithOCCActivated ueTransPortNum
whether simultaneous
PUCCH And PUSCH the RNLC sends this Maximum Number of
Bias 1[1] enum: enum: enum:
Downlink PRB Random PUCCH and PUSCH
Transmissions Is parameter
Switch fortoDMRS
the baseband
with This parameter
Transmit indicates
Antenna Ports
Bias 2[2] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
Bias transmissions
Configuredare and the
OCC UEActivated
that produce theon
maximum number of
the UL PUSCH
Random Bias[3] Yes[1] Yes[1] 4[1]
configured,If UE support and demodulate transmit antenna ports on
simultaneous PUCCH and demodulation reference the PUSCH in the uplink.
Downlink PRB Random PUSCH transmission, it is signals for the PUSCH in This parameter is used
Bias:Bias 0,Bias 1,Bias 2 configured Yes, or it is multiple layers according only by eNodeBs instead
and Random Bias configured No to Rel10. of UEs.
-- -- -- --
Bias 0[0] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
Bias 0[0] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
Bias 0[0] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
Bias 0[0] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
Bias 0[0] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
Bias 0[0] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
Bias 0[0] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
Bias 0[0] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
Bias 0[0] No[0] No[0] 2[0]
SINR threshold for
scheduling or not when
SINR Threshold for
the service
Enabling TTItypes of the Close
Bundling when UE'
TTI service
Bundlingincludes
SINR
ttiBundPlIn ttiBundPlOut UE ttiBundSinrIn4QCI1
include QCI1. ttiBundSinrOut4QCI1
If the QCI1,Use The parameter
Scheduling for UE Threshold When UE'
Open TTI Bundling PL Close TTI Bundling PL SINR atTypes
Service whichIncluding
the UE provides
Service SINR threshold
Type Includes
Threshold The parameter
Thresholdprovides uses the maximum
QCI1 to determine
QCI1whether UE
long:[-11..30] long:[0..30]
The parameter provides PL threshold to determine transmitter power on an applies TTI Bundling or
long:[50..160] long:[50..160] model default: 4 model default: 8
PL threshold to determine whether UE return normal RB is less than or equal to not. If UE SINR is more
whether UE applies TTI transmission form TTI this threshold, the UE than the threshold, UE
Bundling or not. Bundling or not. enters TTI bundling will be configured in
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset scheduling. normal HARQ operation.
-- -- -- --
132 128 4 8
132 128 4 8
132 128 4 8
132 128 4 8
132 128 4 8
132 128 4 8
132 128 4 8
132 128 4 8
132 128 4 8
enum:
2[0]
5[1]
10[2]
20[3]
csiReportMode srsNormalPeriod srsNormalResource 40[4]
srsTrP
This parameter is the The Configuration of SRS The Number of SRS Minimum Reference
enum: 80[5]
submode of Mode1-1 in
Submode The parameter
Period for UE indicates
Normal The parameter Resource
Time-Division indicates Period for the Segment of
Submode1[0] enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 160[6]
TM9
TM9 and
and CSI-RS
CSI-RS 88 port,
Port the configuration
Power (ms)of SRS the
fornumber of SRS
UE Normal time-
Power The
SRSSRS's period.
Resource The
(ms)
Submode2[1] 5, 6, 7] longArray:[0..256] 320[7]
could be submode1 or period for UE normal division resource for UE period of localized must
model default: 2;3;5 model default: 1;1;1
submode2. See power. It is one- normal power. It is one- be bigger or equal to min
model default: 0 example: 2;3;5 example: 1;1;1 model default: 2
36213[7.2.2], or dimensional vector dimensional vector period supported by srs
36331[6.3.2, CQI- including three elements. including three elements. subframe configuration.
ReportConfig] Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
Submode1[0] 2;3;5 1;0;2 10[2]
Submode1[0] 2;3;5 1;0;2 10[2]
Submode1[0] 2;3;5 1;0;2 10[2]
Submode1[0] 2;3;5 1;0;2 10[2]
Submode1[0] 2;3;5 1;0;2 10[2]
Submode1[0] 2;3;5 1;0;2 10[2]
Submode1[0] 2;3;5 1;0;2 10[2]
Submode1[0] 2;3;5 1;0;2 10[2]
Submode1[0] 2;3;5 1;0;2 10[2]
If the difference of RRC-
enum:
connected user number
2[0]
and physical resource
5[1]
capacity is larger than
10[2]
The Number of Channel capacityMarginThr(1), the
20[3]
The Number of SRS Corresponding to The physical resource capacity
40[4]
srsLargePowPeriod srsLargePowResource cqiRptChNum capacityMarginThr
The Configuration of SRS The parameter
Resource indicates
Over the The Transmission
CQI parameter indicates
Period may be increased. If the
80[5]
Period Over the Threshold the number
Threshold of SRS
of SRS PL for the number
for UE of channels
in Cell difference
the margin of
of physical
physical
160[6]
of SRS PL for UE (ms) resource
UEover the corresponding to the CQI
Configuration resource
resource capacity and
adjustment.
320[7] longArray:[0..24] longArray:[0..12] longArray:[0..255]
The parameter indicates threshold of SRS PL for transmission period for RRC-connected user
model default: 2;1;1 model default: 0;0;0 model default: 50;70
the configuration of SRS UE. It is one-dimensional UE. It is one-dimensional number is larger than
model default: 3 example: 2;1;1 example: 0;0;0 example: 50;70
period over the threshold vector including three vector including three capacityMarginThr(2), the
of SRS PL for UE. elements. elements. phsical resource capacity
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset may be decreased.
-- -- -- --
10[2] 0;0;0 1;0;5 50;70
10[2] 0;0;0 1;0;5 50;70
10[2] 0;0;0 1;0;5 50;70
10[2] 0;0;0 1;0;5 50;70
10[2] 0;0;0 1;0;5 50;70
10[2] 0;0;0 1;0;5 50;70
10[2] 0;0;0 1;0;5 50;70
10[2] 0;0;0 1;0;5 50;70
10[2] 0;0;0 1;0;5 50;70
If the parameter equals 0,
that means the max
largeCapaUeNum tm9PmiRIReport maxNhelpRB
request pbrThrforComp
EUTRAN configures this The MAXRB num isRB
Request The PBR Satisfaction
enum: adaptive result. If the
the threshold of larger TM9field only Reporting
PMI/RI when Number for Each Threshold for UE
Close[0] parameter is not 0, the
capacity transmission mode is set
Configuration DLCoMP Neighbour Cell Entering DL CoMP
Open[1] parameter is the MAX
to tm9. Open means
long:[200..3600] requestlong:[0..100]
RB number（the double:[0..20000]
If RRC-connected user PMI/RI reporting is
model default: 600 model default: 1 model default:
sum of all UE's） for 0 model default: 0.8
number is not less than configured; otherwise the The PBR satisfaction
the threshold,the cell is in PMI/RI reporting is not each DLCoMP neighbour threshold for UE entering
larger capacity state. configured. cell. DL CoMP.
-- -- -- --
600 Open[1] 0 0.8
600 Open[1] 0 0.8
600 Open[1] 0 0.8
600 Open[1] 0 0.8
600 Open[1] 0 0.8
600 Open[1] 0 0.8
600 Open[1] 0 0.8
600 Open[1] 0 0.8
600 Open[1] 0 0.8
When the uplink
This parameter is used to frequency selection is
support the PUCCH IRC enabled,
Ratio if current
of NewTx NeedTTIRB
pucchIrcSwch
algorithm. This parameter bstFreSelRatioUl
total arranged RBRBsfor
for srPriPeriodQCI srSecPeriodQCI
to Available
enum:
is set to Open if there is assignment is no greater QCI Queue for Shortest
Uplink Frequency QCI Queue for Shorter
Close[0]
large
Switch interference
for PUCCH onIRC
the than theSelection
value multiple SR Period Config SR Period Config
Open[1] longArray:[0..255] longArray:[0..255]
PUCCH to improve the the left usable RBs, RB
long:[0..100] model default: 3;0;0;0 model default: 1;0;0;0
demodulation assignment is using the SR period will be SR period will be
model default: 0 model default: 80 example: 3;0;0;0 example: 1;0;0;0
performance of the best selection, otherwise allocated with shortest allocated with shorter
PUCCH. It is set to Close using the try best period for QCI, which is period for QCI, which is
in other cases. selection. not zero in queue. not zero in queue.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0 1;0;0;0
Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0 1;0;0;0
Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0 1;0;0;0
Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0 1;0;0;0
Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0 1;0;0;0
Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0 1;0;0;0
Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0 1;0;0;0
Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0 1;0;0;0
Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0 1;0;0;0
36.213.K represents the
parameter ucCqiK. It
indicate that the number
of full cycles of the
optimal sub-band
CQI/PMI in each band
enum: enum:
part of the whole
maxCoopNbrCellNum Wideband feedback[0]
periodCqiFbMethd 1[0]
The parameter is used to
Multiple Neighbour The Method of UE bandwidth cqiK
can be reported srAccOptSwch
The Switch of SR
Subband feedback or 2[1] enum:
indicate the Multiple
Cell for Cooperation Feedbacking CQI betweenof
Number two consecutive
Full Cycles for Resource Allocation
frequency selection 3[2] Close[0]
neighbour
Modecell for Periodically broadband
Periodic CQI/PMI
Sub-band CQIs Optimization in Access
feedback[1] 4[3] Open[1]
cooperation .When license reporting. This parameter
long:[0..1]
is off, choose 0.When is invalid if the type of The parameter defines the
license is on, choose 1 to Period CQI Feedback CQI/PMI reported by switch of SR resource
open the mutiple Mode. PUCCH is broadband. allocation optimization in
neighbour cooperation Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset access.
-- -- -- --
0 Wideband feedback[0] 1[0] Close[0]
Extend SR RB), only idle
extended SR RBs are
shrunk. If it is set to 1
(Shrink Extend SR RB by
enum:
Releasing UE), extended
Shrink Idle Extend SR
SR RBs are shrunk by
RB[0]
releasing the UEs on the
Shrink Extend SR RB by
srAccafterOptSwch cqiAccafterOptSwch sRReconfigSwch sRSecAlloSwch
extended RBs. If it is set The Switch of CQI The Switch of SR The Switch of SR
Releasing UE[1] enum: enum: enum:
to 2 (Shrink
Algorithm Extend
Type of SRSRRB Resource Allocation Resource Reconfiguration Resource Second
Shrink Extend SR RB by Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
RB byShrinking
Reconfiguring Optimization Based on QCI Type Allocation
Reconfiguring UE[2] Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
UE), extended SR RBs
are shrunk by The parameter defines the
reconfiguring the SR The parameter defines the switch of SR resource The parameter defines the
resources of the UEs on switch of CQI resource reconfiguration based on switch of SR resource
the extended RBs. allocation optimization. QCI type. second allocation.
-- -- -- --
Shrink Idle Extend SR RB[Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
;0;0;0;0;0
example:
This parameter is the RB
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
ratio self-adaption switch.
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
If the parameter is set to
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
rbForbiddenBitMapDL 2, themmRatioSwchenum: maxMMRBRatio maxMMRBNum
number of RBs is
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; Close[0]
PDSCH RB Resources allocated
Massive by the ratio
MIMO Ratioof Non-Massive MIMO Max Maximum RB Ratio for
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 RB Ratio[1]
Forbidden Bitmap MU-UEsSwitch
to SU-UEs. If RB Ratio Massive MIMO
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; RB Self-adaption Ratio[2] long:[0..100]
the parameter is set to 1, This parameter sets the
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 80 long:[0..100]
Schedule RB bitmap in the number of RBs is maximum RB ratio
;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 2 units: % model default: 60
Pdsch.0 is enable RB,1 is allocated according to the supported by the MM
disable RB rule that MU-UEs use Max RB ratio of Non- UEs with a large BSR in
Effective when Cell Reset 80% of the RBs. Massive MIMO UE. each TTI.
-- -- -- --
1;1;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;RB Self-adaption Ratio[2] 80 60
The parameter is the DL
mmQosPrioritySwch mmSideNum freqDomformSwchDL
frequency domain compCSSwchUL
enum: enum: enum:
Massive MIMO Qos Massive MIMO Side forming switch, Domain
DL Frequency which is The Switch of UL Comp
Priority Switch Number used to adjust
Forming the RB
Switch CS
frequency allocation when The parameter is the
long:[0..64]
Comp is opened. The switch of ULComp CS,
function is opened when which is applied to the
Massive MIMO Qos Side number between the RB frequency Volte user with Comp CS
priority switch. Massive MIMO UE. allocation is not average. corporation.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 8 Close[0] Close[0]
SCC 7 User MU[7]
SCC 8 User MU[8]
disables mutual exclusion
SCC 9 User MU[9]
of TTI bundling and This parameter sets
SCC 10 User MU[10]
DRX.If it is set to Open, whether to enable MU on
SCC 11 User MU[11]
DRX is disabled if the UE SCC and sets the number
SCC 12 User MU[12]
enables TTI bundling; of SCC MU flows. If it is
ttiBMutexDRXSwch smallBSRCoeffiPairOpt SCC 13 User MU[13]
DRX is enabled
Switch if the UE
For Mutual Switch for Light Traffic ThismmEnableUL
parameter is the setsccMUOptSwch
to 0, SCC MU is
enum: enum: enum: SCC 14 User MU[14]
disables TTI bundling.
Exclusion of TTI Groups Consider Theuplink
SwitchMM MU
of Uplink disabled. If it is set to 1,
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] SCC 15 User MU[15]
When TTI And
Bundling bundling
DRXis Correlation proportion
MM MU switch. If the
Proportion the number
Switch of SCC
for SCC MU
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] SCC 16 User MU[16]
enabled for the UE, DRX parameter is set to Open, SDMA flows is 1. If it is
is disabled.If it is set to This parameter is used to multiple UEs can share set to 2–16, the
Close, DRX and TTI determine whether the the same RB. Otherwise, corresponding number of
bundling are not mutually correlation is considered different UEs cannot SCC SDMA flows is 2–
exclusive. in light traffic groups. share the same RB block. 16.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Open[1] Close[0] SCC DOA Switch OFF[0]
whether to enter TTI
Bundling mode when the
UE services include the
This parameter sets QCI=1 service. If the
whether the base station switch is turned on, the
This parameter is a supports TM8 dual layers. UE having the QCI=1
mobility enhancement When the switch is set to tTIBuningWithQCI1swch
service determines
mobilityEnhanceSwch
switch. isSupportDualTM8
If the switch is set Close, the base station srLteOptEnable whether Dlenter TTI
to
Switch of TTI Bundling
to Open andofthere
Switch are UEs does
Mobility not of
Switch useSupport
the TM8 dual The Switch of SR-LTE When
Dual Bundling modeTypes
UE Service in
satisfying the correlation layer solution.
Enhancement TM8 When the Optimization accordance
Includewith
QCI1channel
threshold, the reliable switch is set to Open, the quality. If the switch is
UEs will be filtered; base station can use the turned off, the UE having
otherwise, it is reported in TM8 dual layer solution The parameter is the the QCI=1 service does
accordance with the in accordance with MS switch of SR-LTE not enter TTI Bundling
spatial multiplexing ratio. status. optimization mode.
-- -- -- --
whether to enter TTI Window is exceeded, the exceeded, the activation /
Bundling mode when the activation / deactivation deactivation judgment is
UE services do not judgment is performed if performed if the sample
include the QCI=1 the sample point of the point of the SINR is more
service. If the switch is SINR is more than TTI than TTI Bundling SINR The parameter is TTI
turned on, the UE not Bundling SINR Discard Discard Threshold;When Bundling SINR filter
tTIBundWithoutQCI1Swc
having the QCI=1 service Threshold;When the TTI the TTI Bundling SINR threshold.When the TTI
determines hwhether to tTIBSinrDiscardThre tTIBSinrDiscardWin tTIBSinrFilterThre
Switch of TTI Bundling Bundling SINR Discard Discard Window is Bundling SINR Discard
enum:
enter
WhenTTI UEBundling mode Window
Service Types is exceeded,
TTI Bundling SINRno exceeded, no activation
TTI Bundling SINR / Window
TTI is notSINR
Bundling exceeded,
Filter
Close[0]
Doin not
accordance
Include with activation
QCI1 Discard / deactivation
Threshold (times) deactivation judgment
Discard Window (ms)is the activation
Threshold /
(times)
Open[1]
channel quality. If the judgment is performed if performed if the sample deactivation judgment is
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535]
switch is turned off, the the sample point of the point of the SINR is less performed if the sample
UE not having the QCI=1 SINR is less than or equal than or equal to TTI point of the SINR is more
service does not enter TTI to TTI Bundling SINR Bundling SINR Discard than TTI Bundling SINR
Bundling mode. Discard Threshold. Threshold. Filter Threshold.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 5 5000 200
Close[0] 5 5000 200
Close[0] 5 5000 200
Close[0] 5 5000 200
Close[0] 5 5000 200
Close[0] 5 5000 200
Close[0] 5 5000 200
Close[0] 5 5000 200
Close[0] 5 5000 200
indicates that the NB-IoT
at the lowest frequency
carrier is configured at the
without frequency
This parameter sets the highest frequency of the
interval[0]
number of uplink NB-IoT LTE band and there is no
at the lowest frequency
carriers in Inband mode. frequency interval
with frequency interval[1]
If the parameter is set to between the NB-IoT and
at the highest frequency
0, it indicates that no LTE PUCCH. If the This parameter indicates
inbandNbNumUl without frequency
inbandNbCfg nRSAllocRBNumUl rbHighThrOfFullSchedUl
uplink
Number NB-IoT carrier
of Uplink NB-is parameter is set to 3, it the maximum
Maximum numberofof
Number
enum: interval[2]
configured
IoT CarriersininInband
Inband indicates that the Carrier
Uplink NB-IoT NB-IoT Bandwidth Configuration RBs in
RBs in Full
full scheduling
Scheduling inin
not configureNB-IoT[0] at the highest frequency
mode. If the parameter is
Mode carrier
Number is for
configured at the
Inband Mode for NR SULs the uplink. If the number
the Uplink
configure one NB-IoT[1] with frequency interval[3] long:[0..100]
set to 1, it indicates that highest frequency of the of RBs used in the uplink
one uplink NB-IoT carrier LTE band and the interval This parameter indicates exceeds this threshold, the
model default: 0 model default: 0 units: RB model default: 75
is configured in Inband between the NB-IoT and the LTE bandwidth equivalent rate value is
mode. LTE PUCCH is 1 RB. occupied by the NR SUL. calculated as a full
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset scheduling value.
-- -- -- --
not configureNB-IoT[0] at the lowest frequency wit0 75
For an MM station, this disables the Mri resource
parameter indicates the This parameter indicates allocation optimization
minimum number of RBs the minimum number of strategy. If this parameter
in non-full scheduling in RBs in non-full is set to Open, the RI
For an MM station, this the uplink. If the number scheduling in the uplink. reporting period is the
rbHighThrOfFullSchFor
parameter rbLowThrOfNonFullSchF rbLowThrOfNonFullSche
Maximumindicates
Number the of RBs used
of Minimum in the of
Number uplink
RBs If the number of RBs used same as the CQI reporting
maximum MMUl
number of RBs orMMUl
is larger than in
this in the uplinkdUl
is larger mriCalOptiSwch
RBs for MM Stations in for MM Stations Non- Minimum Number of than
RBs period andfor
Switch thethe
MriMri
value
enum:
inFull
fullScheduling
schedulingininthe
the threshold but less than
Full Scheduling in thethe in this threshold
Non-Full but less in
Scheduling isResource
1; otherwise, the Mri
Allocation
Close[0]
uplink. IfUplink
the number of maximumUplink number of RBs thanthe
theUplink
maximum value is largerStrategy
Optimization than or
Open[1]
RBs used in the uplink for MM stations in full number of RBs in full equal to 1. If the RI
long:[1..1600] long:[1..1600] long:[1..100]
exceeds this threshold, the scheduling in the uplink, scheduling in the uplink, reporting period needs to
equivalent rate value is the equivalent rate value the equivalent rate value be decreased, this
calculated as a full is calculated as a non-full is calculated as a non-full parameter is set to Open.
scheduling value. scheduling value. scheduling value. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
150 50 5 Close[0]
150 50 5 Close[0]
150 50 5 Close[0]
150 50 5 Close[0]
150 50 5 Close[0]
150 50 5 Close[0]
150 50 5 Close[0]
150 50 5 Close[0]
150 50 5 Close[0]
enum:
1[0]
This parameter enables or This parameter enables or
2[1]
disables uplink CoMP for disables downlink CoMP
bearForCompSwchUL bearForCompSwchDL mriConfigSwch 4[2]
mri
the UEs with specific for the UEs with specific This parameter
Switch fordetermines
Mri
enum: enum: enum: 8[3]
bearer services.
UL CoMP If it is
Switch forset bearer services.
DL CoMP If it is
Switch forset whether the Mri value
Configuration on thecan
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] 16[4]
to Open,
Beareruplink
ServicesCoMP to Open, downlink
Bearer Services CoMP be configured
OMC on the Mri Value
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] 32[5]
works on only the UEs works on only the UEs OMC. If it is set to Open, This parameter sets the
with specific bearer with specific bearer the Mri value can be Mri value (the RI cycle is
services. If it is set to services. If it is set to configured on the OMC; a multiple of the CQI
Close, uplink CoMP is Close, downlink CoMP is otherwise, it cannot be cycle and the Mri value is
not restricted. not restricted. configured. the multiple).
-- -- -- --
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
;0;0;0;0;0
example:
This parameter enables or disables the pairing of
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
disables periodical RB PRBs with unequal
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
muting. It is used in non- lengths. To improve the
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
ulRbForbiddenBitMap Thistime4MutingRB
parameter indicates periodMutingRBSwch
standard pRBUnequalPairSwch
LTE bandwidth pairing probability and
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; enum: enum:
RB Resource Bitmap the duration in which RB scenarios.
Switch If periodical
for Periodical RB system
Switch capacity, add
for Unequal-
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
This parameter
Forbidden by thesets
PUSCHthe muting occurs
Duration for RBonce in a
Muting RB muting is enabled, the service
Muting types,
Length PRBand increase
Pairing
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; long:[1..50] Open[1] Open[1]
bitmap of RB scheduling muting period on non- access success rate on the number of space-
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 2
on the PUSCH. If it is set standard LTE bandwidths non-standard LTE division flows, this
;0;0;0;0;0 units: 100ms model default: 0 model default: 0
to 0, RBs can be when the switch for bandwidths can be parameter is set to Open;
allocated. If it is set to 1, periodical RB muting is improved. otherwise, it is set to
RBs cannot be allocated. enabled. Effective when Cell Reset Close.
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;2 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;2 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;2 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;2 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;2 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;2 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;2 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;2 Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;2 Close[0] Close[0]
disables enhancement in
far-point channel
estimation. If it is set to
Open, dual-pilot joint
pbrThrforExitDLComp
This parameter sets the dualPilotCeSwch
channel estimation rnnAvgSwch prePeriod4MutingRB
PBR Satisfaction Switch of Far-Pointis
enum: enum:
PBR satisfaction
Threshold for UEs to Exit implemented on the
Channel Estimation When
Thethe switch
Switch of isRnn
open,
Close[0] Close[0]
threshold
DLfor UEs to exit
CoMP PUSCH receiver. If it is
Enhancement PUSCH
Averagereceives
Function Rnn This parameter
Period indicates
for RB Muting (s)
Open[1] Open[1]
downlink CoMP. If the set to Close, the original average and improves the period for RB muting
double:[0..40000] long:[1..1000]
PBR satisfaction of channel estimation PUSCH demodulation occuring on non-standard
CoMP UEs is larger than algorithm for the PUSCH performance, When the LTE bandwidths when the
this threshold, the CoMP receiver remains switch is off, it remains switch for periodical RB
UEs need to exit CoMP. unchanged. unchanged. muting is enabled.
-- -- -- --
40000.0 Close[0] Close[0] 1
40000.0 Close[0] Close[0] 1
40000.0 Close[0] Close[0] 1
40000.0 Close[0] Close[0] 1
40000.0 Close[0] Close[0] 1
40000.0 Close[0] Close[0] 1
40000.0 Close[0] Close[0] 1
40000.0 Close[0] Close[0] 1
40000.0 Close[0] Close[0] 1
meets the conditions of
far-point channel
estimation enhancement.
If far-point channel
estimation enhancement is This parameter enables or
enabled and the MCS/RB disables hybrid SU/MU
pair for UE scheduling is pairing. If it is set to 0,
farPointCeOptMcsThr
lower farPointCeOptRBThr uLHstSdmaSwch dBFPairSwch
MCSthan or equal
Threshold of to the RB
Far- Threshold of Far- dual-stream pairing is not
enum: enum:
configured
Point Channelthresholds
Estimation Point Channel Estimation allowed and only single-
Close[0] Close[0]
(FarPointCeOpMcsThr
Enhancement Enhancement Switch of ULHST SDMA flow pairing
SU/MU Paringcan be
Switch
Open[1] Open[1]
and This parameter determines involved in pairing. If it is
long:[0..28] long:[1..100]
FarPointCeOpRBThr), whether a scheduled UE set to 1, both single-
far-point channel meets the conditions of This parameter enables or stream and dual-stream
estimation enhancement far-point channel disables uplink SDMA in pairing can be involved in
takes effect. estimation enhancement. high-speed rail scenarios. pairing.
-- -- -- --
to Only UL Support
CDMA LTE CSS, only
the uplink can use the This parameter indicates
enum:
overlapping frequency the number of cells for
Close[0]
resources of the CDMA SRS resource
UL/DL Support CDMA
system. If it is set to Only coordination. For the SRS
LTE CSS[1]
This parameter indicates DL Support CDMA LTE coordinating cells, the
cDMALTECutRbNum Only UL Support CDMA
cDMALTECSSSwch sRSResDisCellNum cellColor
the number
Number of RBs
of RBs for
for DL CSS, only the downlink SRS resources of the cells
LTE CSS[2]
LTE downlinkinbandwidth
Contraction CDMA- can use the overlapping should
Number beofstaggered
Cells forinSRS
the This parameter indicates
Only DL Support CDMA
contraction in CDMA-
LTE CSS frequency
CDMA LTE resources of the time-frequency
CSS Switch domain by the color
Resource Coordination CellofColor
cells. The
LTE CSS[3]
LTE CSS scenarios. It is CDMA system. If it is set prolonging the SRS interfering cells are
long:[0..49] long:[1..8] long:[0..7]
used to increase the to Close, LTE cells can period to decrease intra- differentiated from each
spectrum resources for use only the dedicated frequency SRS other by color based on
LTE systems in CDMA- frequency resources. interference. their interference
LTE CSS scenarios. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset relationships.
-- -- -- --
0 Close[0] 1 0
0 Close[0] 1 0
0 Close[0] 1 0
0 Close[0] 1 0
0 Close[0] 1 0
0 Close[0] 1 0
0 Close[0] 1 0
0 Close[0] 1 0
0 Close[0] 1 0
for SRS resource are periodically are periodically
cooperation. PCI-based configured in a period of configured in a period of
SRS resource cooperation time (the period is longer time (the period is longer
This parameter defines staggers the SRS than or equal to the than or equal to the
how SRS resources are resources of the disabling time) to ensure disabling time) to ensure
configured during SRS interfering cells with that the intermediate band that the intermediate band
enum:
resource coordination. If it different values N (N = for the disabled RBs is for the disabled RBs is
PCI-Based SRS
issRSResConfigMethod
set
SRSto aConfiguration
fixed value, the SRS
sRSResDisMethod
mod(PCI, number
Cooperation of
Method
mutingStartRbLow
approximately a standard mutingStartRbHigh
approximately a standard
enum: Cooperation[0]
SRS period
Method is configured
for SRS Resource coordinated SRS cells),
for SRS Resource LTERB
Start bandwidth. In thisat
Muting Index LTERB
Start bandwidth. In thisat
Muting Index
Adaptive SRS Config[0] Cell Color-Based SRS longArray:[0..99]
on theCoordination
OMC; otherwise, whileCooperation
cell color-based way,
Lowthe Qualcomm
Frequencies way,
Highthe Qualcomm
Frequencies
Fixed SRS Config[1] Cooperationg[1] longArray:[0..99] model default:
the SRS configurations SRS resource cooperation terminals can find a terminals can find a
model default: 8;9;11;0;4 88;64;38;24;11
are adaptively generated staggers the SRS standard LTE bandwidth standard LTE bandwidth
model default: 1 model default: 0 example: 8;9;11;0;4 example: 88;64;38;24;11
based on the number of resources of the and successfully access and successfully access
coordinating cells. interfering cells with the network. the network.
Effective when Cell Reset different different colors. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
Fixed SRS Config[1] PCI-Based SRS Cooperatio8;9;11;0;4 88;64;38;24;11
are periodically are periodically
configured in a period of configured in a period of This parameter enables or
time (the period is longer time (the period is longer disables uplink 256QAM
than or equal to the than or equal to the in DCI0. If it is set to
disabling time) to ensure disabling time) to ensure Open, the eNodeB
that the intermediate band that the intermediate band determines whether
for the disabled RBs is for the disabled RBs is ul256QamDemSpInd4DC
256QAM is supported by
mutingRbNumHigh
approximately a standard mutingRbNumLow
approximately a standard the UE. I0
If the UE pucch5RB
enum:
LTE bandwidth.
Number of MutingInRBs
thisat LTE bandwidth.
Number of MutingInRBs
thisat supports 256QAM
Switch for Enabling andULthe Number of RBs Occupied
Close[0]
way,
Highthe Qualcomm
Frequencies way,
Lowthe Qualcomm
Frequencies wireless
256QAMchannel of the
in DCI0 by PUCCH Format 5
longArray:[1..50] longArray:[1..50] Open[1]
terminals can find a terminals can find a UE meets the condition
model default: 4;2;1;1;1 model default: 4;2;1;1;1 long:[0..100]
standard LTE bandwidth standard LTE bandwidth for enabling UL256QAM, This parameter sets the
example: 4;2;1;1;1 example: 4;2;1;1;1 model default: 0 model default: 0
and successfully access and successfully access the eNodeB reconfigures number of RBs occupied
the network. the network. the UE to activate by PUCCH format 5.
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset 256QAM. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
4;2;1;1;1 4;2;1;1;1 Close[0] 0
4;2;1;1;1 4;2;1;1;1 Close[0] 0
4;2;1;1;1 4;2;1;1;1 Close[0] 0
4;2;1;1;1 4;2;1;1;1 Close[0] 0
4;2;1;1;1 4;2;1;1;1 Close[0] 0
4;2;1;1;1 4;2;1;1;1 Close[0] 0
4;2;1;1;1 4;2;1;1;1 Close[0] 0
4;2;1;1;1 4;2;1;1;1 Close[0] 0
4;2;1;1;1 4;2;1;1;1 Close[0] 0
as Double Side is turned on. Configured
Multiplexing, the buffer as two-side multiplexing,
of the downlink shared the buffer of the uplink This parameter enables or
spectrum is bilaterally shared spectrum is disables CCE/RB data This parameter sets the
multiplexed; configured bilaterally multiplexed; collection for the period for collecting
as Low Frequency configured as low balancing between CCE/RB statistics for the
Multiplexing, the buffer frequency multiplexing, VoLTE and data services. balancing
CCE/RB Databetween
Collection
enum: enum:
ofbufferCSSModeDl
the downlink shared thebufferCSSModeUl
buffer of the uplink If itvTDataStatSwch
CCE/RB is set to Open,
Data the
Collection VoLTE vTDataStatPrd
Periodand data services.
for VoLTE and
BothSidesReuse[0] BothSidesReuse[0] enum:
spectrum is low frequency shared spectrum is low eNodeB
Switch forperiodically
VoLTE and The
DataeNodeB
Serviceperiodically
Balancing
LowFreSideReuse[1] LowFreSideReuse[1] Close[0]
multiplexed,
DL configured
Buffer Mode of CSS ULfrequency multiplexed,
Buffer Mode of CSS collects statistics
Data Service on the
Balancing collects statistics
(ms) on the
HighFreSideReuse[2] HighFreSideReuse[2] Open[1]
as high frequency configured as high CCE/RB utilization, and CCE/RB utilization, and
long:[10..60000]
multiplex, and the frequency multiplexing, adjusts the strategy for adjusts the strategy for
downlink shared spectrum uplink shared spectrum balancing VoLTE and balancing VoLTE and
The buffer is multiplexed The buffer is multiplexed data services based on the data services based on the
for high frequency. for high frequency. utilization threshold. utilization threshold.
-- -- -- --
BothSidesReuse[0] BothSidesReuse[0] Close[0] 500
VoLTE and data service
balancing. The first
element represents the
threshold for high RB
load. The second element
represents the threshold This parameter enables or
for RB utilization farPointAperiodicCQISw
disables aperiodical CQI
vTDataCCEThrd vTDataRBThrd
restriction. The eNodeB hOWithTTIBSwch ch by remote
RB Load Threshold for Switch for the Handover transmission
Switch for Aperiodical
enum: enum:
CCE Threshold of VoLTE VoLTE periodically collects
and Data Service with the TTIB Status UEsCQIat Transmission
SR periods. Ifby
it is
longArray:[1..100] longArray:[1..100] Close[0] Close[0]
and
and Data
Data Service
Service Balance.
Balance statistics on the RB
Balancing Value set to Close,
Remoteremote
UEs UEs
model default: 30;45 model default: 80;90 Open[1] Open[1]
ENB will statistic CCE utilization, and adjusts the can send aperiodical CQIs
units: % units: %
used ratio in period, and strategy for balancing This parameter determines at SR periods. If it is set
adjusts VoLTE and data VoLTE and data services whether to carry the TTIB to Open, remote UEs
service balance strategy based on the utilization status value of the source cannot send aperiodical
by threshold. threshold. side during a handover. CQIs.
-- -- -- --
30;45 80;90 Close[0] Close[0]
30;45 80;90 Close[0] Close[0]
30;45 80;90 Close[0] Close[0]
30;45 80;90 Close[0] Close[0]
30;45 80;90 Close[0] Close[0]
30;45 80;90 Close[0] Close[0]
30;45 80;90 Close[0] Close[0]
30;45 80;90 Close[0] Close[0]
30;45 80;90 Close[0] Close[0]
percentage of the SRS
subframe resources
reserved by the LTE
enum:
network. A larger
0[0]
parameter value indicates
enum: 25[1] enum: lTEUlReserveRBRatiofor
that less SRS resources This parameter enables or
2[0]
maxUserPucchfmt2 50[2]
srsReserveRatio CloseiMDSwitch
inter-modulation NR
Maximum Number of can be configured
Percentage on the
of Reserved disables intermodulation Proportion of UL
4[1] 75[3] interference avoidance[0]
UEs Carried on PUCCH LTESRS network and more
Time Domain interference. If it is set to
Inter-modulation This parameter
Resources sets the
Reserved for
6[2] 100[4] Open inter-modulation
This parameter
Format setsRB
2 of Each the SRS resources
Resourcescan be 0, it indicates
Interference that
Switch proportion of uplink
NR Cells
12[3] interference avoidance[1]
maximum number of UEs configured on the SRS intermodulation resources reserved for NR
(with CQIs/PMIs) that are subframes reserved by the interference is disabled. If cells by LTE cells. A
carried on PUCCH format LTE network for the NR it is set to 1, it indicates larger parameter value
2/2a/2b of the same RB. network. that intermodulation indicates more resources
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset interference is enabled. reserved for NR cells.
-- -- -- --
6[2] 0[0] Close inter-modulation int 50
interference avoidance is disables harmonic- a 4G-5G Dynamic
enabled and UE location interference coordination. Spectrum Sharing (DSS)
information is not If it is set to 0, harmonic- scenario, this parameter
enum:
exchanged with the NR interference avoidance is sets how uplink RBs are
Close harmonic enum:
side. If it is set to 2, it is performed in the preferentially allocated
interference avoidance[0] enum: the uplink of NR avoid
indicates that semi-static- downlink of NR cells. between LTE and NR
lTEDlReserveRBRatiofor harmonic Open static harmonic NR downlink for LTE[1]
interference This strategy is used to cells. If it is set to 1,
NR interference avoidance[1]
harmInterferAvoidMode harmonic interference
harmonicSwitch the uplink of LTE avoid
lTEUlAvoidNRMode
Proportion of DL avoidance is enabled, the ensure the traffic on the uplink LTE indexes can
Open semi-static avoidance[0] NR[2]
This parameter
Resources sets the
Reserved for location information of
Harmonic-Interference LTE side. If it is set to 1,
Harmonic-Interference be guaranteed.
UL If it is set
Avoidance Policy for
harmonic interference LTE uplink for harmonic the uplink LTE and NR
proportion of downlink the harmonic
NR Cells AvoidanceUEs Modeat both harmonic-interference
Coordination Switch to 2,
LTEuplink
and NR Cellsindexes
avoidance[2] interference avoidance[1] Equivalent[3]
resources reserved for NR near and far points is avoidance is is performed can be guaranteed. If it is
long:[0..100]
cells by LTE cells. A considered, and UE in the downlink of LTE set to 3, the uplink
larger parameter value location information is cells. This strategy is used indexes of LTE and NR
indicates more resources exchanged between LTE to ensure the traffic on the cells are equally
reserved for NR cells. and NR cells. NR side. guaranteed.
-- -- -- --
50 Close harmonic interferencNR downlink for harmonicthe uplink of NR avoid LT
Dynamic Spectrum value 1 indicates PRB
Sharing (DSS) scenario, randomization for the
this parameter sets how forced allocation of high
downlink RBs are frequencies. In this case,
enum:
preferentially allocated downlink RBs of the LTE
the downlink of NR avoid
between LTE and NR system are forcibly
LTE[1] dlPrbRandForceModeFor
cells. If it is set to 1, allocated from high
the downlink of LTE
lTEDlAvoidNRMode enum:
Dss to low puschIrcMode pucchIrcMode
downlink LTE indexes DL frequencies
Random Forced PRB
avoid NR[2] PrbRandomMode[0]
can Avoidance
DL be guaranteed. If itfor
Policy is Allocation
frequencies (except
Mode in a for
DSS PUSCH IRC Mode PUCCH IRC Mode
the downlink LTE and PrbRandomForceStartFro
setLTE
to 2,and
downlink
NR Cells NR special allocation,
Scenario such as Switch Switch
NR Equivalent[3] mHighFrequency[1]
indexes can be SPS and signaling), so
long:[0..1] long:[0..1]
guaranteed. If it is set to that as consecutive This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
3, the downlink indexes of spectrum is reserved for PUSCH IRC mode, 0 for PUCCH IRC mode, 0 for
LTE and NR cells are the NR system as 4×4 IRC and 1 for 8×8 4×4 IRC and 1 for 8×8
equally guaranteed. possible. IRC. IRC.
-- -- -- --
the downlink of NR avoid PrbRandomForceStartFrom0 0
the uplink PUCCH
optimization algorithm is
disabled. If it is set to 1, This parameter enables or
the uplink PUCCH disables location
optimization algorithm is allocation enhancement
This parameter enables or enabled. The purpose for for special UEs. If it is set
disables FMM/TMM anti- this optimization is to enUlPrbLocAlloc4SpeUe
to Open, location
antiInterOptSwch
interference optimization. dLHstSdmaSwch pucchOptSwch
make the PUCCH allocation Swch
Switch for FMM/TMM Switch for DL SDMA in Switch isofenhanced
Location for
enum: enum: enum:
If it is set to 0,
Anti-interference High-Speed Rail reservation
Switch foralgorithm
PUCCH of special
Allocation UEs.Enhancement
If it is set to
FMM/TMM
Optimization anti- Scenarios the CMAC the same as
Optimization Close, forlocation
Specialallocation
UEs
interference optimization This parameter enables or that of the RNLC. If the is not enhanced for any
long:[0..1]
is disabled. If it is set to 1, disables downlink SDMA number of uplink PUSCH UE. This optimization is
FMM/TMM anti- in high-speed rail RBs is insufficient, this introduced to ensure the
interference optimization scenarios. It is configured parameter can be set to experience of some
is enabled. as required. Open. special users.
-- -- -- --
This parameter enables or SINR decision threshold This parameter enables or
disables the uplink for a single RB for special disables false-antenna
PUCCH
Switch of optimization
Self-adaptive This parameter sets the UEs at far points. If the selection identification. It
algorithm. If it is set to 0,
Retransmission number of special UEs single-RB-SINR value of is valid when the
srbAdpRetxOptInFreqSw
the uplink PUCCH speUeNum4EnPrbLocAll
handled in a single TTI. a UE is smaller than this Transmit Antenna
Optimization for
optimization chalgorithm is ocis set to 2 to
By default, it sINRThr4SpeEdgeUe
threshold, the UE is falseAntSelIndentifySwch
Selection Mode parameter
Signaling Frequencies Single-RB-SINR Decision
enum: enum:
disabled.
with If it isSelection
Frequency set to 1, balance of
Number between
Specialgood
UEs regardedfor
Threshold as aSpecial
far-point
UEs is set to any value
False-Antenna except
Selection
Close[0] Close[0]
the uplink
EnabledPUCCH performance
Handled and the
in a Single TTI UE; otherwise, the UE is Disable.
at Far Points If this parameter
Identification Switch
Open[1] Open[1]
optimization algorithm is scheduling of special regarded as a near-point is set to Open, the
long:[0..10] long:[-10..40]
enabled. This UEs. This optimization is UE. This optimization is identified UEs are
optimization is introduced introduced to ensure the introduced to ensure the regarded as those that do
to ensure the experience experience of some experience of some not support antenna
of some special users. special users. special users. selection.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 2 5 Close[0]
method of the uplink RB method of the downlink it indicates that the
FeatureGroup-Based
resource proportion of RB resource proportion of terminals that select UE
Identification Policy 1[1]
LTE cells. If it is set to 0, NR cells. If it is set to 0, Tx antennas are identified
FeatureGroup-Based
the uplink resource the downlink resource based on FGI policy 1. If
proportion of NR cells proportion of NR cells it is set to 2, it indicates
FeatureGroup-Based
can be statically can be statically that the terminals that
speUeTpyeSel4EnRbAllo enum: enum: Identification Policy 3[3]
configured based on the configured based on the select UE Tx antennas are
c static set UL NR RB dlRBShareAlgSwitch4NR
ulRBShareAlgSwitch4NR static set DL NR RB reserved1[4]
ueAntSelIdentifySwch
configurations on the configurations on the identified
Switch based on FGI
for Identifying the
ratio[0] ratio[0] reserved2[5]
UME. If it isStrategy
Allocation set to 1,for
the UME. If it isStrategy
the policy 2. If it for
Terminals is set
UEtoTx
3, it
self-adptively set UL NR self-adptively set DL NR reserved3[6]
This of
Type parameter sets UEs
Guaranteed the ULuplink
Sharedresource
Resources DLdownlink resource
Shared Resources indicatesSelection
Antenna that the
RB ratio[1] RB ratio}[1] reserved4[7]
type of guaranteed UEs. It proportion of NR cells proportion of NR cells terminals that select UE
long:[0..3]
is effective only when the can be dynamically can be dynamically Tx antennas are identified
ucSpeType4EnPrbAllocS adjusted based on the adjusted based on the based on FGI policy 3.
wch parameter is set to service requirements of service requirements of The parameter values 4 to
Open. LTE/NR cells. LTE/NR cells. 7 are reserved.
-- -- -- --
0 self-adptively set UL NR Rself-adptively set DL NR RDisable[0]
feature sequence. If it is resource proportion
set to 0, the 20-bit allocation method 1 is This parameter sets the
atmospheric-ducting used, and resources are weight of the number of
feature sequence is allocated in accordance This parameter sets the LTE UEs if the allocation
enum:
disabled. If it is set to 1, with the proportion minimum proportion of proportion of uplink
enum: Dynamic Resource
the 20-bit atmospheric- configured on the UME. guaranteed uplink LTE resources is dynamically
Close[0] Proportion Allocation
ducting feature sequence If this parameter is set to resources to ensure that calculated. It is used to
Contain the First 2 Bits of
atmosChaSeq20BitSwch Mode 1[0]
resourceAllocPolicyUL lteMinGuarFactorUL lteWeightFactorUL
isSwitch
enabled forand
thecontains
20-Bit 1, the dynamic resource these
Minimum uplink resourcesof
Proportion adjust the capability of
Cell Id[1] Dynamic Resource
theAtmospheric-Ducting
high 2 bits of cell IDs. proportion allocation
Proportional Allocation cannot be preempted
Guaranteed UL LTEby LTE UEs
Weight of to
thepreempt
Numbertheof
Not Contain Cell Id Proportion Allocation
If itFeature
is set toSequence
2, the 20-bit method
Mode of 2UL
is Resources
used, and NR Resources
cells. A larger uplink RB
UL LTEresources.
UEs A
Info[2] Mode 2[1] long:[0..100]
atmospheric-ducting resources are dynamically parameter value indicates larger parameter value
feature sequence is allocated in accordance a higher minimum indicates stronger
enabled and does not with the number of LTE proportion of guaranteed capability of LTE UEs to
contain any cell ID users and the number of uplink resources for LTE preempt uplink RB
information. NR users. cells. resources.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Dynamic Resource Proporti20 1
resource proportion
This parameter sets the This parameter sets the allocation method 1 is
UL NR requirement weight of the number of used, and resources are
enhancement factor. If the NR UEs if the allocation allocated in accordance This parameter sets the
enum:
resources required by the proportion of uplink with the proportion minimum proportion of
Dynamic Resource
NR side cannot be met, resources is dynamically configured on the UME. guaranteed downlink LTE
Proportion Allocation
this parameter can be used calculated. It is used to If this parameter is set to resources to ensure that
Mode 1[0]
to nrNeedProFactorUL
increaseIncrease
Proportion the proportion
Factor
nrWeightFactorUL
adjust the capability of resourceAllocPolicyDL
1, the dynamic resource lteMinGuarFactorDL
these
Minimumdownlink resources
Proportion of
Dynamic Resource
ofof
resources allocated on
the UL Resources NR UEs
Weight oftothe
preempt
Numbertheof proportion allocation
Proportional Allocation cannot be preempted
Guaranteed DL LTEby
Proportion Allocation
demand
Reserved onfor
theNR
NRCells
side. uplinkUL
RBNR resources.
UEs A method
Mode of 2DL
is used, and
Resources NR Resources
cells. A larger
long:[0..100] Mode 2[1] long:[0..100]
The larger the parameter larger parameter value resources are dynamically parameter value indicates
value is, the more indicates stronger allocated in accordance a higher minimum
resources required on the capability of NR UEs to with the number of LTE proportion of guaranteed
NR side can be preempt uplink RB users and the number of downlink resources for
guaranteed. resources. NR users. LTE cells.
-- -- -- --
30 3 Dynamic Resource Proporti20
This parameter sets the This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
weight of the number of DL NR requirement weight of the number of
LTE UEs if the allocation enhancement factor. If the NR UEs if the allocation
proportion of downlink resources required by the proportion of downlink
resources is dynamically NR side cannot be met, resources is dynamically
calculated. It is used to this parameter can be used calculated. It is used to
lteWeightFactorDL
adjust to nrNeedProFactorDL
the capability of Proportion
increase Increase
the proportion nrWeightFactorDL
Factor adjust the capability of
LTE UEs
Weight of to
thepreempt
Numbertheof ofofresources allocated on Weight
the DL Resources NR UEs oftothepreempt
Numbertheof
downlinkDL RB
LTEresources.
UEs A demand
Reservedonfor
theNR
NRCells
side. downlink
DLRBNRresources.
UEs A
long:[0..100]
larger parameter value The larger the parameter larger parameter value
indicates stronger value is, the more indicates stronger
model default: 1 units: % model default: 3
capability of LTE UEs to resources required on the capability of NR UEs to
preempt downlink RB NR side can be preempt downlink RB
resources. guaranteed. resources.
-- -- --
1 30 3
1 30 3
1 30 3
1 30 3
1 30 3
1 30 3
1 30 3
1 30 3
1 30 3
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
different opportunity used
to transmit PRACH is
also configured. In fact,
the parameter gives the
access opportunity for
PRACH. The larger the
number of frame and
NE_Name ldn moId prachConfigIndex
subframe used to transmit
PRACH is, the more the
Prach Configuration
NE Name LDN MO ID access opportunity
Index is.
string:length[1] long:[0..29, 31..45, 47..59,
This parameter sets the Effective immediately
model default: 1 63]
unique ID of the managed when the emtc switch of
object. It is of the eutran cell is
container type and is close;otherwise it is Cell
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Reset.
R -- --
The parameter indicates CE, where
28[6]
whether the cell is high- RACH_ROOT_SEQUEN
32[7]
speed. If cell high-speed CE is broadcasted as part
36[8]
attribute is high-speed, of the System
40[9]
The cyclic shift method to Information. Additional
44[10]
generate PRACH preamble sequences, in
48[11]
preamble sequence is Number of Random case 64 preambles cannot
prachFreqOffset highSpeedFlag 52[12]
different between high- numberOfRAPreambles
Access Preamble be rootSequenceIndex
generated
Starting from
Index a single
of Logical
enum: 56[13]
Starting RB Number of speed cell and non high- Signatures Based on root Zadoff-Chu
Root Sequence to
Not High Speed Cell[0] 60[14]
The parameter
Random AccessisPreamble
used to speed
Cell cell. In high-speed
High-Speed Attribute Contention Conflict sequence,
Generate 64arePreamble
obtained
High Speed Cell[1] 64[15]
determine the frequency cell, cyclic shift is from the root sequences
long:[0..94] long:[0..837]
position used for PRACH. restricted. In non high- The parameter defines the with the consecutive
The PRACH uses 6 RB, speed cell, cyclic shift is number of contention logical indexes until all
from 0 to N_RBÛL-6. not restricted. based random access the 64 sequences are
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset preambles. found.
-- -- -- --
4 Not High Speed Cell[0] 44[10] 120
preamble sequences, in
24[5] 4[1]
case 64 preambles cannot If no Random Access If no Random Access
28[6] 5[2]
be generated from a single Response is received by Response is received by
32[7] 6[3]
root Zadoff-Chu UE after UE transmitted UE after UE transmitted
36[8] 7[4]
sequence, are obtained Random Access Random Access
40[9] enum: 8[5]
from the root sequences Preamble, UE will Preamble, UE will
44[10]
sizeOfRAPreamblesGrou 0[0] 10[6]
with the consecutive increase transmit power increase transmit power
ncs until all 48[11]
pA 2[1]
powerRampingStep 20[7]
preambleTransMax
logical Shift
Cyclic indexes
Parameters for PRACH by Power for PRACH
Maximum by Power
Transmission
52[12] 4[2] 50[8]
the 64onsequences
Based are
Logical Root Number of Preamble step and retry Power
PRACH to transmit stepTimes
and retry to transmit
of PRACH
56[13] 6[3] 100[9]
found.(Ncs)
Sequence Signatures in Group A Random Access Step
Ascending Preamble RandomPreamble
Access Preamble
60[14] 200[10]
Effective immediately until until
when the emtc switch of The parameter defines the Preamble_Transmission_ Preamble_Transmission_
eutran cell is number of Random Counter is equal to Counter is equal to
close;otherwise it is Cell Access preambles in Max_retransmit_number_ Max_retransmit_number_
Reset. Group A. for_prach. for_prach.
-- -- -- --
12 44[10] 2[1] 8[5]
12 44[10] 2[1] 8[5]
12 44[10] 2[1] 8[5]
12 44[10] 2[1] 8[5]
12 44[10] 2[1] 8[5]
12 44[10] 2[1] 8[5]
12 44[10] 2[1] 8[5]
12 44[10] 2[1] 8[5]
12 44[10] 2[1] 8[5]
-106[7] enum:
-104[8] Minusinfinity[0] enum:
-102[9] 0[1] 2[0]
Once the Random Access
-100[10] 5[2] 3[1]
Preamble is transmitted,
-98[11] enum: 8[3] 4[2]
the UE shall monitor the
-96[12]
preambleIniReceivedPow 56[0] 10[4]
messagePowerOffsetGrou 5[3]
PDCCH in Search
Receiving the TTI
-94[13]
er 144[1]
messageSizeGroupA 12[5]
pB is a power 6[4]
raResponseWindowSize
Message Length of The parameter
Transmission Power Windowwindow
for Random
-92[14] 208[2] 15[6] 7[5]
PRACH Initial Preamble Random Access Preamble control margin
Offset of Groupfor
B [RA_WINDOW_BEGIN-
Access Preamble
-90[15] 256[3] 18[7] 8[6]
Transmission Power Based onGroup
this parameter message 3 transmission
Preamble RA_WINDOW_END]
Response (ms) for
10[7]
of message3 size, UE configured by the eNB Random Access
The parameter indicates determines to select the and is used to select the Response(s). The
units: dBm units: bits units: dB model default: 7
initial power for preamble Random Access Random Access parameter indicates the
of PRACH. It is that the Preambles group A or Preambles group A or monitor window size.
first transmit power. group B. group B. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
Contention Resolution
enum:
Timer will be started. If
8[0]
MAC Contention
16[1]
Resolution Timer is
24[2]
running, UE will detect
32[3]
PDCCH and wait for the
40[4]
The Number of Non- response from network
maxHarqMsg3Tx raCollProb 48[5]
macNonContenPreamble and macContResTimer
Contention Random detemine whether it is
56[6]
Maximum Transmission Expected Random Access Access Preambles for allowed to access
MAC Contention
64[7]
Times of Message 3 Conflict Probability MAC network. If the
Resolution MAC
Timer
In the random access This parameter defines the Contention Resolution
long:[1..8] double:[0..0.5] long:[2..60] model default: 7
procedure, the max number of non-contention Timer expires, UE
model default: 5 model default: 0.01 model default: 4 units: sf
number of messages 3 Expected Random Access Random Access considers this Contention
harq transmissions. Conflict Probability by preambles for MAC. Resolution not successful.
Effective when Cell Reset Cell. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
5 0.01 12 64[7]
5 0.01 12 64[7]
5 0.01 12 64[7]
5 0.01 12 64[7]
5 0.01 12 64[7]
5 0.01 12 64[7]
5 0.01 12 64[7]
5 0.01 12 64[7]
5 0.01 12 64[7]
This parameter is to
reducing the current cell
Msg1 for
Switch false alarm
Reducing TA Threshold for
prachFreqOffsetFlag prachUltiCapSwch
This parameter is in prachFMRecOnTASwch
probability caused prachFMRecTAThresh
The Switch of PRACH Msg1 False Alarmby Reducing Msg1 False
enum: enum: enum:
The switch
Starting of PRACH
RB Configuration Normal
Switch coverage
for PRACH and neighbor cell.
Probability When
Based on this
TA If the
Alarm cell radius
Probability Based
Adaptive[0] Close[0] Close[0]
starting RB configuration High
Method wayCapacity
Ultimate coverage,Test
for part ofThreshold
the false alarm calculated
on TAbased on TA of
Threshold
Manual[1] Open[1] Open[1]
method. Zero means PRACH ultimate capacity probability needs to be the current PRACH ID is
long:[10..600000]
PrachFreqOffset is test, opened in the reduced, the switch is larger than the TA
adaptive , and one means PRACH ultimate capacity turned on, the other threshold R (in meters),
PrachFreqOffset is test, the other is turned off conditions are turned off the current PRACH ID is
manual configured. by default. by default. considered to be false.
-- -- -- --
Adaptive[0] Close[0] Close[0] 10000
whether the system
notifies the control plane
of sending SI when an
MSG3Lost is identified.
The reason for the
This parameter is to prachUpdateDetectionSw
MSG3Lost problem is
prachSupFarCoverSwch
extending cell isch
the current cell that a Switch established
for The or
enum: enum:
coverage. When
Switch for the cell deleted
PRACH when the
Notification Format3
of RNLC
Close[0] Close[0]
radius is greater
Super-far than
Coverage parameter is updated.
Sending SI In
Open[1] Open[1]
12.23Km and is less than this case, the shutdown of
or equal to 118.93Km, the the RRU PA results in the
switch is turned on, the loss of paging messages
other conditions are and the UE fails to update
turned off by default. the system.
-- --
Open[1] Open[1]
Open[1] Open[1]
Open[1] Open[1]
Open[1] Open[1]
Open[1] Open[1]
Open[1] Open[1]
Open[1] Open[1]
Open[1] Open[1]
Open[1] Open[1]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
transmission schemes
enum:
except multi-user MIMO
-6[0]
and P_A is a parameter
-4.77[1]
provided by higher layers.
-3[2]
Not necessarily valid in
-1.77[3]
some cases, e.g. QPSK
0[4]
with no spatial
paForBCCH
multiplexing
Power Offsetand without
Between
2[6]
multi-user
BCCH MIMO
and Cell RS
3[7]
NE Name LDN MO ID transmission mode. The
(P_A_BCCH)
string:length[1]
This parameter sets the parameter is
unique ID of the managed corresponding to the
string string:length[0..200] example: 1 units: dB
object. It is of the PDSCH data sourced
container type and is from BCCH logical
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. channel.
R -- --
transmission schemes transmission schemes is 0 dB for all PDSCH and P_A is a parameter
except multi-user MIMO except multi-user MIMO transmission schemes provided by higher layers.
-6[0] -6[0] -6[0] -6[0]
and P_A is a parameter and P_A is a parameter except multi-user MIMO Not necessarily valid in
-4.77[1] -4.77[1] -4.77[1] -4.77[1]
provided by higher layers. provided by higher layers. and P_A is a parameter some cases, e.g. QPSK
-3[2] -3[2] -3[2] -3[2]
Not necessarily valid in Not necessarily valid in provided by higher layers. with no spatial
-1.77[3] -1.77[3] -1.77[3] -1.77[3]
some cases, e.g. QPSK some cases, e.g. QPSK Not necessarily valid in multiplexing and without
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
with no spatial with no spatial some cases, e.g. QPSK multi-user MIMO
1[5]
paForCCCH 1[5]
paForPCCH 1[5]
paForMSG2 1[5]
paForDCCH
multiplexing
Between multiplexing
Between Powerwith no spatial
Offset Between transmission
Power Offsetmode. The
Between
2[6] 2[6] 2[6] 2[6]
multi-user
CCCH MIMO
and Cell RS multi-user
PCCH MIMO
and Cell RS multiplexing
MSG2 andand Cellwithout
RS DCCHparameter is RS
and Cell
3[7] 3[7] 3[7] 3[7]
transmission mode. The
(P_A_CCCH) transmission mode. The
(P_A_PCCH) multi-user
(P_A_MSG2)MIMO corresponding
(P_A_DCCH) to the
parameter is parameter is transmission mode. The PDSCH data sourced
corresponding to the corresponding to the parameter is from DCCH logical
units: dB units: dB units: dB units: dB
PDSCH data sourced PDSCH data sourced corresponding to the channel and its
from CCCH logical from PCCH logical PDSCH data sourced assignment is through
channel. channel. from Msg2. CCCH logical channel.
-- -- -- --
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
enum:
-6[0]
-4.77[1]
-3[2]
with no spatial
-1.77[3]
multiplexing and without
0[4]
multi-user MIMO
1[5]
paForDTCH pcfichPwrOfst phichPwrOfst pdcchF0PwrOfst
transmission
Between PDCCH Power Offset to
2[6] doubleArray:[-7.6..10.0]
parameter
PDSCH is RS
and Cell The valuePower
PCFICH of RAM of itto
Offset is The valuePower
PHICH of RAM of ittois
Offset TheDTCH_PA
value of RAM of it is
for DCI
3[7] model default:
corresponding
(P_A_DTCH) to the power DTCH_PA
offset of PCFICH power offset of PHICH to
DTCH_PA power offset
Formatof0DCI0 to
double:[-7.6..10.0] double:[-7.6..10.0] 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
PDSCH data sourced to CRS. It ensure the CRS. It ensure the CRS. It ensure the
model default: 4 model default: 3.0 model default: 3.0 units: dB
from DCCH logical transmit power of transmit power of PHICH. transmit power of DCI0.
units: dB units: dB units: dB example: 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
channel and its PCFICH. It should be It should be configured It should be configured
assignment is through configured when cell when cell establish or when cell establish or
CCCH logical channel. establish or reestablish. reestablish. reestablish.
-- -- -- --
0[4] 3.0 3.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
-4.77[1] 3.0 3.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
-4.77[1] 3.0 3.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
-4.77[1] 3.0 3.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0[4] 3.0 3.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0[4] 3.0 3.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
-4.77[1] 3.0 3.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
-4.77[1] 3.0 3.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
-4.77[1] 3.0 3.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
pdcchF1PwrOfst pdcchF1APwrOfst pdcchF1BPwrOfst pdcchF1CPwrOfst
PDCCH Power Offset to PDCCH Power Offset to PDCCH Power Offset to PDCCH Power Offset to
doubleArray:[-7.6..10.0] doubleArray:[-7.6..10.0] doubleArray:[-7.6..10.0] doubleArray:[-7.6..10.0]
TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI
model default: model default: model default: model default:
power offset
Formatof1DCI1 to power offset
Formatof1A
DCI1A to power offset
Formatof1B
DCI1B to power offset
Formatof1C
DCI1C to
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
CRS. It ensure the CRS. It ensure the CRS. It ensure the CRS. It ensure the
transmit power of DCI1. transmit power of DCI1A. transmit power of DCI1B. transmit power of DCI1C.
example: 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 example: 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 example: 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 example: 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
It should be configured It should be configured It should be configured It should be configured
when cell establish or when cell establish or when cell establish or when cell establish or
reestablish. reestablish. reestablish. reestablish.
-- -- -- --
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
pdcchF1DPwrOfst pdcchF2PwrOfst pdcchF2APwrOfst pdcchF3PwrOfst
TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI
power offset
Formatof1D
DCI1D to power offset
Formatof2A
Formatof3DCI3 to
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
transmit power of DCI1D. transmit power of DCI2. transmit power of DCI2A. transmit power of DCI3.
-- -- -- --
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
pdcchF3APwrOfst csiRSPwrOfst pwrCtlSwchDl cellRBRatioThr4PwrCtrl
PDCCH Power Offset to
doubleArray:[-7.6..10.0] enum:
TheDTCH_PA
value of RAM of it is Ratio of CSI-RS EPRE to Downlink Power Control
for DCI average cell RB ratio
model default: Close[0]
power offset
Formatof3A
DCI3A to CRS EPRE The parameter
Switch is the Cell threshold
RB Ratio in one
Threshold
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 double:[-7.6..10] Open[1]
CRS. It ensure the switch of downlink power TTI.When cell RB ratio in
units: dB model default: -3.0 double:[0..1]
transmit power of DCI3A. control function.When one schedling TTI exceed
example: 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 units: dB model default: 0 model default: 0.75
It should be configured Power Offset of CSI RS, this switch is on, it is this threshold, it is
when cell establish or relative to CRS. possible to process possible to process
reestablish. Effective when Cell Reset downlink power control. downlink power control.
-- -- -- --
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0] 0.75
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0] 0.75
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0] 0.75
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0] 0.75
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0] 0.75
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0] 0.75
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0] 0.75
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0] 0.75
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0] 0.75
enum:
-3[0]
-2.5[1]
-2[2]
The parameter is the RB scheduling MCS scheduling MCS The parameter is the
-1.5[3]
ratio threshold for Ues threshold for one UE in threshold for one UE in power adjustment value
rbRatioThr4PwrCtrl qamMcsThr4PwrCtrl mcsThres4PwrCtrl -1[4]
adjustPwr4PwrCtrl
satisfying power one TTI,when one TTI,when for TM9 in one TTI.When
longArray:[0..28] longArray:[0..29] -0.5[5]
adjustment
UE Groupconditions
RB Ratio in altCQITable
256QAM MCS is Threshold
configed. MCS altCQITable is not
Threshold for a scheduling
Power Power UE satisfy
Adjustment Value
model default: model default: 0[6]
one TTI.When RB ratio in
Threshold When forscheduling MCS of
Power Control configed.
ControlWhen all the qulificaitons
for TM9 for
20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12
one schedling TTI exceed a UE in one TTI exceed scheduling MCS of a UE downlink power control,
double:[0..1] example: example: model default: 2
this threshold, it is this threshold, it is in one TTI exceed this then this UE's transmit
model default: 1.0 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 units: dB
possible to process possible to process threshold, it is possible to power will be adjusted
downlink power control downlink power control process downlink power according to this
for these UEs. for this UE. control for this UE. parameter.
-- -- -- --
1.0 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 -2[2]
1.0 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 -2[2]
1.0 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 -2[2]
1.0 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 -2[2]
1.0 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 -2[2]
1.0 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 -2[2]
0.6 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 -2[2]
0.6 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 -2[2]
0.6 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12 -2[2]
This parameter controls
enum:
downlink CRS power
Close[0]
adaption. If downlink
CrsPwrAdpt[1]
CRS power adaption is
LteCrsPunch[2]
enabled, CRS power is
NrCrsPunch[3]
crsPwrCtlSwch rbRatioThr4CrsCtrl uenumThr4CrsCtrl adjustPwr4CrsCtrl1
processed based on the Cell RB Ratio Threshold The
RRC parameter
UE Number is the
LteNrCrsPunch[4]
CRSparameter value. 0:
Power Adaptation TheCRS
for parameter
PowerisAdaptive
the cell Threshold
number offorRRC
CRSUE in
Power CRS Power Adaptive
LteCrsPunchAndCrsPwr
Close1: Switch
CrsPwrAdpt2: RB ratioFunction
threshold in one one Adaptive
TTI.WhenFunction
the number Parameter 1
Adpt[5]
LteCrsPunch3: TTI.When cell RB ratio in of RRC UE in one
double:[0..1] long:[0..255] long:[-10..0]
NrCrsPunch4: one schedling TTI below schedling TTI below this The parameter is one of
LteNrCrsPunch5: this threshold, it is threshold, it is possible to the CRS power
LteCrsPunchAndCrsPwr possible to process CRS process CRS power adjustment value in one
Adpt. power adaptive function. adaptive function. TTI.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0.7 50 0
Close[0] 0.7 50 0
Close[0] 0.7 50 0
Close[0] 0.7 50 0
Close[0] 0.7 50 0
Close[0] 0.7 50 0
Close[0] 0.7 50 0
Close[0] 0.7 50 0
Close[0] 0.7 50 0
control is disabled, if real
enum: -7[7]
SINR of the MU-UE is
0[0] enum: -8[8]
larger than the SINR
-3[1] -3[0] -9[9]
corresponding to the
-6[2] -2.5[1] -10[10]
This parameter sets the maximum MCS, decrease
-9[3] -2[2] -15[11]
The parameter is the RE power adjustment the power, and the
-15[4] -1.5[3] -20[12]
power adjustment value quantity in MagicRadio adjustment value is equal
-20[5]
adjustPwr4CrsCtrl2 -1[4]
adjustPwr4TM3PwrCtrl -25[13]
magicRadioCssPwrCtrl
for TM3 in one TTI.When CSS. REItMuting
is usedPower
to adjust topwrWaterFillSwchDL
the difference between
-25[6] -0.5[5] -30[14] enum:
CRS Power Adaptive a scheduling
Power UE satisfy
Adjustment Value theAdjustment
RE power of LTEfor
Value RBs the two; Power
Downlink otherwise,
Water
-30[7] 0[6] -255[18] Close[0]
Parameter 2 all the qulificaitons
for TM3 for interfering
MagicRadiowithCSS
GSM increaseFill
theSwitch
power. If the
Open[1]
downlink power control, cells. A smaller value switch is turned off, do
The parameter is one of then this UE's transmit indicates a lower power of not implement power
units: dB units: dB units: dB model default: 0
the CRS power power will be adjusted the interfering RBs and water-injection, and
adjustment value in one according to this lower interference with power adjustment is not
TTI. parameter. GSM cells. affected.
-- -- -- --
-20[5] -0.5[5] 0[0] Close[0]
-20[5] -0.5[5] 0[0] Close[0]
-20[5] -0.5[5] 0[0] Close[0]
-20[5] -0.5[5] 0[0] Close[0]
-20[5] -0.5[5] 0[0] Close[0]
-20[5] -0.5[5] 0[0] Close[0]
-20[5] -0.5[5] 0[0] Close[0]
-20[5] -0.5[5] 0[0] Close[0]
-20[5] -0.5[5] 0[0] Close[0]
-7[7]
-8[8]
-9[9]
-10[10]
-15[11]
This parameter indicates This parameter is applied
-20[12]
This parameter is applied an RE muting adjustment in enabling the lean
postOnDurat4CrsCtrl -25[13]
noneStdBwPwrCtrl preOnDurat4CrsCtrl sharePwrAssignTypeDl
in enabling the lean value
RE of non-standard
Muting Adjustment carrier and determines the This parameter sets the
-30[14] enum:
carrier and determines the bandwidth and is used to DRX state. It indicates
Value of Non-standard assignment
Assignment typeofofDL
Type
-255[18] Even Assignment[0]
DRX Poststate. It indicates
on Duration adjust out-of-band
Bandwidth that theonDRX
Pre state is
Duration downlink PDSCHPower
PDSCH Shared shared
Qos Order Assignment[1]
that the DRX state is interference. A smaller activated during power. If it is set to 0,
activated during value indicates a lower ucPreOnDurat4CrsCtrl shared power is equally
ucPostOnDurat4CrsCtrl restricted RB power and TTIs before the assigned. If it is set to 1,
TTIs after the onduration lower out-of-band onduration timer is shared power is assigned
timer expires. interference. started. by QoS priority.
-- -- -- --
5 0[0] 5 Even Assignment[0]
PDSCH power adjustment This parameter determines This parameter sets the
mode. If it is set to 0, the UEs that can share factor for broadcast
PDSCH power adjustment PDSCH power. If it is set weight matching. It is
is disabled. If it is set to 1, to 0, the power of the used to adjust the degree
power is adjusted based QPSK users based on of matching between the
enum: enum:
on the residual RBs of the CRS demodulation is broadcast weight and the
Close[0] QPSK UE Power
current cell. If it is set to 2 dynamically adjusted. If it service weight. A larger
maxPowerAdjustValue power LeftRB-Based[1]
pdschPwrAdjustMode Adjust[0]
pdschPwrAdjustUEType nonBfPwrFactor
is adjusted based is set to 1, the power of parameter value indicates
PowerShared[2] BF UE Power Adjust[1]
Maximum Power onPDSCH
the shared power
Power BFUEusers
Typeisfor
dynamically
PDSCH a higher degree
Broadcast of the
Weight
Both LeftRB-Based and QPSK UE and BF UE
This parameter
Adjustment Valuesets
perthe
UE obtained
AdjustmentfromMode
other adjusted.
Power If it is set to 2,
Adjustment matching andFactor
Matching a higher
double:[0..3] PowerShared[3] Power Adjust[2]
maximum power carriers. If there is no the power of both the CQI loss. A larger
adjustment value for the shared power, power is QPSK users based on parameter value is
UEs who satisfy the not adjusted. If it is set to CRS demodulation and preferred as long as the
power adjustment 3, both values 1 and 2 the BF users is CQI loss is controlled
conditions. apply. dynamically adjusted. within the tolerance range.
-- -- -- --
3.0 Both LeftRB-Based and PoQPSK UE Power Adjust[0]0
3.0 Close[0] QPSK UE Power Adjust[0]0
neighbor cells in the
public network is not
decreased. If it is set to a
non-zero value, the
downlink reference signal
This parameter sets the power of the neighbor
adjustment coefficient of fMMRxxSwitchShiftFact cells
DLinPower
the public
Offsetnetwork
for
fMMPwrBackBw rouFactor
the unified factor for full- or iCoDLPowerOffset
needs to be decreased by
Adjustment Coefficient of Interference Coordination
This parameter
Unified setsFull-
Factor for the bandwidth
the Unifiedpower.
FactorItfor
is Interference Elimination N dB. (The value
Between PublicNand
is the
unified factor Power
Bandwidth for full- used together with
Full-Bandwidth the
Power Factor value of thisNetworks
Private parameter. )
long:[0..20]
bandwidth power. It is unified factor for full- This parameter sets the In this way, the
used to adjust the output bandwidth power to adjust factor for interference interference between
power of all the baseband the output power of all the elimination. It is used for public and private
boards to adjust the RF baseband boards to adjust diagonal loading during networks can be
power. the RF power. interference elimination. coordinated.
-- -- -- --
255 227 26 0
255 227 26 0
255 227 26 0
255 227 26 0
255 227 26 0
255 227 26 0
255 227 26 0
255 227 26 0
255 227 26 0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025

type and can be
R Primary Key --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-114 N_NBA025ME1_PULAU
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-115 N_NBA025MF1_PULAU
List of Unique Features
for PLMN. Note: a Cell
alias buildPhyLocation cellLocalId refPlmnup to 6
can Broadcast
Building Physical PLMN IDs. In This Case,
Alias Location Cell ID One Cell can be
PLMN Used by
List
up to 6-Operator Core
Networks. PLMN ID is a
string:length[0..128] string:length[0..128] long:[0..255] stringArray:length[0..400]
Physical Location Property in the PLMN
information of the List.
Alias building Cell ID Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- M M
N_NBA025ME1_PULAUKERAMATME01 14 ENBCUCPFunction=510-1
N_NBA025MF1_PULAUKERAMATMF01 15 ENBCUCPFunction=510-1
resources, and CQI 168 unique physical-layer
resource may less than cell-identity groups, each
longArray:[0..503, 65535]
others. The value two group containing three
model default:
indicates about 400 users unique identities. The
65535;65535;65535;6553
configured SR /CQI /SRS grouping is such that each
enum: 5;65535;65535;65535;655
resources. The value three physical-layer cell
enum: 1200 User Capacity[0] 35;65535;65535;65535;65
indicates about 200 users identity is part of one and
Normal[0]
sceneCfg 800 User Capacity[1]
cellCapaLeveInd pci 535
pciList
configured SR /CQI /SRS only one physical-layer
Air Line[1] 400 User Capacity[2] example:
resources. The value
Cell Capacity Levelfour cell-identity group. And
High Way[2] 200 User Capacity[3] 65535;65535;65535;6553
Scene Configuration indicates that the cell
Indicator the physicalPCIcell identities PCI List
TDD airline type1[3] adaptive capacity[4] 5;65535;65535;65535;655
configured physical are space multiplexing
35;65535;65535;65535;65
resources adaptively and programmed by
model default: 0 model default: 2 long:[0..503] 535
Switch of High Way based on realtime user network programming
Coverage or Air Line number. people.
Coverage Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Candidate PCI List
-- -- M --
5;4294967295;429496729
5;4294967295;429496729
5;4294967295
example: enum:
0;4294967295;429496729 Outdoor Micro Cell[0]
5;4294967295;429496729 Outdoor Macro Cell[1]
5;4294967295;429496729
urgencyeai tac is used to Outdoor Super Cell[2]
The parameter the covercellSize
attribution. It is cellRSPortNum
5;4294967295;429496729 Outerdoor Compensatory
EmergencyAlarm
Emergency alarm Area
area identify a tracking area used to determine some The parameter
Number of Tx indicates
Antenna
5;4294967295;429496729 Cell[3] enum:
code. If the value is the
Code within the
TACscope of a Cellphysical
Coveragechannel
Attribute the number
Port inofCell
antenna
5;4294967295;429496729 Indoor Cell[4] 1[0]
same as the value received PLMN.The parameter is parameters,for example,it port in a cell. Transmit
5;4294967295;429496729 long:[0..65535] 2[1]
from core network, the used for UE location is used to determine diversity and spatial
5;4294967295 model default: 0 model default: 1 4[2]
earthquake and tsunami management.The cyclic prefix length and so multiplexing will use
message will be send to parameter is configured on. multi-antenna port.
UE. by operator. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- M
0;4294967295;42949672957532 Outdoor Macro Cell[1] 4[2]
0;4294967295;42949672957532 Outdoor Macro Cell[1] 4[2]
The parameter indicates Absolute Radio
the cyclic preamble length Frequency Channel
used all downlink Number (EARFCN). The
physical channels except calculation formula is:
PRACH in non MBSFN F_DL = F_DL_low + 0.1
subframe. If the cyclic * (N_DL – N_Offs-Dl),
preamble length is This parameter sets the where, F_DL is the center
cellRadius phyChCPSel
normal_cyclic_prefix, bandIndicator
frequency band where carrierearfcn
frequency,
enum:
there are 7 OFDM
CP Selection symbol
for Physical uplink and downlink
Band Indication for F_DL_low
Downlink is theCarrier
Center DL
Normal Cyclic Prefix[0]
Cell Radius (10 m) in a slot.
Channel forIfNon-MBSFN
the cyclic carriersFrequency
are located. The lowest carrier frequency,
Frequency
Extended Cyclic Prefix[1]
preamble length is uplink and downlink N_DL is DlEARFCN, and
long:[5..12000] double:[0..6000]
extended cyclic prefix, carriers of a cell must be N_Offs-Dl is the carrier
model default: 53 model default: 0 long:[30, 33..64] units: MHz
The parameter indicates there are 6 OFDM symbol in the same frequency frequency offset indicated
the size of cell radius. in a slot. band. by the band indicator.
-- -- M M
53 Normal Cyclic Prefix[0] 40 2310.0
53 Normal Cyclic Prefix[0] 40 2329.8
For each UE, the ratio of MBMS service is
PDSCH EPRE to cell- provided in the cell and
specific RS EPRE among UEs can combine the
PDSCH REs in all the MBMS services in
OFDM symbols multiple cells. If it
containing cell-specific indicates a non-MBSFN
enum: enum:
RS is equal and is denoted cell, only non-MBMS
sfAssignment specialSfPatterns 0[0]
pb noncellResvInfo
MBSFN cell[0]
by Rho_B. The cell- services are provided in
1[1] non MBSFN and MBSFN
Uplink-Downlink Special Subframe specific ratio Rho_B / the cell. If it indicates a
2[2] multiplex cell[1]
Subframe Configuration Configuration Rho_A
Signal is according
Power to non-MBSFN
Ratio (PB) Cell MBSFN and MBSFN
Attribute
3[3] MBSFN-dedicated cell[2]
cell-specific parameter multiplex cell, both non-
long:[0..6, 20] long:[0..9, 20]
The parameter indicates The parameter indicates P_B signalled by higher MBMS services and
uplink-downlink subframe the length of DwPTS and layers and the number of MBMS services are
allocation UpPTS configured eNB cell provided in the cell.
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset specific antenna ports. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
2 7 1[1] non MBSFN cell[0]
2 7 1[1] non MBSFN cell[0]
Width'(bandWidth)can't
be 1.4M, 3M. When the
value of 'Band Indication
enum:
for Frequency'
1.4(6RB)[0]
(bandIndicator) is 34, the
3(15RB)[1]
value of 'System Band
5(25RB)[2]
Width'(bandWidth)can't The DRX Switch for
allowedAccessClasses cellReservedForOptUse 10(50RB)[3]
bandWidth switchForGbrDrx
The parameter is cell be 1.4M, 3M, 20M. When GBR service controls
enum: 15(75RB)[4] enum:
Emergency Call Access reserved indicator
Cell Reserved forfor the value of 'Band whether DRX for GBR
No[0] 20(100RB)[5] Close[0]
The parameter
Indicationdecides operatorOperator
use. If the value Indication
DL System forBandwidth
Frequency' service
DRX is closedfororGBR
Switch not. If
Yes[1] enumArray:[0, 1] Open[1]
whether the cell supports is 'reserved', the cell (bandIndicator) is 44, the the DRX Switch for GBR
model default: 1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 5
IMS emergency bearer cannot be camped on, value of 'System Band service is closed,
model default: 0 example: 1;1;1;1;1;1 units: MHz model default: 1
services for UE in limited except for particular UEs, Width'(bandWidth)can't discontinuous reception
service mode or not, and if so indicated in the be 1.4M, 3M, 20M. (DRX) can not be used for
indicates UE in SIB1. system information. Effective when Cell Reset a UE with GBR services.
-- -- -- --
No[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1 20(100RB)[5] Open[1]
No[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1 20(100RB)[5] Open[1]
enum:
Adapt[0]
Tm1[1]
Tm2[2]
Tm3[3]
The DRX Switch for
Tm4[4]
NGBR service controls
switchForNGbrDrx Tm5[5]
ueTransModeTDD latitude longitude
whether DRX for NGBR
enum: Tm6[6]
service is closed or not. If
Close[0] Tm7[7]
the DRX
DRX Switch Switch for
for NGBR UE Transmission Mode Latitude Longitude
Open[1] Tm8[8]
NGBR service is closed,
double:[-90..90] double:[-180..180]
discontinuous reception This parameter is used to
model default: 1 model default: 0 model default: -90.0 model default: -180.0
(DRX) can not be used for configure DL
a UE with NGBR transmission mode for
services. UE. Latitude of Cell Longitude of cell
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Adapt[0] 0.46167 109.9378
Open[1] Adapt[0] 0.46167 109.9378
minMCSUl maxMCSUl minMCSDl maxMCSDl
Minimum Value of Maximum Value of Minimum Value of Maximum Value of
Uplink MCS Uplink MCS Downlink MCS Downlink MCS
The parameter indicates The parameter indicates The parameter indicates The parameter indicates
the Minimum MCS Value the Maximum MCS Value the Minimum MCS Value the Maximum MCS Value
for Uplink configured by for Uplink configured by for Downlink configured for Downlink configured
high layer for cell . high layer for cell . by high layer for cell . by high layer for cell .
-- -- -- --
0 28 0 28
0 28 0 28
54[24] enum:
60[25] 500[0]
64[26] 750[1]
72[27] 1280[2]
Specifies the number of
75[28] 1920[3] enum:
consecutive subframe(s)
80[29] 2560[4] Auto-Adjusted[0]
the UE should consider
maxUeRbNumDl 81[30]
maxUeRbNumUl 5120[5]
timeAlignTimer 1[1]
cFI indicates
itself as UL synchronized. The parameter
90[31] 10240[6] 2[2]
Maximum RBs Allocated Maximum RBs Allocated When non UL the CFI Value configured
96[32] Infinity[7] 3[3]
for Downlink UE for Uplink UE synchronized,
Time Alignmentthe UE
Timer by high
CFI layer for cell .
Selection
100[33] 4[4]
The parameter indicates The parameter indicates shall use the Random The CFI Value could be
the Maximum RB number the Maximum RB number Access procedure to 1, 2 , 3 or could be
model default: 100 model default: 33 units: sf model default: 3
for UE in Downlink for UE in Uplink request a Time Alignment configured as auto-
configured by high layer configured by high layer Command prior to any adjusted.
for cell . for cell . UL transmission Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
downlink transmission
Fixed TM3/TM9 Inter-
mode based on the
TransMode[33]
characteristics of the
Fixed TM3/TM7/TM8
channels of UEs and the
Inter-TransMode[34]
antenna configurations of
Fixed
the eNodeB. With the
TM3/TM7/TM8/TM9
configuration of this
rd4ForCoverage Inter-TransMode[35]
flagSwiMode qam64DemSpIndUl wimaxCoexistSwitch
parameter, the eNodeB UL 64QAM
enum: 8-Antenna CRS 4-port enum: enum:
Redirection Algorithm for can schedule downlink Demodulation Capability TD-LTE and Wimax
Close[0] Fixed TM4/TM8 Inter- Not Support[0] Close[0]
Coverage services for UEs
Switching in the
Mode Indicator Coexist Switch
Open[1] TransMode[36] Support[1] Open[1]
corresponding This parameter indicates
transmission mode, whether a cell has the
This is a switch for the achieving optimal capability of 64QAM Switch of TD-LTE and
algorithm applied for spectrum efficiency in this demodulation. Wimax coexist
coverage based redirect. scenario. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
Support[1] Close[0]
Support[1] Close[0]
enum:
preScheUEAccessSwitch Based UE Capacity[0]
antDecRankSwch Ul TM3 and TM7[1]
mimoModeSwitch enum:
adminState
enum: enum: TM3 and TM8[2] Unlocked[0]
Self-Adapting Calibration Switch of UPLINK Pre-
Close[0] Close[0] TM3,TM4 and TM7[3] Locked[1]
Switch schedule when UE access MIMO Mode Switch Administrative State
Open[1] Open[1] TM3,TM4 and TM8[4] Shutting Down[4194304]

It's the self-adapting MIMO inter-mode
algorithm enable switch UE access switch of switchover switch
for antenna calibration. uplink pre-schedule determined by CMAC. Administrative State
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Open[1] Based UE Capacity[0] Unlocked[0]
Close[0] Open[1] Based UE Capacity[0] Unlocked[0]
sampleRateCfg loadtestSwitch offsetAngle enum:
energySavControl
enum: Non-Energy Saving
Sample Rate Mode
Close[0] Cell[0]
The sample rate
Configuration Switch of Loading Test Offset Angle (degree) Is Energy Saving Cell
Open[1] Energy Saving Cell[1]
determines the optical
long:[0..2] long:[-360..360]
capacity. The lower the
sample rate, the smaller It is set to Open when The parameter is used to
the optical capacity. loading test is needed. It determine whether the cell
Effective when Cell Reset is set to Close by default. Offset Angle is energy saving or not.
-- -- -- --
test state.If the cell state is
Normal, the cell alarm This parameter indicates
and performance data is the type of the noise
reported;If the cell state is matrix. If it is set to MRC,
Testing, the cell alarm and the MRC algorithm is
enum:
performance data is not used for interference
enum: enum: 1[0]
reported;If the cell state is suppression. If it is set to
Normal[0]
testState 4CCE+3DB[0]
commCCENumDl 2[1]
cceAdaptMod enum:
matrixType
FM Testing, the cell alarm IRC, the IRC algorithm is
Testing[2] 8CCE+0DB[1] 4[2] MRC[0]
is not reported and CCE Aggregation for used for interference
FM Testing[5] 8CCE+3DB[2] 8[3] IRC[1]
performance data is
Cell Test State BCCH&PCCH The CCE Aggregation suppression. If it Type
Noise Matrix is set to
PM Testing[6] 4CCE+0DB[3] Adaption[4] Adaptive-Config[2]
reported;If the cell state is Adaptive-Config, the
PM Testing, the cell alarm interference suppression
is reported and algorithm is adaptively
performance data is not CCE Aggregation for selected based on the NI
reported. BCCH&PCCH CCE Aggregation interference value.
-- -- -- --
Normal[0] 4CCE+3DB[0] Adaption[4] IRC[1]
Normal[0] 4CCE+3DB[0] Adaption[4] IRC[1]
share any spectrum
ratio,Preemptive[3]
resource. If it is set to 4,
Congested cell can be full
in congestion scenarios,
bandwidth or
the operators can share all This parameter sets the
proportionate admission,
the spectrum resources or ratio of bandwidth
Non-congested cell can be
admit UE access requests resources allocated to
full bandwidth
proportionally; in non- PLMNs in network
admission[4]
rbSharMode ratioOperatorn ratioShared isCompressed
congestion scenarios, the sharing scenarios.
Bandwidth From
Resource
Operator Group Priority- enum:
operators
RB Division can for
admit all the
Resource left to right,
Ratio the array
of PLMNs in Resource Ratio of Shared
Based RB Resource Not Compressed[0]
UE accessSharing
requests. If it is elements
Networkcorrespond
Sharing to in Network Sharing (%) Compress Mode
Grabbing Policy[5] longArray:[0..100] Compressed[1]
set to 5, the RB resource PLMN1, PLMN2,
model default: 0;0;0;0;0;0 long:[0..100]
preemption policy based PLMN3, PLMN4, The parameter indicates
model default: 2 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 100 model default: 0
on the operator group PLMN5, and PLMN6 Resource Ratio of Shared the compress mode of the
priority is used. separately. in Network Sharing. cell
-- -- -- --
Fully shared[2] 0;0;0;0;0;0 100 Not Compressed[0]
Fully shared[2] 0;0;0;0;0;0 100 Not Compressed[0]
TM9 MU is not
TMM TM7 MU TM8 MU
supported. If this
TM9 SU (Not Support
parameter is set to 9, TM7
MU, TM8 MU, and
TMM TM7 MU TM8 MU
TM7/TM8 mixed
TM9 SU (Support
This parameter indicates configuration are
the transmission mode of supported, but TM9 MU
addiSpecEmiss enum:
flagSwiModeUl TMM TM7 MU TM8 MU
the uplink PUSCH. It is a isbfmumimoEnableDl
not supported. If this mumimoEnableUl
TM1[0] TM9 MU (Support enum:
new field introduced
Additional Spectrum Transmission Mode of tothe parameter is set to 10,
TM2[1] TM7/TM8/TM9 Mixed Close[0]
Emission Release 10 of 3GPP
UL PUSCH TM7
DL MU, TM8Switch
MU-MIMO MU, UL MU-MIMO Switch
Adaptive[2] MU)[10] Open[1]
The UE requirements protocols. It is only TM9 MU, and
long:[1..32]
related to IE effective for the eNodeBs TM7/TM8/TM9 mixed
AdditionalSpectrumEmiss and UEs that support configuration are
ion are defined in TS Release 10 of 3GPP supported.
36.101 [42, table 6.2.4.1]. protocols. Effective when Cell Reset Switch of UL-MIMO
-- -- -- --
1 TM1[0] TM7 SU TM8 SU TM9 SUClose[0]
1 TM1[0] TM7 SU TM8 SU TM9 SUClose[0]
enum:
1[0]
2[1]
5[2]
rlfSwitch pullCardJudgeSwitch relatedCellLocalId 10[3]
siWindowLength
enum: enum: 15[4]
Switch of Pulling Card
Close[0] Close[0] 20[5]
Switch of RLF Function UE Radio Link Failure
Judgment Referenced Cell ID SI Window Length (ms)
Open[1] Open[1] 40[6]
detection function enable
UE RLF detection switch, just used SRS.
model default: 1 model default: 1 long:[0..255] model default: 5
function enable switch, The main purpose is to
just used traffic static release the abnormal UE Cell ID of Referenced
value from the network. Macro Cell SI Window Length
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Open[1] 20[5]
Open[1] Open[1] 20[5]
spectrum efficiency
42[44]
threshold in a cell where
43[45]
there is uplink
44[46]
interference. It is used to
45[47]
detect uplink interference
46[48]
faults in the cell. If the
47[49]
detected uplink spectrum
tm34T4RSwch 48[50]
upInterfFreqEffThr fullConfigSwch acSendPowdeltaUL
efficiency
Spectrumof the cell is
Efficiency
enum: 49[51] enum:
lower than or
Threshold of equal
Cells to the
with The Delta of UL AC
Close[0] 50[52] Close[0]
4*44*4
MIMO
MIMO Switch,
Switch4*4 threshold, it is considered Switch of FullConfig
UL Interference Digital Sending Power
Open[1] Open[1] long:[-10..30]
MIMO will be used when that the uplink
switch is open in TM3, interference spectrum The parameter is used as
model default: 0 units: Mbps model default: 1 units: dB
4*2 MIMO or 2*2 MIMO efficiency meets the fault sending power offset in
will be used when it's conditions within this The parameter is used to UL AC, unit: dB, working
closed in TM3. detection period. set the Cell license State. in UL AC function
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 4[6] Open[1] 0
Open[1] 4[6] Open[1] 0
Where dense urban
of dense urban, urban
enum:
of the general urban,
Dense Urban[0]
suburban scenarios is
Urban[1]
representative of the
acSendPowdeltaDL simuLoadSwchDl voLTESwch Suburban[2]
mimoScenarios
The parameter is the suburbs, rural scenarios is
enum: enum: Rural[3]
The Delta of DL AC This parameter
Switch indicates
of DL Simulate switch
VoLTE of admission
Admissionof representative of rural,
Close[0] Close[0] Indoor[4]
Digital Sending Power whether dlLoad simulate load QCI=1Switch
and QCI = 2 indoor scenarios is
MIMOScenarios
long:[-10..30] Open[1] Open[1] Adaptive[5]
is valid. If the parameter ERAB, and it works only representative of the
model default: -5
The parameter is used as is close, user cann't config under the condition that indoor, and adaptive
sending power offset in the dl simulate load the function of handover scenarios is representative
DL AC, unit: dB, working function, the cell will based on service is not of adaptive selecting
in DL AC function return the error code. enabled. scenarios.
-- -- -- --
-5 Open[1] Open[1] Adaptive[5]
-5 Open[1] Open[1] Adaptive[5]
downlink Qos adaptive
One entry corresponding policy switch, and is used
to each additional to support different cell
addiSpecEmissForAddiFr
frequency band listed in capacity requirements. It
Additional Spectrum
rlfDelayTime
This parameter is a addiFreqBand eq
the sameRequirements
order as in qosAdpSwchDL
is configured according to
List of Additional Emission
enum:
delayed
Delayedrelease
Releasetimer for
Timer Frequency Band additional
for Eachfrequency
Additionalband the different
Downlink Qosneeds of
Adaptive
longArray:[0, 30, 32..64] longArray:[1..32] Close[0]
RLF.
for This
Radio parameter
Link Failure is
(s) Indicators indicator
Frequencylist, and
Band customers.
PolicyThe value one
Switch
model default: model default: Open[1]
determined for delaying indicates the additional indicates the Qos adaptive
long:[0..10] 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
release the user which is List of additional spectrum emission strategies based on cell
model default: 6 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 example: 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 0
judged RLF by eNB, frequency band indicators requirements to the UE capacity. The value zero
when the users do not that the serving cell for the corresponding indicates closing function.
configure VOIP. belongs to. frequency band. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
6 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0]
6 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Close[0]
uplink Qos adaptive
policy switch, and is used
to support different cell
capacity requirements. It
qosAdpSwchUL
is configured according to cqiExpiredTimer ThismagicRadioSwch
parameter enables or cutRbNumUl
enum: enum:
the different
Uplink needs of
Qos Adaptive Inner AMC CQI Expire Switch disables
forMagicRadio
GERAN and Number of RBs for UL
Close[0] Close[0]
customers.
PolicyThe value one
Switch Timer (ms) bandwidth
LTE Bandwidthsharing. If it is This
Sharing parameterinindicates
Contraction CSS
Open[1] Open[1]
indicates the Qos adaptive Inner AMC CQI expire set to Open, the LTE the number of RBs for
long:[1..65535] long:[0..49]
strategies based on cell timer, CQI will expire system is allowed to use uplink bandwidth
capacity. The value zero when time is longer than the bandwidth resources contraction in
indicates closing function. the timer. released by the GSM MagicRadio CSS.
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset system. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
In view of the existing
cutRbNumDl avoidFreqOffsetNISwch PHSphsNIInd
interference mbsfnSyncAreaID
enum:
Number of RBs for DL Switch for Avoiding NI frequency band, PDSCH,
PHS Interference Band MBSFN Synchronisation
Close[0]
Contraction in CSS Of FreqOffset PUSCH scheduling to
Indicator MBSFN AreaSynchronisation
Id
Open[1]
This parameter indicates To the scene of frequency avoid the corresponding Area ID identify an area
long:[0..49] long:[0..3] long:[0..65535]
the number of RBs for offset network, service RB location, PRACH of the network where all
downlink bandwidth cell avoid scheduling edge channel configuration to eNodeBs can be
contraction in users in pucch RB of avoid the corresponding synchronized and perform
MagicRadio CSS. neighber cell . RB position. MBSFN transmissions.
-- -- -- --
0 Close[0] 0 0
0 Close[0] 0 0
The Switch of
mbmsSvcAreaIDList mbmsCCEAdaptMod sasSwch atmosphericSwch
The parameterWave
is the
Switch for Spectrum Atmospheric
enum: enum: enum:
The
MBMS MBMS service
Service Areaarea
ID This parameter
Dynamic indicates
Application of switch of atmospheric
Interference Detection
4[0] Close[0] Close[0]
refers toList
a network the switch
MBMS CCE Aggregation Spectrum of spectrum
Access System waveFunction
interference
8[1] Open[1] Open[1]
geographic region to dynamic application. detection, which is used to
MBMS service,this field When this parameter is control whether open
longArray:[0..65535] model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 0
represents supported aggregation level of Open, LTE cell apply for enter atmospheric wave
MBMS Service Areas ID MBMS CCE configured spectrum by SLAS. interference detection
List of the MCE. by high layer for cell. Effective when Cell Reset function.
-- -- -- --
select different solution
hiterThreshold atmosDuctMethod
for atmospheric duct. deRohcSch narrowInterferenceSwch
Threshold for
enum: enum:
Atmospheric-Ducting When the parameter
The Solution is
Select of TheSwitch
of Narrow
Close[0] Close[0]
This parameter
Interference sets the
Detection configured withDuct
Atmospheric 0,cell Depth ROHC Switch switch of narrow
Interference Detection
Open[1] Open[1]
threshold for atmospheric- KPI is maintained. The parameter is the interference detection,
long:[0..50] long:[0..1]
ducting interference Otherwise not only cell switch of Depth ROHC. If which is used to control
detection. It is used to KPI is maintained, and the switch is Close,the whether open enter
determine whether high uplink throughput is eNodeB not support depth narrow interference
interference exists. increased. ROHC. detection function.
-- -- -- --
16 1 Open[1] Close[0]
16 1 Open[1] Close[0]
transmission of primary or
secondary
synchronization signals or
PBCH in the same
subframe.When this
parameter is
enum:
close,PDSCH can only
1[0]
narrowInterferenceLen qamSwchis the bfRbExpandSwch ambrLimtSwch
The Granularity of The parameter occupy all PRBs except
Narrow Interference switch
The of of
Switch 256QAM
256QAM TheforSwitch
RBGsof overlaps in
RB Expand It is the switch of AMBR
4[2] Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
The parameter
Detectionis the function. When this
Function frequency with a
In BF Mode limit.
Switch When the switch
of AMBR Limitis
8[3] Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
granularity of narrow switch is on, it means transmission of primary or opened, the AMBR will
interference detection, eNB supports secondary be adjusted according to
which is the RE num of configuration of the new synchronization signals or the corresponding
narrow interference CQI table with 256QAM. PBCH in the same strategies for the limit
detection. Effective when Cell Reset subframe. bear inside.
-- -- -- --
1[0] Open[1] Close[0] Close[0]
1[0] Open[1] Close[0] Close[0]
muMIMO4MultiUESwch
largeFreqOffEstSwchUl Ul mmModeSwch freqOffCompenSwchDl
Switch for UL Large
Frequency Offset Enhanced UL MU-MIMO DL frequency Offset
Estimation Switch The Switch of MM Mode Precompensation Switch
disables large frequency The switch of UL-MIMO The switch of MM mode,
offset estimation in the for three and four paring The Cell is MM mode
uplink only in the public Ues,if the switch is when FunctionMode of The switch of DL
network coverage for open,three Ues or four Baseband Board is MM frequency offset
high-speed rails. Ues can be paring. mode. precompensation
-- -- -- --
Downlink Public and
pubAndHwPriOvlpRbNu pubAndHwPriOvlpRbStar
Uplink Public and Public Network and Highway Private
crcMergeSwch mUL iCo4PubAndHwPriSwch tPosDL
The Switch of Highway Private Highway Private Network Networks Overlapped
enum: enum:
Interference Suppression Networks Overlapped Interference Coordination Resource Blocks Starting
Close[0] Close[0]
for Supercell Resource Blocks Number Switch Position
Open[1] Open[1]
The number of uplink The switch of public The starting position of
long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
overlapped resource network and highway downlink overlapped
blocks between highway private network resource blocks between
The switch of interference private and public interference coordination. highway private and
suppression for SuperCell. networks. Effective when Cell Reset public networks.
-- -- -- --
Downlink Public and Uplink Public and
pubAndHwPriOvlpRbNu pubAndHwPriOvlpRbStar
Highway Private Highway Private
mDL tPosUL qcellPosiSwch tm38McsThr8TX
Networks Networks Networks Overlapped The MCS Threshold when
enum:
Overlapped Resource Resource Blocks Starting Switch from TM3 to TM8
Close[0]
Blocks Number Position Qcell Positioning Switch Thisfor
parameter is MCS
8 Antennas
Open[1]
The number of downlink The starting position of The switch for Qcell threshold when switch
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..28]
overlapped resource uplink overlapped Positioning method,When from TM3 to TM8, which
blocks between highway resource blocks between the switch is open, cell is used to adapting switch
private and public highway private and mode must be configured TM3 and TM8 for 8
networks. public networks. to 3 cell 8 antenna. antennas.
-- -- -- --
0 0 Close[0] 12
0 0 Close[0] 12
tddCfg0MUMIMOSwch
Threshold of Window Threshold of Window
tm83TestMcsThr8TX highBllrCntThrDL highBllrCntThrUL UL
The MCS Threshold Number for Downlink Number for Uplink
enum:
When Switch from TM8 Abnormal Block Loss Abnormal Block Loss TDD Cfg0 UL MU-
Close[0]
This parameter
to TM3 is MCS
for 8 Antennas Ratio Ratio MIMO Switch
Open[1]
threshold when switch
long:[0..29] long:[1..20] long:[1..20]
from TM8 to TM3, which
is used to adapting switch Threshold of window Threshold of window
TM3 and TM8 for 8 number for downlink number for uplink The switch of UL-MIMO
antennas. abnormal block loss ratio. abnormal block loss ratio. for TDD CFG0.
-- -- -- --
12 10 10 Close[0]
12 10 10 Close[0]
enum:
the period for the
Close[0]
migration of all the
All Voice User Migration
This parameter is used to Switch of The Policy for VoLTE UEs in
shortDrxSwch enum:
puschChEstType Strategy[1]
atmosductVoLTESwch atmosductVoLTETimer
support the selection of Voice Users in atmospheric ducting UE
Period for VoLTE cells.
enum: FreqChEsti[0] Only Poor Voice Quality
TypePUSCH
of PUSCHchannel
Channel Atmospheric Ducting It is used together
Migration with the
in Atmospheric
Close[0] TimeChEsti[1] User Migration
Short
ShortDRX
DRXswitch
Switch.If estimation,between
Estimation time Cells Number
DuctingofCells(ms)
Migrated
Open[1] FreqChEstiOpti[2] Strategy[2]
Short DRX switch is domain estimation, This parameter enables or VoLTE UEs in
long:[100..65535]
on,eNB configs Short Frequency domain disables the migration for Atmospheric Ducting
DRX to UE.If Short DRX estimation and optimized VoLTE users in Cells to indicate how
switch is off,eNB does not Frequency domain atmospheric ducting TDD many VoLTE UEs
config Short DRX to UE. estimation. cells. migrate in one period.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] TimeChEsti[1] Close[0] 1800
Open[1] TimeChEsti[1] Close[0] 1800
enum:
200km/h[0]
highest speed of the high-
250km/h[1]
speed railways covered by The Switch for
300km/h[2] atmosphericDecPowrThre atmosphericLocationSwc
the serving cell. Based on Power Decrease Interference Source
350km/h[3]
speedInd atmosphericQuitPerid s h
the highest speed, the The Time Threshold to Threshold for Localization in
400km/h[4] enum:
baseband adaptively Exit Atmospheric Duct This parameter sets
Atmospheric Ductthe Atmospheric Duct
450km/h[5] Close[0]
adjusts the thresholds
Highest-Speed Indicator Interference power Interference
decrease threshold Interference
500km/h[6] long:[0..20] Open[1]
related to uplink for atmospheric duct The Switch for
frequency deviation interference. A larger Interference Source
processing and downlink The Time Threshold to parameter value indicates Localization in
frequency deviation pre- Exit Atmospheric Duct faster inter-symbol Atmospheric Duct
compensation. Interference. interference decrease. Interference.
-- -- -- --
300km/h[2] 10 10 Close[0]
300km/h[2] 10 10 Close[0]
The Time Threshold T1 to The Time Threshold T2 to
atmosphericSymBackSwc atmosphericSupresEnterP atmosphericSupresQuitPe
Entry Interference Exit Interference
h atmosphericSupresThres erid rid
The Switch for Symbol Suppression Threshold for Suppression in Suppression in
enum:
Rollback in Atmospheric Atmospheric Duct Atmospheric Duct Atmospheric Duct
Close[0]
Duct Interference Interference Interference Interference
Open[1]
The Time Threshold T1 to The Time Threshold T2 to
long:[-110..-70] long:[10..600] long:[10..600]
This parameter sets the Entry Interference Exit Interference
model default: 0 model default: -70 model default: 100 model default: 100
The Switch for Symbol suppression threshold for Suppression in Suppression in
Rollback in Atmospheric atmospheric duct Atmospheric Duct Atmospheric Duct
Duct Interference. interference. Interference. Interference.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] -70 100 100
Close[0] -70 100 100
Number of Antennas for
atmosphericSeqDemAntN atmosphericSeqDemPara enum:
Detecting Signature The Detection Threshold The
TheeNodeB uses
Switch for TA
User
um Thres Close[0]
oneRBAllocateSwch taLimitedReleaseSwch
Sequences in of Detecting Signature measurement
Service Limited to determine
Function
Open for VOIP[1] enum:
Atmospheric Ducting Sequence in Atmospheric whether
Baseda user exceeds
on TA
Open for Data[2] Close[0]
Interference Duct Interference Allocate One RB Switch the given TA threshold. If
Measurement
Open for All[3] Open[1]
the number of antennas yes, the user will be
long:[1..8] long:[1..10000]
used by the UL PHY to The Detection Threshold forcedly released. This
detect signature sequences of Detecting Signature parameter sets whether to
in atmospheric ducting Sequence in Atmospheric The Switch of 1RB enable the function.
interference. Duct Interference. Allocation. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
atmosphericDetecWaySw
tm44T4RSwch cbpSwch
This parameter is used to atmosphericPAPRThres ch
Threshold of Peak to
enum: enum: enum:
control if the CBP Average Power Ratio for Switch of Detection Way
TM4
TM4 4*4
4*4 MIMO
MIMO Switch,
Switch function is enable.
CBP SwitchCBP is Atmospheric Duct for Atmospheric Duct
TM4 4*4 MIMO will be a type of protocol which
long:[1..10000]
used when switch is open is used to access The Detection Threshold The Switch for using
in TM4, 4*2 MIMO or unlicensed and shared of Detecting Signature Optimize Scheme in
2*2 MIMO will be used frequency spectrum. Sequence in Atmospheric Atmospheric Duct
when it's closed in TM4. Effective when Cell Reset Duct Interference. Interference.
-- -- -- --
can be omitted. When this
switch is set to 1, dl-
256QAM-r12 report,
CAT, and specification
release version should all
satisfy its relevant
enum:
the256QAMCATLimitSw type1RBAllocEnableSwc configDRXTimerForCon
requirment, then UE
Close[0]
ch hDl configDRXTimerForRA nect
supports 256QAM; when The Timer for Config The Timer for Config
Limit Release Version enum:
this Switch
The switch is
ofset
CATto 2, dl-
Limit Switch of Type1 RB DRX When UE RRC DRX When UE
and CAT[1] Close[0]
256QAM-r12
for 256QAMreport and Allocation Connection (s) Establishing VoLTE (s)
Limit CAT Only[2] Open[1]
CAT should both satisfy The parameter indicates
long:[0..20] long:[0..20]
its relevant requirment, The parameter indicates eNB configging DRX
then UE supports eNB configging DRX later when UE is at
256QAM. The Switch of Type1 RB later when UE is at prach connect stage for reducing
Effective when Cell Reset Allocation. stage. the time delay of VoLTE.
-- -- -- --
Limit CAT Only[2] Open[1] 0 0
Limit CAT Only[2] Open[1] 0 0
disables distributed
MIMO. If it is set to
Open, multi-antenna
MIMO (TM9 4 × 4MIMO
or 8 × 4MIMO) can be
implemented through the
configDRXTimerForHO distributedMIMOSwch
combination of multiple filteWndLen4SRMode1 filteFactor4SRMode1
The Timer for Config The Length of Filter
enum:
DRX When UE Handover groups of antennas
Switch in
Distributed Window for RB The Filter Factor for RB
Close[0]
The parameter
(s) indicates multipleMIMOCPs in a super Utilization Ratio(s) Utilization Ratio
Open[1]
target cell configging cell, increasing the The filter window length The filter factor for RB
long:[0..20] long:[1..255] double:[0..1]
DRX later when UE at downlink throughput of a for RB utilization ratio of utilization ratio of the cell
HO stage for the flow and single UE and cell the cell for the Number of for the Number of RB for
reducing the time delay of frequency-spectrum RB for SR Authorization SR Authorization Mode
VoLTE. efficiency. Mode set 1 . set 1 .
-- -- -- --
0 Close[0] 5 0.75
0 Close[0] 5 0.75
enum:
1.4M(6RB)[0]
3M(15RB)[1]
magicRadioMaxBandWid
rbNumMultiFactor4Mod1 rbRatioLowThr4Mod1 rbRatioHighThr4Mod1 5M(25RB)[2]
th
10M(50RB)[3]
The Multiple Factor of SR The Low Threshold of RB The High Threshold of This parameter
MagicRadio Maxindicates
System
15M(75RB)[4]
This Parameter
RB Number is multiple This parameterRatio
Utilization is low This parameter isRatio
RB Utilization high the maximum
Downlink downlink
Bandwidth
longArray:[1..110] 20M(100RB)[5]
factor for the number of threshold for RB threshold for RB bandwidth of LTE cell
model default: 4;2;1 double:[0..1] double:[0..1]
RB allocated to SR for the utilization ratio of the cell utilization ratio of the cell when MagicRadio open.
example: 4;2;1 model default: 0.3 model default: 0.5 model default: 5
Number of RB for SR for the Number of RB for for the Number of RB for This parameter will be
Authorization Mode set SR Authorization Mode SR Authorization Mode is used in transmit power
1. set 1 . set 1 . computation.
-- -- -- --
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 20M(100RB)[5]
4;2;1 0.3 0.5 20M(100RB)[5]
enum:
Based On 2RB[0]
The Monitoring The Monitoring
Based On Cell RB
srRBNumAuthMode freqOffRptValidThr startPreCompenRatioThr stopPreCompenRatioThr
The Threshold for Valid Probability Threshold for Probability Threshold for
Utilization Rate[1]
The Number of RB for SR Frequency Offset Start Frequency Offset Stop Frequency Offset
Based On The Amount Of
Authorization Mode Reported Precompensation Precompensation
Data Taken By SR[2]
long:[0..500] double:[0..1] double:[0..1]
This parameter is a switch Stavalid frequency offset The Monitoring The Monitoring
and used to control the used to calculate DL probability threshold,and probability threshold,and
function of RB allocation frequency offset used to determine whether used to determine whether
Mode for SR. precompensation value. to start precompensation. to stop precompensation.
-- -- -- --
Based On 2RB[0] 200 0.9 0.6
Based On 2RB[0] 200 0.9 0.6
This parameter indicates This parameter enables or
This parameter
Threshold is the
of Window This parameter
Threshold is the
of Window whether a cell supports disables 8 × 8 MIMO in
highBllrCntThr4VOIPDl highBllrCntThr4VOIPUl enum:
windowfor
Number number for
Downlink window
Number number for
for Uplink eMTC. emtcSwch
If it is set to 0, the TM9tM98T8RSwch
mode. If it is set to
Close[0] enum:
downlink
Abnormal continuous high uplink
Block Loss continuous
Abnormal high
Block Loss cell does not support Switch Open, the
for 8MIMO type inin
× 8 MIMO
LTE and EMTC[1] Close[0]
abnormal
Ratioblock loss ratio abnormal
of VOIP Ratioblock loss ratio eMTC.eMTC
of VOIP If it isSwitch
set to 1, the TM9 modeTM9is 8 × 8
EMTC[2] Open[1]
of VOIP,it is used to of VOIP,it is used to cell supports both LTE MIMO. If it is set to
long:[1..200] long:[1..200]
judge the number of judge the number of and eMTC. If it is set to 2, Close, the MIMO type in
window that block loss window that block loss the cell supports only TM9 mode is 8 × 2
ratio is abnormal ratio is abnormal eMTC. MIMO, 8 × 4 MIMO, or 4
continuously. continuously. Effective when Cell Reset × 4 MIMO.
-- -- -- --
switch of the uplink
blerAdaptSwitch4IncBler tddDmimoSwch
This parameter is the hARQWeightCombSwch accMCSEnableSwchUl
accurate MCS procedure.
Switch for BLER Range– switch of The
Switch the TDD
TDD The Switch of Harq If theSwitch
switchofisUplink
turned on,
This Based
parameter enables or
Adaption DMIMO
DMIMO function. When
Function Weight Combine you can adjust the
Accurate MCS MCS to
disables BLER range– there are many users in a This parameter enables or implement the exact
based adaption. It is used cell, turn on the switch to disables the Harq Weight match between the
to improve far-point enable the TDD DMIMO Combine function and is scheduling TBSize and
traffic by increasing the function to increase the configured as required on the BSR and reduce the
BLER of UEs. throughput of the cell. site. Padding rate.
-- -- -- --
public network speed small, you can increase inner AMC, no UE can
enum:
determination mode is set the parameter value to use inner AMC. If it is set
enum: No QCI can use inner
to mode 2, the public increase paging resources. Only UE with QCI 1 can
4T[0] AMC[0]
network speed When the number of users use inner AMC, the UEs
enum: 2T[1] Only UE with QCI 1 can
determination function in the paging area is small of QCI1 can use inner
Close[0] T[2] use inner AMC[1]
This parameter is the along high-speed railways and the cell bandwidth is AMC. If it is set to All of
High speed rail non- 1/2T[3] All of QCI can use inner
atmosDuctInnerAmcEffec
switch of the downlink is enabled. This mode is large, you can set the QCI can use inner AMC,
accMCSEnableSwchDl covered by public
nCSpeedJudgeSwch 1/4T[4]
nBto a small AMC[2]
tQci except
accurate MCS procedure. applicable to the parameter all AMC
Inner the UEs
Selection by
enum: network[1] 1/8T[5] All of QCI including
If the switch
Switch is turned on, following
of Downlink scenarios:
Public Network SpeedA value. 1.4M/3M small- attached
QCI TypeUEsincan
theuse
Close[0] High speed rail covered 1/16T[6] attach can use inner
you can adjust the
Accurate MCS MCS to high-speed railway
Determination Mode is bandwidth
Paging cellsFactor
Occasion are inner AMC. If itDuct
Atmosphere is set to
Open[1] by public network[2] 1/32T[7] AMC[3]
implement the exact covered by public commonly configured as All of QCI including
match between the network cells, and the 2T while the other large- attach can use inner
scheduling TBSize and cells covered by the bandwidth cells are AMC, all the UEs
the BSR and reduce the public network requires commonly configured as (including attached UEs)
Padding rate. speed determination. T. can use inner AMC.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] T[2] No QCI can use inner AMC
Close[0] Close[0] T[2] No QCI can use inner AMC
interference location of
atmospheric waveguides.
There are 16 symbols
used for atmospheric
waveguide detection. If a
detected atmospheric The Atmospheric
atmoIDDectNumThershol
waveguide is under a Waveguide Only Receives Atmospheric Waveguide
symbol d number of atmoOnlyRecvSeqSwitch
andofthe TheCharacteristic
atmospheric atmoFixTranSeqSwitch schedInDRX4ECGI
Threshold The Number The Characteristic Sequence TheWhen this
Switch ofswitch is
Scheduling
enum: enum: enum:
detected
of waveguides
Detecting with waveguide
Atmospheric Sequenceonly receives
Function Fixed Transmission turned
in DRXon, Status
to increase
Whenthe
the same eNodeB
Waveguide ID is
IDs(times) the characteristic
Switch Atmospheric waveguide
Switch ECGI measurement
Measuring ECGI
larger than this threshold, sequence function characteristic sequence success rate, the eNodeB
long:[1..8]
the waveguide ID is switch,which is used to fixed transmission transmits data only when
considered to be valid and control the function that switch,which is used to the onDurationTimer
is reported; otherwise, it is only receives control transmit fixed timer operates in long
not reported. characteristic sequence. characteristic sequence. DRX status.
-- -- -- --
control. If the SPID super cell. If the super cell. If the super cell. If the
Strategy Switch parameter difference between the difference between the difference between the
is set to Open and if the measurement result of a measurement result of a measurement result of a
The switch of SPID based CP and the maximum CP and the maximum CP and the maximum
idle mobility control measurement result of all measurement result of all measurement result of all
parameter is set to Open, CPs in a super cell is CPs in a super cell is CPs in a super cell is
the eNB will fill the smaller than the threshold, smaller thanValue
Threshold the threshold,
of User smaller
ThresholdthanValue
the threshold,
of User
spidIdleMobiCtrlSwchIE the scActiveSetThrUl
IdleMobilityContrlInfo CP is activated. scCRSActiveSetThrDl scUERSActiveSetThrDl
The Switch of SPID Threshold Value of If the the
User DLCP is activated.
C-RS Active SetIf for
the DL
the CP is activated.
UE-RS If the
Active Set for
enum:
based Idle
Based on the SPID
Mobility difference
UL Activebetween
Set inthe difference between the
C-RS Transmission difference between the
UE-RS Transmission
Close[0]
strategy configured
Control in the measurement result of a measurement
SuperCell result of a measurement
Scheme in SuperCell result of a
Scheme in SuperCell
Open[1] long:[0..30] long:[1..40] long:[1..30]
EMS when sending an CP and the maximum CP and the maximum CP and the maximum
RRCConnectionRelease measurement result of all measurement result of all measurement result of all
model default: 0 units: dB units: dB units: dB
message, to configure a CPs is larger than the CPs is larger than the CPs is larger than the
dedicated cell reselection threshold, the CP is not threshold, the CP is not threshold, the CP is not
priority for the UE. activated. activated. activated.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 13 23 13
Open[1] 13 23 13
TM8 OPEN ONLY[2]
TM9 OPEN ONLY[3]
switch of TBS selection in
TM7 AND TM8
TM9 mode and TM10 This parameter enables or
OPEN[4]
mode. When the switch is disables the starting of the
TM7 AND TM9
turned on, tbsIndexAlt- large scale for one high
OPEN[5] largeSc4OneHighSINRT
r12 is set to a26 This parameter enables or SINR timing advance. If it
tm9TM10TbsAltSwch pucchFOCSwch TM8 AND TM9
interCellDmimoSwch ASwch
(256QAM disabled)
The Switch of or disables
Switch forPUCCH
PUCCH This parameter enables or Switch
is set tofor
Open,
Thethe starting
Starting of
enum: enum: OPEN[6] enum:
a33 (256QAM
TM9/TM10 enabled)
TBS in frequency offset
Frequency Offset disables
Switch forinter-cell
Inter-Cell of
ThetheLarge
largeScale
scalefor
forOne
one
Close[0] Close[0] TM7 AND TM8 AND Close[0]
TM9 Alternative
mode and TM10 compensation only in the DMIMO.DMIMO
Compensation If this parameter high
HighSINR
SINRtiming
TA
Open[1] Open[1] TM9 OPEN[7] Open[1]
mode. When the switch is public network coverage is set to Open, inter-cell advance is enabled; if it is
turned off, tbsIndexAlt- for high-speed rails. If this MU and coordination can set to Close, the starting
r12 is not configured in parameter is set to Close, be implemented to of the large scale for one
TM9 mode and TM10 PUCCH frequency offset increase the throughput of high SINR timing
mode. compensation is disabled. the cells. advance is disabled.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] CLOSE[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Close[0] CLOSE[0] Close[0]
selection. In an 8-antenna selection. In a 4-antenna parameter is valid when
cell, this parameter is cell, this parameter is the UE transmit antenna
valid when the UE valid when the UE selection (closed-loop)
transmit antenna selection transmit antenna selection function is enabled. This
(closed-loop) function is (closed-loop) function is parameter is used to
enabled.
The MCS This parameter
Threshold ofis enabled.
The MCS This parameter
Threshold ofis determine whether to
used tm83TestMcsThrAntSelct
TM3toSwitching
determinetowhether
TM8 used TM3toSwitching
determinetowhether
TM8 perform
The MCS a test from TM8
Threshold of
muMimoModeDL tm38McsThrAntSelct8TX
to for
switch tm38McsThrAntSelct4TX 4TX
8Txfrom
WhenTM3
UE to to for
switch
4Txfrom
WhenTM3
UE to TM8toTesting
TM3 for
to UEs
TM3 for
Selection of The DL MU- TM8 for UEsSelection
Antenna supporting TM8 for UEsSelection
Antenna supporting 4Tx supporting
When UEtransmit
Antenna
This parameter
MIMO Mode indicates transmit antenna
Enabled transmit antenna
Enabled antenna selection.
Selection When
Enabled
the DL MU-MIMO mode, selection. When the MCS selection. When the MCS the MCS is larger than the
Mode 0 for the peak rate is less than the threshold, is less than the threshold, threshold, the UE can
and Mode 1 for the the UE can switch from the UE can switch from switch from TM8 to TM3;
maximum spectrum TM3 to TM8; otherwise, TM3 to TM8; otherwise, otherwise, the UE remains
efficiency. the UE remains in TM3. the UE remains in TM3. in TM8.
-- -- -- --
0 15 15 15
0 15 15 15
parameter is valid when When the time during
the UE transmit antenna which a UE camps on a
selection (closed-loop) common cell is larger
function is enabled. This than or equal to the forced
parameter is used to low-speed determination
determine whether to threshold for common
tm83TestMcsThrAntSelct
perform a test from TM8 forceLowSpeedThr4Norm
cells in the public
The MCS Threshold of
8TX lowSpeedThr4Normal althe UE is highSpeedThr4Normal
TM8toTesting
TM3 for
to UEs
TM3 for This
Time threshold
Thresholdisfor
used in
Low network,
Forced Low Speed Time Threshold for High
supporting
8Tx When UEtransmit
Antenna high-speed
Speed in railway speed
The Public forcedly
DecisionsetThreshold
to low-speed
for Speed of SuperCell in The
antenna selection.
Selection When
Enabled determination.
NetworkWhen
(s) the status.
The TheNetwork
Public parameter
(s) When
PublictheNetwork
time during
(s)
the MCS is larger than the time during which a UE value must be larger than which a UE camps on the
threshold, the UE can camps on a CP or a cell is the value of the Time CPs of a super cell is
switch from TM8 to TM3; larger than or equal to the Threshold for Low Speed smaller than the threshold,
otherwise, the UE remains threshold, the UE can be in public network the UE can be set to high-
in TM8. set to low-speed status. parameter. speed status.
-- -- -- --
15 30 40 20
15 30 40 20
switch of TM9 open-loop
SU-MIMO. When the
This parameter determines switch is turned on,
whether TAT adaption between open- The interruption detection The radio link congestion
configurations are loop BF weight and function is used to check detection function is used
tATConsistencySwch
consistent. If it is set to tM9OpenloopforSuSwch radioLinkOutageSwch
closed-loop BF weight is whether a radio link at the radioLinkCongestSwch
to detect whether a radio
Close, it indicates
Switch for TAT that the Switch
supported for TM9
of TM9 SU- RLC
OpenLoop layer, MAC
The Switch layer,
of Radio or
Link link is congested
Switch and
of Radio Link
actualConsistency
TAT value is not MIMO. for When
SU-MIMOthe switch PHY layer is broken and
Outage perform flowDetection
Congestion control in
affected by the configured is turned off, only closed- perform flow control accordance with the
value; if it is set to Open, loop BF weight is based on the interruption congestion situation. This
it indicates that the actual supported for TM9 SU- status. This parameter is parameter is the switch of
TAT value is the same as MIMO. the switch of detection of radio link congestion
the configured value. Effective when Cell Reset radio link interruption. detection.
-- -- -- --
PUSCH MRC/IRC This parameter enables or This parameter is the
combination adaption disables PUCCH switch of PRACH
switch. If the switch is MRC/IRC combination MRC/IRC combination
turned on, the UL PHY adaption. If it is set to adaption. If the switch is
puschMrcIrcSwch
adaptively chooses pucchMrcIrcSwch
Open, theMRC/IRC
PUCCH prachMrcIrcSwch
turned on, the UL cellHeavyLoadFlag
PUSCH MRC/IRC PUCCH PRACH MRC/IRC
MRC/IRC
Combinationin accordance
Adaption adaptively
Combinationselects the type
Adaption PRACH adaptively
Combination Adaption This parameter is the
with the interference
Switch of MRC/IRC combination
Switch choosesSwitch
MRC/IRC in heavy-load
Heavy-loadcellCellswitch.
SwitchIf
condition. If the switch is based on interference. If it accordance with the the switch is turned on,
turned off, the UL PHY is set to Close, MRC or interference condition. If the current cell is a heavy-
uses MRC or IRC IRC is used, depending on the switch is turned off, load cell. If the switch is
configured in the the configuration on the the UL PRACH uses turned off, the current cell
NetNumen system. NetNumen system. MRC. is a light-load cell.
-- -- -- --
This parameter is applied This parameter sets the
in situations where remote first threshold for
atmospheric ducting detecting the number of
interference stations have atmospheric ducting
no load. This parameter signature sequences. It
sets the threshold for This parameter sets the determines1 the
Threshold for condition
Detecting
determining whether atmosphericGrdNiThresU
UL noise floor threshold atmosphericSeqContThres
for transmitting signature
Period for Detecting The Number of Signature
atmosphericNoLoadThres
atmospheric ducting for the PHY l atmosphericDetecPerid 1 larger the
Threshold ofinUlsignature
Ground This parameter
Signature sets the
Sequences in sequences. The
Sequences in
interference
Threshold exists.
of No Load The
for sequence
Noise fordetection.
AtmosphericThe signature sequence
Atmospheric Ducting parameter
Ducting
Atmospheric Ducting larger the Location
Ducting parameter detection period(min)
Interference for the larger the number of
Interference
long:[0..30] long:[-125..-100]
value, the larger the value, the larger the UL atmospheric ducting detected signature
model default: 10 model default: -110 long:[1..120] long:[0..1000]
interference in which noise floor and interference location sequences is required,
units: dB units: dBm model default: 30 model default: 3
atmospheric ducting interference in which function in atmospheric meaning a stricter
interference can be signature sequences can ducting state transition condition for transmitting
identified. be detected. determination. signature sequences.
-- -- -- --
10 -110 30 3
10 -110 30 3
second threshold for third threshold for UL noise floor threshold
detecting the number of detecting the number of of atmospheric ducting
atmospheric ducting atmospheric ducting interference. It determines This parameter sets the
signature2sequences.
Threshold It Threshold
for Detecting signature3sequences. It
for Detecting the condition for threshold for joining
atmosphericSeqContThres
determines atmosphericSeqContThres
The Numberthe of condition determines
Signature The Numberthe of condition
Signature transmitting signature atmospheric
Threshold forducting
Joining
for symbol 2
rollback. 3 atmosphericUpNiThres atmosphericSeqJontThres
Sequences in The for symbol recovery.
Sequences in The sequences.
Uplink NI The larger the
Threshold in signature
Signature sequences.
SequencesThe
Atmospheric value larger
Atmospheric value
Ducting parameter
Ducting larger the in
Detected parameter value
Atmospheric
is, the Interference
larger the number is, the Interference
larger the number higher Interference
the UL noise floor is,Ducting
the larger the power
Interference
long:[-125..-100] long:[0..10]
of detected signature of detected signature and interference are difference tolerance range
long:[0..1000] long:[0..1000] model default: -110 model default: 5
sequences is required, sequences is required, required, meaning a for joined signature
model default: 10 model default: 2 units: dBm units: dB
meaning a stricter meaning a stricter stricter condition for sequences, meaning a
condition for symbol condition for symbol transmitting signature more lenient condition for
rollback. recovery. sequences. sequence joining.
-- -- -- --
10 2 -110 5
10 2 -110 5
transmit antenna selection transmit antenna selection
function and the TM9 function and the TM9
open-loop SU-MIMO open-loop SU-MIMO
function are enabled. This function are enabled. This
parameter is used to parameter is used to
determine whetherforto
MCS Threshold determine whetherforto
MCS Threshold
switch fromFrom
Switching TM3TM3 to TM9to switch fromFrom
Switching TM3TM3 to TM9to
ThisprachMrcIrcEnable
parameter is the flag iMEISVStgySwch tm39McsThrAntSelct8TX
for the tm39McsThrAntSelct4TX
Flag of PRACH TM9 in UEs supporting
8Tx Cells When TM9 for the
in UEs supporting
4Tx Cells When
enum:
of the PRACH
MRC/IRC MRC/IRC
Function Being Switch of IMEISV transmit antenna
UE Antenna transmit antenna
Selection Is UE Antenna Selection Is
Close[0]
function.Enabled
If the parameter Strategy selection. If the MCS
Enabled selection. If the MCS
Enabled
Open[1]
is set to 0, the PRACH value is less than this value is less than this
long:[0..1] long:[0..28] long:[0..28]
MRC function is enabled. threshold, the UE can be threshold, the UE can be
If the parameter is set to If this parameter is set to switched from TM3 to switched from TM3 to
1, the PRACH IRC Open, the related IMEISV TM9; otherwise, the UE TM9; otherwise, the UE
function is enabled. strategy is enabled. remains in TM3. remains in TM3.
-- -- -- --
0 Close[0] 15 15
0 Close[0] 15 15
transmit antenna selection transmit antenna selection
function and the TM9 function and the TM9
open-loop SU-MIMO open-loop SU-MIMO
function are enabled. This function are enabled. This
parameter is used to parameter is used to
MCS Threshold determine whetherforto
MCS Threshold
switch fromFrom
TM9TM9 to TM3 tm93TestMcsThrAntSelct
switch fromFrom
TM9TM9 to TM3 lowPrbEstimForMuMimo
This parameter indicates highPrbEstimForMuMim
Switching to Switching to
for the 4TX 8TX Ul oUl
TM3 in UEs supporting
4Tx Cells When for the
TM3 in UEs supporting
8Tx Cells When the lowEstimated
Low estimated RBRB the highEstimated
High estimated RB
RB
transmit antenna
UE Antenna Selection Is transmit antenna
UE Antenna Selection Is threshold for UL
Threshold priority
MU- threshold for UL
Threshold priority
MU-
selection. If the MCS
Enabled selection. If the MCS
Enabled space division.
MIMOIf the RBs space division.
MIMOIf the RBs
value is larger than this value is larger than this estimated in real time are estimated in real time are
threshold, the UE can be threshold, the UE can be between the high and low between the high and low
switched from TM9 to switched from TM9 to thresholds, the pairing thresholds, the pairing
TM3; otherwise, the UE TM3; otherwise, the UE strategy of priority space strategy of priority space
remains in TM9. remains in TM9. division is triggered. division is triggered.
-- -- -- --
15 15 0 400
15 15 0 400
the statistical period for
prbUsageThrdForMuMim the PRB usage threshold This parameter enables or
Threshold of The Number
oUl tomuPrbUsagePeriodUl
trigger Period
priorityfor
space atmosENBIDDropThr muMimoPriorSwchUl
disables prioritized uplink
Statistical The of Effective ENodeB IDs
enum:
This Usage
PRB parameter indicates
Threshold division.
for PRB UsageIn Threshold
this periodfor
of Since theineNodeB
Detected ID is
Atmospheric MUfor
Switch MIMO space UL
Prioritized
Close[0]
the PRB usage threshold time,
UL MU-MIMO ULstatistics
MU-MIMO on the(s)PRB detected
Ducting forCells(times)
the first time, division.
MU If it is set to
MIMO
long:[0..100] Open[1]
for priority space division. usage is collected. After if it is not reported within Open, prioritized uplink
If the PRB usage exceeds this period of time, the the following feature space division is enabled.
this threshold, the pairing system determines sequence detection If it is set to Close,
strategy of priority space whether to execute periods specified by this frequency division is
division is triggered. priority space division. threshold, it is discarded. enabled.
-- -- -- --
70 1 3 Close[0]
70 1 3 Close[0]
low-load status to medium/high-load status
medium/high-load, and to low-load status, or the
This parameter is the the number of users number of users
switch of MM DL scheduled in each TTI is scheduled in each TTI is
transmission mode larger than or equal to the smaller than Threshold of
adaption based on cell- Threshold of the number the number of scheduled
To eliminate the load. Whenofthe switch mmPRBThrLow2MedHig mmPRBThrMedHigh2Lo
Switch MM DL is of scheduled
Threshold usersUsage
of PRB per users per TTI
Threshold for MM
of PRB cell
Usage
aCKMtiPlexingSwchUl
ambiguity in TDD mmTMAlgCellloadSwch
on,Transmission
MM will perform hDlcell status wDl from
Modethe TTI
for MM forCell
MM Load Status for status change
MM Cell Load Status
enum: enum:
multiplexing
Switch forfeedback,
ACK transmission
Adaption Based mode
on Cell- change
Changefrom
fromlow-load
Low to medium-load status to
Change from
Close[0] Close[0]
theMultiplexing
R10 protocol adaptationload
based on the status Medium/High
to medium-load, the low-load status,totheLow
Medium/High cell
Open[1] Open[1]
introduces the new cell-load status. When the cell load status changes load status changes from
long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
feedback table. This switch is off, cell-load from low load to medium/high load to low
parameter enables or status is not considered in medium/high load; load; otherwise, the cell
disables the new ACK- DL transmission mode otherwise, the cell load load remains
Multiplexing table. adaption. remains low. medium/high.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] 50 30
from Low to Medium/High to Low, or Usage for MM Cell Load smaller than the
Medium/High, and the the number of users Status Change from Low Threshold of the Number
number of users scheduled in each TTI is to Medium/High, and the of Potential MU-MIMO
scheduled in each TTI is smaller than the number of potential MU- UEs for MM Cell Load
larger than or equal to the Threshold of the number MIMO users is larger than Status Change from
Threshold of
Threshold of the
the Number
number Threshold
of scheduled users
of the per Threshold
Number or equal toof
thethe
Threshold
Number Medium/High
Threshold of theto Number
Low, or
mmMuUEThrLow2MedH users per mmMuUEThrMedHigh2 cell status mmSchUEThrLow2Med mmSchUEThrMedHigh2
ofofPotential
scheduled MU-MIMO TTI
of for MMMU-MIMO
Potential of the Scheduled
of Users Number ofper ofthe number
Users of users
Scheduled per
TTI for MM ighcell status change from Low High Low
UEs Cell Load UEs for MMmedium-load
Cell Load Potential
TTI for MU-MIMO
MM Cell Load UEs scheduled
TTI for MM in each
Cell TTI
Loadis
change
Status from low-load
Change from Low status to low-load
Status Change fromstatus, for MMChange
Status Cell Load
fromStatus
Low smaller
Status than this
Change from
statustotoMedium/High
medium-load, the Medium/High
the cell load status
to Low Change from Low to
to Medium threshold,
Mediumthe tocell
Lowload
cell load status changes changes from Medium/High, the cell status changes from
long:[0..1000] long:[0..1000] double:[0..100] double:[0..100]
from low load to medium/high load to low load status changes from medium/high load to low
medium/high load; load; otherwise, the cell low load to medium/high load; otherwise, the cell
otherwise, the cell load load remains load; otherwise, the cell load remains
remains low. medium/high. load remains low. medium/high.
-- -- -- --
3 2 1.5 0.5
3 2 1.5 0.5
If the ratio in which the high load to medium load. If the ratio in which the number of MU pairing
number of MU pairing If the ratio in which the number of MU pairing layers is larger than four
layers is larger than four number of MU pairing layers is larger than four is larger than or equal to
is larger than or equal to layers is larger than four is smaller than the the Threshold of MU
this threshold, or the ratio is smaller than this Threshold of MU layers layers ratio for MM cell
of TM7
Ratio users is larger
Threshold of the threshold, or the ratio
Ratio Threshold of
of the Ratio for MM cell status status change from
mmMayerThrMed2High
than or mmMayerThrHigh2Med mmTM7UserThrHigh2M mmTM7UserThrMed2Hi
Number of equal to the for Number
MU Layers TM7 users is smaller
of MU Layersthanfor change
ThresholdfromofHigh-load
the TM7 Medium-load
Threshold of the status
TM7 to
Threshold Ul
of theStatus
TM7 theMM Threshold Ul of the TM7 statusRatio ed
to Medium-load high-load gh
MM Cell Load Cell Load Status User for MM Cell User Ratio status,
for MM or Cell
the
User Ratio
Change fromforMedium
MM Cell to User Ratiofrom
Change for MM
HighCellto status, or the Change
Load Status ratio of from
TM7 ratioStatus
Load of TM7 usersfrom
Change is
Load Status Change from Load Status
High Change from
Medium usersHigh
is smaller than this
to Medium largerMedium
than or to
equal
Highto this
Medium to High, the cell High to Medium, the cell threshold, the cell load threshold, the cell load
load status changes from load status changes from status changes from high status changes from
medium load to high load; high load to medium load; load to medium load; medium load to high load;
otherwise, the cell load otherwise, the cell load otherwise, the cell load otherwise, the cell load
remains medium. remains high. remains high. remains medium.
-- -- -- --
50 5 5 30
50 5 5 30
This switch is used to
This parameter indicates This parameter sets the judge whether the PLMN
the PLMN group index. ratio of bandwidth group is to be
The elements in the array resources allocated to proportionally admitted
correspond to the IDs of PLMN groups in network when the cell is
the first PLMN, the sharing scenarios. From congested. When the
plmnGroupIndex
second PLMN, ..., ratioOperatorGroupn
left to right,Resource
the array case5RatioACSwch
switch is off,the PLMN case5CongJudPrd
Bandwidth Admission Control Based
longArray:[0..100] enum:
consisting of the MCCs Ratio elements correspond
of PLMN Groupstoin group
on PLMN is admitted
Group ThisPeriod
of Congestion
enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, model default: Close[0]
andPLMN
MNCsGroupin the Index
cell. The PLMN groupSharing
Network 1, PLMN according
Resource forto the full
Case5 the currentfor
Judgment status of the
Case5 (s)
5, 6] 100;0;0;0;0;0 Open[1]
actual size of the array is group 2, PLMN group 3, bandwidth;When the cell is in a congested state
model default: 1;0;0;0;0;0 units: % long:[1..65535]
the same as the number of PLMN group 4, PLMN switch is on,the PLMN by comparing the current
example: 1;0;0;0;0;0 example: 100;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 10
PLMNs configured for the group 5, and PLMN group group is admitted PRB usage with the
cell. 6 separately. according to the congestion/recover
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset respective ratios. threshold every cycle.
-- -- -- --
1;0;0;0;0;0 100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10
1;0;0;0;0;0 100;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 10
case5CongStarThrdUl case5RecoverThrdUl case5CongStarThrdDl case5RecoverThrdDl
Congestion Threshold for Recover Threshold for Congestion Threshold for Recover Threshold for
Case5 UL Case5 UL Case5 DL Case5 DL
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to judge whether the judge whether the
judge whether the Uplink judge whether the Uplink DownLink used PRB of DownLink used PRB
used PRB of the cell is used PRB congestion of the cell is congestion or congestion of the cell is
congestion or not. the cell is relieve or not. not. relieve or not.
-- -- -- --
80 60 80 60
80 60 80 60
disables TMM-PDCCH- Measures need to be taken
SDMA. If it is set to on a large number of
Open, SDMA is executed pseudo UEs on the market
case5GuaranteedGBR lAADRSSwch pdcchSDswch
on PDCCH data. This pseuAntSeleProtSwch
for protection. This
enum: enum: enum:
Guaranteed GBR Services parameter is used in the
TMM-PDCCH-SDMA parameter
Pseudo UEenables or
Protection
for Case5 LAA DRS Switch high-capacity
Switchscenarios disables pseudo UE
Switch
enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4] Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
configure some GBR where PDCCH resources protection. If It is set to
model default: 1;0;0;0
services that need to be This parameter determines are limited. When it is set Open, the protection
guaranteed, RB resources whether to send DRSs in to Open, multiple UEs can weight calculation process
are not divided according LAA cells. be scheduled with the is initiated for pseudo
to the PLMNs. Effective when Cell Reset same CCE resources. UEs.
-- -- -- --
1;0;0;0 Open[1] Close[0] Close[0]
1;0;0;0 Open[1] Close[0] Close[0]
Bandwidth, the
bandwidths of the LTE
system can be expanded
to standard bandwidths. If
it is set to Support Non-
standard Bandwidth, the
enum:
bandwidths
Support of the LTE
of Non-Standard Switch for Polling
enum:
tmmAntCombTypeUl Not Support Non-standard
gLDBENonStdSupport dlDeltaMCS4Release relRetranOptSwitch
system can beSharing
Bandwidth expanded Retransmission
2In1AntComb[0] Bandwidth[0] enum:
Type of UL TMM to non-standard
Between GERAN and Conserved MCS Quantity Optimization for the RRC
4In1AntComb[1] Support Non-standard Close[0]
This parameter
Antenna indicates bandwidths.
Combination LTEA standard Thisfor
parameter indicates
RRC Release Release Message
AdjustAntComb[2] Bandwidth[1] Open[1]
the support for two-in-one bandwidth is already the conserved MCS This parameter determines
long:[0..35]
antenna combination, defined by the protocols, quantity for RRC release whether the
four-in-one antenna and a non-standard during the scheduling of retransmission of the RRC
combination, and adaptive bandwidth is generally the RRC Release Release message is
combination. customized for operators. message. optimized during polling.
-- -- -- --
2In1AntComb[0] Not Support Non-standard 3 Close[0]
2In1AntComb[0] Not Support Non-standard 3 Close[0]
difference between this
parameter and the
wch parameter is as
follows: When the
This parameter
Threshold of the sets the
Number This parameter
Threshold of the sets the
Number ucReusePucchBlankRbS
enum:
This parameter
Switch indicates
of the Priority threshold of the number
of Users Scheduled per threshold of the number
of Users Scheduled per wch parameter is set to
pGBRSwch mmSchUEThrHigh2Med mmSchUEThrMed2High Close[0]
reuseMagicRadioSwch
theGuaranteed
switch of the
Bitpriority
Rate of users
TTI forscheduled
MM Cell in each
Load of users
TTI forscheduled
MM Cell in each
Load Open, blanked RBs
enum: BothSidesReuse[1]
guaranteed
Function bit rate
for SPID-Based TTI when
Status Changethefrom
cell load
High TTI when
Status the cell
Change load
from cannot be usedReuse
MagicRadio for the
Close[0] LowFreSideReuse[2]
function
NGBR for Bearers
SPID-based status changes
to Mediumfrom high status
Mediumchanges from
to High PUSCH until non-blanked
Switch
Open[1] HighFreSideReuse[3]
NGBR bearers. If it is set load to medium load. The medium load to high load. RBs are used out. When
double:[0..100] double:[0..100]
to Open, the priority threshold is considered The threshold is this parameter is set to
model default: 0 model default: 3.0 model default: 5.0 model default: 0
guaranteed bit rate can be when the cell load status considered when the cell Open, blanked RBs are
configured for the NGBR changes from high load to load status changes from directly used for the
bearer of an SPID user. medium load. medium load to high load. PUSCH.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 3.0 5.0 Close[0]
Close[0] 3.0 5.0 Close[0]
the number of RBs
disabled for downlink
bandwidths is the number
of RBs for downlink This parameter sets the
bandwidth contraction in transmission scheme that
CSS for low frequency is used after the TM2
enum: isFddSDMAEnable4DM isFddSDMAEnable4DM
scenarios. If it is set to transmission mode is This parameter enables or
enum:
cutRbModeDl Inter-TransMode[0]
ulTranSchemeSet DL UL FDD DM
HighFreSideReuse, the configured. It is used to disables uplink
BothSidesReuse[0] Fixed Single Port[1] enum: enum:
number
DL of RBs disabled
Contraction Mode of verify performance DL FDD DM SDMA SDMA.
UL FDDIfDM it isSDMA
set to
LowFreSideReuse[1] Fixed RI = 1 precoding[2] Close[0] Close[0]
for downlinkCSSbandwidths differences among
Transmission Scheme Switch Open, SDMA
Switchpairing is
HighFreSideReuse[2] Fixed RI = 2 precoding[3] Open[1] Open[1]
is the number of RBs for different transmission This parameter enables or performed among
downlink bandwidth schemes in a test scenario. disables downlink FDD multiple UEs in the
contraction in CSS for Non-adaptive DM SDMA. By default, it uplink. By default, it is set
high frequency scenarios. configurations cannot be is set to Open. to Close.
Effective when Cell Reset used on site. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
BothSidesReuse[0] Inter-TransMode[0] Open[1] Open[1]
BothSidesReuse[0] Inter-TransMode[0] Open[1] Open[1]
disables the optimization
of DRX sleep decision. It
is used to increase the This parameter enables or
threshold of force sleep of disables measurement
DCI 0 LOST, enhancing frequency optimization. It
tbs33bAltSwch drxSleepJudgeOptSwch
the calibration of the AN measFreqOptSwitch
can enhance the edgeUeThroughOptSwch
This
TBSparameter is used to
33B Selection on the for
Switch DCIDRX
0 LOST,
Sleep scheduler's
Switch capability of
for Measurement Switch for Edge-UE
select 256QAM
SwitchTBS 33B. making theOptimization
Decision determination wireless channel
Frequency tracing
Optimization Throughput Optimization
If it is set to Open, of the DRX Sleep status and increase uplink
tbsIndexAlt2-r14 can be more accurate, reducing throughput by increasing This parameter enables or
set to b33. If it is set to scheduling chances, and the number of times to disables the optimization
Close, tbsIndexAlt2-r14 is improving uplink perform inner-loop of the throughput of cell-
not configured. throughput. measurement. edge UEs.
-- -- -- --
This parameter enables or This parameter enables or
disables TMM-SRS enhancedTransAntSelSwc
disables uplink antenna forceEdgeUeToMultANS
srsWinFilterSwch h enum:
edgeUeAmcOLOptSwitch wch
reduction noise in the selection enhancement. If This parameter
Switch enables
for Edge UE or
enum: enum: Close[0] enum:
window. If it is set to it isAntenna
set to Open, antennas Outer-Loop
Selection disables outer-loop
Optimization The Switch of Forcing
Close[0] Close[0] AmcOlFloor1[1] Close[0]
Open, SRS reduction
SRS-WIN-Filter Switch are selected based
Enhancement on optimization
Switch in AMCfor edge UEs Edge UE to Multiplex AN
Open[1] Open[1] AmcOlFloor2[2] Open[1]
noise is executed. This bands and band groups. If in AMC. It can improves The Switch of forcing
parameter is used in the it is set to Close, the the stability of the uplink edge UE to multiplex
high-noise scenarios to selection of antennas are BLER by adjusting the AN,through multiplexing
increase measuring independent of bands and lower limit of the outer AN in PUSCH, increases
accuacy of SRS. band groups. loop. schedule counts.
-- -- -- --
are back-end DRX
parameters that are not This parameter enables or
configured with the bearer disables HARQ feedback
established by the UE, mode adaption for TM9 in
DRX is not configured for non-CA scenarios. If it is
the UE based on this set to Open, the system
withoutQCIDRXMergPri
bearer. If this parameter is tM9FeedbackAdaptNonC
determines
Switch ofwhether
HARQ to
set to Lowest or priority and enable HARQ
ASwch fixTM9SchSwch tM9SubBandPMISwch
Feedback Modefeedback
Adaption This parameter
Switch enables or
of RI Scheduling This parameter enables or
there
DRXare back-end
Priority DRX mode
Without for adaption for TM9 in
TM9 in Non-CA disables RI scheduling
Optimization in TM9 disables
Switch the sub-band
of the Sub-Band PMI
Highest priority[0] Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
parameters that are not non-CAScenarios
QCI Configured scenarios based optimization
Modein TM9 in TM9PMImode. If it is set
for TM9
Lowest priority[1] Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
configured with the bearer on cell load and the mode. If it is set to Open, to Open, the aperiodic
established by the UE, conditions for handover to the new optimization CSI feedback sub-band
DRX is configured for the TM9. If it is set to Close, algorithm is used. If it is PMI is supported in TM9
UE based on any the system uses the set to Close, the original mode, increasing TM9
established bearer. multiplexing mode. algorithm applies. performance.
-- -- -- --
the PUSCH PRB usage
exceed the thresholds, the
expansion of uplink MM
retransmission streams is
enabled. In this case, the
number of uplink
retransmission space
reTxExpandStreamSwch
division enSrsPhrPrecisionSwch subMcsRectifyByNISwch
This parameter enables or defaultSpecShareState
Switchstreams
for ULofMMa UE
can be larger than
Retransmission the
Stream Switch for Enhancing Switchdisables sub-bandSub- Cell Spectrum Sharing
for NI-Based
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] Not Actived[0]
numberExpansion
of transmission SRS PHR Precision remapping based on NIs.
Band Remapping Default State
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] Actived[1]
space division streams of This parameter enables or If this parameter is set to
this UE but must be disables PHR precision Open, the filtering gain of
smaller than the upper enhancement for SRS. It the inner ring can be This parameter represents
limit of the number of is used to normalize the obtained, improving the default state of cell
uplink streams. PHR of SRS and PUSCH. uplink throughput. spectrum sharing.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Close[0] Close[0] Actived[1]
Open[1] Close[0] Close[0] Actived[1]
enum:
Normal[0]
This parameter indicates distinguish user
closeFrameOffset closeFrameRatio High Way[1]
performanceScene lowFreCutRbNumDL
that the ratio of cell performance Number of RBs for DL
High Speed[2]
Offset of Cell Closing closing
Ratio of frame when
Cell Closing scene,including
User performance normal
scene Low-Frequency
Interfere[3]
Frame enhanced self-check
Frame scene,high way scene,
configuration Contraction in CSS
long:[5..100] Capacity[4]
This parameter indicates symbol shutdown effect. high speed scene, interfere This parameter sets the
that the offset of cell If the ratio of RBs scene, capacity scene, number of low-frequency
closing frame when allocated by DL TTI is according to the scene, RBs for downlink
enhanced self-check less than this threshold, import the scene relevant bandwidth contraction in
symbol shutdown effect. then close subframe. parameter template. MagicRadio CSS.
-- -- -- --
0 30 Normal[0] 0
0 30 Normal[0] 0
PLMN group congestion
threshold in Case5 This parameter sets the
scenarios. If the downlink PLMN group recovery
case5PlmnGroupCongThr
PRB utilization of a cell is case5PlmnGroupRecover
threshold in Case5
highFreCutRbNumDL larger ord equal Thrd case5CongPunishPeriod
Number of RBs for DL PLMNthan Group to this scenarios.
Congestion PLMN Group If theRecovery
downlink Number of Continuous
High-Frequency threshold in
Threshold and the
Case5 PRBThreshold
utilizationinof a cell is
Case5 Congestion Periods in
Contraction in CSS downlink PRB utilization less thanScenarios
Scenarios this threshold or ThisCase5
parameter sets the
Scenarios
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..255]
This parameter sets the of each PLMN group is there is a PLMN group number of continuous
number of high-frequency larger than or equal to this where the PRB utilization congestion periods in
RBs for downlink threshold, the cell is is less than this threshold, Case5 scenarios during
bandwidth contraction in determined to be the cell is determined to which cells cannot
MagicRadio CSS. congested. recover from congestion. recover from congestion.
-- -- -- --
0 20 10 1
0 20 10 1
with other eNodeBs when
This parameter determines This parameter sets the the eNodeB is interfered
whether IMEISV UEs can timer to delay the by atmospheric ducting. It
use allowable frequencies. application of DRX in an determines whether the
If it is set to Open, only NSA scenario. In the downlink subframes
the IMEISV UEs that are access and handover before special-subframe This parameter sets the
allowFreq4SpecIMEISVS
configured with the scenarios, a larger value AtmosSubFrameBackSwc
sequences
Switch forsend PDSCH
Sub-frame maximum number of
Allowable wch
Frequency configDRXTimerForNSA
indicates that DRX takes h
data. If PDSCH data of
is dLMMMaxSDMANum
downlink SDM streams,
Switch for Using Rollback in the Case
enum: enum:
Strategy or
Allowable Allow andby effect
Frequencies DRX later and the Timer
Application impact not sent, the interference
Atmospheric Ducting namely, the
Maximum maximum
Number of DL
Close[0] Close[0]
Prohibit
IMEISV Frequency
UEs on NSA
in an the delay in SN
Scenario(ms) with the uplink symbols
Interference number
MM SDMof SDM streams
Streams
Open[1] Open[1]
Strategy parameter can addition is lower. If this of the special subframes that can be provided by
long:[0, 1000..10000] long:[1..24]
use the allowable parameter is set to 0, the and uplink subframes of MM stations. The value 1
frequencies in DRX delay function in the eNodeBs that are indicates that SDM is not
measurement and NSA scenarios is affected by atmospheric supported.
handover. disabled. ducting can be reduced. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
whether to disable the
uplink PHR procedure.
By default, it is set to
phrProcessDisablePrbSwc
Close. In a high-load This parameter enables or This parameter enables or
uLMMMaxSDMANum
This parameter sets the h parameter
scenario, this coModePSwch
disables cooperation coModeBSwch
disables cooperation
enum: enum: enum:
maximum
Maximum numberofofUL
Number can be set
Switch fortoUL
Open
PHR to mode P.
Switch of IfCooperation
it is set to mode B.
Switch of If it is set to
Cooperation
uplink
MM SDMSDMStreams
streams, disable the adjustment
Procedure Disabling of Open,Mode
powerPcan be Open, bandwidth
Mode B can be
namely, the maximum RBs and MCSs when the shared between 4G and shared between 4G and
long:[1..8]
number of SDM streams PHR procedure is 5G cells. If it is set to 5G cells. If it is set to
that can be provided by restricted to improve Close, power cannot be Close, bandwidth cannot
MM stations. uplink spectrum shared between 4G and be shared between 4G and
Effective when Cell Reset efficiency and traffic. 5G cells. 5G cells.
-- -- -- --
differentiated uplink
This parameter enables or with the general QoS. If it
disables the adaptation of is set to Open,
This parameter enables or the maximum number of differentiated radio
This parameter enables or disables the adaptation of UEs in an SDM channel experience can be
disables cooperation ulMMNewTransNumAda
the maximum number of ulMMRetransNumAdaptS
retransmission group. If it provided for the
Switch for the Adaptation Switch for the Adaptation Differentiated
coModeISwch
mode I. If it is set to ptSwch towch amc4GeneralQosSwchUl
of theUEs in an SDM
Maximum Number of the is set
MaximumOpen,Number
the guaranteed
Configuration UEsSwitch
with the
of
Open,ofcooperative
Switch Cooperation transmission
of UEs ingroup.
an SDMIf it is maximum
of UEsnumber of UEs
in an SDM general
UL AMC QoS.forInGeneral
this case,
interference
ModeisIenabled set Transmission
to Open, the maximum
Group in the SDMGroup
Retransmission differentiated
QoS UEsuplink
between 4G and 5G cells. number of UEs in the retransmission group is AMC can be provided for
If it is set to Close, SDM transmission group adaptively determined guaranteed users to allow
cooperative interference is is adaptively determined based on the BLER of the them to enjoy different
disabled between 4G and based on the BLER of the SDM retransmission radio experience from
5G cells. SDM transmission group. group. common users.
-- -- -- --
the configurations of
multiple MU outer-loops
are fixed. If it is set to UE
Level Adaptive, the
configurations of multiple
MU outer-loops are
enum:
determined based on the
Disabled[0]
mMMultiAmcSwch
UE-level adaptation ThiscoModeIConfig
parameter sets the ThiscoModePConfig
parameter sets the ThiscoModeBConfig
parameter sets the
Fixed Configured[1]
algorithm.
Switch for If
MM it isMulti–
set to power adjustment value
Configuration of of
UE Level Adaptive[2]
Cell Loop
outer Level AMC
Adaptive, the
for MUs an LTE cellMode
Cooperation when I anCooperation
LTE cell whenModepower
P an LTE cellMode
Cooperation whenB
Cell Level Adaptive[3]
configurations of multiple cooperative interference is sharing is enabled bandwidth sharing is
long:[0..40] long:[0..40] long:[0..40]
MU outer-loops are enabled between 4G and between 4G and 5G cells. enabled between 4G and
determined based on the 5G cells. A smaller A smaller parameter value 5G cells. A smaller
cell-level adaptation parameter value indicates indicates lower adjusted parameter value indicates
algorithm. lower adjusted power. power. lower adjusted power.
-- -- -- --
Fixed Configured[1] 0 0 0
Fixed Configured[1] 0 0 0
mapping bitmap of MIMO. It is valid when Selection Mode parameter measurement. Therefore,
multiple outer loops. The the Switch of TM9 is set to Open, this the SRS confidence
bits from low to high OpenLoop for SU-MIMO parameter is valid. If the function is introduced. If
(from right to left) parameter is set to Open. Transmit Antenna this parameter is set to
correspond to the outer It does not work when the Selection Mode parameter Open, the confidence is
loops with 2 to 16 streams Switch of TM9 OpenLoop is set to Close, this determined in SRS-related
enumArray:[0, 1] enum:
respectively. The value 0 for SU-MIMO
Switch parameter parameter is invalid. If
for Scheduling measurement, that is, if
model default:
mMMuAmcBitmap Close[0]
tM9OpenloopOptSwch tansAntenSelOptSwch tmmSrsConfidenceSwch
indicates that the is set to Close.
Optimization If this
at Far Points this parameter
Switch is set to the
of Tx Antenna SRS SINR is low, it is
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0 RANK2 Optimization[1] enum: enum:
MM corresponding MU
MU Multiple–Outer parameter isTM9
in Open-Loop set toSU- Selection
Open, theOptimization
SVD-based not
TMM usedSRS
for Confidence
reference in
;0 RANK2~8 Close[0] Close[0]
streams do not maintain
Loop Mapping Bitmap RANK2 MIMO Optimization or scheme isfor used
UEsfor the SU SRS-related
Switch
example: Optimization[2] Open[1] Open[2]
outer loops independently RANK2~8 Optimization transmission weight. If measurement. If this
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0
and 1 indicates that the and the UEs at far points this parameter is set to parameter is set to Close,
;0 model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 0
corresponding MU report high RIs, the Close, the ZF-based the confidence is not
streams maintain outer scheduled RIs are scheme is used for the SU determined in SRS-related
loops independently. modified. transmission weight. measurement.
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
offset of the confidence
threshold for TMM SRS
detection. The
tmmSrsConfidenceDelta
configuration reservedPara1 reservedPara2 reservedPara3
Offset of TMMofSRSthe
parameter
Detection value should
Confidence
balanceThreshold
the false alarm Reserved Parameter 1 Reserved Parameter 2 Reserved Parameter 3
probability and the
long:[-128..127]
missing alarm probability.
model default: 0 string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950]
By default, the confidence
threshold for TMM SRS
detection is not adjusted. Reserved Parameter 1 Reserved Parameter 2 Reserved Parameter 3
-- -- -- --
0
0
-- -- -- --
Switch for SRS Resource
atmosphericSRSMovSwc
Migration to UL Sub-
reservedPara8 reservedPara9 reservedPara10 whether h
frames intoAtmospheric
migrate SRS
enum:
resources
Ducting to uplink sub-
Interference
Close[0]
Reserved Parameter 8 Reserved Parameter 9 Reserved Parameter 10 frames in an atmospheric
Scenarios
Open[1]
ducting interference
scenario to prevent
string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950] model default: 0
atmospheric ducting from
affecting the SRSs on
Reserved Parameter 8 Reserved Parameter 9 Reserved Parameter 10 special sub-frames.
-- -- -- --
Close[0]
Close[0]
corresponding PLMN to 100, all the RB
group can use the shared resources configured for
This parameter enables or resources. If an array the corresponding PLMN
disables the optimization element is set to 0, it group are reserved. If an This array parameter sets
of case 1, case 2, and case indicates that the array element is not set to the resource preemption
4 of network sharing. If it corresponding PLMN 100, the remaining non- capability level of each
is set to Open, the group cannot use the reserved resources PLMN group in a network
networkSharingOptSwch
guarantee of GBR and oprGrpShrAccFlag
shared rBRsvRatio4OprGrp oprGrpRBGrabLvl
Flag forresources. The
Using Shared corresponding
Proportion oftoRBthe sharing
Resourcescenario. The
Preemption
enum:
PBR services
Network can be array
Sharing elementsbyfrom
Resources PLMNleft to Resources
PLMN group can be
Reserved for PLMN group
Capability withofa
Level
configured
Optimizationto improve
Switch right correspond
Groups to PLMN preferentially used by the
PLMN Groups higherPLMN
capability level can
Groups
Open[1] longArray:[0..1] model default: 0;0;0;0;0;0 longArray:[0..100]
user experience. If it is set group 1, PLMN group 2, PLMN group and the preempt the resources of
model default: 0;0;0;0;0;0 units: % model default: 0;0;0;0;0;0
to Close, the guarantee of PLMN group 3, PLMN unused resources can be the PLMN group with the
model default: 1 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0
GBR and PBR services group 4, PLMN group 5, preempted by other same or a lower capability
cannot be configured. and PLMN group 6. PLMN groups. level.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0
Open[1] 0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0
poor-quality data UEs that
are in the cells with
atmospheric ducting
interference can be
This parameter sets the migrated to the cells
proportion of the without atmospheric Sampling Period for
bandwidth resources that atmosWorseDataMigSwc
ducting interference. atmosDataQualSampPrio atmosDataQualDetectTim
Switch for Migrating Ifthe
it This parameter
Evaluating sets the
the Channel Number of Times That
rBShareRatio4OprGrp
can be shared h the uplink d uplinkes
Proportion of by multiple
Bandwidth is set to Close,
Poor-Quality Data UEs in uplink SINR
Quality of the sampling
Data UEs If
thetheQuality SINR
of values
a Data UE
enum:
PLMN groups
Resources Sharedin by
a poor-quality
Atmospheric dataDucting
UEs that period for evaluating
in Atmospheric the
Ducting inthat
an are sampled
Atmospheric
Close[0]
network
PLMNsharing scenario.
Groups are in the cells with
Cells channel quality
Cells of data consecutive
Ducting Cell N times for a
Is Poor
long:[0..100] Open[1] long:[1..60]
A higher proportion atmospheric ducting UEs when the migration data UE are
indicates more RB interference cannot be of the poor-quality data unsatisfactory, the UE is
units: % model default: 0 units: s model default: 2
resources that can be migrated to the cells UEs that are in the cells marked as a poor-quality
used. without atmospheric with atmospheric ducting UE. This parameter sets
Effective when Cell Reset ducting interference. interference is enabled. the value of N.
-- -- -- --
0 Close[0] 3 2
0 Close[0] 3 2
configurations need to be
delivered. If the uplink
channel quality of an UE
is too poor, a High Load Threshold of High Load Threshold of
reconfiguration If
ULthe migration
PRB Usage inof the If
DLthe migration
PRB Usage ofin the
completion
UL SINRmessage
Protectionmay poor-quality
with thethat poor-quality
with thethat
atmosDataULWorseSINR
ThisSINR
parameter sets the atmosDataULSINRProtec
fail to be sent, UE ulPRBTrd4AtmosDataMi dlPRBTrd4AtmosDataMi
UL Threshold for Threshold forcausing
Migrating are in theof
Migration cells
the with
Poor- are in theof
Migration cells
the with
Poor-
uplink SINR Trd
threshold tTrd g g
Poor-Quality Data UEsforin re-establishment.
Poor-Quality Thisin
Data UEs atmospheric
Quality Dataducting
UEs in atmospheric
Quality Dataducting
UEs in
poor-quality
Atmospheric data UEs. If
Ducting parameter sets
Atmospheric the
Ducting interference
enabled, interference
enabled,
the uplink Cells
SINR of a data threshold for filtering the UEs are
Cells notEnabled
Cells handed over UEs are notEnabled
Cells handed over
double:[-20..50] double:[-20..50]
UE is lower than or equal UEs whose uplink to a neighbor cell if the to a neighbor cell if the
model default: 3.0 model default: 0.0 long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
to this threshold within a channel quality is too bad. uplink PRB usage of the downlink PRB usage of
period of time, the UE is With the configuration of neighbor cell is higher the neighbor cell is higher
considered to be an uplink this parameter, this than or equal to this than or equal to this
poor-quality UE. problem can be avoided. threshold. threshold.
-- -- -- --
3.0 0.0 60 60
3.0 0.0 60 60
being migrated. If this building is calculated by migration between S and are migrated to U
parameter is set to Open, using the ZF non-constant U subframes after the subframes. The second
SRS resources are modulus method. If it is SRS resources are value of this parameter
unconditionally migrated set DOA Constant migrated from S indicates the threshold for
to U subframes during Modulus, the weight subframes to U the positive difference
enum:
resource allocation. If this value for TM8 stream subframes. It also between the NI value of U
ZF None Constant sRSMovIntervalThr4TM
parameter is set to building
Switchisfor
optimized
TM8 SUby indicates the interval subframes and that of S
enum:
sRSMovSwch4TMM Modulus[0]
tM8SuWCalcSwitch M SRS sRSMovNiThr4TMM
Adaptive,
Switch the Resource
for SRS system using
Stream the DOA constant
Building Weight during Interval
Threshold which of SRS subframes. If the
NI Difference positive
Threshold
Close[0] DOA Constant
determines
Migration the
to U Subframes modulus method.
Optimization If it is
in TMM resources are not
Migration migrated difference
in TMM for SRS between
Migration theinNI
Open[1] Modulus[1] longArray:[0..255]
interference with S
in TMM Scenarios set toScenarios
ZF Constant from SScenarios
subframes to U valueTMM of U subframes
Scenarios and
Adaptive[2] ZF Constant Modulus[2] long:[0..255] model default: 5;5
subframes and U Modulus, the weight subframes in a TMM that of S subframes
model default: 60 units: dB
subframes and adaptively value for TM8 stream scenario after the SRS exceeds this parameter
model default: 0 model default: 0 units: min example: 5;5
configures SRS resources building is calculated by resources are migrated value, the SRS resources
in U or S subframes. using the ZF constant from U subframes to S are migrated to S
Effective when Cell Reset modulus method. subframes. subframes.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] ZF None Constant Modulus60 5;5
Close[0] ZF None Constant Modulus60 5;5
storm beginning. If storm end. If paging blind redirection strategy
paging storm-based storm-based paging of an NR system. For the
paging capacity capacity optimization is NR system frequencies
optimization is enabled in enabled in a cell and the configured with neighbor
a cell and the result of the results of the following cells, if this parameter is
following formula within formula within multiple set to Strict Strategy,
a period is larger than this periods are smaller than blind redirection can be This parameter enables or
ratioThr4PagingStorm
threshold, it is considered ratioThr4PagingStormEnd
this threshold, it is nRRatBlindRedStgy
triggered only when no dssBandAdaptNSASwch
disables theNSA
NSA
Switch for
enum: enum:
that a Threshold
Ratio paging stormfor considered that a paging
Ratio Threshold for neighbor cell is restricted
NR Blind-Redirection adaptation of
Adaptation of DSS
DSS
Strict Strategy[0] Close[0]
occurs:
Paging Number of paging
Storm Beginning storm ends:
Paging Number
Storm End of by HRL;Strategy
if this parameter frequency
Frequencybands.
BandsIt
long:[1..100] long:[1..100] Easing Strategy[1] Open[1]
messages received on the paging messages received is set to Easing Strategy, determines whether to
S1 interface by on the S1 interface by blind redirection can be trigger SN addition for
cells/Number of paging cells/Number of paging triggered as long as there UEs to a frequency band
messages configured on messages configured on is a neighbor cell that is that does not support
the UME for cells. the UME for cells. not restricted by HRL. DSS.
-- -- -- --
50 25 Strict Strategy[0] Close[0]
50 25 Strict Strategy[0] Close[0]
disables NR capability
parsing for UEs. It
determines whether to
parse the NR capability of
UEs. Each element of the
parameter value is
represented by a bit. If all
analysisNrCapSwch
the bits are set o 0, it
NRindicates thatParsing
Capability NR
capability parsing is
Switch
longArray:[0..1]
disabled. The value of
model default: 0
bit1 indicates that the
example: 0
bandwidth capability of
UEs is parsed. Bit2 to bit8
are reserved.
--
0
0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId refCellMeasGroupLTE
Measurement Config
NE Name LDN MO ID Group ID
string:length[1]
model default: 1
container type and is Measurement Config
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Group ID
R -- M
whether or not
configurating
measurement for inter and
RAT frequencies
enum:
simultaneously. Number0
Inter-Frequency Together
represents that eNB shall
with Inter-RAT
configurate measurement
Measurement[0]
interFandInterR dualMeasSwitch intraFPeriodMeasSwitch interFPeriodMeasSwitch
for inter and RAT
Inter-Frequency Inter- Switch for Inter-
Inter-Frequency Followed enum: enum: enum:
RATfrequencies
Measurement Switch of Dual Enable Intra-Frequency Frequency Periodical
by Inter-RAT Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
simultaneously,while
Configuration Measurement The parameter
Periodical indicates
Measurement Measurement
Measurement[1] Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
Number1 does mean that whether starting
eNB shall configurate The parameter indicates periodical measurement of
measurement for inter UE whether or not intra frequency or not. 0
frequencies firstly ,then performing both RSRP represents close,1 switch for inter-frequency
RAT frequencies next. and RSRQ measurements. represents open. periodical measurement
-- -- -- --
handover suppression. If
the switch is turned on in
cell B, when a UE
performs handover from
cell A to cell B, the ping-
pong handover
interRatGsmPeriodMeasS interRatUtranPeriodMeas enum:
suppression timer is
witch Switch NC0[0]
netWorkControlOrder pingPongHoSwitch
Switch for Inter-RAT Switch for Inter-RAT started in cell B, and the
enum: enum: NC1[1] enum:
Periodical Measurement Periodical Measurement GERAN CCO Network Switch UE is for
prohibited fromthe
Preventing
Close[0] Close[0] NC2[2] Close[0]
of GERAN of UTRAN Control Command performing
Ping-Ponghandover
Handoverto
Open[1] Open[1] Reset[3] Open[1]
cell A before the timer
This parameter is used to expires. When UEs are
switch for inter-RAT switch for inter-RAT configure the GERAN located on cell edges, it is
periodical measurement of periodical measurement of CCO network control recommended that the
GERAN UTRAN command. switch is turned on.
-- -- -- --
present in all neighbour
cells11: Different UL/DL
allocation in neighboring
cells for TDD compared
to the serving cell on this
frequency, if configured,
enum:
The parameter indicates and compared to the PCell
hoCandCelNum lbMaxHOCell timeOfShortHO 0[0]
neighCellConfig
the maximum cell number otherwiseFor
NeighborTDD,
Cell00, 10
1[1]
for attemptNumber
Number of Candidate Maximum handover of
of HO Time of Short Handover and 01 are only used for
Measurement
2[2]
Cells in Handover load balance,
Cells there
for Load will be
Balance (s) same UL/DL allocation in
Configuration
3[3]
The prameter indicates a attempt handover within neighboring cells
long:[1..8] long:[1..6] long:[1..900]
how many cells from the maximum cell number This parameter indicates compared to the serving
which UE could choose limitation when the the threshold of handover cell on this frequency, if
one for performing criteria of load balance is camping duration in KPI configured, and compared
handover. meet. statistics. to the PCell otherwise.
-- -- -- --
2 2 3 1[1]
2 2 3 1[1]
measurement. If this This parameter indicates
parameter is set to No, no the prefer method of CS
CSFB measurement is fallback to CDMA2000
performed. If this 1xRTT.The default
enum:
parameter is set to Yes, Prority configuration is
Enhanced 1xCSFB with
CSFB measurement is This parameter indicates This parameter indicates that enhanced 1xCSFB
PS HO to HRPD[0]
performed. If this the prefer method of CS the prefer method of CS with PS HO to HRPD >
enum:
csfbMeasure csfbMethdofUMTS enum:
csfbMethodofGSM Enhanced 1xCSFB with
csfbMethdofCDMA
parameter is set to fallback to UTRAN.The fallback to GERAN.The enhanced 1xCSFB with
No[0] enum: PS Handover[0] Redirection to HRPD[1]
Adaptive,
Switch noFallback
for CS CSFB default Prority default Prority redirection to HRPD
CSFB Method of >
Yes[1] PS Handover[0] CCO[1] Enhanced 1xCSFB[2]
measurement is performed CSFB
Based Measurement configuration
Method ofis that
UTRANPS CSFB
configuration
Method ofis that
GERANPS enhanced 1xCSFB >
CDMA2000
Adaptive[2] Redirection[1] Redirection[2] 1xCSFB[3]
for users in the center of HO > Redirection.When HO > Redirection.When 1xCSFB.When the Lower
the cell, and CSFB the Lower priority the Lower priority priority Cofiguration is set
measurement is performed Cofiguration is set on Cofiguration is set on on OMC,The Higher
for users on the edge of OMC,Higher priority will OMC,Higher priority will priority will not be
the cell. not be considerated. not be considerated. considerated.
-- -- -- --
8[22] 5[5]
measurement
10[23] 6[6]
12[24] 7[7]
This parameter sets the filtered measurement
14[25] 8[8]
absolute threshold for result, where F0 is set to
16[26] 9[9]
intra-frequency/inter- M1 when the first
18[27] 11[10]
This parameter is used to frequency/inter-RAT
Absolute Threshold for measurement result from
gapDelay 20[28]
ocs measureThresh 13[11]
configure the time delay measurement decision. If
Intra-Frequency/Inter- thefilterCoeffRsrp
RSRP physical
Layer-3layer is
Filtering
22[29] 15[12]
for the GAP Offset of The Serving the RSRP value of the
Frequency/Inter-RAT received; anda = 1/2(k/4),
Coefficient in
24[30] 17[13]
activation/GAP
Gap Delay (ms) Cell serving cell is lower
Measurement than
Decision where k is the
Measurement
long:[-141..-44] 19[14]
deactivation.When the this threshold after layer-3 filterCoefficent for the
long:[0..65535] model default: 15 model default: -141
time delay expired,there filtering, the UE triggers corresponding
model default: 80 units: dB units: dBm model default: 4
will be a GAP GAP This parameter indicates intra-frequency/inter- measurement quantity
activation/GAP offset between server cell frequency/inter-RAT received by the
deactivation operation. and neighboring cell. measurement. quantityConfig.
-- -- -- --
80 0[15] -141 4[4]
80 0[15] -141 4[4]
5[5]
measurement
6[6]
7[7]
8[8] enum:
9[9] 1.4M(6RB)[0]
M1 when the first
11[10] 3M(15RB)[1]
measurement result from
13[11] 5M(25RB)[2]
thefilterCoeffRsrq
RSRQ physical
Layer-3layer is
Filtering
intraFMeasBW
Maximum Intra-
lbIntraFreqPriority
Priority of Intra
interFreqNum
15[12] 10M(50RB)[3]
received; anda = 1/2(k/4),
Coefficient in The parameter
Frequency is
Measurement Frequency in Intra-LTE
17[13] 15M(75RB)[4]
where k is the
Measurement maximum intra-frequency
Bandwidth Load Balancing Inter-Frequency Number
19[14] 20M(100RB)[5]
filterCoefficent for the measurement
long:[0..255] long:[0..16]
corresponding bandwidth.It is configured
measurement quantity to UE when no intra- The parameter is inter-
received by the frequency neighbour cell This array indicates frequency number of
quantityConfig. is configured. priority of intra frequency. neighbour cells.
-- -- -- --
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 6
4[4] 20M(100RB)[5] 0 6
5[5]
measurement
6[6]
7[7]
8[8]
9[9]
The parameters indicate M1 when the first
11[10]
the numbers of GERAN measurement result from
geranCarriFreqNum 13[11]
filterCoeffGera utranCarriFreqNum
Frequency Group.The the physical
Layer-3 layer is
Filtering ThequantityFddUtra
parameter indicates
15[12] enum:
GERAN carrier
GERAN-Frequency received;
Coefficientanda
in=GERAN
1/2(k/4), UTRAN-Frequency what kind of measurement
Measurement Quantity of
17[13] cpich_RSCP[0]
frequencies are organized
Number where k is the
Measurement Number results
UTRAN UEFDD
should report
System
19[14] cpich_EcN0[1]
in groups and the cell filterCoefficent for the based on the measurement
long:[0..16] long:[0..32]
reselection parameters are corresponding quantity cpich_RSCP or
provided per group of measurement quantity This parameter is used to cpich_EcNo. 0 represents
GERAN carrier received by the present the UTRAN cpich_RSCP,while 1
frequencies. quantityConfig. frequency number. represents cpich_EcNo.
-- -- -- --
If
multiPLMNLocStCSFB
equal to 0,then Multi-
PLMN local strategy for
CSFB will not be
If cSFBbaseLAI equal to effective; If
filCoeUtran
TheLayer-3
FilterCoefficient cdmaCarriFreqNum cSFBbaseLAI multiPLMNLocStCSFB
Filtering of 1, then PLMN indicated multiPLMNLocStCSFB
enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, enum: enum:
RSCP
Coefficient in is
UTRAN CDMA-Frequency in Register
Switch for CSALI will
Fallback equal to 1,then Local
Multi-PLMN Multi-
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, Close[0] Close[0]
UcFilterCoeffUtra[0];The
Measurement Number priority to other
base LAIcandidate PLMN localfor
Strategy strategy
CSFBfor
13, 14] Open[1] Open[1]
FilterCoefficient of PLMNs; If cSFBbaseLAI CSFB will be effective;
model default: 4;4 long:[0..32]
EC/No is equal to 0, then PLMN And, the operator can
UcFilterCoeffUtra[1];Utra This parameter is used to indicated in Register ALI config different local
n-Tdd can only use configure the CDMA will not priority to other strategy of CSFB for
UcFilterCoeffUtra[0]. frequcney number. candidate PLMNs; different PLMN.
-- -- -- --
prevent ping-pong
handover from macro cell
to small cell. When a UE
handover from small cell
A to macro cell B , next If handover between
This parameter is used to handover from cell B to Macro and Small cell is
macroSmallIntraFreqMea
indicate whether the pingPongThres4Macro2S
cell A, then handover applied, then ,UE can
measurementsSwchof handover OnlyminStayTimeInSC
UE hasTimestayed cell Amall macrotSmallForbidTime
Intra-Freq Measurement Min-Stay forin from
Threshold to Pingpong
of cell B, and only stay in Macro
Forbidden Time ofcell.
enum:
toSwitch
small cell is configured
for Handover small cellfrom
to Handover for enough the time which
Macro to Handover from UE have
Macro to And if has
Handover stayedMacro
Between in
Close[0]
to UE.
Small Cell time, thenCell
Small eNB(s)may stayedSmall
in small
Cellcell
(s)A and Macro cell for
and Small enough
Cell (s)
Open[1]
IfmacroSmallIntraFreqMe permit UE to handover to cell B shorter than time that longer than
long:[0..65535] long:[0..255] long:[0..65535]
asSwch equal to 1, then Small-cell, the average wHenetPingPongThrd, macrotSmallForbidTime,
measurement of handover time UE stay in Small-cell UE is not allowed to then UE can start
to small cell will apply to must be longer than handover back to the cell handover between Macro
UE, otherwise, not apply. minStayTimeInSC A. and Small cell.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0 3 600
Close[0] 0 3 600
This parameter is the absolute RSRQ threshold
handover target cell load for target neighbor cells
threshold. if the target cell about the coverage-based
load is less than the A3, A4, or A5 event
threshold, then that target reporting by data users
intraRATHObasedLoadS cell load is not too high, when periodical event-
voiceAdmtSwch wch hoTarCellPRBThrd
and then eNodeb will tarNeighCellRsrqThr
based reporting is started.
Switch for Service Type Switch of Cover RSRQ Threshold of
enum: enum:
This parameter enables
Handover–Based Voiceor The switch of
Handover Intra-RAT
Algorithm choose
Load theThreshold
Alert best signalof In handover
Target decision,
Neighbor the
Cell for
Close[0] Close[0]
disables theControl
Admission voice Handover
Basedbased on load.
on Load quality
Handovercell as targetCell
Target cell; RSRQ value of
HO Based the target
Coverage
Open[1] Open[1] long:[0..100] double:[-20..-3]
admission control for the When this switch is if the target cell load neighbor cell is compared
model default: 60 model default: -12.0
bearers of QCI1 and turned on, eNodeb will exceeds the threshold, with the parameter value
model default: 1 model default: 0 units: % units: dB
QCI2. It works only when consider load as a factor then eNodeb will choose to determine whether
service-based handover is when select the target the lowest load cell as handover should be
enabled. cell., otherwise will not. target cell. implemented.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
Open[1] Close[0] 60 -12.0
absolute RSRQ threshold
the measurement event
enum:
reporting when periodical
PS HO[0] enum:
event-based reporting is
servCellRsrqThr trigQuaofTarCellOrder CCO[1]
methodLTEtoGSM PS HO[0]
methodLTEtoUTRAN
started. In handover Trigger Quantity of
enum: Redirection based on Redirection based on
decision, the RSRQ
RSRQ Threshold forvalue
The This
Target parameter indicates
Cell Order Based The Operation Method of The Operation Method of
Rsrp[0] measurement[2] measurement[1]
of the serving
Serving cell is
Cell the triggerHOquantity of LTE to GERAN LTE to UTRAN
double:[-20..-3] Rsrq[1] Blind Redirection[3] Blind Redirection[2]
compared with the target cell order for
model default: -12.0
parameter value to handover based on the last
determine whether event report, when it starts
handover should be the periodic report based The Operation Method of The Operation Method of
implemented. on event. LTE to GERAN LTE to UTRAN
-- -- -- --
If connection re-
Only ICIC Open[1]
multiPLMNLocSt4RdSw establishment will not be
If Only DLCOMP Open[2]
ch equal to 0,then Multi- effective; If
multiPLMNLocSt4PSSwc ICIC and DLCOMP
PLMN local strategy for multiPLMNLocSt4Reesta
h equal to 0,then Multi- Open[3]
Redirection will not be bSwch equal to 1,then
PLMN local strategy for Only ULCOMP Open[4]
effective; If Multi-PLMN local
PS will not be effective； multiPLMNLocSt4RdSw multiPLMNLocSt4Reesta ICIC and ULCOMP
multiPLMNLocSt4RdSw strategy for RRC
Multi-PLMN local
h Open[5]
If ch equal to ch1,then Multi- bSwch re-
connection
strategy for RRC
uePosiMeasSwch
enum: enum: enum: DLCOMP and ULCOMP
Multi-PLMN local PLMN local strategy
Multi-PLMN localfor establishment
connectionwill
re- be This parameter indicates
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] Open[6]
h equal to 1,then
strategy Multi-
for PS Redirection
strategy will be
for Redirection effective; And,the
establishment whether
UE the eNodeB
Type Judge Switch
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] All Open[7]
PLMN local strategy for effective; And,the operator can config enable the UE type
PS will be effective; And, operator can config different local strategy of Judgement,bit 0 indicates
the operator can config different local strategy of RRC connection re- ICIC,bit 1 indicate
different local strategy of Redirection for different establishment for different DLCOMP,bit2 indicates
PS for different PLMN. PLMN. PLMN. ULCOMP;
-- -- -- --
can't takes place;2) Inter-
frequency and Inter-RAT
measurement report, if
there is VoLTE, include
This parameter indicates unknown PCI and target
whether measurement for cell does not support
srvccBasedVoLTEQuality
This parameter is the meas4HOBasedVoLTEQ
handover based voice interFHOBasedVoLTEQu Handover, will not
Swch
switch of SRVCC based Whether ual it is Yes,
quality. Measurement
When alSwch qci1RedSwch
happen to
for Switch of Inter-Frequency
VoLTEof
Switch Quality.
SRVCC When
Basedit Handover
eNodeb will send
Based the
VoLTE Handover Based VoLTE redirection;When
Switch thisfor
of Redirection
Close[0] No[0] Close[0] Close[0]
is open,
VoLTE eNodeb will
Quality measureQuality
configure, and Quality switch is open,
QCI1 normally
Open[1] Yes[1] Open[1] Open[1]
monitor the quality of trigger handover based on happen QCI1
VoLTE, and if quality the measure result; When This parameter is the redirection,including
lower than threshold, it is No, eNodeb will switch of inter-frequency blind redirection and
eNodeb will trigger trigger handover based on handover based volte based measurement
SRVCC procedure. blind method. quality. redirection.
-- -- -- --
Inter-RAT RAN[0]
Multi-PLMN Intra-LTE
RAN and Single-PLMN
Inter-RAT RAN[1]
The parameters
Single-PLMN Intra-LTE enum:
corresponding to the blind
RAN and Multi-PLMN To Be Sent in the Initial
redirect A2 strategy, the
Inter-RAT RAN[2]
sceneOfRanShare Measurements[0]
blindA2Strategy hoBasedSpeedSwch mediumSpeedUserInd
value of 0 indicates that Switch Of Public/Private
Multi-PLMN Intra-LTE To Be Triggered by the enum: enum:
blind redirectofA2
Strategy will be
Blind Network Handover Based Medium Speed User
RAN and Multi-PLMN Inter-Frequency/Inter- Close[0] Normal Users[0]
This parameter
Scene Of Ranindicates
Share issued in the initial
Redirection A2 On UE Speed Attribute Indicates
Inter-RAT RAN[3] System A2[1] Open[1] High-way Users[1]
the multi-PLMN scene of measurement;Value of 1
serving cell and neighbor indicates that blind The parameter is the This parameter is used to
cell. It can be set redirect A2 will be open switch of public/private indicate the mediumspeed
according to the actal by Inter-Freq A2 or Inter- Network handover Based user belongs to the High-
scene. RAT A2. on UE Speed. way users or normal users
-- -- -- --
frequency priority when increased carrier
CSFB and blind monitoring. If set the
List of E-UTRAN redirection, and when parameter 'Config1' or
frequencies not supported multiple PLMN eNodeb 'Config2', the UE which
by R8 and R9 UE. In the will order the frequencies support increased carrier
The Measurement
Operating network, there according PLMN priority, monitoring shall monitor
Performance
may be some E-UTRAN handOverBasedULSRVS and then order according more carriers according
Requirements Scaling to
r8r9UnsuptEutraFreqs wch is the csfbBldRedRanSharePlcy enum:
measScaleFactor
frequencies not supported This parameter
List of E-UTRAN the configuration
Ran-Share ofof
Policy the the definition
Factor for the UEofin
enum: enum: Disable[0]
by R8 and R9 UE.
Frequencies NotThe switch of Handover
Switch based
of Handover RAT
CSFBpriority and
and Blind TS36.133, and the
RRC_CONNECTED
doubleArray:[0..5000] Close[0] Not Ran-Share[0] Config1[1]
Operator
Supportedcould list out UE
by R8&R9 the BSR.When
Based UL this switch is frequency
Service priority.If and measurement
Redireciton performance
State
model default: 0;0;0;0 Open[1] Adaptive[1] Config2[2]
frequencies by this open, eNodeb will only if the service cell and shall satisfy the
units: MHz
parameter for the R8 and monitor the UE's uplink target cell have the same requirements scaled by
R9 UE, to avoid BSR, and will handover to PLMN and only one the parameter.The detail
measurement, handover, FDD if it is considered as PLMN then be considered please refer to the
and so on. big uplink service. as single PLMN scence. TS36.133(V12.6.0).
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0 Open[1] Adaptive[1] Config1[1]
0;0;0;0 Open[1] Adaptive[1] Config1[1]
perQCIIntraFreqMeaGrp perQCIInterRATMeaGrp switch of PerQCI
caPcellMeasure Cfg Cfg perQCIMeasSwch
measurement. When this
Switch for Fixed Primary Inter-RAT PerQCI
enum: enum:
Carrier Based PerQCI Intra-Freq This parameter sets the ID switch is open,eNodeb
Measurement
No[0] Close[0]
Measurement Measure GrpID ofConfiguration
Group ID will combine
PerQCI the measure
Measure Switch
Yes[1] Open[1]
whether handover based configuration group. It threshold correspond to
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535]
measurement when The parameter indicates corresponds to the PerQCI QCI. When this switch is
Primary carrier frequency the PerQCI measure measurement close, eNodeb will
priority is lower than GroupID response to configurations of an inter- configure the default
inter-frequency intra-frequency. RAT frequency. measurement to UE.
-- -- -- --
Yes[1] 0 1 Close[0]
Yes[1] 0 1 Close[0]
the following
This parameter indicates This parameter indicates measurement types:
the absolute RSRQ the absolute RSRQ coverage-based handover
absolute threshold for absolute threshold for measurement, load
target neighbor cell about target neighbor cell about balancing measurement,
enum:
Load Balance HO Based Voice voice service–based
Close[0]
measurement reporting tarNeighRsrqThr4HoBase
measurement reporting hoBasedRSRPandRSRQS
handover measurement,
tarNeighCellRsrqThr4LB dVoice RSRPwchTrig[1] perQCIStrategyGrpCfg
when it starts
Target the periodic
Neighbor Cell when it starts
Target the periodic
Neighbor Cell and handover
RSRQ Trig[2]
report based
RSRQ on event.
Threshold As report
for Load RSRQbased on event.
Threshold As
for HO measurement based on
Switch for RSRP andthe
RSRP Trig and RSRQ
handoverBalance
decision, it need handover decision,
Based Voiceit need uplink serviceHandover
RSRQ-Based BSR, the PerQCI Strategy GroupID
double:[-20..-3] double:[-20..-3] Trig[3]
to compare the RSRQ of to compare the RSRQ of eNodeB determines
model default: -12.0 model default: -12.0 long:[0..255]
neighbor cell to the neighbor cell to the whether to initiate a
parameter, so it decided parameter, so it decided handover by comparing This parameter is the
whether it is conducted whether it is conducted the RSRP thresholds of group index of PerQCI
handover. handover. target neighbor cells. strategy.
-- -- -- --
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] 0
-12.0 -12.0 Close[0] 0
intraRATUnkPCIRedSwc
geranAnrArfcnNum geranBandAnrMeas geranAnrArfcn intra-RAT hredirection
Switch of Intra-RAT
enum: enum:
GERAN ANR Frequency GERAN ANR Frequency GERAN ANR ARFCN switch based unknown
Redirection Based
DCS1800[0] Close[0]
Number Band Indicator This parameter indicates PCI, ifUnknown
Detailed List the switch is open,
PCI
PCS1900[1] longArray:[0..1023] Open[1]
GERAN ANR ARFCN eNodeb will trigger
This parameter indicates This parameter indicates Detailed List, System redirection when UE
model default: 0 model default: 0 example: 0 model default: 0
GERAN ANR frequency GERAN ANR frequency select GERAN ARFCN report an unknown PCI;
number of GERAN band indicator of group from detail list otherwise, eNodeb does
neighbour cells. GERANneighbour cells. when GERAN ANR start. not trigger redirection.
-- -- -- --
0 DCS1800[0] 0 Close[0]
0 DCS1800[0] 0 Close[0]
based on the measurement
results. In a high-speed
rail private-network
This parameter enables or scenario, this parameter
This parameter enables or disables the QoS needs to be set to Open if
disables the QoS differentiation for high-low speed QoS
qosCfgBySpeedIndSwch
differentiation for uplink qosCfgBySpeedIndSwch
downlink high-speed and differentiation is enabled.
Ul low-speed
high-speedPrivate
and low-speed DlUEs in a speedJudgeSwch
IfSpeed
high-speed incoming caReselIntraFreqPriority
Highway Network Highway Private Network Determination Reselection Priority of
enum: enum: enum:
UEs
QoSinPolicy
a private network
Switch for private network
QoS Policy in a high-
Switch for migration
Switch forand low-speed
High-Speed Intra Frequency for CA
in a high-speed
Uplink rail speed rail scenario. If it is
Downlink outgoing
Railmigration
UEs is Users
scenario. If it is set to set to Open, different enabled between high-
long:[0..255]
Open, different uplink downlink policies are speed rail private-network This parameter is used to
policies are used for high- used for high-speed UEs cells and public-network indicate reselection
speed UEs and low-speed and low-speed UEs cells, this parameter priority of intra frequency
UEs separately. separately. should to be set to Open. for CA users.
-- -- -- --
measurement
configuration policy for
This parameter indicates This parameter enables or SRVCC. If it is set to 0, it
the overlapping-coverage disables the configuration indicates that coverage-
enum:
condition of the serving of the CRS measurement based inter-frequency
Remain The Inter
cell. If the RSRP value of bandwidth. If it is set to measurement is remained
Frequency
the cell is larger than or Open, the intra-frequency when coverage-based
overlapSrvRSRPThr maxUserNum4Overlap crsRsrp6RBSwch Measurements[0]
srvccInterFMeasStrategy
equal
RSRPtoThreshold
this parameter
for The Maximum Number of and/or inter-frequency
Switch of CRS SRVCC measurement
Strategy of Inter- is
enum: Delete The Inter
value, the measurement
Overlapping Coverage of User for Measurement of measurement Bandwidth
Measurement bandwidth delivered.
frequency IfMeasurement
it is set to 1,
Close[0] Frequency
reportthecan be included
Serving Cell in Overlap Rate Estimation is configured; otherwise,
Configuration it indicates
Whilethat
SRVCCcoverage-
long:[-140..-43] Open[1] Measurements[1]
overlapping-coverage the measurement based inter-frequency
evaluation; otherwise, the This parameter indicates bandwidth is decided by measurement is deleted
measurement report is not the maximum number of the intra-frequency and/or when coverage-based
included in overlapping- UE for a period of inter-frequency neighbor SRVCC measurement is
coverage evaluation. overlapping coverage. cell bandwidth. delivered.
-- -- -- --
-110 20 Close[0] Remain The Inter Frequen
-110 20 Close[0] Remain The Inter Frequen
switch for preventing the
interRatCdmaPeriodMeas intraRATPingPongHOSw
Intra-RAT ping-pong
Swch highSpeedThr lowSpeedThr chwhen the
Switch for Inter-RAT This parameter is used for This parameter is used for handover,
Switch for Preventing The
enum: enum:
speedThreshold
Periodical Measurement Time decision in
forhigh-
High speedThreshold
Time decision in
forhigh-
Low switch is open,
Intra-RAT it can
Ping-Pong
Close[0] Close[0]
of CDMA speed railSpeed
scenarios.
(s) If the speed railSpeed
scenarios.
(s) If the detect Handover
and prevent the
Open[1] Open[1]
duration when a UE duration when a UE connection handover
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
resides in the CP is resides in the CP is longer between two Intra-RAT
Switch for inter-RAT shorter than this than or equal to this cells within the Intra-RAT
periodical measurement of threshold, the UE state is threshold, the UE state is ping-pong handover
CDMA. set to high speed. set to low speed. detection time length.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 20 30 Open[1]
Close[0] 20 30 Open[1]
disables SRVCC ping- corresponds to the This parameter indicates
pong handover maximum CIO the time length for
prevention. If this This parameter sets the adjustment number within SRVCC ping-pong
parameter is set to Open, duration of intra-RAT the Intra-RAT ping-pong handover detection. When
enum:
when the number of ping-pong handover handover detection time the number of failures of
0[0]
failures of continuous detection. When the length, when the CIO continuous SRVCC
1[1]
SRVCC handover to intraRATPingPongHODet
switch for preventing maxIntraRATPingPongH
adjustment to achieve the srvccPingPongHODetTim
handover to
srvccPingPongHOSwch TimeLen 2[2]
ONum eLen
GERAN/UTRAN
Switch intra-RAT
for Preventing The Intra-RAT ping-pong
Ping-Pong maximum
Max number
Intra-RAT of
Ping- GERAN/UTRAN
SRVCC Ping-Pong
enum: 3[3]
neighbor
SRVCC cells reaches the Handover
Ping-Pong handover isDetection
turned on, the
Time times,
Pongif Handover
continue toCIO
occur neighbor cells
Handover reaches
Detection the
Time
Close[0] 4[4]
threshold in the detection eNB detects
Handover and prevents
Length(s) Intra-RAT Ping-Pong
Adjust Number threshold in the detection
Length(s)
Open[1] infinity[5]
duration, the eNodeB ping-pong handover within the test time, eNB duration, the eNodeB
long:[1..60] long:[1..60]
prevents the SRVCC between two intra-RAT need to recover the CIO prevents the SRVCC
handover to any cells within the duration and start this timer to handover to any
GERAN/UTRAN of intra-RAT ping-pong prevent the handover for GERAN/UTRAN
neighbor cell. handover detection. Ping-Pong cell. neighbor cell.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 30 3[3] 30
Close[0] 30 3[3] 30
the maximum number of This parameter indicates when UE context or
SRVCC ping-pong the absolute RSRQ dedicate ERAB is
handover attempts for the absolute threshold for established, it can
voice service. When the target neighbor cell preferential handover UE
number of failures of aboutHO Based UL to the expect frequencies
continuous SRVCC Service measurement which coresponding to the
maxSRVCCPingPongHO
handover to reporting when it starts highest priority QCI; if
Target Neighbor Cell
Num tarPBasedULSRV enum:
hoBaseServiceSwch trainInjudgeThr
GERAN/UTRAN
Maximum Number of theRSRQ
periodic report based
Threshold for configured as 2, when
Close[0]
neighbor
SRVCC cells reaches the onHandover
Ping-Pong event.AsBase
handover
UL voice service
Handover SwitchisBase
General Strategy[1]
threshold
Handoverin the detection
Attempts decision, it need to
Service established,
Serviceit can The Threshold of Train in
double:[-20..-3] WCP Strategy[2]
duration, the eNodeB compare the RSRQ of handover UE to LTE
long:[1..10] model default: -12.0 long:[1..200]
prevents the SRVCC neighbor cell to the FDD neighbour cell, or
handover to any parameter., so it decided SRVCC to UMTS; if
GERAN/UTRAN whether it is conducted configured as 0, it means
neighbor cell. handover. the function is closed. The threshold of train in.
-- -- -- --
3 -12.0 Close[0] 30
3 -12.0 Close[0] 30
when measurement for
WCDMA handover based This parameter indicates This parameter indicates
coverage,eNodeb will the absolute Ec/No the absolute Ec/No
compare the Ec/No of threshold for data user threshold for voice user
neighbor cell to decide target neighbor cell target neighbor cell
whether it is conducted reporting when it starts reporting when it starts
wcdmaHOBasedRscpand
handover. If this switch is the measurement for the measurement for
trainOutjudgeThr enum:
EcNoSwch wcdmaEcNoThr4DT wcdmaEcNoThr4VT
configured
Switch ofasWCDMA
Ec/No Trig, WCDMA handover
Data User Ec/Nobased WCDMA handover
Voice User based
Ec/No
Close[0]
The Threshold of Train when measurement
Handover Based RSCP for coverage.As
WCDMA coverage.As
WCDMA
RSCP Trig[1]
Out WCDMA andhandover
Ec/No based decision,
HO BaseditCoverage
need to decision,
HO BaseditCoverage
need to
Ec/No Trig[2] double:[-24.5..0] double:[-24.5..0]
coverage,eNodeb will compare the Ec/No of compare the Ec/No of
long:[1..200] model default: -12.0 model default: -10.0
compare the RSCP of neighbor cell to the neighbor cell to the
neighbor cell to decide parameter., so it decided parameter., so it decided
whether it is conducted whether it is conducted whether it is conducted
The threshold of train out. handover. handover. handover.
-- -- -- --
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
25 Close[0] -12.0 -10.0
policy used for data
service delivery in inter-
RAT measurement. If it is
set to 0, it indicates that
When the Intra-RAT coverage-based inter-
enum:
Ping-Pong last prevent frequency measurement is
enum: Remain the inter
timer is expired,according
Intra-RAT Ping-Pong remained when
Strategy coverage-
of Inter-
Event triggered
measType4CASelfCfg IntraRATPinPonCIOStep lastTimerExpMeaRecfg frequency
psInterFMeasStrategy
Last to this parameters
Prevent Timer Expire based data service
frequency B1/B2
Measurement
measurement[0] enum: measurements[0]
Measurement Type for Intra-RAT Ping-Pong determine
Whether whether
Measureto measurement
When PS Serviceis delivered.
Inter-
Periodical No[0] Delete the inter frequency
CA Self-Configuration CIO Adjustment Step reconfig Reconfig
the measurement. If itRAT
is setMeasurement
to 1, it indicates
measurement[1] long:[-24..24] Yes[1] measurements[1]
This parameter indicates This parameter indicates Note:The handover that coverage-based inter-
model default: 0
the measurement type for the CIO adjustment step. prevent and measurement frequency measurement is
data collection on If a ping-pong handover is recovery are only for deleted when coverage-
overlapping coverage in detected, this parameter coverage and voice based data service B1/B2
CA self-configuration. needs to be adjusted. quality two functions. measurement is delivered.
-- -- -- --
priorities of the EUTRA-
FDD, EUTRA-TDD, This parameter is used to
GERAN, UTRA-FDD, determine whether a
This parameter is used to UTRA-TDD, CSFB UE is located in the
distinguish inter- CDMA2000-HRPD, and center or on the edge of
frequency A1 and inter- CDMA2000-1xRTT the cell in accordance
RAT A1. If this parameter systems respectively. The with the MCS. If the MCS
is diffA1Swch
Switch enabled, inter-
of Different
hlMigrtRATPriority
A1 for priority of each system
emtcCovHOSwch
Switch of Coverage- ofcsfbCEUUserMcsThrd
the UE is larger than or
enum: enum:
frequency A1 and
Inter-Frequency andinter- ranges
Inter- User from 0 to
Migration 255. Ain
Priority Based Handover for equal
CSFB to CEU
the threshold,
User MCS the
Close[0] longArray:[0..255] Close[0]
RAT A1 are distinguished higher
RAT value Scenarios
High Load indicates a eMTCs UE is located in center of
Threshold
Open[1] model default: Open[1]
from each other; higher priority. The the cell; if the MCS of the
0;0;255;0;0;0;0 long:[0..28]
otherwise, inter-frequency default value 0 indicates UE is less than the
model default: 0 example: 0;0;255;0;0;0;0 model default: 1 model default: 10
A1 and inter-RAT A1 are that the RAT is not This parameter enables or threshold, the UE is
not distinguished from selected as the target disables coverage-based located on the edge of the
each other. system for user migration. handover for eMTCs. cell.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0;0;255;0;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
Close[0] 0;0;255;0;0;0;0 Open[1] 10
this parameter is set to
CCU User, the vague This parameter sets the
CSFB user policy is duration for detecting
consistent with that of the ping-pong handover of
center user, that is, the UEs. When a UE is
eNB will not deliver handed over from cell A This parameter indicates
measurement to the vague to cell B and then handed whether to
Whether to Enable
enable the
The
csfbVagueUserLocation
CSFB user. If this qAdjBasedBfGainSwch over pingPongTmr
back to cell A, it is handover4AtmosductCell
optimization strategy
Optimization Strategy for
for
enum: enum: enum:
parameter
CSFB Vagueis set to CEU
User The RSRQ Adjustment considered
Ping-Pongthat a ping-
Handover UEs
UsertoHandover
hand overtotoAn an
CCU User[0] Close[0] No[0]
User, the vague
Location CSFB
Attribute Switch Based on BF Gain pong handover
Detection from(s)cell
Timer atmospheric-duct
Atmospheric Duct cell. If it
Cell
CEU User[1] Open[1] Yes[1]
user policy is consistent This parameter is the A to cell B occurs if the is set to Yes, the
long:[1..65535]
with that of the edge user, RSRQ adjustment switch period of time during optimization strategy is
that is, the eNB will based on BF gain. It is which the UE camps on enabled; otherwise, the
deliver measurement to applicable to the MM cell B is less than or equal optimization strategy is
the vague CSFB user. model only. to this parameter value. disabled.
-- -- -- --
CEU User[1] Open[1] 3 No[0]
CEU User[1] Open[1] 3 No[0]
the migration strategy for the required SINR of the required SINR of data
VoLTE users in the voice UEs with full power UEs for data transmission
atmospheric-duct TDD emission in an with full power emission
cells. If it is set to 0, the atmospheric-duct cell. If it in an atmospheric-duct
NodeB migrates the is set to a larger value, a cell. If this parameter is
VoLTE users based on lower path loss threshold set to a larger value, a
blind handover. If it is set that a voice user can lower path loss threshold
atmosductUEHONum to enum:
atmosVoLTEMigStrategy atmosphericVoiceSINR atmosphericDataSINR
1, the eNodeB migrates afford Required in an atmospheric-
SINR of Voice that a data user
Required SINRcan
of afford
Data
Based Blind[0]
Number of VoLTE HO in the Atmosduct
VoLTE users based on Users
VoLTE duct cell
WithcanFull
be obtained.
Power in in anWith
Users atmospheric-duct
Full Power in
Based Measurement[1]
Atmospheric Duct measurement. If it is set to Atmospheric
Migration Strategy If it is set to aDuct
smaller
Cell cell can be obtained.
Atmospheric If it
Duct Cell
Adaptive[2] double:[0..50] double:[0..50]
the number of VoLTE 2, the eNodeB migrates value, a higher path loss is set to a smaller value, a
long:[0..30] model default: 6.0 model default: 3.0
UEs migrated during each the VoLTE users based on threshold that a voice user higher path loss threshold
handover in the blind handover (high can afford in an that a data user can afford
atmospheric-duct priority) or measurement atmospheric-duct cell can in an atmospheric-duct
scenario. (low priority). be obtained. cell can be obtained.
-- -- -- --
15 Based Measurement[1] 6.0 3.0
15 Based Measurement[1] 6.0 3.0
absolute RSRP threshold
This parameter is the UE the measurement event
number configuration for reporting when periodical
uENumThr4HOBaseServi
handover based service. When the switch is set to event-based reporting is
hSpeedSRPriSchdSwch When thecehandover anrMeasMicroCellSwch
Open,Micro servCellRsrpThr
The Switch of SR Has UE Number Threshold The Switch ofCell can be
Measuring started. In handover
enum: enum:
Priority Scheduled for switch base service
For Handover Baseis measured by ANR;
Micro Cell by ANR when decision, the RSRP
The
Close[0] Close[0]
High Speed UE opening Service
and UE number the switch is set to Close,
Function of the serving
Serving cell is
Cell
Open[1] Open[1] long:[-140..-43]
The SR for NGBR more than this parameter, the intra-frequency Micro compared with the
long:[0..65535] model default: -125
bearing of high speed ue the eNodeb will Handover Cell can not be measured parameter value to
priority scheduling to low the high priority service by ANR, the existed intra- determine whether
speed UE when the switch UE to the corresponding frequency temp neighbor handover should be
on. expected frequency. relation must be deleted. implemented.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0 Close[0] -125
Close[0] 0 Close[0] -125
absolute RSRQ threshold absolute RSRP threshold absolute RSRP threshold absolute RSRP threshold
for target neighbor cells for target neighbor cells for target neighbor cells for target neighbor cells
about the coverage-based about the coverage-based about the coverage-based about the load balancing
A3, A4, or A5 event A3, A4, or A5 event A3, A4, or A5 event measurement event
reporting by VoLTE users reporting by data users reporting by VoLTE users reporting when periodical
when periodical
VoLTE User RSRQevent- when periodical event- when
VoLTE periodical
User RSRPevent- event-based reporting is
tarNeighCellVTRsrqThr
based reporting tarNeighCellRsrpThr tarNeighCellVTRsrpThr tarNeighCellRsrpThr4LB
Target based
RSRPreporting is started.
Threshold of based reporting
Target started.Neighbor
Target In handover
Cell
InNeighbor
handoverCell
decision,
for HO the In handover
Target decision,
Neighbor the
Cell for InNeighbor
handoverCelldecision,
for HO the decision,
RSRP the RSRP
Threshold forvalue
Load
RSRQ value
Based of the target
Coverage RSRP value of
HO Based the target
Coverage RSRP valueCoverage
Based of the target of the target neighbor cell
Balancing
double:[-20..-3] long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43]
neighbor cell is compared neighbor cell is compared neighbor cell is compared is compared with the
model default: -12.0 model default: -125 model default: -125 model default: -125
with the parameter value with the parameter value with the parameter value parameter value to
units: dB units: dBm units: dBm units: dBm
to determine whether to determine whether to determine whether determine whether
handover should be handover should be handover should be handover should be
implemented. implemented. implemented. implemented.
-- -- -- --
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
-12.0 -125 -125 -125
This parameter sets the This parameter sets the absolute RSCP threshold
absolute RSRP threshold absolute RSRP threshold for target neighbor cells
for target neighbor cells for target neighbor cells about measurement event
about the voice service– about the UL BSR reporting by data users
based handover event service–based handover when coverage-based
reporting when periodical event reporting when handover measurement
tarNRsrpThr4HOBasedV
event-based reporting is tarNRsrpThr4HOBasedS
periodical event-based for the WCDMA system
Target Neighbor Cell
oice
started.Neighbor
In handover reportingRVUl
is started.for
In wCDMARscpThr4DT
is started. In handover spidStrategyGrpCfg
Target Cell RSRP Threshold Data User RSCP
decision, the RSRP
HO handover
Handoverdecision,
Based UL the decision,
ThresholdtheforRSCP
WCDMAvalue
of the target
Basedneighbor
Voice cell RSRP value of the target
Service of HO
the target
Basedneighbor
Coveragecell This
SPIDparameter
Strategy sets the ID
GroupID
long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43] long:[-120..-24]
is compared with the neighbor cell is compared is compared with the of an SPID strategy
model default: -125 model default: -125 model default: -100 long:[0..255]
parameter value to with the parameter value parameter value to configuration group,
units: dBm units: dBm units: dBm model default: 0
determine whether to determine whether determine whether corresponding to a group
handover should be handover should be handover should be of SPID service
implemented. implemented. implemented. deployment strategies.
-- -- -- --
-125 -125 -100 1
-125 -125 -100 0
absolute RSCP threshold
for target neighbor cells
about measurement event
reporting by voice users
when coverage-based
handover measurement
for the WCDMA system direHOBasedHSpeedSwc hSpeedSpecMeasCfgSwc
utranPciEcNoThrd wCDMARscpThr4VT
is Voice
started.User
In handover h disables h dedicated
the
RSCP Switch for Dedicated
enum: enum:
When
UTRAN the Unknown
RSCP value of
PCI decision,
ThresholdtheforRSCP
WCDMAvalue This
Highparameter
Speed UEenables or
Direction measurement
Measurement foroftoHigh
high-
Close[0] Close[0]
a UTRAN unknown PCI
Ec/N0 Threshold of HO
the target
Basedneighbor
Coveragecell disables directed
Handover handover
Switch speed UEs.
SpeedIfUEs
it is set to
double:[-24..0] long:[-120..-24] Open[1] Open[1]
is invalid and the Ec/N0 is is compared with the for high speed UEs. If it is Open, the eNodeB can
model default: -11.0 model default: -100
larger than the threshold, parameter value to set to Open, the eNodeB deliver specific
units: dB units: dBm model default: 0 model default: 0
ANR is used to perform determine whether can instruct high-speed measurement
ECGI measurement for handover should be UEs to hand over to high- configurations to high-
the unknown PCI. implemented. speed rail cells. speed UEs.
-- -- -- --
-11.0 -100 Close[0] Close[0]
-11.0 -100 Close[0] Close[0]
If the measurement report
does not aim for
reportStrongestCellsForS
ON, a maximum of 32 This parameter is the
neighbor cells can be measurement timer of
This parameter enables or configured under a SRVCC based CSFB for
uESpeedIndCompJudgeS
disables the The parameter is used to anrMeaUmtsNbrSortSwc
UTRAN frequency point. sRVCCBasedCSFBMeas
VoLTE user. Upon
Switch for The Switch of Sorting
wch
comprehensive sRVCCBasedCSFBSwch
open/close the function of When h
the parameter is set Timer
measurement
Comprehensive Measured UTRAN Measurementbased Timerthis
of
enum: enum: enum:
determination
DeterminationofofUEs'UE SRVCCofbased
Switch SRVCC CSFB for
Based to Close, Cells
Neighbor the UTRAN
By The function
SRVCC configurate,
Based CSFB for
speeds. If Speeds
it is set to Open, VoLTEforuser,
CSFB whileUser
VoLTE the neighbor cells are not
ANR Function eNodeb
VoLTEwillUserstart this
(ms)
the upper layer of the switch is open, the sorted in measConfig, and timer to wait for measure
long:[1000..60000]
eNodeB determines the VoLTE user triggers the a maximum of 32 report. If it time out,
speeds of the UEs on the SRVCC process after neighbor cells can be eNodeb will delete
public and dedicated receiving the CSFB configured under a measurement based this
networks. instruction. UTRAN frequency point. function.
-- -- -- --
UE. If the parameter is set coefficient for NR RSRQ
This parameter is the to Close and if the measurement, and the
switch of Scheduling UTRAN ANR function is third element represents
When Measuring ECGI In enabled, after the UE the layer-3 filtering This parameter is the
Handover to Femto Cell. reports CGI and a coefficient for NR SINR event-based measurement
If this parameter is set to temporary neighbor cell is measurement. The GNSS control switch.
Open, to increase the added, the eNodeB
The Switch does
of Update calculation formula is as When the switch is turned
schedInEcgiHoSwch
ECGI measurement umtsMeaObjUpdateSwch
not update the newly filterCoeffNR
follows: FnFiltering
= (1 – a) × eventMeasGnssSwitch
on, the cell allows event-
Switch of Scheduling UTRAN Neighbor Cells Layer-3
enum: enum: enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, enum:
success
When rate, the eNodeB
Measuring ECGI In added temporary neighbor
in MeasObjectUTRA By FmCoefficient
+ a × Mn, where
in NRMn based Switch
GNSS measurement to
for Event
Close[0] Close[0] 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, Close[0]
transmits
Handoverdata only when
to Femto Cell cell to ANR
The the measurement
Function is theMeasurement
current measured carry GNSS information.
Measurement
Open[1] Open[1] 13, 14] Open[1]
the onDurationTimer object and does not send value, Fm is the old When switch is turned off,
model default: 4;4;4
timer operates in long an filtered value, Fn is the the cell does not allow
model default: 0 model default: 0 example: 4;4;4 model default: 1
DRX status when RRCConnectionReconfig current filtered value, and event-based
measuring ECGI in uration message to the a is the filtering measurements to carry
Handover to Femto Cell. UE. coefficient. GNSS information.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] 4;4;4 Open[1]
Close[0] Close[0] 4;4;4 Open[1]
This parameter is the intra-frequency periodical
Open GNSS switch for ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
eMBMS-based handover measurement to carry
intra-frequency periodical 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
switch. When this switch GNSS information. If the This parameter determines
measurement[1] ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
is turned on, the eNodeB parameter is set to 2, the whether to execute the
Open GNSS switch for 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
makes the UE perform cell allows only inter- user location–based
inter-frequency periodical enum: ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
handover to the frequency frequency periodical migration strategy for
measurement[2] Close[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
on which the UE is measurement to carry This parameter enables or each QCI. The elements
hoBasedeMBMSSwch Open GNSS switch for
periodMeasGnssSwitch CCU User Migrate
migBaseUEPositionSwch ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
qCILevelMigBasePosiInd
receiving or is interested GNSS information. If the disables
Switchtheforuser
Thelocation-
User in the array correspond to
enum: intra&inter-frequency Strategy[1] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
in receiving
Handover an MBMS
Switch Based parameter is set tofor
GNSS Switch 3, the based migrationMigration
Location-Based strategy. User
QCI1Location–Based
to QCI255 in turn.
QCI
Close[0] periodical CEU User Migrate ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
service on
in accordance
eMBMS with cell allowsMeasurement
Periodical both intra- If it is set to Open, the
Strategy If an element
Migration is
Indicator
Open[1] measurement[3] Strategy[2] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
MBMSInterestIndication. frequency periodical eNodeB can identify the configured to Yes, the
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
When this switch is measurement and inter- users in the center or at eNodeB executes the user
model default: 0 model default: 1 model default: 0 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
turned off, no multicast- frequency periodical the edge of a cell and location–based migration
based handover is measurement to carry hand over the users to the strategy for the
performed. GNSS information. desired frequency. corresponding QCI.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Open GNSS switch for intrClose[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
Close[0] Open GNSS switch for intrClose[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
configuration strategy. If
it is set to Easy Strategy,
whrSpeUE4MigBasePosit
This parameter determines the eNodeB uses the
whether ion migBaseUEPosiWhr4Rat perQCIMeasCfgStrategy perQCIA1A2MeaGrpCfg
MigratetoUser
execute
Based the This parameter
Migrate Userdetermines
Based threshold with the easiest A1-A2 PerQCI
enum: enum: enum:
user location–based
Position Whether for Position whetherWhether
to execute
for the
Inter measurement
PerQCI Measurement Measurement
No[0] No[0] Easy Strategy[0]
migration strategy
Special UE for location–based RAT migration configuration.
Configuration IfStrategy
it is set Configuration Group ID
Yes[1] Yes[1] Priority Strategy[1]
special users. If it is set to strategy to inter-RAT. If it to Priority Strategy, the
long:[0..65535]
Yes, the eNodeB executes is set to Yes, the eNodeB eNodeB uses the highest- This parameter sets the ID
the location–based executes the location– priority PerQCI of a PerQCI measurement
migration strategy for based migration strategy measurement configuration group of
special users. to inter-RAT. configuration. events A1 and A2.
-- -- -- --
Yes[1] No[0] Easy Strategy[0] 0
Yes[1] No[0] Easy Strategy[0] 0
Intra-LTE temporary
neighbor cell in the black
list if the temporary
neighbor cell is added to
the black list. If this This parameter sets the
parameter is set to 0, UEs target type of downlink
blackListTmpCellRedSwc
are allowed to be of This parameter enables or bigSRVHOTargetTypeD
big service–based
Redirection Switch
redirected h the Intra- freqRandomSwch eMTCCEAdaptHOSwch handover. If Ldownlink big
Intra-LTE to Temporary disables the frequency
enum: enum: enum:
LTE temporary
Neighbors neighbor
in the Black randomization strategy. If
Switch of the Frequency Coverage Mode Adaptive service–based
Target Type ofhandover
DL Bigis
Allow Redirection[0] Close[0] Close[0] enumArray:[0, 1]
cells in theListblack list; it is set to Open,
Randomization the
Strategy Handover Switch enabled, the eNodeB
Not Allow Redirection[1] Open[1] Open[1] model default:
otherwise, UEs are not eNodeB processes the monitors the changes in
0;0;0;1;0;0;0;0
allowed to be redirected to randomization strategy UE types and marks the
model default: 1 model default: 0 model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;1;0;0;0;0
the Intra-LTE temporary separately when a UE This parameter determines UEs of the target type as
neighbor cells in the black reads all the system whether to enable eMTC the users with downlink
list. frequencies. coverage-based handover. big services.
-- -- -- --
Not Allow Redirection[1] Close[0] Close[0] 0;0;0;1;0;0;0;0
Not Allow Redirection[1] Close[0] Close[0] 0;0;0;1;0;0;0;0
This parameter sets the timer for waiting the
This parameter sets the threshold for downlink measurement report after
threshold for the number PRB usage for downlink a measurement
This parameter enables or of UEs for downlink big big service–based configuration for
disables downlink big bigSRVHOUENumStartT
service–based handover. bigSRVHODLPRBStartT
handover. If downlink big downlink big service–
bigSRVHOSwchDL
service–based handover. hrdDL
If downlink hrdDL bigSRVHOMeasTimerDL
Threshold ofbig
theservice–
Number service–based
Threshold ofhandover
DL PRB is based handoverTimer
Measurement is sent.
forIf
enum:
If Switch
it is setfor
to Open,
DL Big the based
of UEshandover is
for DL Big enabled,
Usage fortheDL
eNodeB
Big the
DLUEBigfails to be handed
Service–Based
Close[0]
eNodeB monitors
Service–Based the
Service–Based Handover hands over the Handover
Service–Based UEs with over after the (s)
Handover timer
Open[1] long:[0..100]
downlink services of UEs hands over the UEs with downlink big services to expires, the eNodeB
and hand over the UEs downlink big services to the target frequency only deletes the measurement
with downlink big the target frequency only when downlink PRB configuration for
services to the target when the number of UEs usage exceeds or equals downlink big service–
frequency. exceeds this threshold. this threshold. based handover.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 20 30 2
Close[0] 20 30 2
This parameter sets the This parameter indicates This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
threshold of target cell whether the target threshold for the number threshold for downlink
PRB usage for downlink neighbor cells of of UEs to obtain load PRB usage to obtain load
big service–based downlink big service– from neighbor cells in the form neighbor cells in the
handover. If downlink big based handover are only Threshold
case of downlink big
of the Number case of downlink
Threshold big
of DL PRB
bigSRVHOTargetDLPRB
service–based handover is bigSRVHO4MMCellInd
MM bigSRVHOLoadObUENu
cells. If downlink big of
service–based handover. bigSRVHOLoadObDLPR
UEs for Neighbor Load Usage for Neighbor Load
enabled,ThrdDL
theTarget
eNodeB service–based DL mThrdDL BThrdDL
Threshold of Cell Indication forhandover
DL Big is If downlink
Obtaining inbig
theservice–
Case of If downlink
Obtaining inbig
theservice–
Case of
enum:
filtersUsage
PRB out theforneighbor
DL Big enabled andHandover
Service–Based this DLbased handover is
Big Service–Based DLbased handover is
Big Service–Based
No[0]
cells whose downlink
Service–Based Handover parameter is set Only
to MM Cells to Yes, enabled, the eNodeB
Handover
long:[0..100] Yes[1] long:[0..100]
PRB usage is higher than the eNodeB filters out starts the procedure to starts the procedure to
this threshold after non-MM neighbor cells obtain load from neighbor obtain load from neighbor
receiving the after receiving the cells only when the cells only when downlink
measurement report of the measurement report of the number of UEs exceeds PRB usage exceeds or
target frequency. target frequency. this threshold. equals this threshold.
-- -- -- --
60 No[0] 15 25
60 No[0] 15 25
determine the speeds of
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
UEs in a high-speed rail
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
scenario to hand over low- This parameter determines
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
This parameter determines speed UEs out of the whether to execute
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
whether to execute high-speed rail network. If downlink big service–
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
downlink big service– the frequency deviation based handover
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
qCILevelHOBaseDLBigS whrSpeUE4BigSRVHOD
based handover for each This parameter determines value of a UE is greater bigSRVHOWhr4HOinSce
immediately
Whether for the
to Consider
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
RV L speedFreqOffThr nDL
QCI. The elements
Indication for DL in
Bigthe whether to DL
Switch of execute
Big than this threshold,
Frequency Offsetthe incoming-handover
Incoming Handover target
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 enum: enum:
array correspond
Service–Based to QCI1 Service–Based
QCI-Level downlink big Handover
service– UEThreshold
is considered to be at users.
for Speed If it isinset
Scenarios DL toBig
Yes,
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1; No[0] No[0]
to QCI255 in turn. If an
Handover based handover
for Special UEsfor a high speed. If the
Determination the eNodeB executes
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Yes[1] long:[0..2500] Yes[1]
element is configured to special UEs. If it is set to frequency deviation value downlink big service–
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1; model default: 700
Yes, the eNodeB executes Yes, the eNodeB executes of a UE is less than or based handover
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 1 units: 10Hz model default: 1
downlink big service– downlink big service– equal to this threshold, the immediately for the
based handover for the based handover for UE is considered to be at incoming-handover target
corresponding QCI. special UEs. a low speed. users.
-- -- -- --
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] 700 Yes[1]
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] 700 Yes[1]
This parameter determines This parameter determines
whether to support intra- whether to support inter-
RAT redirection triggered RAT redirection triggered
This parameter determines Switch
by the target
for Notneighbor cell Switch
Supporting by the target neighbor
for Not cell
Supporting
migBasePosiWheConQCI
whether to consider intraRATNoHOCellRedS
If it is set to interRATNoHOCellRedS
If it is set to hOBaseServiceWhr4HOin
Whether ConsiderQCIQCI ofIntra-RAT
handover.Redirection ofInter-RAT
handover.Redirection This parameter
Whether determines
to Consider
release Rel for user
scenarios Open, wchintra-RAT Open, wch
inter-RAT toScen
Release Scenarios for Triggered by the Target Triggered by the Target whetherIncoming immediately
Handover
location–based migration. redirection
User Location–Based Neighborcannot
Cell ofbe redirection
Neighborcannot
Cell ofbe execute
Scenariosservice-based
in Service-
No[0] Close[0] Close[0] No[0]
If it isMigration
set to Yes, the triggered by the target
Handover triggered by the target
Handover handover for incoming
Based Handover
Yes[1] Open[1] Open[1] Yes[1]
eNodeB determines neighbor cell of handover. neighbor cell of handover. target UEs. If it is set to
during QCI release If it is set to Close, intra- If it is set to Close, inter- Yes, the eNodeB
whether to re-configure RAT redirection can be RAT redirection can be immediately executes
user location–based triggered by the target triggered by the target service-based handover
migration measurement. neighbor cell of handover. neighbor cell of handover. for incoming target UEs.
-- -- -- --
No[0] Open[1] Open[1] No[0]
No[0] Open[1] Open[1] No[0]
measurement frequency measurement frequency measurement frequency
configuration strategy for configuration strategy for configuration strategy for
non-SPID VoLTE users. SPID VoLTE users. If it SPID data users. If it is set This parameter indicates
If it is set to Considering is set to Considering ANR to Considering ANR that only poor-quality
enum: enum: enum: bigSRVHO4WorseQualU
ANR frequency points, frequency points, frequency points, UEs withof
Indication uplink big
Handover
Considering ANR
voLTEMeasFreqStgy Considering ANR
sPIDVoiceMeasFreqStgy Considering ANR
sPIDDataMeasFreqStgy EIndUL
additional
Measurement measurement additional measurement
Frequency Measurement additional measurement
Frequency Measurement Frequency services arePoor-Quality
for Only handed over.
frequency points[0] frequency points[0] frequency points[0] enum:
needs to be performed
Configuration Strategy on needs to be performed
for Configuration Strategy on needs to be performed
for Configuration Strategy on for If UEs
uplink bigUL
with service–
Big
Not considering ANR Not considering ANR Not considering ANR No[0]
ANR frequencies.
Non-SPID VoLTEIfUsers
it is ANR SPIDfrequencies.
VoLTE UsersIf it is ANR frequencies.
SPID If it is based handover
Data Users Servicesis enabled
frequency points[1] frequency points[1] frequency points[1] Yes[1]
set to Not considering set to Not considering set to Not considering and this parameter is set
ANR frequency points, no ANR frequency points, no ANR frequency points, no to Yes, the eNodeB hands
additional measurement is additional measurement is additional measurement is over only the poor-quality
required for ANR required for ANR required for ANR UEs with uplink big
frequencies. frequencies. frequencies. services.
-- -- -- --
No[0]
No[0]
This parameter indicates This parameter sets the
This parameter sets the This parameter sets the whether the target threshold for the number
threshold of uplink PRB threshold of target cell neighbor cells of uplink of UEs to obtain load
usage for uplink big PRB usage for uplink big big service–based from neighbor cells in the
service–based handover. service–based handover. handover are only MM case ofof
Threshold uplink big
the Number
bigSRVHOULPRBStartT
If uplink big service– bigSRVHOTargetULPRB
If uplink big service– bigSRVHO4MMCellInd
cells. If uplink big bigSRVHOLoadObUENu
ofservice–based
UEs for Neighbor handover.
Load
basedhrdUL
Threshold handover is
of UL PRB basedThrdUL
Threshold handover
of TargetisCell service–based UL
UL Big is
mThrdUL
If uplink
Obtaining bigthe
in service–
Case of
enum:
enabled,
Usage fortheUL
eNodeB
Big enabled,
PRB Usage theforeNodeB
UL Big enabled andHandover
Service–Based this ULbased handover is
Big Service–Based
No[0]
hands over the Handover
Service–Based UEs with filters out the neighbor
Service–Based Handover parameter
to Only isMMset Cells
to Yes, enabled, the eNodeB
Handover
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] Yes[1]
uplink big services to the cells whose uplink PRB the eNodeB filters out starts the procedure to
target frequency only usage is higher than this non-MM neighbor cells obtain load from neighbor
when uplink PRB usage threshold after receiving after receiving the cells only when the
exceeds or equals this the measurement report of measurement report of the number of UEs exceeds
threshold. the target frequency. target frequency. this threshold.
-- -- -- --
30 60 No[0] 15
30 60 No[0] 15
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
threshold for uplink PRB whether the target
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
usage to obtain load from This parameter determines neighbor cells of uplink
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
neighbor cells in the case whether to execute uplink big service–based
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
of uplink big
Threshold service–
of UL PRB big service–based handover are only formal
bigSRVHOLoadObULPR 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
qCILevelHOBaseULBigS whrSpeUE4ULBigSRVH bigSRVHO4FormalNbInd
based handover.
Usage for NeighborIf uplink
Load handover for each QCI. neighbor cells.
Indication If uplinkto
of Handover
BThrdUL ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
RVin the array This parameter
O determines UL
big service–based
Obtaining in the Case of The elements
Indication for UL Big Switch of UL Big bigFormal
Only service–based
Neighbor
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 enum: enum:
handover is enabled, the Service–Based
UL Big Service–Based correspond toQCI-Level
QCI1 to whether to execute
Service–Based uplink Cells
Handover handover is UEs
for the enabled
withand
UL
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1; No[0] No[0]
eNodeB starts the
Handover QCI255 in turn. If an
Handover big
forservice–based
Special UEs this parameter is set to
Big Services
long:[0..100] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 Yes[1] Yes[1]
procedure to obtain load element is configured to handover for special UEs. Yes, the eNodeB filters
model default: 25 ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
from neighbor cells only Yes, the eNodeB executes If it is set to Yes, the out temporary neighbor
units: % 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 1 model default: 0
when uplink PRB usage uplink big service–based eNodeB executes uplink cells after receiving the
exceeds or equals this handover for the big service–based measurement report of the
threshold. corresponding QCI. handover for special UEs. target frequency.
-- -- -- --
25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0]
25 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;Yes[1] No[0]
load on neighbor cells in
the handover of the UEs
with uplink big services.
If uplink big service–
based handover is enabled This parameter indicates
and this parameter is set that only poor-quality
bigSRVHOWhrConsidNb
to Yes, the eNodeB bigSRVHO4WorseQualU
UEs with downlink big This parameter sets the
Whether to Consider Indication of Handover
obtainsLoadUL
Neighbor uplink loadinonUL
Cell Load services EIndDL
arePoor-Quality
for Only handed over. sINRWorseThrdUL
This parameter sets the mCSWorseThrdDL
downlink MCS threshold
enum: enum:
neighbor cells and filters
Big Service–Based If downlink
UEs withbigDLservice–
Big uplink SINR
UL SINR thresholdfor
Threshold for for
DLpoor-quality
MCS Thresholdusers.forIf
No[0] No[0]
out theHandover
neighbor cells based handover
Servicesis enabled poor-quality
Poor-Qualityusers. If the
Users thePoor-Quality
downlink MCS value
Users
Yes[1] Yes[1] double:[-20..50]
whose uplink PRB usage and this parameter is set uplink SINR of a user is of a user is less than this
is higher than this to Yes, the eNodeB hands less than this threshold, threshold, the user is
threshold after receiving over only the poor-quality the user is considered to considered to be a
the measurement report of UEs with uplink big be an uplink poor-quality downlink poor-quality
the target frequency. services. user. user.
-- -- -- --
No[0] No[0] 8.0 5
No[0] No[0] 8.0 5
EPS fallback ends. If it is
set to Based Blind, the This parameter sets the
eNodeB monitors EPS strategy for sending NR
fallback of a UE and fast inter-RAT measurement
returns the UE to the NR configuration information.
system through blind If it is set to 0, it indicates
epsFBEndFastReturnSwc enum:
redirection when EPS that NR inter-RAT This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
enum:
h To be sent in the initial
nRInterRATMeasStrategy speedRangeStep4Macro speedRangeStep4MM
fallback ends. If it is set to Strategy
measurement
for Sending NR speed range step for speed range step for MM
Close[0] measurements[0]
Based
Fast Measurement,
Return Switch forthethe configuration information
Inter-RAT Measurement macroRange
Speed stations. It for
Step is stations. It is effective
Speed Range Step forin
Based Blind[1] To be triggered by the
eNodeB monitors
End of EPS EPS
Fallback is sent during initial
Configurations effective in macro
Macro station
Stations TMM MM station scenarios if
Stations
Based Measurement[2] inter-system A2[1]
fallback of a UE and fast measurement. If it is set to scenarios if speed speed measurement is
long:[10..100] long:[10..120]
returns the UE to the NR 1, it indicates that NR measurement is enabled. enabled. It is used to
system through inter-RAT measurement It is used to differentiate differentiate speed ranges
measurement when EPS is triggered by inter-RAT speed ranges of the of the terminals in a TMM
fallback ends. event A2. terminals in a macro cell. cell.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] To be triggered by the inte 60 40
Close[0] To be triggered by the inte 60 40
train arrival state
Close[0]
according to frequency
Handover statistics
This parameter determines offset estimation statistics.
strategy[1]
whether speed-based If it is set to Arrival time
Frequency offset
handover refers to the statistics strategy, the
estimation statistics
This parameter enables or train arrival state of the serving cell determines
hoBasedSpeedWhrRefArr strategy[2]
srvCellArrJudgeStgySwc hoBaseServiceReturnSwc
disables speed serving cell. If it is set to Switch
the high-speed train
for Determining This parameter enables or
speedMeasureSwch enum:
Stat Arrival time h statistics h
measurement. To Not reference
Switch arrival state, arrival
for Speed-Based state according
the High-Speed Trainto disables service-based
enum: Not reference arrival strategy[3] enum:
determine the distribution Handover
Speed Measurement speed-based handover
Referring to can
the arrival timeState
Arrival statistics.
by theIf it handover
Switch forreturn. If it is set
Service-Based
Close[0] state[0] Comprehensive statistics Close[0]
of the speed range of the be Train
Switch enabled anytime.
Arrival StateIf it is set Serving
to Comprehensive
Cell toHandover
Open, the Return
eNodeB
Open[1] Reference arrival state[1] strategy[4] Open[1]
terminals in the cell where is set to Reference arrival statistics strategy, the hands over the UEs back
the terminals camp on, state, speed-based serving cell determines to the source frequency
this parameter is set to handover is disabled when the high-speed train based on services when
Open. By default, this the the serving cell is in arrival state according to the target service is
parameter is set to Close. train arrival state. comprehensive statistics. released.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Not reference arrival state[ Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Not reference arrival state[ Close[0] Close[0]
This parameter sets the measurement
UE strategy in a hybrid configuration policy that This parameter enables or
NSA and SA scenario. If makes coverage-based disables dedicated
it is set to Effective NSA handover from LTE to measurement for EN-DC This parameter determines
only, the eNodeB WCDMA and voice UEs. If it is set to Close, whether to filter EN-DC
considers the UEs as quality–based SRVCC the coverage-based UEs during UE location–
single-mode NSA UEs. If wCDMAFHOMeasCfgS
handover effective. If it is enDcSpecMobilityMeasS
measurement migBasePosiFilterEnDcIn
based migration. If it is
Switch for Frequency-
enum:
it nSAAndSAStgyCfg
is set to Effective
Hybrid-Mode SA
NSA and setLevel
to Close,wch the existing configuration
Measurement
wchfor EN-DC set to No, the
Switch for Dedicated
d eNodeB
Indication for Filtering
Effective NSA only[0] enum: enum: enum:
only,
SA Userthe Strategy
eNodeB system-level measurement
Configuration for UEs is theMeasurement
Mobility same as that for
of executes
EN-DC UEUEslocation–
During
Effective SA only[1] Close[0] Close[0] No[0]
considers the UEs as
Configuration configuration
Handover topolicyWCDMA takes ordinary UEs. IfUEs
EN-DC it is set to Location-Based
based migrationMigration
for EN-
SA Priority[2] Open[1] Open[1] Yes[1]
single-mode SA UEs. If it effect. If it is set to Open, Open, the independent DC UEs. If it is set to
is set to SA Priority, the the frequency-level coverage-based Yes, the eNodeB cannot
eNodeB preferentially measurement measurement execute UE location–
considers the UEs as SA configuration policy takes configuration is valid for based migration for EN-
UEs. effect. EN-DC UEs. DC UEs.
-- -- -- --
SA Priority[2] Close[0] Close[0] No[0]
SA Priority[2] Close[0] Close[0] No[0]
neighbor cell is higher coverage degree. If this
than or equal to this parameter is set to Open,
threshold, the neighbor the overlapping coverage
cell is regarded as a cell degree between the
This parameter sets the ID with the same coverage as serving cell and the
of an intra-frequency the serving cell. If the neighbor cells on the
enDcPerQCIA1A2MeaGr enDcPerQCIIntraFMeaGr
PerQCI measurement overlapRateThr4SameCo
overlapping Coverage
coverage overlapRateIntraFreqSwc
same frequency can be
A1-A2 PerQCI Intra-frequency PerQCI Overlapping Switch for Calculating the
pCfgsets the ID configuration
This parameter pCfggroup for ver
degreeThreshold
between the h If this
calculated.
Measurement Measurement Degree for General Intra-frequency
enum:
ofConfiguration
Group ID EN-DC UEs. InGroup
Configuration a mobile
ID serving cellthe
Determining andCells
a parameter is set
Overlapping to Close,
Coverage
Close[0]
configuration
for EN-DCgroup
UEs for NSAfor scenario,
EN-DCanUEs
EN-DC neighbor
with cell Coverage
the Same is lower the overlapping
Degreecoverage
long:[0..100] Open[1]
EN-DC UEs. It UE can index the than this threshold, the degree between the
corresponds to the PerQCI corresponding intra- neighbor cell is regarded serving cell and the
measurement frequency PerQCI as a cell with different neighbor cells on the
configurations of events measurement coverage from the serving same frequency cannot be
A1 and A2. configurations. cell. calculated.
-- -- -- --
0 0 80 Close[0]
0 0 80 Close[0]
degree. If this parameter eNodeB updates the relative RSRP threshold relative RSRP threshold
is set to Open, the calculated overlapping of neighbor cells in the of neighbor cells in the
overlapping coverage coverage degree on the calculation of the intra- calculation of the inter-
degree between the UME. If the difference frequency overlapping frequency overlapping
serving cell and the between the overlapping coverage degree. If, in a coverage degree. If, in a
neighbor cells on each coverage degree of a measurement
Relative RSRPreport, the Relative
RSRPreport, the
Threshold
overlapRateInterFreqSwc
frequency can be the neighbor cell and the difference betweenofthe difference betweenofthe
Switch for Calculating Update Difference for the Calculation the for the Calculation the
calculated.h If this overlapRateUpdateDThr
original for
overlapping nbrCelOffsIntrFOverlap
RSRP a neighbor cell nbrCelOffsInteFOverlap
ofIntra-frequency RSRP ofInter-frequency
a neighbor cell
General Inter-frequency Threshold the General General General
enum:
parameter
Overlapping is set to Close,
Coverage coverage degree
Overlapping of the
Overlapping of the
Overlapping of the
Coverage
Close[0]
the overlapping
Degreecoverage neighborDegree
cell is less than serving
Degree of cellNeighbor
is higherCells
than serving
Degree ofcellNeighbor
is higherCells
than
Open[1] long:[0..100] double:[-50..50] double:[-50..50]
degree between the or equal to the threshold, or equal to this threshold, or equal to this threshold,
model default: 5 model default: -3.0 model default: -50.0
serving cell and the the eNodeB does not the measurement report is the measurement report is
model default: 0 units: % units: dB units: dB
neighbor cells on each update the overlapping involved in the calculation involved in the calculation
frequency cannot be coverage degree of the of the overlapping of the overlapping
calculated. neighbor cell. coverage degree. coverage degree.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 5 -3.0 -50.0
Close[0] 5 -3.0 -50.0
RSRP threshold of the RSRP threshold of the This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
serving cell in the serving cell in the threshold for the inter- threshold for the intra-
calculation
Absolute RSRP of the intra- Absolute
Threshold calculation
RSRP of the inter-
Threshold frequency overlapping frequency overlapping
frequency
for overlapping
the Calculation frequency
of the for overlapping
the Calculation coverage
of the Absolute RSRPdegree of
Threshold coverage
Absolute RSRPdegree of
Threshold
coverageIntra-frequency
General degree. If the General
coverageInter-frequency
degree. If the forneighbor cells. If of
the Calculation thethe forneighbor cells. If of
the Calculation thethe
srvCelThrIntrFOverlap
RSRP of the serving srvCelThrInterFOverlap
cell RSRP of the serving nbrCelThrInteFOverlap
cell RSRP ofInter-frequency
a neighbor cell RSRPnbrCelThrIntrFOverlap
ofIntra-frequency
a neighbor cell
Overlapping Coverage Overlapping Coverage General General
carried
the Serving carriedDegreeinofa measurement
the Serving carried in a measurement
Overlapping Coverage carried in a measurement
Overlapping Coverage
report is higher
Cell than or report is higher
Cell than or Degreereport of
is higher
NeighborthanCells
or Degree
report of
is higher
NeighborthanCells
or
long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43] long:[-140..-43]
equal to this threshold, the equal to this threshold, the equal to this threshold, the equal to this threshold, the
model default: -110 model default: -110 model default: -110 model default: -110
measurement report is measurement report is measurement report is measurement report is
units: dBm units: dBm units: dBm units: dBm
involved in the calculation involved in the calculation involved in the calculation involved in the calculation
of the overlapping of the overlapping of the overlapping of the overlapping
coverage degree. coverage degree. coverage degree. coverage degree.
-- -- -- --
-110 -110 -110 -110
-110 -110 -110 -110
measurement reports that
8[22]
the eNodeB can use to
10[23]
calculate the general
12[24]
overlapping coverage This parameter determines
14[25]
degree. In the calculation whether to hand over EN- This parameter determines
16[26]
of Minimum
the generalNumber
overlapping
of DC UEs based on whether to hand over EN-
minSampNumOverlapRat 18[27] bigSRVHOFilterEnDcInd
coverage
Samplesdegree, if the
for the downlink big services. If bigSRVHOFilterEnDcInd
DC UEs based on uplink
eof valid 20[28]
nSAOcs DLthe eNodeB big services. ULIf it is set to
numberof
Calculation the General it Indication
is set to No,
for Handing Indication for Handing
22[29] enum: enum:
measurement reports is
Overlapping Coverage Individual Offset of the Overcan hand
EN-DC over EN-DC
UEs Based No,
Overthe eNodeB
EN-DC UEs canBased
hand
24[30] No[0] No[0]
smaller than this
Degree NSA Serving Cell UEson based
DL Big onServices
downlink over on EN-DC
UL Big UEs based
Services
Yes[1] Yes[1]
parameter value, the big services. If it is set to on uplink big services. If
overlapping coverage Yes, the eNodeB cannot it is set to Yes, the
degree is not calculated This parameter sets the hand over EN-DC UEs eNodeB cannot hand over
for the corresponding individual offset of the based on downlink big EN-DC UEs based on
neighbor cell. serving cell for NSA UEs. services. uplink big services.
-- -- -- --
500 0[15] No[0] No[0]
500 0[15] No[0] No[0]
This parameter controls This parameter enables or
whether to filter EN-DC disables IMMCI
users for service-based customized by the
hOBaseServFilterEnDcIn
handover. If it is set to operSpecUserStgyGroupI operSpecUserIMMCISwc
operators. After filtering
d
close, eNodeB can d operSpecUserStgySwch
This parameter enables or special husers by
Handover Based Service
enum: enum: enum:
perform service-based
Filter EN-DC UE This parameter
Operator SpecialisUser
the disablesSpecial
Operator configureUser configuration,a
Operator Specialgroup
Userof
No[0] Close[0] Close[0]
handover for EN-DC
Indication special user ID
Group strategy strategies customized
Strategy Switch by specified IMMCI
IMMCI Switch
Yes[1] Open[1] Open[1]
users. If it is set to group ID, which the operator. If it is set to frequencies and priority
long:[0..255]
open ,eNodeB can't corresponds to the group Open,a special group of can be customized by the
perform service-based of service deployment service deployment operators and users can be
handover for EN-DC strategy customized by strategy can be configured migrated to the specified
users. the operators. for operator special user. frequencies.
-- -- -- --
No[0] 0 Close[0] Close[0]
No[0] 0 Close[0] Close[0]
This parameter determines inter-operation type of
whether the coverage- fast return after EPS This parameter sets the
based mobility parameters fallback ends. If it is set to PerQCI intra-frequency
sAIndependentMeasCfgS
can be independently Redirection, UEs return to sAPerQCIA1A2MeaGrpC measurement sAPerQCIIntraFMeaGrpC
group ID for
wch enum:
epsFBEndFRMethod fg
configured for SA UEs. If the NR system through
Switch for Independently This parameter
PerQCI A1 A2is SA It fg
UEs.Intra-frequency
PerQCI is configured
enum: Redirection[0]
it is set to Open,
Configuring specific redirection.
Measurement Fast ReturnIfType
it is After
set to configured
Measurementfor SA UEsIDto for
Group SA UEs to Group
Measurement configure
ID
Close[0] Handover and
mobility
Parametersparameters can
of SA UEs Handover
EPS FallbackandEnd configure
for intra-frequency
SA UEs intra-frequency
for SA UEs
Open[1] Redirection[1]
be configured for SA Redirection, UEs return to measurement for different measurement for different
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535]
UEs. If it is set to Close, the NR system QCIs to index the PerQCI QCIs to index the PerQCI
no specific mobility preferentially through measurement measurement
parameter can be handover and then configuration of the configuration of the
configured for SA UEs. through redirection. corresponding frequency. corresponding frequency.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Redirection[0] 0 0
Close[0] Redirection[0] 0 0
is executed for SA UEs. If Configuration parameter
it is set to Handover, the is set to Effective SA This parameter sets the
eNodeB migrates SA UEs only), and the second priority of the same
to the NR system through element represents the This parameter sets the frequency for NSA UEs
handover. If it is set to UEs in a hybrid SA and maximum number of during load balancing.
Handover and NSA scenario when the times that an SA UE This parameter enables or
enum: sADirectIMMCIEffectRa sADirectMigMaxRetryNu
Redirection, the eNodeB Hybrid-Mode NSA and retries to trigger disables intra-frequency
Handover[0]
sADirectMigMethod nge m lbNSAIntraFreqPriority
migrates SA UEs to the SA User Strategy directional
Maximummigration.
Number ofIf load balancing for
Intra-frequency NSA
Priority
Handover and
NR system preferentially
Directional Migration Configuration parameter
SA User Directional theDirectional
SA UE fails to trigger
Migration UEs.
for If
NSAit isUEs
set toDuring
0, intra-
Redirection[1]
through
Methodhandover
of SA UEsand is IMMCI
set to SAEffect
Priority. If an
Range theRetries
directional
of SA migration
UEs frequency load balancing
Load Balancing
Redirection[2] enumArray:[0, 1]
then through redirection. element is set to Effect, to the NR system, the for NSA UEs is disabled.
model default: 1;1 long:[0..1800, 65535] long:[0..255]
If it is set to Redirection, the eNodeB can enable directional migration If it is set to a non-zero
model default: 0 example: 1;1 model default: 0 model default: 255
the eNodeB migrates SA the directional IMMCI procedure can be value, intra-frequency
UEs to the NR system strategy for the triggered again based on load balancing is enabled
through redirection. corresponding UEs. this parameter value. for NSA UEs.
-- -- -- --
Handover[0] 1;1 0 255
Handover[0] 1;1 0 255
function of SA UEs. From
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
left to right, the priority
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
This parameter determines array subscripts
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
whether to execute correspond to the E-
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
This parameter sets the directional migration of UTRAN, UTRAN FDD,
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
timer for directional SA UEs for a QCI service. GERAN, CDMA2000-
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
migration retry of SA The elements in the array HRPD, and CDMA2000-
sADirectMigRetryTimer ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
qCILevelMigBaseSA sADirectIMMCIRATPri sADirectMigSwch
UEs. If an SAMigration
Directional UE fails to correspond
Indicator to QCI1
of QCI to 1XRTT
Service- systems in turn. A
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 longArray:[0..255] enum:
trigger
Retry directional
Timer of SA UEs QCI255 inDirectional
Triggered turn. If an larger
Priorityparameter value
of Directional This parameterMigration
Directional enables or
;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1; model default: Close[0]
migration, the
(s) directional element is setoftoSA
Migration Yes,
UEsthe indicates
IMMCI a higher
of SA IMMCI
UEs disables
Switch of directional
SA UEs
1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 255;254;253;252;251 Open[1]
migration procedure can eNodeB executes priority of the migration for SA UEs. If
long:[1..1800] ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1; example:
be triggered again after directional migration of corresponding system. it is set to Open, the
model default: 30 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 255;254;253;252;251 model default: 0
the period of time SA UEs for the The value 0 indicates that eNodeB can hand over or
specified by this corresponding QCI the system is not redirect SA UEs to the
parameter. service. considered. specified NR frequencies.
-- -- -- --
30 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0]
30 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;255;254;253;252;251 Close[0]
This parameter is an SINR threshold of RRM
upstream SINR identifying the upstream
redirection user SINR redirection user.
identification factor. It is That is to say, the
used to define the ratio This parameter is the low upstream SINR reporting
uLSINRBasedRdUERecF
between the number of threshold of periodic result is considered as an
sADirectIMMCISwch upstreamactor
SINR reports uLSINRLowThrd
reporting of user SINR for uLSINRBasedRdThrd
upstream SINR reporting
enum:
This parameterIMMCI
Directional enables or UL required
SINR Basedby target
Redirect MAC. That is to say, UE when
UL the upstream
SINR SINR
Based Redirect
Close[0] double:[-10..10] double:[-10..10]
disables
Switchthe
of directional
SA UEs redirection UE and
UE Recursive the
Factor identification
UL SINR and
Low Threshold reporting result is less
Threshold
Open[1] long:[0..100] model default: 5.0 model default: 0.0
IMMCI function for SA total number of MAC upstream Single RBSINR than or equal to this
model default: 90 units: dB units: dB
UEs. If it is set to Open, reports in the process of value are reported for threshold during the
model default: 0 units: % step: 0.5 step: 0.5
the eNodeB can carry upstream SINR users whose upstream upstream SINR
dedicated IMMCI when redirection user Single RBSINR value is redirection user
releasing an SA UE. identification. less than this threshold. identification cycle.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 90 5.0 0.0
Close[0] 90 5.0 0.0
the length of the upstream This parameter is the high This parameter sets the
SINR redirection user threshold of periodic maximum number of
uLSINRBasedRdUERecT
identification timer. RRM reporting of user SINR for hOBaseServiceMaxRetry
Maximum Number of
imer
counts the upstream SINR MAC. uLSINRHighThrd
That is to say, UE retries Num over UEs algRsved1
Times toto hand
Retry to Hand
report
UL SINR of UE in the
Based station
Redirect identification and based onUEs
Over services.
BasedIfon
a UE Service Mobility
double:[10..50]
during
UE the timer
Recursive cycle.
Timer upstream
(s) UL SINR Single RBSINR
High Threshold fails to be handed over to Reservation Parameter 1
Services
model default: 50.0
When the target UE meets value are reported for an expected frequency
long:[10..255] units: dB long:[0..1800, 65535] long:[0..4294967295]
certain conditions, it is users whose upstream based on services, the
model default: 60 step: 0.5 model default: 0 model default: 0
determined as the Single RBSINR value is handover procedure can This is?reservaed
upstream SINR greater than this be triggered again based parameter 1 for?service
redirection user. threshold. on this parameter value. mobility.
-- -- -- --
60 50.0 0 0
60 50.0 0 0
blindRedBasedVTQualS
This parameter enables or hOBaseServiceRetryTime
timer for handover retry
icoCellType disables wchredirection
blind perQCIRedA2MeaGrpCfg
This Redirection
parameter indicates r
based on services. If a UE
Cell Type for Public- Switch for VoLTE A2
enum: enum:
Private Network based on voice quality.
Quality–Based Blind If the group Group
Measurement ID of ID fails to be handed
Service-Based over to
Handover
Public Cell[0] Close[0]
Coordination it is setRedirection
to Open, the blind measurement
per QCIby QCI, an expected frequency
Retry Timer (s)
Private Cell[1] Open[1]
This parameter sets the redirection procedure is corresponding to the based on services, the
long:[0..65535] long:[1..1800]
cell type used in public- triggered when the voice measurement handover procedure can
private network quality of a UE is lower configuration for be triggered again after a
coordination: private cell than the specific redirection event A2 per period of time based on
and public cell. threshold. QCI. this parameter value.
-- -- -- --
Public Cell[0] Close[0] 0 30
Public Cell[0] Close[0] 0 30
This parameter controls This parameter sets the
the execution method of priority of the PCells on This parameter enables or
This parameter is UL preferential interoperation the same frequency for disables the
SINR based redirect from an LTE system to an EN-DC. If the priority is randomization of the
swicth. It is configured as NR system. It is valid set to 0, the frequency of frequencies with the same
1 to indicate that RRM only for coverage-based the local cell cannot be priority for the SA UEs in
will recognize UL SINR mobility. If it is set to used as the target the delivered IMMCI.
Equal-Priority FrequencyIf it
uLSINRBasedRdSwch
redirection users based on methodLTEtoNR
Handover, the eNodeB endcPccIntraFreqPrio
frequency for EN-DC sAImmciFreqRamSwch
is set to Open, the
Randomization Strategy
enum: enum: enum:
ULthe UL SINR
SINR Based results
Redirect migratesofUEs
Method to the NR
Interoperation anchor-based handover. If
PCell Inter-frequency reselection
Switch priorities
for SA UEs in ofthe
Close[0] Handover[0] Close[0]
reportedSwicth
by MAC and system
fromthrough
LTE tohandover
NR the Priority
priority for
is set to a non-
EN-DC theDelivered
frequencies with the
IMMCI
Open[1] Redirection[1] Open[1]
initiate blind redirection or redirection. If it is set zero value, the frequency same priority are
long:[0..255]
function for the identified to Redirection, the of the local cell can be randomly allocated in the
target users. It is eNodeB migrates UEs to used as the target IMMCI delivered during
configured as 0 to indicate the NR system only frequency for EN-DC frequency release by the
close. through redirection. anchor-based handover. UEs that support SA.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Handover[0] 255 Open[1]
Close[0] Handover[0] 255 Open[1]
the frequency of the
public network neighbor
This parameter enables or cell is considered for low-
disables the frequency speed private-network
reselection sub-priority UEs in the low-speed UE
for SA UEs in the handed over toSelection
Frequency the public
delivered
Frequency IMMCI. If it is
Reselection This parameter enables or network measurement,
Optimization for Speed-
sAImmciSubPrioSwch
set to Open, the for sADirectImmciSpidSwch
disables speedHoFreqSelOptSwch
Sub-priority Switch Switch of directed
Directed and the intra-frequency
Based Public/Private of
enum: enum: enum:
reselection
SA UEs in thesub-priorities
Delivered migration for SA UEs
Migration the privateHandover
Network network
of both the LTE and NR
IMMCI with
withSPIDs
SPIDsininIMMCI.
IMMCIIf neighbor cell is
Measurement
frequencies are allocated it is set to Open, the considered for high-speed
in the IMMCI delivered eNodeB allocates a public-network UEs in the
during frequency release dedicated reselection high-speed UE handed
by the UEs that support priority for the UEs with over to the private
SA. special SPIDs. network measurement.
-- -- --
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
string:length[1]
R -- --
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
-- -- --
0 0 0
0 0 0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
Connected Ue for CS
string:length[1]
R -- --
CDMA2000-1xRTT
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
CDMA2000-1xRTT
-- -- --
0 0 0
0 0 0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId eutranFreqMeaCfgIndex
Eutran Frequency
Measurement Config
object. It is of the string Eutran Frequency
R Primary Key --
8[22]
10[23]
12[24]
enum: 14[25]
1.4M(6RB)[0] 16[26]
frequencies of intra-RAT
3M(15RB)[1] 18[27]
inter-frequency neighbor
5M(25RB)[2]
interFMeasBW freqBandInd interCarriFreq 20[28]
offsetFreq
cells. If the frequency of
10M(50RB)[3] 22[29]
TheInterFreq
parameterAllowed
is allowed DL Carrier Frequency an inter-frequency
15M(75RB)[4] 24[30]
measurement Bandwidth
Measurement bandwidth ThisBand parameter sets the neighbor
Indicator cell is deleted,
Inter-frequency Carrier Inter-Frequency Offset
20M(100RB)[5] long:[1..5, 7..14, 17..28, double:[0..6000]
for each frequency.It is band indicator of the the coverage-based inter- The parameter is
30..76, 85, 87..88, 101] model default: 2120.0 model default: 15
configed to the max downlink carrier frequency measurement frequency offset,used to
model default: 0 model default: 1 units: MHZ units: dB
bandwidth of all frequencies of intra-RAT configuration for define the priority of
neighbour cells each inter-frequency neighbor handover also needs to be handover to specific
frequency. cells. modified. frequency.
-- -- -- --
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2329.8 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2344.2 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 8 930.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 8 930.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2344.2 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 1 2160.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 1 2160.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 3 1870.0 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 40 2310.0 0[15]
10M(50RB)[3] 40 2324.4 0[15]
20M(100RB)[5] 3 1870.0 0[15]
8[22]
frequencies for
10[23]
12[24]
selects the target
14[25]
16[26]
18[27]
eutranFreqRdPriority lbInterFreqPriority 20[28]
lbInterFreqOfn interFreqANRInd
array member is from 0 to Priority of Inter The
Frequency ANR
22[29] enum:
255. A higher
E-UTRAN value
Frequency Frequency in Intra-LTE Ofn of Inter Frequency in frequency
Self-AddANR,
andwhen
Self- the
24[30] Close[0]
indicates a higher
Priority Load Balancing Intra-LTE Load Balancing value of the parameter
Optimize Switch is
Open[1]
The default value 0 means Open, the neighbor cell in
the corresponding this frequency can be
frequency can not be This array indicates This array indicates A4 added and optimized by
selected as redirection priority of every inter Ofn of every inter ANR function; else it
target frequency. frequency. frequency. cannot be.
-- -- -- --
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 254 0[15] Close[0]
0 254 0[15] Close[0]
0 254 0[15] Close[0]
0 255 0[15] Close[0]
0 0 0[15] Close[0]
0 254 0[15] Close[0]
This array is the priority
of PSHO EUTRAN
frequencies.A higher
value indicates a higher
interFreqANRDelInd enum:
interFreqSupCellType interFVoiceAbility eutranFreqPSHOMeasInd
priority,
EUTRAN andFrequency
the eNodeb
enum: Only LTE Support[0]
The Frequency
ANR Inter Frequency Support VOIP Ability of Inter- will config
PSHO the more front
Measurement
Close[0] LTE&eMTC Support[1]
frequency ANR,Switch
Self-Delete when the Cell Type Frequency MeasIDIndication
this frequency's
Open[1] Only eMTC Support[2]
value of the parameter is measurement;when the
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
Yes, the neighbor cell in frequency of this
this frequency can be This parameter sets the This parameter is the parameter is zero,eNodeb
removed by ANR cell type that the VOIP ability of inter will not measure this
function; else it cannot be. frequency supports. frequency frequency.
-- -- -- --
This parameter sets the measure performance serving cell is larger than
VoLTE handover priority configuration of each or equal to this parameter
of an E-UTRAN neighbouring inter- value and the UE that
frequency. A larger frequency for UE in reports a measurement
parameter value indicates RRC_CONNECTED report is in the
a higher priority and a Thestate. For UE
Measure which
Performance overlapping-coverage area
smaller MeasID value Configuration
support increased carrier perQCIInterFreqMeaGrp between the serving cell
of the Inter- RSRP Difference
eutranFreqVTHOMeasInd
corresponding to the monitoring e
E-UTRA, Cfg sets the ID and
overlapDifferRSRPThd
VTHO Measurement frequency for the UE the
in This parameter
Inter-frequency PerQCI the neighborfor
Threshold cell, the
enum:
frequency
Indication measurement
of EUTRAN reselection performance of a PerQCI
RRC_CONNECTED measurement Overlapping
Measurement measurementCoverage
report can of
Normal[0]
configurations sent by the for different
Frequencies carriers may Configuration
State configuration group
GroupforID be included
Neighbor in
Cells
Reduced[1] double:[-15..15]
eNodeB. If it is set to 0, be configured by higher EN-DC UEs. It overlapping-coverage
long:[0..255] long:[0..65535] model default: -4.5
the eNodeB does not send layers to be either normal corresponds to the PerQCI evaluation; otherwise, the
the measurement or reduced. Please refer to measurement measurement report is not
configurations of the the TS36.133(V12.4.0 or configurations of each included in overlapping-
frequency. higher version) frequency. coverage evaluation.
-- -- -- --
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
1 Normal[0] 0 -4.5
the CA self-configuration
inter frequency
measurement switch. This parameter is the
interFreqCASCInd
When srvHOTargetFreqPriUL
the value of the Target target frequency scellFreqPriority caReselInterFreqPriority
frequency Priority Reselection Priority of
enum:
parameter
Inter is Yes
Frequency CA,the
Self configuration
of Handoverof Handover
Based UL Inter Frequency for CA
Close[0]
neighbor
Configcell in this
Switch Based BSR.When
Service eNodeb Scell Frequency Priority This parameter
Users is used to
Open[1]
frequency can be added find the UE as big uplink indicate reselection
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
and removed as CA Coper service, will trigger priority of inter frequency
cell by CA self- handover to those The parameter represents for CA users.This array
Configuration function; frequencies whose priority the frequency priority of indicates priority of every
else it cannot be. is not Zero. Scell for CA. inter frequency.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 0 0
Open[1] 0 0 0
Open[1] 0 253 0
Open[1] 0 253 0
Open[1] 0 0 0
Open[1] 255 255 0
Open[1] 255 255 0
Open[1] 254 254 0
Open[1] 0 255 0
Open[1] 0 0 0
Open[1] 254 254 0
UTRAN frequency point UTRAN frequency point If the parameter is set to
priority for user migration priority for user migration Yes, the neighbor cell on
in high-load scenarios. in high-load scenarios. the frequency can be
The eNB selects a The eNB selects a configured with the
destination frequency destination frequency UL&DL CA cooperation
point based on the point based on the relationship by the CA
priority. Prioritytovalue priority. Priority value interFreqULCASelfCfgIn
self-configuration
User Migrate E-
clbInterFreqPriority hlMigrtEutranFreqPrio
range: 0?255. The larger softUpMigUETarFreqInd
range: 0-255. The larger function. d parameter
Priority of Inter UTRAN Frequency Frequency Indication for UL CAIfCooperation
the
enum: enum:
Frequency in Intra-LTE thePriority
parameter valueLoad
in High is, the the parameter
Software value is, the
Upgrade-Based isIndicator
set to No,for
theCA
neighbor
Self-
No[0] No[0]
Camp Load Balancing higher theScenariofrequency point higherUE the Migration
frequency point cell onConfiguration
the frequency can
Yes[1] Yes[1]
prioity is. The default prioity is. The default be configured with only
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
value is 0, indicating that value is 0, indicating that the DL CA cooperation
This array indicates the frequency point is not the frequency point is not relationship by the CA
priority of every inter taken as the destination taken as the destination self-configuration
frequency. frequency point. frequency point. function.
-- -- -- --
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
255 0 No[0] No[0]
the threshold of the This parameter indicates
number of users to This parameter indicates the downlink PRB
execute camp load the uplink PRB threshold threshold to execute camp
balancing and is used to to execute camp load load balancing and is used
control whether to enable balancing and is used to to control whether to
This parameter indicates camp load balancing to control whether to enable enable camp load
the priority of the target each frequency based on camp UL PRB loadThreshold
balancingto to DLbalancing to each to
PRB Threshold
migBaseUEPosiTarFPri
frequency for user perFCLBCUExeThrd perFULCLBPRBExeThrd perFDLCLBPRBExeThrd
Target Frequency Priority CUthe number of
Threshold to users.
Execute each frequency.
Execute CampWhen
Loadthe frequency.
Execute Camp When the
Load
location–based
of Migrate User migration.
Based When
Campthe number
Load of users
Balancing to uplink total PRB
Balancing usage of
to Each downlink total to
Balancing PRB usage
Each
WhenPosition
the eNodeB in theEach
serving cell is larger the serving
Frequency cell is larger
Frequency of theFrequency
serving cell is
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
identifies a UE in the than or equal to the than or equal to the larger than or equal to the
center or at the edge of a threshold of a frequency, threshold of a frequency, threshold of a frequency,
cell, it moves the UE to the cell executes camp the cell executes camp the cell executes camp
the frequency with a non- load balancing to this load balancing to this load balancing to this
zero priority. frequency. frequency. frequency.
-- -- -- --
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
This parameter is used to execute PDCCH CCE
This parameter is used to execute PRB load load balancing in the
This parameter is used to execute PRB load balancing in the downlink downlink to each
execute load balancing to balancing in the uplink to to each frequency. If the frequency. If the PDCCH
each frequency based on each frequency. If the PRB usage in the LTE CCE usage in the LTE
the number of users. If the PRB usage in the LTE serving cell in the serving cell in the
number of users in the serving cell in the uplink downlink exceeds the perFDLPDCCHCCELBE
downlink exceeds
DL PDCCH CCEthe
LTEperFLBCUExeThrd
serving cell exceeds perFULPRBLBExeThrd
exceeds theThreshold
thresholdtoof perFDLPRBLBExeThrd xeThrd
CU Threshold to Execute UL PRB DLthreshold of the to
PRB Threshold threshold
Threshold toof the
Execute
the Balancing
Load threshold ofto the
Each the configured
Execute frequency
Load Balancing configured
Execute Loadfrequency
Balancing configured
Load frequency
Balancing to Each
configured frequency
Frequency during a measurement
to Each Frequency during
to Eacha measurement
Frequency duringFrequency
a measurement
during a measurement period, uplink load period, downlink load period, downlink load
period, load balancing to balancing to each balancing to each balancing to each
each frequency is frequency is executed in frequency is executed in frequency is executed in
executed in this cell based this cell based on the PRB this cell based on the PRB this cell based on the
on the number of users. usage. usage. PDCCH CCE usage.
-- -- -- --
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
This parameter is used to target frequency
execute PDCCH CCE This array parameter sets measurement priority for
load balancing in the the priorities of the PCell VoLTE quality–based
uplink to each frequency. for EN-DC. Each element inter-frequency handover.
If the PDCCH CCE usage in this array corresponds If the corresponding
in the LTE serving cell in to one element in the handover function is
perFULPDCCHCCELBE
theUL uplink exceeds bigSRVHOTargetFreqPri voLTEQualHOFreqMeas
PDCCH CCEthe This parameter sets the intra-RAT inter-frequency enabled andFrequency
Target configured to
xeThrd
threshold DL endcPccFreqPrio Pri on the
Threshold toof the
Execute target frequency
Target Frequencypriority
Priority configuration array. If an Measurement
be based Priority for
configured
Load frequency
Balancing to Each downlink
for DL big service– array
Big Service-Based element is set
PCC Frequency to 0, measurement
Priority strategy, the
VoLTE Quality–Based
duringFrequency
a measurement based handover.
Handover When the the for
corresponding
EN-DC eNodeB identifies
Inter-Frequency the
Handover
long:[0..100]
period, uplink load eNodeB identifies a UE frequency does not VoLTE UEs with poor
model default: 0 long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
balancing to each with downlink big support EN-DC; voice quality and hands
frequency is executed in services, it hands over the otherwise, the them over to the
this cell based on the UE to the frequency with corresponding frequency frequency with a non-zero
PDCCH CCE usage. a non-zero priority. supports EN-DC. priority.
-- -- -- --
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
0 0 255 1
This parameter determines reselection priority is
whether to configure configured based on this
This array is the priority allowable frequencies for parameter value. A larger
of PSHO EUTRAN specified IMEISV UEs. If parameter value indicates
frequencies. A higher it is set to Yes, only the a higher reselection
value indicates a higher IMEISV UEs that are priority. The reselection
enDcEutranFreqPSHOMe
priority, the eNodeb enDcPerQCIIFMeaGrpCf
andFrequency configured with the priorities of the
EUTRAN Inter-frequency PerQCI
will config asInd g sets the ID allowFreq4SpecIMEISV
the more front This parameter iMMCIEndcAnchFreqPri
Allowable Frequency frequencies with the same
PSHO Measurement Measurement
enum:
MeasID thisfor
Indication frequency's
EN-DC ofConfiguration
a PerQCI measurement Strategy or
Group ID Allowable Allow and
Frequency parameter
for Frequency value of
Priority areEN-
No[0]
measurement;when
User the configuration
for EN-DCgroup
UEs for Prohibit
IMEISVFrequency
UEs randomly
DC sorted.
Anchoring The
IMMCI
Yes[1]
frequency of this EN-DC UEs. It Strategy parameter can frequencies with the
long:[0..255] long:[0..65535] long:[0..255]
parameter is zero for EN- corresponds to the PerQCI use the allowable parameter value being
DC User,eNodeb will not measurement frequencies in zero are not carried in the
measure this frequency configurations of each measurement and dedicated reselection
for EN-DC User. frequency. handover. priority.
-- -- -- --
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
1 0 No[0] 255
measurement IDs handover priority of an E-
corresponding to the UTRAN frequency for SA
frequency measurement This parameter sets the UEs. A larger parameter
configurations sent by the group ID of the value indicates a higher This parameter sets the
eNodeB for EN-DC UEs. measurement policy by priority and a smaller intra-RAT inter-frequency
A larger parameter value QCI for SA UEs. It measurement ID value priority of the directional
enDcEutranFreqVTHOM
indicates a higher corresponds to the QCI- sAEutranFreqPSHOMeas
corresponding to the IMMCI of SA UEs.
VTHO Measurement Intra-RAT Inter-If the
handover easInd of the sAPerQCIIFMeaGrpCfg Ind
measurement sADirectIMMCIInterFPri
Indicationpriority
of EUTRAN based inter-frequency
QCI-Based Inter- frequency
PSHO Measurement Directional
frequency IMMCI
Priority of
corresponding
EN-DC measurement
frequency Measurement configurations sent by the Directional
Indication of EUTRAN Switch of SA UEs
IMMCI of SA
If it is set
UEsto 0, the configuration.
Group ID for SAIt can
UEsbe eNodeB for SA
Frequencies forUEs. If it parameter UEs
SA UEs is set to Open,
eNodeB does not send the set to Open if it is is set to 0, the eNodeB the eNodeB can carry
measurement necessary to carry out does not send the dedicated IMMCI priority
configurations of the differentiated mobility measurement information based on this
frequency for EN-DC policies for different configurations of the parameter value when
UEs. services of SA UEs. frequency for SA UEs. releasing an SA UE.
-- -- -- --
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
1 0 1 255
EN-DC anchor indicators determines the sequence
of E-UTRAN frequencies. of the measurement IDs
This parameter sets the The parameter value Yes corresponding to the
frequency priority for corresponds to the anchor frequency measurement
This parameter sets the NSA UEs during camping frequency layer planned configurations sent by the
frequency priorities for load balancing. It is a one- by the operator. While the eNodeB for SA UEs. A
NSA UEs during load dimensional array with eutranFreqENDCAnchorI
parameter value No sAEutranFreqVTHOMeas
larger parameter value
lbNSAInterFreqPriority
balancing. It is Priority
a one- clbNSAInterFreqPriority nd
the size ofPriority corresponds to the non- indicates Inda higher
Inter-frequency Inter-frequency VTHO Measurement
enum:
dimensional
for NSA UEsarray and the
During MAX_NUM_EUTRAN_
for NSA UEs During EN-DC anchor Anchor
frequency layer. handover
Indicators Indicationpriority of the
of EUTRAN
No[0]
array Load
elements correspond
Balancing FREQ_PRE_CELL.
Camping The of There
Load Balancing is a one-to-one
E-UTRAN Frequencies corresponding
SA UEs
Yes[1]
to the priorities of the array elements correspond correspondence between If it is set to 0, the
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
frequencies in the to the priorities of the the array elements of this eNodeB does not send the
frequency array of frequencies in the parameter and those of the measurement
measurement awInterCarriFreq array in intra-RAT inter-frequency configurations of the
configurations in turn. turn. configuration array. frequency for SA UEs.
-- -- -- --
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
255 255 Yes[1] 1
Frequency Priorities for
interFAtmosDataMigUEP
Priority of Inter-frequency Migrating the Poor-
tmmINCInterFreqPriority
This parameter for
setsUE
the This rio sets the
parameter
Measurement Quality Data UEs in
priority
Migrationof inter-frequency
in TMM IN priorities of
Atmospheric the
Ducting
measurement for UE
Coordination frequencies of the target
Cells
migration when TMM IN cells for the poor-quality
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
coordination is enabled. If data UEs that are in the
it is set to 0, no inter- cells with atmospheric
frequency measurement ducting interference to be
report is sent. handed over.
-- --
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
255 255
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId geranFreqMeaCfgIndex
Geran Frequency
Measurement Config
object. It is of the string Geran Frequency
R Primary Key --
This parameter indicates This array indicates the
how to interpret an priority of candidate
associated GERAN carrier frequencies for CSFB
ARFCN.More target. eNB selects the
specifically, the IE target frequency based on
indicates the GERAN this information. The
frequency band in case the value range of each
geranBandIndicator
ARFCN value can geranOffFreq nCCpermitted geranFreqCsfbPriority
integer array member is
The Frequency Specific The Bitmap to Represent
enum:
concern either a DCS
Band Indication for Offset of The Neighbour Whether the NCC is from 0 to
GERAN 255. A higher
Frequency CSFB
DCS1800[0]
1800Frequency
or a PCS 1900 GERAN Frequency Permitted for Monitoring value indicates
Prioritya higher
PCS1900[1] long:[-15..15]
carrier frequency. For priority. The default value
ARFCN values not This parameter is used to This parameter indicates 0 means the
associated with one of configure the offset value whether NCC monitor is corresponding frequency
these bands, the indicator of GERAN inter-RAT allowed or not, by bitmap can not be selected as
has no meaning. frequency. way. CSFB target frequency.
-- -- -- --
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
PCS1900[1] 0 255 200
DCS1800[0] 0 255 200
frequencies for
selects the target
geranFreqRdPriority
array member is from 0 to geranFreqANRInd startARFCN explicitARFCN1
enum:
255.
GERAN A higher value
Frequency GERAN Frequency ANR
Close[0]
indicates a higher
Priority Indicator The First ARFCN Value Explicit ARFCN1
Open[1]
long:[0..255] long:[0..1023] long:[0..1023, 65535]
the corresponding This parameter is used to
frequency can not be This array indicates configure the first
selected as redirection whether to perform ANR ARFCN of GERAN Explicit ARFCN1 (65535
target frequency. on GERAN frequencies. neighbor cell is invalid value)
-- -- -- --
200 Close[0] 775 776
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 0 1
200 Close[0] 775 776

-- -- -- --
777 778 779 780
2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5
777 778 779 780

-- -- -- --
781 782 783 784
6 7 8 9
6 7 8 9
781 782 783 784

-- -- -- --
785 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
785 65535 65535 65535

-- -- -- --
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535

-- -- -- --
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535

-- -- -- --
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535

-- -- -- --
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
65535 65535 65535 65535
This array is the
measurement indication
of CSFB GERAN
This array is the frequencies.When the
measurement indication frequency of this
of PSHO GERAN parameter is Yes, eNodeb
explicitARFCN30 explicitARFCN31 geranFreqPSHOMeasInd
frequencies.When the geranFreqCSFBMeasInd
will measure this
GERAN Frequency
enum: enum:
frequency
PSHO of this
Measurement frequency?when
GERAN FrequencyCSFB
CSFB
No[0] No[0]
Explicit ARFCN30 Explicit ARFCN31 parameter is Yes, eNodeb
Indication based on
Measurement Indication
Yes[1] Yes[1]
will measure this measuring?;otherwise,?
long:[0..1023, 65535] long:[0..1023, 65535]
frequency?when eNodeb will not measure
PSHO?;otherwise,? this frequency?when
Explicit ARFCN30 Explicit ARFCN31 eNodeb will not measure CSFB based on
(65535 is invalid value) (65535 is invalid value) this frequency. measuring.
-- -- -- --
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
65535 65535 Yes[1] Yes[1]
the priority of a candidate
frequency for the users in
a high load cell to migrate
to the GERAN system.
This array is the The eNodeB selects the
measurement indication target frequency based on
geranFreqSRVCCMeasIn
of SRVCC GERAN this priority.The priority perQCIGERANMeaGrpC
Frequency Priority for
d
frequencies.When the hlMigrtGeranFreqPrio
ranges fg sets the ID
GERAN Frequency User'sfrom 0 to 255.A
Migration to This parameter
PerQCI Measurement
enum:
frequency
SRVCC of this
Measurement higher
GERAN value indicates
in High Loada ofConfiguration
Group ID
No[0]
parameter is Yes, eNodeb
Indication higher priority. By
Scenarios configuration
of GERAN group. It
Yes[1]
will measure this default, this parameter is corresponds to the PerQCI
long:[0..255] long:[0..65535]
frequency?when set to 0, indicating that the measurement
SRVCC?;otherwise,? frequency cannot be configurations of a
eNodeb will not measure selected as the candidate frequency group in a
this frequency. frequency. GERAN system.
-- -- --
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
Yes[1] 0 1
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

NE_Name ldn moId utranFreqMeaCfgIndex
Utran Frequency
Measurement Config
object. It is of the string Utran Frequency
R Primary Key --
11[10]
12[11]
13[12]
14[13] enum:
19[14] a[0]
20[16] b[1]
duplexMode 21[15]
utranFreqBandInd utranArfcn c[2]
utranFreqBandIndTDD
enum: 22[17] d[3]
Band Indicator for FDD UTRAN Frequency for Band Indicator for TDD
FDD[0] 25[18] e[4]
Duplex Mode DL Frequency FDD DL Frequency
TDD[1] 26[19] f[5]
double:[731.4..3587.6]
determine UTRAN
duplex mode, FDD or Band Indicator for FDD UTRAN Frequency for Band Indicator for TDD
TDD DL Frequency FDD DL Frequency
-- -- -- --
priority of candidate This array indicates the
frequencies for priority of candidate
Redirection target. eNB frequencies for CSFB
selects the target target. eNB selects the
frequency based on this target frequency based on
information. The value this information. The
range of each integer value range of each
utranArfcnTDD utranOffFreq utranFreqRdPriority
array utranFreqCsfbPriority
member is from 0 to integer array member is
The Frequency Specific
UTRAN Frequency for Offset of The Neighbour 255.
UTRAN A higher value
Frequency from 0 to
UTRAN 255. A higher
Frequency CSFB
TDD UTRAN Frequency indicates a higher
Redirection priority. value indicates
Priority Prioritya higher
long:[-15..15]
The default value 0 means priority. The default value
double:[1850.8..2619.2] model default: 0 long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
This parameter is used to the corresponding 0 means the
model default: 1910.0 units: dB model default: 0 model default: 0
configure the offset value frequency can not be corresponding frequency
UTRAN Frequency for of UTRAN inter-RAT selected as redirection can not be selected as
TDD frequency. target frequency. CSFB target frequency.
-- -- -- --
optimization switch for
UTRAN ANR This parameter is the This array is the
frequencies. If it is set to switch of the UTRAN measurement indication
Open, the neighbor cell on ANR self-delete function. Maximum Number of of PSHO UTRAN
utranFreqANRInd
this frequency can be utranFreqANRDelInd
If it Switch
is set toofOpen, the utranANRMaxNbrNum utranFreqPSHOMeasInd
frequencies.When the
The Switch of UTRAN The UTRAN Neighbor Cells on The UTRAN Frequency
enum: enum: enum:
added andANR
Frequency optimized by
Self-Add neighbor cell
Frequency ANRon Self-
this This parameter
Frequency indicates
for UTRAN frequency
PSHO of this
Measurement
the
andANR function;
Self-Optimize frequencyDelete
can be deleted that if the
ANRinter-RAT parameter is Yes, eNodeb
Indication
Otherwise, the neighbor by the ANR function. UTRAN ANR function is will measure this
long:[0..32]
cell on this frequency Otherwise, the neighbor enabled, the number of frequency?when
cannot be added and cell on this frequency formal neighbor cells on PSHO?;otherwise,?
optimized by the ANR cannot be deleted by the this frequency cannot eNodeb will not measure
function. ANR function. exceed the upper limit. this frequency.
-- -- -- --
UTRAN frequency point
This array is the priority for user migration
measurement indication in high-load scenarios.
of CSFB UTRAN The eNB selects a
frequencies.When the This array is the destination frequency
frequency of this measurement indication point based on the This parameter indicates
parameter is Yes, eNodeb utranFreqSRVCCMeasIn
of SRVCC UTRAN priority. Priority value perQCIWCDMAFMeaGr
Frequency-Level PerQCI
utranFreqCSFBMeasInd
will measure this d
frequencies.When the hlMigrtUtranFreqPrio
range: 0-255. to
The larger configuration pCfggroup ID
UTRAN Frequency User Migrate UTRAN Measurement
enum: enum:
frequency?when
UTRAN FrequencyCSFB
CSFB frequency
SRVCC of this
Measurement theFrequency
parameterPriority
value is,inthe for handover to Group
Configuration WCDMA.ID
No[0] No[0]
based on
Measurement Indication parameter is Yes, eNodeb
Indication higher
Highthe frequency
Load point for
Scenario An Handover
index corresponds
to WCDMAto a
Yes[1] Yes[1]
measuring?;otherwise,? will measure this prioity is. The default WCDMA frequency and
long:[0..255] long:[0..65535]
eNodeb will not measure frequency?when value is 0, indicating that is uniquely associated
this frequency?when SRVCC?;otherwise,? the frequency point is not with a group of PerQCI
CSFB based on eNodeb will not measure taken as the destination measurement
measuring. this frequency. frequency point. configurations.
-- -- -- --
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId ratPriority1
EUTRAN-FDD RAT
NE Name LDN MO ID Priority
string:length[1]
container type and is EUTRAN-FDD RAT
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Priority
R -- --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510- 1 254
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510- 1 254
ratPriority2 ratPriority3 ratPriority4 ratPriority5
-- -- -- --
255 200 100 0
255 200 100 0
ratPriority6 ratPriority7 ratPriority8
long:[0..256] long:[0..256] long:[0..256]
-- -- --
0 0 0
0 0 0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025

string:length[1]
model default: 1
container type and is
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. User Label
R -- --
1
1
enum:
0s[0]
1min[1]
5min[2]
10min[3]
30min[4]
cellBarred 1hour[5]
preBlockTimer isIntraFreqReselection csgIndication
enum: 4hour[6] enum: enum:
The parameter is cell When
Cell CellShutdown
Policy Policy Intra-Frequency Cell Enable Access to CSG
Barred[0] 16hour[7] Allowed[0] No[0]
barred indicator
Cell BarredIf the cell Shutdown
TimerCommand
Length is The parameter
Indication Cell
Not Barred[1] Reserved[8] Not Allowed[1] Yes[1]
barred indicator is set to received from OMC, the whether UE can reselect
'barred', UEs are not timer is open.And if timer to intra-frequency cells
permitted to select/re- is time-out,the UEs in the when the highest ranked The parameter indicates
select this cell, even for cell will be moved out cell is barred, or treated as whether UE can access in
emergency calls forcibly. barred by the UE CSG cell
-- -- -- --
The parameter is
The parameter indicates The parameter indicates Maximum allowed
the minimum required the offset of the minimum transmission power on an
selQrxLevMin
received power level of qrxLevMinOfst
required received power uplink intraPmax
carrier frequency intraPmaxOffset
Minimum Receiving Minimum Receiving Maximum UE
theRSRP
cell which
Levelsatisfies
(RSRP)the level of the cellOffset
Level(RSRP) which in dBm.The
Maximum UE UE
transmit Transmission Power
condition
During Cellof being
Selection satisfies
During theCellcondition
Selectionof power on one serving
Transmission Powercell Offset
long:[-140..-44] long:[0..16] long:[-30..33] long:[0..4]
selected by UE Only the being selected or shall not exceed the
measured received power reselected by UE It will configured maximum UE
units: dBm units: dB units: dBm units: dBm
level of the cell is over affect the minimum output power of the Maximum UE
Sel_Qrxlevmin can the required received power serving cell determined by Transmission Power
cell be selected level in the cell this value. Offset
-- -- -- --
-124 0 23 4
-124 0 23 4
allowed; Otherwise the
0.4[7]
access is barred. It means
0.5[8] enum:
higher access probability
0.6[9] 4[0]
as this field set to a big
0.7[10] 8[1]
value, but lower access
0.75[11] 16[2]
probability as this field set
0.8[12] 32[3]
to a small value. In
acBarringForEmergency 0.85[13]
acBarringFactor 64[4]
acBarringTime acBarringForSpecialAC
The parameter indicates addition, when the The parameter indicates
enum: 0.9[14] 128[5]
whether
Urgentusers with AC
Call Access parameter
ProbabilityAc-barring
Factor of the mean access
Signaling barring
Access-Deny The parameter
Access indicates
Parameters of
No[0] 0.95[15] 256[6]
belowParameters
10 be barred to factors' working
Signaling mode time of mobile
Access Time (s)originating access class
Signaling barring
Access for
Level
Yes[1] 1[16] 512[7] enumArray:[0, 1]
trigger an emergency been configured in signalling.If the value is AC 11-15 of mobile
model default: 0;0;0;0;0
call.If The parameter is dynamic , this parameter big, it use more time to originating signalling The
model default: 0 model default: 16 model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;0;0
set to false, all the user means the minimum access signalling, first/ leftmost bit is for
with AC0~9 can initialize factor that the eNB can otherwise little time AC 11, the second bit is
emergency call. adjust downward to. needed. for AC 12, and so on
-- -- -- --
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
No[0] 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0.4[7] 8[7]
mobile originating callsIf
0.5[8] enum: 10[8]
0.6[9] 4[0] 12[9]
0.7[10] 8[1] 14[10]
the parameter, access is
0.75[11] 16[2] 16[11]
allowed Otherwise the The parameter indicates
0.8[12] 32[3] acBarringForSpecialACt 18[12]
access is barred. In the hysteresis value for
0.85[13]
acBarringFactorOrig 64[4]
acBarringTimeOrig Orig 20[13]
addition, when the cells Inqhyst
cell-ranking
0.9[14] 128[5] 22[14]
parameterFactor
Probability Ac-barring
of Call Call Access-Deny Time The parameter
Access indicates
Parameters of Call criterionHysteresis
Reselection R of cell of
0.95[15] 256[6] 24[15]
factors' Access
working mode (s) access class barring
Access Level for reselection, theCell
Serving R value of
1[16] 512[7] enumArray:[0, 1]
been configured in AC 11-15 of mobile serving cell equals to the
model default: 0;0;0;0;0 model default: 4
dynamic , this parameter The parameter indicates originating calls The first/ measured value plus the
model default: 16 model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;0;0 units: dB
means the minimum the mean access barring leftmost bit is for AC 11, hysteresis value For detail
factor that the eNB can time of mobile originating the second bit is for AC description please refer to
adjust downward to. calls. 12, and so on TS 36304
-- -- -- --
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 4[4]
1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0 4[4]
medium/high mobility
state of UE If the number
that the cell performs
reselection during time
period T_Crmax exceeds
enum: enum:
NCR_H, UE will be The parameter indicates The parameter indicates
30[0] 30[0]
Timeconsidered
Windowin high in
Length threshold of cell threshold of cell
60[1]
tEvaluation 60[1]
tCrMaxHyst nCellChangeHigh nCellChangeMedium
mobility
Deciding state If the
Medium/High- Leaving Duration of reselection
Cell for judging
Reselection Times in reselection
Cell for judging
Reselection Times in
120[2] 120[2]
number
Speed that the Status
Movement cell Medium/High-Speed high mobility
High-Speed state If
Movement medium mobility state If
Medium-Speed
180[3] 180[3]
performs(s)
reselection If criteria for
Movement high(s)
Status number of cell
Status number ofStatus
Movement cell
240[4] 240[4]
during time period mobility state or medium reselections during time reselections during time
long:[1..16] long:[1..16]
TCrmax exceeds mobility state are not period TCrmax exceeds period T_Crmax exceeds
NCR_M, UE will be detected in T_Crmaxhyst, NCR_H, UE will be NCR_M, UE will be
considered in medium it shall enter normal considered in high considered in medium
mobility state mobility state mobility state mobility state
-- -- -- --
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
120[2] 180[3] 8 6
value is False, UE always UE may choose not to
performs measurements of perform measurements of
inter-RAT frequencies or inter-RAT frequencies or
inter-frequencies of equal inter-frequencies of equal
or lower priority If the or lower priority if the
enum: enum:
value is True, quality of serving cell is
-6[0] -6[0]
S_nonintrasearch is not larger than
-4[1]
qHystSFMedium -4[1]
qHystSFHigh sNintraSrchPre snonintrasearchUE
Additional Hysteresis in Additional Hysteresis in configured
WhethertoConfigure
UE, and UE S_nonintrasearch,
Decision Threshold of
-2[2] -2[2] enum:
Medium-Speed High-Speed Movement judges whether to perform
Snonintrasearch shall perform
Same/Lower Priority
0[3] 0[3] No[0]
Movement Status Status the measurements
Parameters of measurements
RSRP Measurementof inter-
Yes[1] long:[0..62]
inter-RAT frequencies or RAT frequencies or inter-
The parameter indicates The parameter indicates inter-frequencies of equal frequencies cells of equal
additional hysteresis additional hysteresis or lower priority For or lower priority For
applied in medium applied in high mobility detail description please detail description please
mobility state state refers to TS 36304 refers to TS 36304
-- -- -- --
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 6
0[3] -2[2] Yes[1] 6
and the
SnonServingCell,x of a
cell of a lower priority
frequency RAT or
frequency is greater than Intra_Pmax is the most
ThresholdX_Low uplink usable transmitting
(including inter-frequency power of UE of
Maximum UEcell Maximum UE
threshSvrLow
and inter-RAT) during a configurediIntraPmax
Intra_Pmax iIntraPmaxOffset cellReselectionPriority
Transmission Power ofis Transmission Power of
timeThreshold
Lower interval of used for the intra-
Intra-Frequency Intra-Frequency Reselection Priority of
TreselectionRAT (3) more frequency
Serving Carrier neighboring E-
Reselection Reselection Offset Intra-Frequency Cell
long:[0..62] long:[-30..33] long:[0..4]
than 1 second has elapsed UTRA cell reselection If The parameter indicates
since the UE camped on Intra_Pmax is absent, the Maximum UE intra-frequency cell
units: dB units: dBm units: dBm model default: 7
the current serving cell maximum power Transmission Power of reselection priority The
For detail description according to the UE Intra-Frequency less its value is, the lower
please refers to TS 36304 capability is used Reselection Offset its priority class is
-- -- -- --
2 23 4 6
2 23 4 6
S_intrasearch is not
configured to UE, and UE
performs the intra- The parameter indicates
frequency measurement the intra-frequency cell
periodically according to reselection timerUE shall
the period inicated by the reselect the new cell of The parameter is used to
parameter Treselections If EUTRAN if the new indicate whether all the
intraQrxLevMin theintraSearch
value is True, tReselectionIntraEUTRA
intra-frequency cell is intraPresenceAntPort1
neighboring
Minimum Receiving Whether Configure Intra- Reselection Decision Indicator forcells use
Intra-
enum: enum:
Level of Intra-Frequency S_intrasearch
Frequency is
RSRP betterDuration
Timer ranked than the
of Intra- Antenna Port
Frequency 1 forCell
Linked intra-
to
No[0] No[0]
TheCell
parameter indicates
Reselection configured to UE, and UE
Threshold serving cell according
Frequency Cell (s) to frequency cell reselection
Use Antenna Port 1
long:[-140..-44] Yes[1] Yes[1]
the minimum required judges whether to perform the cell-ranking criterion When set to TRUE, the
received power level of the intra-frequency R during a time interval UE may assume that at
intra-frequency cell which measurement For detail indicated by least two cell-specific
satisfies the condition of description please refer to TreselectionIntraEUTRA antenna ports are used in
being reselected by UE TS 36304 N all neighboring cells
-- -- -- --
-124 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
-124 Yes[1] 1 Yes[1]
scaling factor of The parameter indicates
reselection time applied in scaling factor of
enum: enum:
medium mobility reselection time applied in
0.25[0]
sfIntraMedium 0.25[0]
sfIntraHigh interFreqNum interFreqNumExt
state.The
Time Scaleconcerned
Factor for high
Timemobility state.The
Scale Factor for
0.5[1] 0.5[1]
mobility control Cell
Intra-Frequency related concerned mobility
in Intra-Frequency Cell in Extended inter-frequency
0.75[2] 0.75[2]
parameterStatus control
Medium-Speed related parameter
High-Speed Status Inter-Frequency Number number
1[3] 1[3]
uctRslIntraEutra is uctRslIntraEutra is
long:[0..8] long:[0..8]
multiplied with multiplied with The parameter indicates
uctReselIntraSFM if the uctReselIntraSFH if the the extended number of
UE is in Medium UE is in High Mobility inter-frequency, and the
Mobility state. state. Inter-Frequency Number maximum number is 8.
-- -- -- --
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 6 0
0.75[2] 0.5[1] 6 0
0.4[7]
voice originating calls If
0.5[8] enum:
This parameter indicates the random number drawn
0.6[9] 4[0]
the minimum required by the UE is lower than
0.7[10] 8[1]
quality level of the cell this value, access is
0.75[11] 16[2]
which satisfies the allowed Otherwise the
0.8[12] 32[3]
condition of being access is barred. In
cellSelQqualMin qQualminoffset 0.85[13]
voiceBarringFactor 64[4]
voiceBarringTime
selected
Minimumby UE. Only the
Receiving Offset
Minimumto theReceiving
signalled addition, when the
0.9[14] 128[5]
measured received
Level(RSRQ) Duringquality
Cell Qqualmin taken
Level(RSRQ) into
Offset parameter Ac-barring
Voice Access-Deny Voice Access-Deny Time
0.95[15] 256[6]
level ofSelection
the cell is over accountCell
During in the Squal
Selection factors'
Factor working mode
of Multimedia Call of Multimedia Call (s)
long:[-34..-3] 1[16] 512[7]
ucCellSelQqualMin can evaluation as a result of a been configured in
the cell be selected. Range periodic search for a dynamic , this parameter
of the parameter is actual higher priority PLMN means the minimum Service specific access
value which equals to the while camped normally in factor that the eNB can class barring for MMTEL
value in 36.331. a VPLMN adjust downward to. voice originating calls.
-- -- -- --
-19 1 1[16] 4[0]
-19 1 1[16] 4[0]
0.4[7]
video originating calls If
0.5[8] enum:
0.6[9] 4[0]
0.7[10] 8[1]
this value, access is
0.75[11] 16[2]
allowed Otherwise the
0.8[12] 32[3]
access is barred. In
voiceBarForSpecAC 0.85[13]
videoBarringFactor 64[4]
videoBarringTime videoBarForSpecAC
addition, when the
0.9[14] 128[5]
Voice Access Level of parameter Ac-barring
Video Access-Deny Video Access-Deny Time Video Access Level of
0.95[15] 256[6]
Access class barring
Multimedia Call for factors'
Factor working mode
of Multimedia Call of Multimedia Call (s) Access class barring
Multimedia Call for
enumArray:[0, 1] 1[16] 512[7] enumArray:[0, 1]
AC 11-15 of MMTEL been configured in AC 11-15 of MMTEL
model default: 0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0;0;0;0;0
voice originating calls dynamic , this parameter video originating calls
example: 0;0;0;0;0 model default: 16 model default: 0 example: 0;0;0;0;0
The first/ leftmost bit is means the minimum Service specific access The first/ leftmost bit is
for AC 11, the second bit factor that the eNB can class barring for MMTEL for AC 11, the second bit
is for AC 12, and so on adjust downward to. video originating calls. is for AC 12, and so on
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
0;0;0;0;0 1[16] 4[0] 0;0;0;0;0
(ucSIntraSrchQ) used by inter-frequencies of equal frequency is greater than
UE to judge whether or lower priority. if the threshSrvLowQ
intra-frequency quality of serving cell is (including inter-frequency
measurement should be not larger than and inter-RAT) during a
performed. If the quality SnonintrasearchQ, UE time interval
of serving cell is not shall perform TreselectionRAT;
RSRQ Threshold (in(3)
dB)
larger than measurements of inter- ofmore than 1 second
the Serving has
Cell When
sIntraSrchQ UE
ucSIntraSrchQ, RAT sNintraSrchQ
frequencies or inter- intraFreqQqualMin threshSrvLowQ
elapsed since the UEa
Decision Threshold of Reselecting Towards
performs intra-frequency
Intra-Frequency Decision frequencies
Same/Lower cellsPriority
of equal Minimum Value of Intra- camped on the current
Lower Priority RAT/
measurement. For detail
RSRQ Threshold or lowerMeasurement
RSRQ priority. For Frequency RSRQ serving cell. For detail
Frequency
long:[0..31] long:[0..31]
description please refers detail description please description please refers
model default: 4 model default: 1 long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31]
to TS 36.304. Range of refers to TS 36.304. to TS 36.304. Range of
units: dB units: dB model default: -19 model default: 3
the parameter is actual Range of the parameter is Specifies the minimum the parameter is actual
value which equals to the actual value which equals required quality level in value which equals to the
value in 36.331. to the value in 36.331. the cell in dB value in 36.331.
-- -- -- --
4 1 -19 3
4 1 -19 3
intra-frequency of inter-frequency
measurement should be measurement for cell re-
This parameter indicate performed if the quality of selection (s-
the reselection priority of serving cell exceeds Srxlev (RSRP) threshold NonIntraSearchP-r9 IE in
RAT. The reselcection S_Intrasearch, UE may of intra-frequency SIB3). If the serving cell
priority of RAT is defined choose to not perform measurement for cell re- fulfils Srxlev >
by SPID value sent to intra-frequency selection (s-IntraSearchP-
Srxlev (RSRP) Threshold SnonIntraSearchP
Srxlev and
(RSRP) Threshold
cellReselPrioBaseSpid
eNB from EPC with S1 sIntraSearch
measurement; if the r9SIntraSrchP
r9ofIE in SIB3). If the r9SNintraSrchP
Squal >
RSRP Decision Threshold Intra-Frequency of Inter-Frequency
interface.EUTRAN,
Cell Reselection Priority quality of serving cell is
of Intra-Frequency serving cell fulfils
Measurement Srxlev
for Cell Re- SnonIntraSearchQ,
Measurement for Cellthe
Re-
GERAN,
BaseUTRAN
SPID is not larger than
Measurement > SIntraSearchP
Selection and UE may choose not to
Selection
longArray:[0..7] long:[0..62] long:[0..62] long:[0..62]
divided into High , S_intrasearch, UE Squal > SIntraSearchQ, perform measurements of
model default: 7;4;1 model default: 60 model default: 60 model default: 50
Medium, Low class, and performs intra-frequency the UE may choose not to E-UTRAN inter-
example: 7;4;1 units: dB units: dB units: dB
its priority is determined measurement For detail perform intra-frequency frequencies or inter-RAT
by SPID value description please refer to measurements (Release frequency cells of equal or
respectivily . TS 36304 9). lower priority (Release 9)
-- -- -- --
7;4;1 62 62 10
7;4;1 62 62 10
0.4[7]
CSFB If the random
0.5[8] enum:
number drawn by the UE
0.6[9] 4[0]
is lower than the
0.7[10] 8[1]
Switch for Threshold (in The switch of whether to parameter, access is
0.75[11] 16[2]
dB) of the Serving Cell send allowed Otherwise the
0.8[12] 32[3]
If select
When'Open', then the speedStateReselectionPar
Reselecting access is barred. In
threshSrvLowQSwitch 0.85[13] 64[4]
parameter
Towards Threshold
a Lower (in reselParaBaseSpeedFlag
Priority SpeedsState
in sib3 and
Reselection
csfbBarringFactor
addition, when the csfbBarringTime
enum: enum: 0.9[14] 128[5]
dB) ofFrequency
RAT/ the serving cell SpeedStateScaleFactors
RSRQ Parameter Configurationin parameter Ac-barring the access probability
Access-Deny for
Time of
Close[0] Close[0] 0.95[15] 256[6]
when reselecting
(Release 9)towards sib5/6/7/8. If switch is
Flag factors' Factor
Barring workingof mode
CSFB CSFBCSFBIf the (s)
random
Open[1] Open[1] 1[16] 512[7]
a lower priority RAT/ open, been configured in number drawn by the UE
frequency RSRQ (Release speedStateReselectionPar dynamic , this parameter is lower than the
9) (threshServingLowQ- s and means the minimum parameter, access is
r9 IE) shall present in SpeedStateScaleFactors factor that the eNB can allowed Otherwise the
SIB3. will be sent adjust downward to. access is barred.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
Close[0] Close[0] 1[16] 4[0]
number, Dynamic adjust the frequence Band
based on Ratio of Priority Adjustment or
MMTEL Video user not.When parameter is
number, and Dynamic “Support”, eNB decides
adjust based on Ratio of the access band of UE
RRC Rejection Ratio. If a according to
bit is set to 1, the mutiBandList first, and
csfbBarForSpecAC acBarWorkMode
corresponding feature is freqBandPriSwch freqBandPriInd
then according to
enum: enum:
freqBandInd；When
enabled; if a bitWorking
AC Barring is set to 0, Switch of Frequency Frequency Band Priority
Close[0] Not Support[0]
Access Level of CSFB the corresponding
Mode feature Band Priority Indicate parameter is “Not
Indicate
enumArray:[0, 1] Open[1] Support[1]
Access class barring for is disabled. If all the bits When switch is “Open”, Support”, eNB decides
model default: 0;0;0;0;0 long:[0..63]
AC 11-15 of CSFB. The are set to 0, AC barring the eMFBI function of the access band of UE
example: 0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 0 model default: 0
first/ leftmost bit is for works statically. The two this cell is valid, according to freqBandInd
AC 11, the second bit is leftmost bits (two high otherwise it is not be first, and then according
for AC 12, and so on bits) are not defined. used. to mutiBandList.
-- -- -- --
8[7]
10[8]
12[9]
14[10]
16[11]
minimumReceiving
Minimum required the hysteresis value of cell
voiceServiceCauseIndSwc receiving power level for This parameter sets the 18[12]
Level (RSRP) During Cell Minimum Receiving reselection for eMTC
h eMTCSelQrxLevMin eMTCQrxLevMinOfst 20[13]
eMTCQhyst
eMTC UEs
Switch of Report RRC Selection fortoeMTC
satisfyUEs
the minimum offsetOffset
Level (RSRP) of the Reselection
UEs. In the Hysteresis
cell-rankingof
enum: 22[14]
Connection Cause Value cell in selection conditions During
Normal Coverage requiredCell
receiving power
Selection for criterion
the ServingR for
Cellcell
for
Close[0] 24[15]
Indicates whether
of Voice UE is
Service in normal coverage
Scenarios level for
eMTCeMTC UEsUEs to reselection,
eMTC theUEs
R value of
Open[1] long:[-140..-44] long:[0..16]
requested to use the scenarios. A cell can be satisfy the cell selection the serving cell is equal to
model default: -120 model default: 2 model default: 4
establishment cause mo- selected only when its and reselection the measured value plus
model default: 1 units: dBm units: dB units: dB
VoiceCall for mobile measured receiving power conditions. It affects the the reselection hysteresis
originating MMTEL level is higher than minimum receiving power value. For details, refer to
voice calls. Sel_Qrxlevmin. level required by cells. TS 36.304.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
Open[1] -120 2 4[4]
equal to or lower than the equal to or lower than the ThresholdServing_Low
current E-UTRA current carrier frequency. and SnonServingCell,x of
frequency. If it is set to If the quality value of the a cell on a lower-priority
Yes, the S_nonintrasearch serving cell is smaller RAT or frequency is
parameter is configured than or equal to the larger than
for eMTC UEs and the S_nonintrasearch ThresholdX_Low
eMTC UEs determine parameter
Decision value, theof
Threshold (including inter-frequency
eMTCSNintraSrchPre
whether toConfigure
measure the eMTCSNintraSrch
eMTC UEs measure the andeMTCThreshSvrLow
inter-RAT) during the eMTCIntraReselPrio
Whether to the Same/Lower-Priority Lower Threshold of the Priority of Intra-
enum:
signal strength of the
Snonintrasearch signalMeasurement
RSRP strength of the
for Servingtime interval
Carrier for eMTC This parameter
Frequency eMTCindicates
Cell
No[0]
systemsParameter
or carriers whose systemseMTC
or carriers
UEs whose TreselectionRAT.
UEs (3) The the priority of intra-
Reselection
Yes[1] long:[0..62] long:[0..62]
priority is equal to or priority is equal to or duration when the eMTC frequency eMTC cell
lower than the current E- lower than the current UE camps on the current reselection. A smaller
UTRA frequency. For carrier frequency. For serving cell is longer than parameter value indicates
details, refer to TS details, refer to TS one second. For details, a lower reselection
36.304. 36.304. refer to TS 36.304. priority.
-- -- -- --
Yes[1] 50 6 7
Yes[1] 50 6 7
parameter is not whether to perform intra- the duration for intra-
configured for eMTC UEs frequency measurement. frequency eMTC cell
and the eMTC UEs If the quality of the reselection in normal
perform intra-frequency serving cell exceeds the coverage scenarios.
measurement at the value of S_intrasearch, According to the cell-
Minimum Receiving interval specified by the eMTC UEs do not ranking
for Intra-
Level of Intra-Frequency Treselections parameter. perform
Decisionintra-frequency
Threshold of cellFrequency
reselection,Cell
a new
eMTCIntraQrxLevMin
This eMTCSIntraSrchPre eMTCSIntraSrch eMTCtRslIntraEutra
Cellparameter setsfor
Reselection the If it is set
Whether to Yes, thethe
to Configure measurement.
Intra-Frequency IfRSRP
the intra-frequency
eMTC
enum:
minimum
eMTC UEs inrequired
Normal S_intrasearch
Intra-Frequency parameter
RSRP is quality of the serving
Measurement for eMTCcell cell can
UEs be reselected
in Normal Coverageas
No[0]
receiving
Coveragepower level for
Scenarios configured
Threshold for for eMTC
eMTC UEs
UEs is less thanUEs
or equal to the the serving cell only
Scenarios (s) when
long:[-140..-44] Yes[1] long:[0..62]
eMTC UEs to satisfy the and the eMTC UEs value of S_intrasearch, it is better ranked than the
intra-frequency cell determine whether to eMTC UEs perform intra- serving cell during the
units: dBm model default: 1 units: dB model default: 1
reselection conditions in perform intra-frequency frequency measurement. period specified by
normal coverage measurement. For details, For details, refer to TS TreselectionIntraEUTRA
scenarios. refer to TS 36.304. 36.304. N.
-- -- -- --
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
-120 Yes[1] 60 1
for eMTC cell reselection. serving cell is smaller
This parameter sets the With this parameter, a UE than or equal to the
minimum required quality determines whether to SnonintrasearchQ
level for eMTC UEs to perform intra-frequency parameter value, the
satisfy the cell selection measurement. If the eMTC UEs measure the
conditions Receiving
Minimum in normal quality of the serving cell signal strength of the
coverage scenarios.
Level (RSRQ) A cell Minimum Receiving
During is Decision
less than Threshold
or equal toofthe systems
Decision or Threshold
carriers whose
of
eMTCCellSelQqualMin
may be selected only eMTCQqualminoffset eMTCSIntraSrchQ
value of ucSIntraSrchQ, eMTCSNintraSrchQ
priority is equal to or
Cell Selection for eMTC Level (RSRQ) Offset Intra-Frequency RSRQ Same/Lower-Priority
when
UEs in itsNormal
measured quality During Cell Selection for
Coverage UEs perform
Measurement forintra-
eMTC lower Measurement
RSRQ than the currentfor
levelScenarios
is higher than eMTC UEs frequency UEsmeasurement. carrier frequency.
eMTC UEs For
long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31] long:[0..31]
ucCellSelQqualMin. The For details, refer to TS details, refer to TS
parameter range is an This parameter sets the 36.304.The parameter 36.304.The parameter
actual value, equal to the minimum offset of the range is an actual value, range is an actual value,
value specified in TS required quality level for equal to the value equal to the value
36.331. eMTC cell reselection. specified in TS 36.331. specified in TS 36.331.
-- -- -- --
-19 1 4 1
-19 1 4 1
larger than for cell reselection for
ucThreshSrvLowQ This parameter sets the eMTC UEs (s-
(including inter-frequency RSRP threshold of intra- NonIntraSearchP-r9 IE in
and inter-RAT) during the frequency measurement SIB3). If the serving cell
time interval for cell reselection for meets the following two
TreselectionRAT.
RSRQ Threshold (3) The
of the eMTC UEs (s- conditions: Srxlev >
Minimum Intra- duration
Serving when theeMTC
Cell for eMTC IntraSearchP-r9
RSRP Threshold ofIEIntra-
in SnonIntraSearchP
RSRP and
Threshold of Inter-
eMTCIntraFreqQqualMin UE eMTCThreshSrvLowQ eMTCR9SIntraSrchP eMTCR9SNintraSrchP
Frequency RSRQ for UEs camps on the current
to Be Reselected to a SIB3).
FrequencyIf the serving cell
Measurement Frequency Squal >
Measurement
eMTC in Normal servingLow-Priority
cell is longer than meetsforthe following
eMTC Cell two SnonIntraSearchQ,
for eMTC Cell the
Coverage Scenarios one RAT/Frequency
second. For details, conditions: Srxlev >
Reselection eMTC UE does not
Reselection
long:[0..62] long:[0..62]
This parameter sets the refer to TS 36.304.The SIntraSearchP and Squal perform equal-priority or
long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31] model default: 60 model default: 50
minimum required quality parameter range is an > SIntraSearchQ, the low-priority inter-
level for eMTC cell actual value, equal to the eMTC UE does not frequency or intra-
reselection in normal value specified in TS perform intra-frequency frequency measurement
coverage scenarios. 36.331. measurement (Release 9). (Release 9).
-- -- -- --
-19 3 60 50
-19 3 60 50
disables adaptive control
This parameter enables or of the minimum receiving
disables the configuration level. If it is set to Close,
Switch forof Configuring
the adaptive control of the
enum:
the RSRQ Threshold of minimum receiving level
eMTCThreshSrvLowQSw videoServiceCauseIndSw Close[0]
parameter.
the ServingIf itCell
is set
forto The Suspending Duration is disabled. If it is set to
itch the ch aCBPendingWin Fixed adjustment[1]
dlCoverOptimSwch
eMTCClose,
UEs to Be Switch of Report RRC After the Last Adjustment Fixed adjustment, the
enum: enum: Self-adaptive adjustment
Reselected to a Low- Connection Cause Value of AC Barring Parameter. minimum receiving
DL Coverage level
Self-
Close[0] Close[0] based on time control[2]
parameter
Priority is not
Frequency Indicates whether
of Video UE is
Service (s) is set to a fixed value.
optimization SwitchIf it
Open[1] Open[1] Reserve[3]
configured in SIB3. If it is requested to use the During this period, no is set to Self-adaptive
long:[10..1800]
set to Open, the establishment cause mo- more update for the same adjustment based on time
ThresholdServingLowQ VoiceCall for mobile type of SIB2 barring control, the minimum
parameter is configured in originating MMTEL parameter since the last receiving level is adjusted
SIB3 of eMTC cells. video calls. one occurred. periodically.
-- -- -- --
enum:
dlCoverOptRecoverTime 0[0]
selQrxMinOffset dlCoverOptKeepTimeLen Len 0.2[1]
intraReselSubPrio
offset for downlink This parameter
Duration sets the Duration
for DL Coverage period for
of time during
DL Coverage
0.4[2]
DLcoverage
Coverage self-
Self- period of time during
Self-optimization which the minimum
Self-optimization Intra-frequency Cell
0.6[3]
optimization.
optimizationIt is used to
Offset which the optimized
Adjustment(s) receiving level
Adjustment in a cell Reselection
Recovery(s) This parameter sets the
Sub-priority
0.8[4]
automatically adjust the minimum receiving level remains unchanged before sub-priority for
long:[-15..15] long:[60..65535] long:[60..65535]
minimum receiving level in a cell remains it is optimized. It is used reselecting intra-
of a cell, and then the unchanged. It is used for for the recovery of frequency cells. A smaller
number of UEs that camp downlink coverage self- downlink coverage self- parameter value indicates
on the cell. optimization adjustment. optimization adjustment. a lower sub-priority.
-- -- -- --
0 300 300 0[0]
0 300 300 0[0]
pLMNACBGroupId
Special User Access
This parameter
Control sets a
Configuration
special user access
Group ID control
configuration group ID. It
long:[0..255]
corresponds to a group of
model default: 0
access control parameters
customized by the
operator.
--
0
0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId freqRslCfgIndex
NE Name LDN MO ID Inter-frequency Index

type and can be Index for Inter-frequency.
NE Name LDN configured as planned. （only for ITRAN）
R Primary Key --
5 5
1 1
6 6
5 5
6 6
3 3
3 3
2 2
4 4
1 1
4 4
2 2
indicator of the frequency This parameter sets the The parameter indicates
band where a carrier central frequency of the minimum required Inter_Pmax is the most
frequency is located. It downlink inter-frequency received power level of uplink usable transmitting
indicates an E-UTRAN carriers. It is represented inter-frequency cell which power of UE of cell
freqBandInd
operating band, including interCarriFreq
by E-UTRA Absolute interQrxLevMin
satisfies the condition interPmax
Minimum Received of configured
Maximum Inter_Pmax
Transmit is
the uplink
Carrier operatingBand
Frequency band Radio Frequency Channel being reselected
RSRP by UE
Level During It
Inter- Powerused
in for the inter-
Inter-Frequency
(for eNodeB receiving/UE
Indicator Number (EARFCN). For
Inter-frequency is a key parameter
Frequency of
Reselection frequency neighboring E-
Reselection
long:[1..5, 7..14, 17..28, double:[0..6000] long:[-140..-44] long:[-30..33]
sending) and the the relationship between S_nonServingCell,x UTRA cell reselection If
30..76, 85, 87..88, 101] model default: 2120.0 model default: -120 model default: 23
corresponding downlink the central frequency of which is necessary to Inter_Pmax is absent, the
model default: 1 units: MHZ units: dBm units: dBm
operating band (for downlink inter-frequency calculate for reselection to maximum power
eNodeB sending/UE carriers and EARFCN, a inter-frequency according to the UE
receiving). refer to 36.101-5.7.3. neighbour cell capability is used
-- -- -- --
40 2344.2 -120 23
40 2329.8 -120 23
8 930.0 -120 23
40 2344.2 -120 23
8 930.0 -120 23
3 1870.0 -120 23
3 1870.0 -120 23
1 2160.0 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
40 2310.0 -120 23
40 2324.4 -120 23
1 2160.0 -120 23
the inter-frequency cell The parameter indicates
reselection timerUE shall scaling factor of The parameter indicates
reselect the new cell of The parameter is used to reselection time applied in scaling factor of
enum: enum:
EUTRAN if the new indicate whether all the medium
Time Scalemobility
Factor for reselection
Time Scaletime applied
Factor for in
tReselectionInterEUTRA interPresenceAntPort1 0.25[0]
sfInterMedium 0.25[0]
sfInterHigh
inter-frequency
The Timer for cell
Cellis neighboring
Switch for Usingcells use
Antenna state.The concerned
Inter-Frequency highInter-Frequency
mobility state.The
enum: 0.5[1] 0.5[1]
better rankedinthan
Reselection the
Inter- Antenna
Port 1 for Port 1 for inter-
Inter-Frequency mobility control
Reselection related
in Medium- concerned mobility
Reselection in High-
No[0] 0.75[2] 0.75[2]
serving cell according
Frequency (s) to frequency cell reselection
Cell Reselection parameter
Speed control related
Speedparameter
Yes[1] 1[3] 1[3]
the cell-ranking criterion When set to TRUE, the auctRslInterEutra is auctRslInterEutra is
long:[0..7]
R during a time interval UE may assume that at multiplied with multiplied with
indicated by least two cell-specific auctReselInterSFM if the auctReselInterSFH if the
TreselectionInterEUTRA antenna ports are used in UE is in Medium UE is in High Mobility
N all neighboring cells Mobility state. state.
-- -- -- --
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
1 Yes[1] 0.75[2] 0.5[1]
There have 2 elements and the indicates that no frequency offset of inter-
enum: 8[22]
fulfilled for cell SnonServingCell,x of a reselection priority is frequency neighbour cells
0[0] 10[23]
reselection criteria: (1) the cell of a lower priority configured for this of cell reselection. It's
1[1] 12[24]
SnonservingCell,x of a frequency is greater than frequency. Priorities can used to caculate the cell-
2[2] 14[25]
cell of a higher priority InterThresholdX_Low be separately configured ranking criterion Rn for
3[3] 16[26]
frequency is greater than during a time interval for different E-UTRAN neighboring cells in
4[4] 18[27]
InterThresholdX_High
RSRP Threshold for Treselection (3) morefor
RSRP Threshold than carrier frequencies and equeal priority inter-
interThrdXHigh interThrdXLow 5[5]
interReselPrio 20[28]
qOffsetFreq
during a timetointerval
Reselecting since
to Inter- UEs can perform the cell frequency, i.e. Rn
6[6] 22[29]
Treselection
Low Priority reselection procedure
Inter-Frequency Cellon =Qmeas,n - Qoffset .For
7[7] 24[30]
1 second has elapsed since current serving
Cell Cell cell For the carrier frequencies
Reselection Priority inter-frequency:
Inter-FrequencyQoffset
Offset
long:[0..62] long:[0..62] No Priority[8]
the UE camped on the detail description please that are contained in equals to Qoffsets,n plus
current serving cell Range refer to TS 36304 Range system information Qoffsetfrequency, if
of the parameter is actual of the parameter is actual broadcasting messages Qoffsets,n is valid,
value which equals to value which equals to and have reselection otherwise this equals to
double of value in 36331 double of value in 36331 priorities. Qoffsetfrequency.
-- -- -- --
24 10 2[2] 0[15]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
30 20 3[3] 0[15]
24 10 2[2] 0[15]
30 20 3[3] 0[15]
14 14 4[4] 0[15]
14 14 4[4] 0[15]
14 14 5[5] 0[15]
24 10 2[2] 0[15]
8 8 6[6] 0[15]
24 10 2[2] 0[15]
14 14 5[5] 0[15]
There have 2 elements and the
fulfilled for cell SnonServingCell,x of a
reselection criteria: (1) the cell of a lower priority
SnonservingCell,x of a frequency is greater than
cell of a higher priority InterThresholdX_LowQ
frequency is greater than during a time interval
InterThresholdX_HighQ
RSRQ Threshold for Treselection (3) morefor
RSRQ Threshold than
interFreqQqualMin interThreshXHighQ
during a timetointerval interThreshXLowQ freqBandInd1
Reselecting since
to Inter-
Minimum Value of Inter- Treselection
Low Priority Equivalent Frequency
Frequency RSRQ 1 second has elapsed since current serving
Cell Cell cell. For Band Indicator 1
long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28,
the UE camped on the detail description please
long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31] long:[0..31] 30..64]
current serving cell. refers to TS 36.304.
Specifies the minimum Range of the parameter is Range of the parameter is
required quality level in actual value which equals actual value which equals Equivalent Frequency
the cell in dB to the value in 36.331. to the value in 36.331. Band Indicator 1
-- -- -- --
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
-19 5 6 0
freqBandInd2 freqBandInd3 freqBandInd4 freqBandInd5
long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28,
30..64] 30..64] 30..64] 30..64]
-- -- -- --
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
The parameter represents
measure performance
configuration of each
neighbouring inter-
frequency. For UE which
support increased carrier
freqBandInd6 freqBandInd7 freqBandInd8 monitoring e
E-UTRA, the
Measure Performance
enum:
Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency reselection performance
Configuration of The
Normal[0]
Band Indicator 6 Band Indicator 7 Band Indicator 8 for different carriers may
Inter-Frequency
long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, long:[0..5, 7..14, 17..28, Reduced[1]
be configured by higher
30..64] 30..64] 30..64]
layers to be either normal
or reduced. Please refer to
Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency Equivalent Frequency the TS36.133(V12.4.0 or
Band Indicator 6 Band Indicator 7 Band Indicator 8 higher version).
-- -- -- --
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
0 0 0 Normal[0]
the duration for inter- priority cell are as SServingCell is less than
frequency eMTC cell follows:(1) In the period ThresholdServing_Low
This parameter sets the reselection in normal specified by Treselection, and SnonServingCell,x of
minimum required coverage scenarios. SnonservingCell,x of the the low-priority cell is
receiving
Minimum power level for
Receiving According to the cell- high-priority cell is greater than
eMTC
LevelUEs to satisfy
(RSRP) Duringthe ranking
for Inter- greater than InterThresholdX_Low. (3)
inter-frequency cell
Inter-Frequency Cell cellFrequency
reselection,Cell
a new InterThresholdX_High.
High RSRP Threshold for TheRSRP
Low duration when the
Threshold for
eMTCInterQrxLevMin
reselection conditions eMTCtRslInterEutra eMTCInterThrdXHigh eMTCInterThrdXLow
Reselection for eMTCin inter-frequency
eMTC (2) The duration
Reselecting towhen
Inter-the eMTC UE camps
Reselecting on the
to Inter-
UEsnormal coverage
in Normal Coverage cell can
UEs be reselected
in Normal Coverageas eMTC UE High-Priority
Frequency camps on the current serving
Frequency cell is
Low-Priority
scenarios. It is a key
Scenarios the serving cell only
Scenarios (s) when current
Cells forserving
eMTCcellUEs is more than
eMTC UEsFor
long:[-140..-44] long:[0..62] long:[0..62]
parameter of it is better ranked than the more than one second. details, refer to TS
S_nonServingCell,x, serving cell during the The parameter range is an 36.304.The parameter
units: dBm model default: 1 units: dB units: dB
which is necessary for period specified by actual value, equal to range is an actual value,
reselection to an inter- TreselectionInterEUTRA twice of the value equal to twice of the value
frequency neighbor cell. N. specified in TS 36.331. specified in TS 36.331.
-- -- -- --
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
-120 1 8 10
reselection. In the cell- priority cell are as
6dB[21]
ranking criterion R, this follows:(1) In the period
8dB[22]
parameter is used to specified by Treselection,
10dB[23]
calculate the R value of SnonservingCell,x of the
12dB[24]
the inter-frequency high-priority cell is
14dB[25]
neighbor cells with the greater than
16dB[26] eMTCInterThreshXHigh
same priority, Rn = Minimum Inter- InterThresholdX_HighQ.
RSRQ Threshold for
eMTCInterReselPrio 18dB[27]
eMTCQOffsetFreq
Inter-Frequency Cell Qmeas,n – Qoffset. In the eMTCInterFreqQqualMin
Frequency RSRQ for (2)Reselecting
Q when the
The duration to Inter-
20dB[28]
This parameter
Priority case of inter-frequency:
for Inter-Frequency eMTC UE High-Priority
Offset for eMTC UEs in Normal Frequency camps on the
22dB[29]
the priority?
eMTC UEs of ?inter- Qoffset
eMTC is equal
UEs to Coverage Scenarios current
Cells forserving
eMTCcellUEs is
24dB[30]
frequency eMTC ??cell Qoffsets,n plus This parameter sets the more than one second.
long:[0..7] long:[-34..-3] long:[0..31]
reselection. A smaller Qoffsetfrequency. If minimum required quality The parameter range is an
parameter value indicates Qoffsets,n is valid, level for eMTC cell actual value, equal to the
a lower reselection Qoffset is equal to reselection in normal value specified in TS
priority. Qoffsetfrequency. coverage scenarios. 36.331.
-- -- -- --
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
7 0dB[15] -19 5
SServingCell is less than
ThresholdServing_LowQ
and SnonServingCell,x of
the low-priority cell is
greater than
enum:
InterThresholdX_LowQ.
0[0]
(3)RSRQ
The duration
Thresholdwhenforthe
eMTCInterThreshXLowQ 0.2[1]
interReselSubPrio
eMTC UE camps
Reselecting on the
to Inter-
0.4[2]
current serving
Frequency cell is
Low-Priority This parameter sets
Inter-frequency the
Cell
0.6[3]
more than
eMTC UEsFor sub-priority
Reselection for
Sub-priority
0.8[4]
details, refer to TS reselecting inter-
long:[0..31]
36.304.The parameter frequency E-UTRAN
range is an actual value, cells. A smaller parameter
equal to the value value indicates a lower
specified in TS 36.331. sub-priority.
-- --
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
6 0[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
execute intra-
manufacturer load
balancing functiontoin
PRB Threshold
NE_Name ldn moId prbLBExeThrdZUl
uplink. WhenIntra-
the PRB
Execute
Manufacturer Loadcell
NE Name LDN MO ID inBalancing
uplink exceeds this
in Uplink
string:length[1] long:[0..100]
This parameter sets the parameter during the
unique ID of the managed counter window, the cell
string string:length[0..200] example: 1 units: %
object. It is of the executes intra-
container type and is manufacturerE load
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. balancing in uplink.
R -- --
execute intra- This parameter is used to This parameter is used to judge load leveling of
manufacturer load judge load leveling of judge load leveling of Intra-LTE neighbor cells
balancing functiontoin prbIntraNeighborLoadThr
Intra-LTE neighbour cells prbIntraNeighborLoadThr
Intra-LTE neighbour cells prbIntraNeighborLoadRel
in uplink. When the PRB
PRB Threshold PRB Threshold of intra-
prbLBExeThrdZDl
downlink. When the PRB in dUl
uplink.When dDl aThrdUl between
Execute Intra- PRB Threshold the PRB
of intra- in
LTEdownlink.When
Neighbor Cellthe in usage difference
PRB Relative Threshold
Manufacturer Loadcell usageNeighbor
LTE of a Intra-LTE
Cell in PRBOverload
usage of State
a Intra-LTE
in serving cell and
of Intra-LTE a Intra-
Neighbor
inBalancing
downlinkinexceeds
Downlinkthis neighbourState
Overload cell in Uplink
uplink neighbour
Downlinkcell in LTE neighbor
Cell cell in
in Uplink
parameter during the exceeds this downlink exceeds this uplink is below this
counter window, the cell parameter,this cell can't parameter,this cell can't parameter, this cell can't
executes intra- be used as candidate be used as candidate be used as candidate
manufacturer load target cell in uplink for target cell in downlink for target cell in uplink for
balancing in downlink. Intra-LTE load balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing.
-- -- -- --
70 80 80 5
70 80 80 5
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to This parameter is used to
judge load leveling of judge whether the service judge whether the service
Intra-LTE neighbor cells cell offload to the cell or cell offload to the cell or This parameter is the
prbIntraNeighborLoadRel
in downlink. When the frequency without load frequency without load denominator used to
aThrdDl
PRBRelative
usage difference prbOffloadThrdUL
information.When the prbOffloadThrdDL
information.When the lbUeNumThrd
calculate the ratioNumber
of the
PRB Threshold Threshold of the
between servingNeighbor
of Intra-LTE cell and a PRB
PRB Offload
usage ofThreshold
service cell PRB Offload
in PRB usage ofThreshold
service cell
in number of RRC-
of RRC-Connected Users
Intra-LTE
Cell inneighbor
Downlink cell in in uplink exceeds this
Uplink in downlink exceeds this
Downlink connected
for Loadusers for load
Balancing
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
downlink is below this parameter , the cell or parameter, the cell or balancing. A larger
parameter, this cell can't frequency without load frequency without load parameter value indicates
be used as candidate information may be used information may be used that it is more difficult to
target cell in downlink for as candidate target cell or as candidate target cell or trigger CU-based load
Intra-LTE load balancing. frequency. frequency. balancing.
-- -- -- --
5 80 80 800
5 80 80 800
This parameter
Number of UEs sets
Thatthe
are switch of CA Load This parameter is the
numHOUE numMeasureUE
number of UEs that are Adjust.caLASwch
When the switch caLAPrbThrd
Threshold of CA Load
Number of UEs Handed Informed of Event
enum:
over for Cell Load informed of event
Measurement is open,
Switch if of
theCA
loadLoad
of CA Adjust. When theof
PRB Threshold load
CAof
Close[0]
Reduction measurement
Configurations cell isAdjust
higher than CA cellLoad
is higher than this
Adjust
Open[1] long:[0..100]
This parameter sets the configurations during threshold, eNodeb will threshold, eNodeb will
maximum number of UEs event measurement–based choose CA UE and move choose CA UE and move
that are handed over handover in accordance the load to other CA cell, the load to other CA cell,
during load balancing for with the load balancing this make load of CA Cell this make load of CA Cell
cell load reduction. scheme. counterbalance. counterbalance.
-- -- -- --
10 15 Close[0] 50
10 15 Close[0] 50
enum:
Close[0]
Open, Based on Blind
HO[1]
This parameter indicates Switch of load balancing
lbSPIDThrd Open, Based on
lbSwch enum:
interCLBSwitch enum:
intraLBFreqPriorSwch
the strategy to SPID Loadalgorithm
Managementin load
Switch Switch of Frequency
Measurement[2] Close[0] Close[0]
policy threshold, when the management, which
of Load Balancing Switch
Camp of inter-freq/RAT
Load Balancing Priority in Intra-LTE
Open, Based on Adaptive General Strategy[1] General Strategy[1]
radio loadof
Threshold is SPID
higherPolicy
than determine whether load
Algorithm Camp Load Balancing,
Switch Load Balancing
long:[0..100] HO[3] WCP Strategy[2] WCP Strategy[2]
the threshold, the SPID balancing algorithm is which can determine
model default: 70
policy stop, when the valid or not. Scheme of whether the This switch determine
radio load is lower than blind handover or scheme inter-freq/RAT Camp whether frequency
the threshold, the SPID based on measurement of Load Balancing function priority is valid or not in
policy start. event can be selected. is performed or not. Intra-LTE load balancing.
-- -- -- --
respectively. The value
array member is from 0 to
255. A higher value
indicates a higher priority.
there is no applicable The parameter is weight
lbRATPriority
neighbor cell for the lbPeriod prbQueueWeight
factor of PRB queue for allowHLNbrNum
longArray:[0..255]
corresponding
Load BalancingRAT. Each Period for Load Balancing
RAT handover.
Weight The of
Factor weight
PRB Number of Allowed High
model default:
non-isolated serving cell
Priority (s) factor
QueueprbQueueWeight
for Handover Load Neighbor Cell
254;255;0;0;0;0;0 long:[0..100]
shall be configured with reflects influence of PRB When the number of high
example: long:[1..65535] model default: 70 long:[0..255]
load balancing RAT usage of UE for Queuing, load neighbor cell doesn't
254;255;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 30 units: % model default: 0
priority for the This parameter determines 100- prbQueueWeight exceed this parameter, it
corresponding the period for Load reflects influence of basic is possible to start load
neighbouring cell(s). Balancing. prior of QoS for Queuing. balancing function.
-- -- -- --
255;254;0;0;0;0 20 90 8
255;254;0;0;0;0 20 60 8
Behavior Based on CU
trigger mode;If the
parameter set to 'PDCCH
CCE Trigger', the cell
execute Load Balance This parameter is used to
enum:
This parameter is used to Behavior Based on execute intra-
allowCLBHandleCAUser PRB Trigger[0]
indicate whether the CLB PDCCH CCE trigger This parameter is used to manufacturer load
Swch CA users CU Trigger[1]
loadTriggerMode lbCUExeThrd lbCUExeThrdZ
function handle mode;If the parameter set start the camp load balancing function.
CU Threshold When
to Execute
enum: PDCCH CCE Trigger[2]
with special
Allow strategy.CA
CLB Handling If to 'PRBMode
Trigger And CU And
of Load balancing
CU function
Threshold based
to Execute the CUratio of LTE
Intra-Manufacturer Load
Close[0] PRB And CU And
open, CLB
Userscan handle CA
Switch PDCCH CCE Trigger',the
Balance on CU.Load
Camp When the CU
Balancing servingBalancing
cell exceeds this
Open[1] PDCCH CCE Trigger[3] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
users with special cell will use the prb usage ratio of the cell is greater parameter during the
strategy. If closed, CLB and CU ratio and PDCCH than or equal to this counter window, the cell
can handle CA users with CCE usage to decide parameter, the cell starts executes intra-
the strategy as same as whether to trigger Load the camp load balancing manufacturer load
strategy of non-CA users. Balance. function based on CU. balancing.
-- -- -- --
C 8
C 8
Mode of freq for
measurement and
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to neighbor cell selection.If
This parameter is used to judge load leveling of judge whether the service the parameter set to
judge load leveling of cuIntraNeighborLoadRela
Intra-LTE neighbor cells. cell offload to the cell or 'Independent Judgment',
cuIntraNeighborLoadThrd
Intra-LTE neighbour Thrd
When the CU ratio cuOffloadThrd
frequency without load neighLoadJudgeMode
only one of PRB
CU Threshold of Intra- Mode of Freq for
enum:
cells.When
LTE Neighborthe CU
Cellratio
in CUdifference between of
Relative Threshold information.When the CU threshold and And
Measurement CU
Independent Judgment[0]
of a Intra-LTE neighbour
Overload State serving cell
Intra-LTE and a Intra-
Neighbor Cell CU ratio of service
Offload cell
Threshold threshold
Neighbor is used
Cell to
Selection
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100] Joint Decision[1]
cell exceeds this LTE neighbor cell is exceeds this parameter, selection. If the parameter
parameter,this cell can't below this parameter, this the cell or frequency set to 'joint decision', both
be used as candidate cell can’t be used as without load information of PRB threshold and CU
target cellfor Intra-LTE candidate target cell for may be used as candidate threshold are used to
load balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing. target cell or frequency. selection.
-- -- -- --
judge whether sort UE judge whether decide
according to PRB for load location according to
balance based on PRB MCS for load balance
Trigger.If the parameter based on PRB Trigger.If
enum: enum:
set to Descending order the parameter set to
Close[0] Close[0]
based on PRB Trigger ,the prbBasedLBCAFilterSwc
This parameter is used to prbBasedLBMCSSelectS
Close ,the starty is
loadTypeOffset Descending order based
prbBasedUESortOrder h select CA Centre User based on
During the load balancing cell selects users of the judge whether invalid.If wch
the parameter
on PRB Trigger[1] enum: PRB Trigger[1]
based on both PRBs and candidate
of UE UE for of
Sort Order Switch load
CAbalance based
Filter Based set to Centre
Selection
Ascending order based on Close[0] Edge user based on PRB
the Trigger
CU number Ratio
of UEs, the
Offset order.Based
If the on
parameter
PRB set on PRBonTrigger.If
PRB the on PRB Trigger
Based ,the cell
on PRB
long:[-100..100] PRB Trigger[2] Open[1] Trigger[2]
adjustment of this to Ascending order based parameter set to Close ,the will select centre users.If
model default: 0
parameter allows load on PRB Trigger ,the cell cell will select users with the parameter set to Edge
balancing to be triggered selects users of the CA.If the parameter set to user based on PRB
based on PRBs or the candidate in ascending Open ,the cell will not Trigger ,the cell will
number of UEs. order. select users with CA. select edge users.
-- -- -- --
0 Descending order based onOpen[1] Close[0]
0 Descending order based onOpen[1] Close[0]
according to packet size set to Filter user with low This parameter is used to
Close[0]
for load balance based on PRB usage based on PRB judge whether sort UE
PRB Trigger.If the Trigger ,the cell will filter according to PRB for load
usage based on PRB
parameter set to Close ,the users with low PRB balance based on CU
Trigger[1]
starty is invalid.If the usage.If the parameter set Trigger.If the parameter
enum: Filter user with high PRB enum:
parameter set to Short to Filter user with high set to Sescending order
Close[0]
prbBasedLBPacketSelect usage based on PRB
prbBasedLBUEPRBThrd Close[0]
packet based on PRB PRB usage based on PRB based on CU Trigger ,the This parameter is used to
Short packet based on Trigger[2] Descending order based
TriggerSwch
,the cell will Trigger ,theSwch
cell will filter cuBasedUESortOrder
cell selects users of the cuBasedLBCAFilterSwch
judge whether select CA
PRB Trigger[1] Filter user with high and on CU Trigger[1] enum:
selectSwitch
users with bearer of
Switch high Filter
of PRB PRB candidate
of UE SortOrder UE for of
Switch loadCAbalance based
Filter Based
Long packet based on low PRB usage based on Ascending order based on Close[0]
short packet.If
Selection Based onthePRB usage.If the on
Based parameter
PRB set order. Based
If the parameter
on CU set on CU on Trigger.If
CU the
PRB Trigger[2] PRB Trigger[3] CU Trigger[2] Open[1]
parameter set to Long to Filter user with high to Ascending order based parameter set to Close ,the
packet based on PRB and low PRB usage based on CU Trigger ,the cell cell will select users with
Trigger ,the cell will on PRB Trigger ,the cell selects users of the CA.If the parameter set to
select users with bearer of will filter users with high candidate in ascending Open ,the cell will not
long packet. and low PRB usage. order. select users with CA.
-- -- -- --
This parameter is used to according to packet size set to Filter user with low located in the center or at
Close[0]
judge whether decide for load balance based on PRB usage based on CU the edge of the cell
location according to CU Trigger.If the Trigger ,the cell will filter according to the MCS
usage based on CU
MCS for load balance parameter set to Close ,the users with low PRB value. If the MCS value is
Trigger[1]
based on CU Trigger.If starty is invalid.If the usage.If the parameter set larger than or equal to this
enum: enum: Filter user with high PRB
the parameter set to parameter set to Short to Filter user with high threshold, the UE is
Close[0]
cuBasedLBMCSSelectSw Close[0]
cuBasedLBPacketSelectS usage based on CU
cuBasedLBUEPRBThrdS
Close ,the starty is packet based on CU PRB usage based on CU located in the center of the
Centre based on CU
ch parameter Short packetwchbased on CU Trigger[2]
invalid.If the Trigger ,the cell will Trigger ,thewch
cell will filter lbCenterEgdeMCSThrd
cell.
MCSIfThreshold
the MCS for value is
Cell
trigger[1] Trigger[1] Filter user with high and
set to Centre
Switch of MCS User based selectSwitch
Selection users with bearer of
Switch high Filter
of PRB PRB less than this threshold
Center/Edge
Edge based on CU Long packet based on CU low PRB usage based on
on CU Trigger
Based ,the cell
on CU short packet.If
Selection Based ontheCU usage.If the parameter
Based on CU set but larger than or equal to
Determination
Trigger[2] Trigger[2] CU Trigger[3]
will select centre users.If parameter set to Long to Filter user with high the value of the MCS
long:[0..28]
the parameter set to Edge packet based on CU and low PRB usage based Threshold for Weak
user based on CU Triggerr ,the cell will on CU Trigger ,the cell Coverage parameter, the
Trigger ,the cell will select users with bearer of will filter users with high UE is located at the edge
select edge users. long packet. and low PRB usage. of the cell.
-- -- -- --
This parameter is used to or not. The value 0 of
judge whether the array member means be
This parameter is used to secondary instance is forbidden. The value 1 of
judge whether the quality included in the user array member means be
of radio signal for users is number.If the parameter allowed. From the first
very poor according to the set to 'stat based on array member, each
longArray:[0..1]
MCS, when the MCS is primary', the primary denotes QCI = 1, QCI = 2,
lbWeakCovMCSThrd enum:
userRatioStatMode model default:
lbTraffTypeInd timePrtUE1
less than the parameter, instance is included in QCI = 3,Type
Traffic QCI =Selection
4, QCI = Handover Protection
stat based on primary[0] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
MCS theThreshold
user is notofasWeak
a user number. If the 5, QCI = 6, QCI
Indication for=Load
7, QCI Period for Load Balancing
stat based on primary and ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
candidate target for load
Coverage parameter
Stat Mode Based set toon
'stat
CU = 8, QCIBalance
= 9, the last 16 (s)
secondary[1] example:
balance, when the MCS is based on primary and members are reserved. After a UE is handed over
long:[0..28] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 long:[1..600]
greater than or equal to secondary', both primary The parameter is valid to a cell, it cannot be
model default: 1 model default: 0 ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1 model default: 120
the parameter, the user is and secondary instance when reselected for load
as a candidate target for are included in user ucLBTraffTypeSwch is balancing during this
load balance. number. open. period of time.
-- -- -- --
Measurement Report
Order, UE Class
Information, CA UE
filter, MCS UE Selection,
Short/Long Packet The parameter is switch to
Selection, MU Proportion, protect UE NOT to The parameter is switch
and eMBMS UE Filter. The parameter is switch of handover again for load for measurement report
ThelbUESelSchemePrio
value ofofeach lbPRBTraffTypeSwch
integer traffic prbPrtUESwch
type selection for balance lbPRBMeasOrderSwch
Priority the UE Switch based on PRB.
to Protect UE order scheme
Switch for load
of Measurement
longArray:[0..255] enum: enum: enum:
array member
Selection ranges
Policy from Switch
for Load load balance based
of Traffic on NOT
Type This to
switch determines
Handover Again balanceOrder
Report basedBased
on PRB.
on
model default: Close[0] Close[0] Close[0]
1 to 255. The larger the Selection
Balancing PRB. This switch
Based on PRB whether scheme
Based to protect
on PRB This switch
PRBdetermines
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Open[1] Open[1] Open[1]
parameter value is, the determines whether traffic UE NOT to handover whether measurement
example:
higher the policy priority type selection is valid or again is valid or not. report order scheme is
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 1 model default: 1
is. The value 0 indicates not. Close stands for NOT Close stands for NOT valid or not. Close stands
that the policy cannot be valid, Open stands for valid, Open stands for for NOT valid, Open
forcedly disabled. valid. valid. stands for valid.
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Open[1] Open[1]
The parameter is switch The parameter is switch to
for UE position The parameter is switch protect UE NOT to
information scheme for for UE class information The parameter is switch of handover again for load
lbPRBUEPosInfSwch
load balance lbPRBUEClassInfSwch lbCUTraffTypeSwch cuPrtUESwch
Switch of UEbased on
Position scheme
UE Class traffic type selection for balance
Switch tobased on CU.
Protect UE
PRB. ThisBased
Information switchon based on PRB.
Information This
Based on load balance
Switch based
of Traffic on NOT
Type This to
switch determines
Handover Again
determinesPRBwhether UE switch PRB
determines CU. This
Selection switch
Based on CU whether scheme
Based to protect
on CU
position information whether UE class determines whether traffic UE NOT to handover
scheme is valid or not. information scheme is type selection is valid or again is valid or not.
Close stands for NOT valid or not. Close stands not. Close stands for NOT Close stands for NOT
valid, Open stands for for NOT valid, Open valid, Open stands for valid, Open stands for
valid. stands for valid. valid. valid.
-- -- -- --
The parameter is switch
The parameter is switch for UE position
for measurement report information scheme for The parameter is switch This parameter is used to
lbCUMeasOrderSwch
order scheme for load lbCUUEPosInfSwch
load balance based on lbCUUEClassInfSwch
for UE class information clbPRBExeThrdUl
start
Switch of Measurement PRBthe camp load
Threshold to
enum: enum: enum:
balanceOrder
Report basedBased
on CU.
on CU. of
Switch This
UEswitch
Position scheme
UE Class balancing
Executefunction
Camp Load based
This switchCUdetermines Information
determines Based
whetheronUECU based on CU.Based
Information This on
switch
CU on PRB. When
Balancing the UL
in Uplink
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] long:[0..100]
whether measurement position information determines whether UE total PRB usage of the
model default: 70
report order scheme is scheme is valid or not. class information scheme cell is greater than or
valid or not. Close stands Close stands for NOT is valid or not. Close equal to this parameter,
for NOT valid, Open valid, Open stands for stands for NOT valid, the cell starts the camp
stands for valid. valid. Open stands for valid. load balancing function.
-- -- -- --
enum:
trigger the execution of
Close[0]
This parameter enables or intra-manufacturer load This parameter is used to
Open,based on blind
disables VoLTE load balancing based on the determine the VoLTE
HO[1]
This parameter is used to balancing in the eNodeB number of VoLTE users. load level of intra-LTE
clbPRBExeThrdDl Open,based on
voLTELBSwch voLTELBExeThdZ voLTELBNeighLoadThrd
start
PRBthe camp load
Threshold to and determines which If the number of VoLTE neighbor
VoLTEcells. If the ratio
Threshold of
measurement[2]
balancing
Executefunction
Camp Load based handover
Switch schemeLoad
of VoLTE is users in theThreshold
Execution LTE servingfor of VoLTE
Intra-LTE users in Cell
Neighbor an
Open,based on adaptive
on PRB. When
Balancing the DL
in Downlink selected if VoLTE load
Balancing cell exceeds
VoLTE LoadthisBalancing
threshold intra-LTE neighbor
In Overload Statecell
long:[0..100] HO[3] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
total PRB usage of the balancing is enabled: during the measurement exceeds this threshold,
cell is greater than or blind handover, event period, intra-manufacturer this cell cannot be used as
units: % model default: 0 units: % units: %
equal to this parameter, measurement-based VoLTE load the candidate target cell
the cell starts the camp handover, or adaptive balancing.LTE is for intra-LTE VoLTE
load balancing function. handover. executed in this cell. load balancing.
-- -- -- --
70 Close[0] 50 80
70 Close[0] 50 80
This parameter is used to This parameter determines
This parameter indicates determine the VoLTE the triggering judgement
the threshold for load load level of an intra-LTE timer of enhancement
balancing with the cells or neighbor cell. When the Load Balance, i.e. when
frequencies without VoLTE ratio difference the timer has expired, and
voLTELBOffLoadThrd
VoLTE load information. voLTELBRelaLoadThrd
between theRelative
serving cell lbServFreqPriSwch eLBTriggerJudgeTimer
the load ofJudgement
cell has
VoLTE Service Frequency Triggering
enum:
If the VoLTE
VoLTE CUload on the
Offload and an intra-LTE
Threshold of Intra-LTE Priority Strategy Switch Timerexceeded the threshold
of Enhancement
Close[0]
servingThreshold
cell exceeds this neighbor cell isCell
Neighbor less than for Load Balancing and
Loadthe extent of
Balance(s)
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] Open[1]
threshold, the cell or the threshold, the descending load is full
frequency without VoLTE neighbor cell cannot be This parameter enables or with some condition,
load information can be selected as a candidate disables the service triggering the
used as the candidate target cell for intra-LTE frequency priority strategy enhancement load
target cell or frequency. VoLTE load balancing. for load balancing. balance.
-- -- -- --
60 5 Close[0] 60
60 5 Close[0] 60
requirement for the This parameter indicates
number of UEs in a cell the decrease amplitude
for load balancing requirement for the PRB
enhancement. In other load in a cell for load
words, when the number balancing enhancement.
of UEs in a cell exceeds In other words, when the
the threshold
Threshold of CellforCU PRB load
Threshold ofinCell
a cell
PRB This parameter sets This parameter sets
cuELBCellLoadReduThrd
triggering load balancing, prbELBCellLoadRedThrd
exceeds cuBasedMUPropSwch prbBasedMUPropSwch
Load Reduced for Loadthe threshold
Reduced for for whether to select MU UEs whether to select MU UEs
enum: enum:
if the decrease amplitude
Enhancement Load triggering load balancing,
Enhancement Load for CU-triggered
Switch load Switch
of MU Propotion for PRB-triggered load
of MU Proportion
Close[0] Close[0]
of the number
Balanceof UEs can if the decrease
Balance amplitude balancing.
Based on If
CUthe balancing. If the
Based on PRB
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] Open[1] Open[1]
not reach the threshold of the PRB load can not parameter set to Close, the parameter set to Close, the
within a certain time, the reach the threshold within cell will select MU UEs. cell will select MU UEs.
load balancing a certain time, the load If the parameter set to If the parameter set to
enhancement function balancing enhancement Open, the cell will not Open, the cell will not
will be enabled. function will be enabled. select MU UEs. select MU UEs.
-- -- -- --
Load Balance
Punishment. When source
eNB sends handover
request based on load The parameter is used to
balancing to target eNB , control whether to enable
and target eNB response relative load strategy.i.e.
The array is used to handover preparation Whether the condition
lBPunishPeriodNum lBJointTriggerLoadEleInd
indicate Load
enabled load lBPunishSwch
failure because of that lBRelaLoadStrategySwch
that the relative load
Enabled Factors
enum: enum:
factors based
Period Numbers of Load Indication BasedononJoint
Joint anyoneofofLoad
Switch CU ratio or
Balance between
Switch ofserving
RelativecellLoad
and
Close[0] Close[0]
Balance Punishment Trigger Mode.
Trigger Mode The PRB Punishment
ratio or PDCCH neighbor cell satisfying
Strategy
elements of this array is CCE ratio be higher than with the relative load
long:[1..65535] model default: 1;1;0
This parameter indicate respectively correspond to neighbor load threshold , threshold shall be
the Period Numbers of PRB Ratio , CU then ,source eNB starts requirement of selecting
Load Balance Ratio ,PDCCH CCE Load Balance low load neighbor cell as
Punishment. Ratio. Punishment. Load Balance target.
-- -- -- --
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
1 1;1;0 Close[0] Open[1]
The parameter is switch The parameter is switch The parameter is switch to
The parameter is switch for UE position for measurement report protect UE NOT to
for UE class information information scheme for order scheme for load handover again for load
lBCCEUEClassInfSwch
scheme balance lBCCEUEPosInfSwch lBCCEMeasOrderSwch cCEPrtUESwch
Switchforofload
UE Class load balance
Switch of UEbased on balance
Position Switch based on PDCCH balance
of Measurement Switchbased on PDCCH
to Protect UE
based on PDCCH
Information BasedCCE.
on PDCCH CCE.
Information This
Based on CCE.Order
Report This Based
switch on NOT CCE. This switch
to Handover Again
This PDCCH
switch determines
CCE switch
PDCCHdetermines
CCE determines
PDCCH whether
CCE determines
Based whether
on PDCCH CCE
whether UE class whether UE position measurement report order scheme to protect UE
information scheme is information scheme is scheme is valid or not. NOT to handover again is
valid or not. Close stands valid or not. Close stands Close stands for NOT valid or not. Close stands
for NOT valid, Open for NOT valid, Open valid, Open stands for for NOT valid, Open
stands for valid. stands for valid. valid. stands for valid.
-- -- -- --
PDCCH CCE Trigger ,the for load balance based on This parameter is used to
Close[0]
cell will filter users with PDCCH CCE Trigger. If judge whether decide
low PRB usage. If the the parameter set to location according to
parameter set to Filter Close ,the strategy is MCS for load balance
CCE Trigger[1]
user with high PRB usage invalid. If the parameter based on PRB Trigger. If
Filter user with high PRB enum: enum:
The parameter is switch of based on PDCCH CCE set to Short packet based the parameter set to
cCEBaseBUEPRBThrdS Close[0]
cCEBasedLBPacketSelS Close[0]
cCEBaseBMCSSelectSwc
traffic type selection for Trigger ,the cell will filter on PDCCH CCE Close ,the strategy is
lBCCETraffTypeSwch CCEwchDl
Trigger[2] Short packet based on
wchcell Centre User based on
load balance
Switch based
of Traffic on
Type users with high PRB Trigger
Switch,the will
of Packet invalid. If hDl
the parameter
enum: Filter user with high and PDCCH CCE Trigger[1] PDCCH CCE Trigger[1]
PDCCH
SelectionCCE.
BasedThis
on usage. If the
Switch of parameter
PRB Filterset select users with
Selection bearer
Based on of set to Centre
Selection
Close[0] low PRB usage based on Long packet based on Edge user based on
switch
PDCCH determines
CCE to Filter
Based onuser with CCE
PDCCH high short packet.
PDCCH If the
CCE on PRBonTrigger
Based PDCCH ,theCCE
cell
Open[1] PDCCH CCE Trigger[3] PDCCH CCE Trigger[2] PDCCH CCE Trigger[2]
whether traffic type and low PRB usage based parameter set to Long will select centre users. If
selection is valid or not. on PDCCH CCE packet based on PDCCH the parameter set to Edge
Close stands for NOT Trigger ,the cell will filter CCE Trigger ,the cell will user based on PRB
valid, Open stands for users with high and low select users with bearer of Trigger ,the cell will
valid. PRB usage. long packet. select edge users.
-- -- -- --
balance based on PDCCH
CCE Trigger. If the
parameter set to This parameter is used to This parameter is used to
enum:
Descending order with judge whether the service judge whether the service
Close[0]
PRB based on PDCCH cell offload to the cell or cell offload to the cell or
Descending order with
This parameter is used to CCE Trigger,the cell frequency without load frequency without load
cCEBaseBCAFilterSwch PRB based on PDCCH pDCCHCCEOffloadThrd pDCCHCCEOffloadThrd
judge whether select CA selects users of the information. When the information. When the
CCE Trigger[1]
UE for load Dlbalance based cCEBasedUESortOrder
candidate in descending Dlscheduling
Downlink Scheduling
Ul
scheduling
Uplink Scheduling
enum: Ascending order with
on PDCCH
Switch of CACCE Trigger.
Filter Based order.
SwitchIfof
theUEparameter set
Sort Order PDCCH
PDCCH CCECCE usage
Offloadof PDCCH
PDCCH CCECCE usage
Offloadof
Close[0] PRB based on PDCCH
If the parameter
on PDCCH set to
CCE to Ascending
Based on PDCCHorderCCE
with serviceThreshold
cell exceeds this serviceThreshold
cell exceeds this
Open[1] CCE Trigger[2] long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
Close ,the cell will select PRB based on PDCCH parameter, the cell or parameter , the cell or
users with CA. If the CCE Trigger ,the cell frequency without load frequency without load
parameter set to Open,the selects users of the information may be used information may be used
cell will not select users candidate in ascending as candidate target cell or as candidate target cell or
with CA. order. frequency. frequency.
-- -- -- --
judge relative load This parameter is used to
leveling between serving judge relative load
cell and Intra-LTE leveling between serving This parameter is used to
neighbor cells in cell and Intra-LTE judge load leveling of This parameter is used to
downlink. When neighbor cells in uplink. Intra-LTE neighbour cells judge load leveling of
Downlink scheduling When Uplink scheduling in downlink.When the Intra-LTE neighbour cells
pDCCHCCENLoadRelaT
PDCCH CCE usage pDCCHCCENLoadRelaT
PDCCH CCE usage pDCCHCCEIntraNLoadT
Downlink based pDCCHCCEIntraNLoadT
in uplink. When the
PDCCH CCE Threshold PDCCH CCE Threshold
hrdDl
difference between hrdUl
difference between scheduling hrdDl
PDCCH CCE Uplink hrdUl
based scheduling
Downlink PDCCH CCE Uplink PDCCH CCE of Intra-LTE Neighbor of Intra-LTE Neighbor
serving
Threshold of serving
Threshold of usage
Cell of a Intra-LTE
in Overload State in PDCCH
Cell CCE usage
in Overload ofina
State
LTE neighbor
Intra-LTE cell Cell
Neighbor is LTE neighbor
Intra-LTE cell Cell
Neighbor is neighbour
Downlinkcell in Intra-LTEUplink
neighbour cell
below this parameter, this below this parameter, this downlink exceeds this exceeds this
cell can't be used as cell can't be used as parameter,this cell can't parameter,this cell can't
candidate target cell in candidate target cell in be used as candidate be used as candidate
downlink for Intra-LTE uplink for Intra-LTE load target cell in downlink for target cell in uplink for
load balancing. balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing. Intra-LTE load balancing.
-- -- -- --
5 5 60 60
5 5 60 60
ratio of the number of
UEs in RRC Connected
status in the serving cell
exceeds this threshold, the
This parameter is used to serving cell triggers load
execute load balancing This parameter is used to balancing if any one of
pDCCHCCELBExeThrdZ
function in downlink. pDCCHCCELBExeThrdZ
execute load balancing the following KPIs is cULBTargetSort4CAUES
Ratio Threshold of the
When Dl
the CCE
Downlink based function Ul lBJointTriRRCRatioThrd wch
PDCCH Threshold PDCCH in uplink.
CCE When equal
Threshold Numberto orof
larger than the
Real-Time Target Sorting Strategy
enum:
scheduling PDCCH
to Execute LoadCCE the Uplink based
to Execute Load corresponding
UEs for Jointlythreshold:
Triggered Switch for CA UEs Based
Close[0]
usage of LTE
Balancing in serving
Downlinkcell scheduling
BalancingPDCCH CCE the ratio
in Uplink LoadofBalancing
the number of It controls
on CUwhether
LB to
long:[0..100] long:[0..100] long:[0..100] Open[1]
exceeds this parameter usage of LTE serving cell UEs in RRC Connected enable the target
during the counter exceeds this parameter status, UL PRB ratio, DL cell/frequency sorting
window, the cell executes during the counter PRB ratio, UL PDCCH strategy of CA UEs for
load balancing in window, the cell executes CCE ratio, and DL load balancing based on
downlink. load balancing in uplink. PDCCH CCE ratio. the number of UEs.
-- -- -- --
65 65 2 Open[1]
65 65 2 Open[1]
trigger the Load Balance
based on PRB. When the This parameter is the
pRBLBTargetSort4CAUE pRBbaseBRRCNumThrd
period of Load Balance prbBaseBeMBMSFilterS
switch of the PRB-based
Swch Dland the CU lBSpidSwch wchDl
Target Sorting Strategy has expired,
Real-time CU Number eMBMS filter. If the
enum: enum: enum:
number of to
Switch for CA UEs Based Threshold LTE serving
Start Load Switch of SPID Based on switch of
Switch is eMBMS
turned on,Filter
the
This parameter
on PRB LB controls cell is larger
Balance thanon
Based orPRB
equal Load Balancing eNodeB
Based does
on not
PRBselect
whether to enable the to this parameter, it will eMBMS UEs for load
long:[1..65535]
target cell/frequency tigger Load Balance based This parameter is the balancing. If the switch is
sorting strategy of CA on PRB as if PRB ratio switch of the SPID turned off, the eNodeB
UEs for load balancing satisfies triggering function for load can select eMBMS UEs
based on PRBs. condition. balancing. for load balancing.
-- -- -- --
switch of the PDCCH This parameter is the
cceBaseBeMBMSFilterS
CCE–based eMBMS cuBaseBeMBMSFilterSw
switch of the CU-based cCELBTargetSort4CAUE cCEBasedMUPropotionS
filter. IfwchDl
the switch is eMBMSchDl filter. If the Swch
Target Sorting Strategy This
wch determines
parameter
Switch for CCE Load
turnedof
Switch on,eMBMS
the eNodeB
Filter switch of
Switch is eMBMS
turned on,Filter
the Switch for CA UEs Based whether to select MU
Balancing-Based MUUEs
UE
does
Basednot onselect
PDCCH eMBMS
CCE eNodeBBaseddoes
onnot
CUselect This parameter
on CCE LB controls for CCE-triggered
Selection load
UEs for load balancing. If eMBMS UEs for load whether to enable the balancing. If it is set to
the switch is turned off, balancing. If the switch is target cell/frequency Close, the cell selects MU
the eNodeB can select turned off, the eNodeB sorting strategy of CA UEs. If it is set to Open,
eMBMS UEs for load can select eMBMS UEs UEs for load balancing the cell does not select
balancing. for load balancing. based on CCEs. MU UEs.
-- -- -- --
the admission control This parameter indicates This parameter indicates the admission control
threshold for the ratio of the admission control the admission control threshold of the UL
the number of UEs in a lBHOPRBRatioACThrdU
threshold of the UL PRB lBHOPRBRatioACThrdD
threshold of the DL PRB lBHOCCERatioACThrdU
PDCCH CCEControl
Admission usage for
lBHOCURatioACThrd
cell for load balancing. usage l balancing.
for load usage l balancing.
for load load balancing.l
Admission Control Admission Control Admission Control Threshold of ULWhen
PDCCH the
When the of
Threshold number of UEs
CU Ratio for When the UL
UL PRB When the DL
DL PRB UL PDCCH
CCE RatioCCE usage
for Load
inLoad
the cell for load
Balancing in for
Ratio the Load
cell for load
Balancing Ratioin for
the Load
cell for load
Balancing in the cell for load
Balancing
balancing is larger than or balancing is larger than or balancing is larger than or balancing is larger than or
equal to the threshold, the equal to the threshold, the equal to the threshold, the equal to the threshold, the
incoming handover UEs incoming handover UEs incoming handover UEs incoming handover UEs
for load balancing are for load balancing are for load balancing are for load balancing are
rejected. rejected. rejected. rejected.
-- -- -- --
60 60 60 60
60 60 60 60
the threshold of the
number of real-time UEs
for triggering PRB-based
This parameter indicates camping load balancing.
the admission control When a UE is released by
threshold of the DL the eNodeB and the
lBHOCCERatioACThrdD
PDCCH CCEControl
usage for pRBbasedCLBRRCNum
This parameter enables or Threshold
number ofofUEs
Admission the in RRC
Number
load balancing.l swch4ACBaseBHODl Thrd status in ThisperFLBCfgSwch
Threshold of DLWhen
PDCCH the disables theLoad
Switch for load CONNECTED
of Real-Time UEs for parameter
Switch for enables
Load or
enum: enum:
DL PDCCH
CCE RatioCCE usage
for Load balancing
Balancinghandover-based
Handover- the LTE serving
Triggering cell is
PRB-Based disables
Balancing loadFrequency
balancing
Close[0] Close[0]
in the cell for load
Balancing Basedadmission
Admissioncontrol
Control largerCamping
than or equal
Loadto this frequency configuration.
Configuration
balancing is larger than or strategy. If it is set to parameter, the serving cell If it is set to Open,
equal to the threshold, the Open, the strategy is triggers PRB-based different execution
incoming handover UEs enabled. If it is set to camping load balancing if thresholds can be
for load balancing are Close, the strategy is the PRB usage satisfies configured for each
rejected. disabled. the triggering condition. frequency.
-- -- -- --
balancing is used and this
This parameter determines parameter is set to HO
whether CLB UEs carry This parameter indicates based on measurement, This parameter indicates
the IMMCI in the RRC the ratio of the number of the system makes UEs whether the cell supports
Connection Release UEs that are measured in perform measurement- centralized load balancing
enum:
message. When a CLB centralized
Proportion connected load
of the Number based load balancing or not. If it is set to
cLBUERatioFactorwithI Close[0]
UE is to be released, the centConLBMeasUENum
balancing
of UEstoThat
the number
Are handover. If Support, the cell executes
MMCI Ratiobalanced HO based on
rFFingerPrintLBSwch supportCentLB
network generates a of UEs with
Measured in Centralized measurement-based
RF Fingerprintingload centralized
Indicator forload balancing
Supporting
measurement[1] enum:
random
Ratio valueofbetween
Factor CLB UEs 0 load.Connected
The number of UEs
Load balancing is usedfor
Strategy Switch andLoad
this when the eNodeB
Centralized Loadis
HO without Not Support[0]
and 1. If
with thethe value is
IMMCI that are measured in
Balancing parameter is set to HO
Balancing connected to T-Robot and
Balancing
measurement[2] Support[1]
smaller than or equal to centralized connected load without measurement, the centralized load balancing
double:[0..1] double:[1..2]
this parameter value, the balancing is the number system makes UEs is enabled. If it is set to
CLB UE with the IMMCI of UEs with balanced load perform load balancing Not Support, the cell
is released; otherwise, it is multiplied by this handover without executes distributed load
not released. parameter value. measurement. balancing.
-- -- -- --
disables special overload
processing for idle SPID
lBNSAUEFilterSwch cLBSpidSpecHandleSwch
UEs. If it lBMeasThrdAdjStep mCSThrdAdjStep
Switch for NSA UE Switch forisSPID-Based
set to Open, LB Measurement
enum: enum:
This parameter
Filtering determines
During Load the special
Overload overloadfor
Processing Threshold Adjustment MCS Threshold
Close[0] Close[0]
whether to select NSA processing
Balancing Idlepolicy
UEs for idle This parameter
Step sets the Adjustment Step
UEs for load balancing. If SPID UEs is executed. If step for automatically This parameter sets the
it is set to Close, NSA it is set to Close, the adjusting the step for automatically
UEs can be selected. If it original processing policy measurement threshold adjusting the edge
is set to Open, NSA UEs for idle SPID UEs is for load balancing in each threshold for the MCS
cannot be selected. executed. period. center in each period.
-- -- -- --
determine whether the
bearer of a UE is a short-
packet bearer or a long-
packet bearer. If the
number of RBs of a UE is
greater than or equal to
lbParaAdaptSwch uePrbFilterLowThrd1 lbPacketSelectThrd1
this threshold, the bearer uePrbFilterHighThrd1
Automatic Adjustment Low Threshold for PRB Threshold for Short/Long High Threshold for PRB
enum:
Switch for Load This
for UE Filtering ofPacket
the UEDetermination
is a bearer with This
for UE Filtering
Close[0]
Balancing Parameters filter out Load
Balancing long packets.
During If the
Load Balancing filter out Load
Balancing
Open[1] double:[0.01..100] double:[0.01..100] double:[0.01..100]
low PRB usage during number of RBs of a UE is high PRB usage during
This parameter enables or load balancing. If the PRB smaller than this load balancing. If the PRB
disables automatic usage of a UE is lower threshold, the bearer of usage of a UE is higher
adjustment for load than this threshold, the the UE is a bearer with than this threshold, the
balancing parameters. UE is filtered out. short packets. UE is filtered out.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
Close[0] 1.0 1.0 10.0
If it is set to Only Serving can be queried for load
PLMN, the target balancing based on RF
frequencies for CLB are fingerprint information. If
those corresponding to the it is set to Close, the UEs
neighbor cells that support that meet the UE selection
the serving PLMN of policy for load balancing
lbParaAdaptDecPeriodNu lbParaAdaptObsPeriodNu UEs. If it enum: is set to Serving are selected during the UE
Switch for Preferentially
m sets the m Close[0]
cLBRestrictPLMNSwch lbPrioSelRffUeSwch
This parameter
Number of Periods for LB Number of Periods for LB PLMN Switch and Equivalent
for the PLMN selection
Selectingfor
thefingerprint-
UEs with
Only Serving PLMN[1] enum:
number of load
Parameter balancing
Self-Adaption Parameter Self-Adaption PLMNs, the
Restriction target
Policy for based load balancing.
Queryable FingerprintIf
Serving PLMN and Close[0]
periods for which
Determination This parameter sets the frequencies
Observation CLBfor CLB are this parameter is set to
Information
Equivalent PLMNs[2] Open[1]
automatic parameter number of load balancing those corresponding to the Open, the UEs whose
long:[1..65535] long:[1..65535]
adjustment must meet the periods for which the neighbor cells that support fingerprint information
requirements for effect of automatic the serving PLMN and the can be queried are
measurement report parameter adjustment equivalent PLMNs of selected for fingerprint-
proportions. needs to be observed. UEs. based load balancing.
-- -- -- --
for NSA UEs during load is set to Open, the PLMN CLB IMMCIs are carried
balancing. If it is set to policy is used for user only for UEs that meet the
Open and the candidate This parameter determines selection, that is, if the PLMN policy, that is, if
frequency is an anchor whether to use the load number of UEs in the the number of UEs in the
frequency, for NSA UEs, information of different serving cell is smaller serving cell is smaller
the cells that do not vendors for load than the load balancing than the camping load
support lBInterManuLoadInfoSwc
Switch forEN-DC on the
the Anchoring balancing. If it is set to execution
Using thethreshold
PLMN Policyof the balancing
Using execution
the PLMN Policy
lbNSAAnchorSelectSwch
anchorSelection
frequencyStrategy
cannot Close, hno load lBCUUEPlmnSwch
serving PLMN, UEsfor are cLBCUUEPlmnSwch
threshold of the serving
Target Switch for Using Inter- for User Selection for User Selection for
beforused as the
NSA UEstarget cells
During information
vendor Load of different
Information not considered as target
User-Quantity–Based cell, CLB IMMCIs are
User-Quantity–Based
for load
Load balancing.
BalancingIf it is vendors is used
for Load for load
Balancing UEsLoadof user-quantity–
Balancing carried when
Camping Loadthe UEs are
Balancing
set to Close, the cells that balancing. If it is set to based load balancing. If released. If this parameter
support and do not Open, the load this parameter is set to is set to Close, the PLMN
support EN-DC can all be information of different Close, the PLMN policies policy is not used to
used as the target cells for vendors is used for load is not used for user determine whether UEs
load balancing. balancing. selection. can carry CLB IMMCIs.
-- -- -- --
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
enum:
Close[0]
loadCtrlSwchBasedIMM
NE_Name ldn moId Pre-emption
CI with
IMMCI[1]
Switch of Load Control
Reject with IMMCI[2]
NE Name LDN MO ID Based on IMMCI
string:length[1] Release With IMMCI[3]
model default: 1
object. It is of the The parameter is used to
container type and is set IMMCI based on load
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. control
R -- --
Hardware are equivalent
to Hardware trigger
threshold of CC board for
the adjustment of ac-
barring factors,Hardware
recover threshold of CC
loadCtrlThrdBasedIMMC board for the adjustment
I immciMode immciStep enum:
deprioritisation
of ac-barring
Close[0]
IMMCI Threshold of factors,Hardware Ratio Increment for
Frequency[1]
If switch
LoadofControl
load control hysteresis of CC board
IMMCI Strategy for
for UE IMMCI Users Deprioritisation Type
long:[0..100] long:[1..100] E-UTRAN[2]
based on IMMCI is the adjustment of ac- Ratio increment for
Open,eNodeb will trigger barring factors,Estimation IMMCI users once a this parame indicates
units: % model default: 0 units: % model default: 0
IMMCI when load exceed window for hardware higher load level happens whether the current
IMMCI threshold of Load usage of CC board for the in the next load estimation frequency or RAT is to be
Control. adjustment of AC-Barring period. de-prioritised.
-- -- -- --
97 0 5 Close[0]
97 0 5 Close[0]
refIdleMobilityProfileLT
E userNumberRatioSwch prbUsgeRatioSwch prbCongThrd
enum: enum:
Idle Mobility Profile Switch of User Number Switch of PRB Usage PRB Congestion
Close[0] Close[0]
Index Ratio Ratio Threshold
model default: 96
string:length[0..400] model default: 0 model default: 0 units: %
The parameter represents This switch determine This switch determine define PRB congestion
the idle mobility profile whether user number ratio whether prb usage ratio threshold in PRB usage
index. function is valid or not. function is valid or not. ratio procedure.
-- -- -- --
timerOfPRBCongThrd prbAdmitThrd timerOfPRBAdmitThrd prbRecoverThrd
Time of Duration for PRB
Time of Duration for PRB PRB Admission Control Admission Control
Congestion Threshold (s) Threshold Threshold (s) PRB Recovery Threshold
long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
define time of duration for This parameter is used to define time of duration for This parameter is used to
PRB congestion threshold define PRB Admission PRB Admission control PRB recovery threshold in
in PRB usage ratio control threshold in PRB threshold in PRB usage PRB usage ratio
procedure. usage ratio procedure. ratio procedure. procedure.
-- -- -- --
5 98 5 90
5 98 5 90
User ratio load is less than than or equal to the later,
or equal to this parameter, or the ac-BarringFactor
or the ac-BarringFactor reaches its low limit.
reaches its low limit. While ,once the CC
While ,once the User ratio hardware load is lower
load is lower than their than their difference,the
enum:
difference,the launch of
User Ratio Trigger launch of the upward
timerofRecoverThrd 5[0]
deprioritisationTimer theacbRRCRatioThrsh
upward adjustment
Threshold for The of
acbRRCRatioHys
Useradjustment of ac- for
Ratio Hysteresis
10[1]
Time of Duration for The validity of ac-BarringFactor
Adjustment of begins
AC BarringFactor
The Adjustment begins and
of AC
15[2]
Recovery Threshold (s) deprioritisation (min) and contiues
Barring untill the
Parameter contiues
Barringuntill the CC
Parameter
30[3] long:[20..90] long:[0..10]
User ratio load is greater hardwared load is greater
than or equal to this than or equal to the
This parameter is used to This parameter is used to parameter,or the ac- later,or the ac-
recovery threshold in load limit the validity of BarringFactor reaches the BarringFactor reaches the
control procedure. deprioritisation. upper limit of 1. upper limit of 1.
-- -- -- --
60 5[0] 90 5
60 5[0] 90 5
This switch determine
User Ratio Load whether PRB congestion
acbRRCRatioLoadWin prbUsgeRatioCongSwch
control function is valid prbCongRelBearPeriod prbCongRelBearNum
Estimation Window for The Number of Release
enum:
The Adjustment of AC or not. If theofPRB
Switch PRBusage This Period
parameter indicates
of PRB This
Bearersparameter indicates
in A Period for
Close[0]
Barring Parameter (s) rate is frequently
Congestion high,
Control the period of
Congestion release
Control(s) PRBthe Congestion
number of release
Control
Open[1]
consider open the bearer for PRB congestion bearers in a period for
long:[10..1800] long:[1..200] long:[1..10]
User ratio load estimation function. If the PRB ratio control. If it is configured PRB congestion control.
window for the over a threshold, eNB too long, the effect of If it is configured too big,
adjustment of AC barring would release some bearer reducing PRB load is the number of release
parameter. to reduce PRB usage rate. small. bearers is too much.
-- -- -- --
300 Close[0] 5 1
300 Close[0] 5 1
This parameter is the This parameter is the
bearer indication for PRB bearer indication for PRB
congestion control. The admission control. The
value 0 of array member value 0 of array member
prbCongRelBearInd
means be forbidden prbUsgeRatioACSwch prbACPreeMaxBearNum prbACRelBearInd
Bearer Selection for Maximum Number of means be forbidden
Bearer Selection for
longArray:[0..1] enum: longArray:[0..1]
congestion
Indicationcontrol.
for PRB The This switch
Switch of PRBdetermine
Admission This
Bearerparameter indicates
be Preempted for admission
Indication control.
for PRBThe
model default: Close[0] model default:
value 1 of array
Congestion member
Control whether Control
PRB admission maximum numberControl
PRB Admission of low value 1 of array
Admission member
Control
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Open[1] 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
means be allowed for control function is valid priority bearers can be means be allowed for
example: long:[1..5] example:
congestion control. From or not. If open, eNB can preempted for high admission control. From
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
the first array member, decide whether access a priority bearer when the the first array member,
each denotes QCI = 1, new bearer depend on the high priority bearer is each denotes QCI = 1,
QCI = 2, ... , QCI = 9. surplus PRB resource. admitted fail. QCI = 2, ... , QCI = 9.
-- -- -- --
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] 2 0;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0
This parameter is the This parameter is the This parameter is the This parameter is the
trigger threshold of self- trigger threshold of self- trigger hysteresis of self- trigger threshold of self-
adaptive IMMCI for conIMMCIRRCRatioThr
adaptive IMMCI for adaptive IMMCI for adaptive IMMCI for
Self-Adaptive IMMCI Self-Adaptive IMMCI Self-Adaptive IMMCI Self-Adaptive IMMCI
conIMMCICCLoadThrd
congestion control. This congestion d
control. This conIMMCIRRCRatioHys
congestion control. This conIMMCICCLoadHys
congestion control. This
Trigger Threshold for Trigger Threshold for Trigger Hysteresis for Trigger Hysteresis for
parameter
Congestion and Self-
Control parameter
Control parameter
Control parameter
Based Congestion and Self-
Control Based
Adaptiveon IMMCI
CC LoadTrigger on adaptive IMMCI
Ratio of trigger on
User Number adaptive IMMCI
Ratio of trigger Adaptive
User Number on IMMCI
CC LoadTrigger
Hysteresis for Congestion hysteresis for congestion threshold for congestion Threshold for Congestion
Control Based on CC control based on ratio of control based on ratio of Control Based on CC
Load are used to calculate user number are used to user number are used to Load are used to calculate
the threshold of adjust calculate the threshold of calculate the threshold of the threshold of adjust
IMMCI factor. adjust IMMCI factor. adjust IMMCI factor. IMMCI factor.
-- -- -- --
90 50 5 5
90 50 5 5
Congestion Control. If
Idle SPID Users[1]
open, eNodeB would
Smart Network
control the ratioof users
Distribution Function
carrying IMMCI. Each
enum: Based on IMMCI for Idle
positionin the bitmap This parameter sets
0.05[0] SPID Users[2]
indicates a function entity. whether to enable the
0.1[1] Smart Network
Rightmost bit is the first smart
Thenetwork distribution
Switch of Smart
0.2[2]
conIMMCIStepLength conIMMCITriggerMode conIMMCIPeriod Distribution Function
sPIDSmartNetDistSwch
Self-Adaptive IMMCI bit.First bit =IMMCI
Self-Adaptive Self- This parameterIMMCI
Self-Adaptive is the function
Network forDistribution
SPID users. If
0.25[3] Based on Redirection and
This parameter
Adjusting Stepisfor
the adaptive IMMCI
Trigger Modebasedon
for period
Period of
forself-adaptive
Congestion the switchfor
Function is turned on,
Idle SPID
0.5[4] IMMCI for Idle SPID
adjusting stepControl
Congestion of self- CC load,Second
Congestion bit =
Control IMMCI for congestion
Control(s) when a user is released,
Users
1[5] Users[3]
adaptive IMMCI for Self-adaptive IMMCI control. If it was the user is guided to
long:[0..7] long:[1..1800]
congestion control. If it basedon BPL load,Third configured too long, it another frequency in
was configured too big, it bit = Self-adaptive would wait much time for accordance with the load
would change the IMMCI IMMCI basedon ratio of changing the IMMCI condition of the serving
factor faster. user number factor. cell.
-- -- -- --
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
0.05[0] 0 20 Close[0]
than or equal to the first
threshold and is smaller
than the second threshold,
the cell load is medium.
This parameter sets This parameter sets the This parameter sets the When the load of the
whether to enable the load evaluation period of delayed release time of number of users in a cell
smart smartNetDistLoadEvaPeri sPIDSmtNetDistDeyRelT
Thenetwork
Switch ofdistribution
Smart theLoad
The smartEvaluation
network Thethe smart
Delay network
Release Time isThe
larger
Loadthan or equalof
Threshold to
nSPIDSmartNetDistSwch
function odfunction for ime smartNetDistLoadThrd
Networkfor Non-SPID Period
Distribution distribution
of Smart Network distribution
of Smart function
Network for the second
Smart threshold
Network and
enum:
users. If the
Function switch
for Idle is
Non- idle users. The
Distribution larger the
Function for idle SPID users.
Distribution Thefor
Function is smaller than
Distribution the third
Function for
turned SPID
on, when
Usersa user is parameter value(s)
Idle Users is, the larger
Idle the parameter
SPID value
Users (ms) threshold, Idlethe cell load is
Users
Open[1] model default: 30;50;80
released, the user is longer the load evaluation is, the longer the delayed high. When the load of
long:[1..65535] long:[1000..10000] units: %
guided to another period is. The smaller the release time is. The the number of users in a
frequency in accordance parameter value is, the smaller the parameter cell is larger than or equal
with the load condition of shorter the load evaluation value is, the shorter the to the third threshold, the
the serving cell. period is. delayed release time is. cell is overloaded.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
Close[0] 30 2000 30;50;80
idle mobility control,
smart network distribution
algorithm based on
IMMCI for idle non-SPID
longArray:[0..255]
When the cell is users, EN-DC carrier
model default:
overloaded, this parameter anchor IMMCI
ref1IdleMobilityProfileLT and the IMMCI Profile 252;251;254;249;253;250
IMMCI Profile Index Profile Index of Smart function/directional
E oLIMMCIProfileIndexPro refSmartNetDistLTE ;248;247;255;0;0;0;0;0;0;
ieUserDisFuncPriDl
IMMCI Profile Index Index
Using When the Serving
Probability When This parameter
Network sets a
Distribution IMMCI
Priority function
Among of SA
Different
0
When The Serving Cell is TheCellServing
is Overload
Cell is profile index
Function forofIdle
theNon-
smart UEs, operatorFunctions
Distribution special user
for
Overloaded parameter work together
Overload network
SPIDdistribution
Users IMMCI Idlefunction,
Usersand user
model default: 0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250
This parameter sets the to determine which function for Non-SPID migration IMMCI of
units: % ;248;247;255;0;0;0;0;0;0;
IMMCI profile index for IMMCI profile index is users. With a profile TMM intelligent network
stringArray:length[0..400] example: 0;0 string:length[0..400] 0
releasing SPID users and used for releasing SPID index, you can find a coordination function.
non-SPID users when the users and Non-SPID configuration for IMMCI The remaining array
serving cell is overloaded. users. for Non-SPID users. elements are reserved.
-- -- -- --
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
0;0 252;251;254;249;253;250;2
prevent the AC barring dynamic AC barring is + RRC rejection ratio
control function from triggered. If the cell RRC hysteresis for the
being improperly rejection ratio of sampling adjustment of AC barring.
triggered due to the points is always less than The suppression threshold
number of RRC requests or equal to the value of is equal to RRC rejection
being too small during the RRC Rejection Ratio ratio trigger threshold for
aCBMsg3RejUEAtmptNu
Observation Window acbTrigMsg3RejRaGuTi
Statistical Window of Number of RRC of Trigger Threshold
Guard Timer of thefor
RRCthe the
RRC adjustment
Rejectionof AC
Ratio
aCBMsg3RejLoadWin
This parameter m meof the AC aCBMsg3RejRatioThrsh
RRC Rejection indicates RRC Rejection
Ratio for Connection Ratio for Rejection
Attempts Adjustment Ratio for the barring.
Trigger The recovery
Threshold for The
ThetheAdjustment
statistical time
of AC the Adjustment
AC of AC
Barring Parameter Barring Parameter-RRC
Adjustment of AC threshold is equal
AC
window
Barring length of each
Parameter(s) Barring Parameter.
Adjustment Rejection
Barring Ratio
Parameters rejection
Parameter
double:[0..80]
sampling point in the However, the parameter Hysteresis for the threshold for the
RRC rejection ratio–based value cannot be too large; Adjustment of the AC adjustment of AC barring
AC barring function. It is otherwise, it will be hard Barring Parameter, user - RRC rejection ratio
used to calculate the RRC to trigger the AC barring access barring is gradually hysteresis for the
rejection ratio. control function. reduced. adjustment of AC barring.
-- -- -- --
300 3000 300 10.0
300 3000 300 10.0
+ RRC rejection ratio correspond to the This parameter enables or
hysteresis for the priorities of the EUTRA- disables the dynamic
adjustment of AC barring. FDD, EUTRA-TDD, adjustment of AC Barring
The suppression threshold GERAN, UTRA-FDD, parameters of eMTC UEs
is equal to RRC rejection UTRA-TDD, based on the number of
ratio trigger threshold for CDMA2000-HRPD, and eMTCfor
Switch UEs
theinDynamic
a cell.
the
RRC adjustment
Rejectionof AC
Ratio CDMA2000-1xRTT This parameter enables or eMTCACBRRCRatioSwc
When the number
Adjustment of
of the AC
aCBMsg3RejRatioHys
barring. The for
recovery conIMMCIRATPriority
systems respectively. The conImmciUeFilterSwch
disables self-adaptive eMTC UEs his large, the
Hysteresis The Self-Adaptive IMMCI Self-Adaptive IMMCI UE Barring Parameter Based
enum: enum:
threshold is equal
AC priority
RATof each system
Priority for IMMCI UESwitch
Filtering filtering
forfor onaccess of eMTC
the Number ofUEs
eMTC is
longArray:[0..255] Close[0] Close[0]
rejection
Parameter ranges from 0 Control
Congestion to 255. A congestion control.
Congestion If it is restrictedUEs
Control through AC
double:[0..10] model default: Open[1] Open[1]
threshold for the higher value indicates a set to Open, high-priority barring. When the number
model default: 5.0 0;0;255;0;0;0;0
adjustment of AC barring higher priority. The value UEs are filtered out and of eMTC UEs is restored
units: % example: 0;0;255;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 0
- RRC rejection ratio 0 indicates that the RAT do not perform self- to a lower level, the
hysteresis for the is not selected as the adaptive IMMCI for access restriction is
adjustment of AC barring. target system for IMMCI. congestion control. gradually reduced.
-- -- -- --
5.0 0;0;255;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
5.0 0;0;255;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
decreases to the lower decreases to the lower
limit. If the ratio of the limit. If the ratio of the
number of eMTC UEs is number of eMTC UEs is
smaller than the smaller than the
difference of the two difference of the two In the dynamic adjustment
parameter for
Threshold values, the ac-
the Ratio of parameter for
Hysteresis values, the ac-
the Ratio of ofWindow
AC Barring parameters,
for Calculating
eMTCACBRRCRatioThr
BarringFactor in eMTCACBRRCRatioLoa
the Number offield
eMTC in BarringFactor
the Number offieldeMTC thisRatio
the parameter
of the sets
Numberthe Interval for Updating the
eMTC sh starts to eMTCACBRRCRatioHys dWin eMTCACBUpdInterval
UEs toSIB2
Trigger the eMTC
UEs toSIB2 starts
Trigger theto length of the
of eMTC timefor
UEs window
the AC Barring Parameters of
increase
Adjustment of increase
Adjustment of for load evaluation
Dynamic Adjustmentof the This
of the parameter
Same sets
Type for the
eMTC
the
ACnumber
BarringofParameters
eMTC UEs the
ACnumber
BarringofParameters
eMTC UEs AC number
Barringof Parameters(s)
eMTC UEs. interval during UEs(s)which the
long:[20..90] long:[0..10]
is higher than or equal to is higher than or equal to The load is evaluated AC barring parameters of
model default: 90 model default: 5 long:[10..1800] long:[10..1800]
this parameter value, or this parameter value, or based on the average the same type in eMTC
the ac-BarringFactor field the ac-BarringFactor field value of the sampling SIB2 are not allowed to
increases to the upper increases to the upper points in the time be updated since the last
limit (1). limit (1). window. update.
-- -- -- --
90 5 300 300
90 5 300 300
disables the forbidding of
the access of the LTE UEs
of the resource sharing
party to anchor cells in a
forbid4GSharSwch
network sharing scenario.
Switch for Forbidding the
enum:
ToAccess
forbid of
theLTE
access
UEsoftothe
Close[0]
LTE UEs of the
Anchor resource
Cells
Open[1]
sharing party to anchor
cells, this parameter
model default: 0
should be set to 1;
otherwise, it should be set
to 0.
--
Close[0]
Close[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId nackThrshis the
This parameter
clearing threshold
Downlink NACKof the
NE Name LDN MO ID subframe counter of
Statistics Threshold
string:length[1]
This parameter sets the NACK. When that
unique ID of the managed counter reaches this
object. It is of the threshold, ΔMCS should
container type and is be decreased by
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. ΔMCS_Down.
R -- --
Downlink NACK
Statistics Threshold when
ackThrsh schdNACKThrsh schdACKThrsh nackThrshMultiplex
ACK/NACK
This parameter
Downlink is the
ACK Statistics This parameter
Downlink is the
NACK This parameter
Downlink is the
ACK Statistics clearing threshold is
Multiplexing of the
clearingThreshold
threshold of the Statistics
clearing threshold of the
Window Length clearing threshold
Window Lengthof the subframeincounter
Configured TDD Modeof
subframe counter of ACK. schedule subframe schedule subframe NACK. When that
When that counter reaches counter of NACK. When counter of ACK. When counter reaches this
this threshold, MCS that counter reaches this that counter reaches this threshold, ΔMCS should
should be increased by threshold, it should be threshold, it should be be decreased by
MCS_Up. cleared. cleared. ΔMCS_Down.
-- -- -- --
90 100 100 15
90 100 100 15
Downlink ACK Statistics Downlink NACK Downlink ACK Statistics
Threshold when Statistics Threshold when Threshold when
ackThrshMultiplex nackThrshTddCaFmt1b
This parameter ackThrshTddCaFmt1b
is the1b ACK/NACK deltaMcsInit
ACK/NACK ACK/NACK Format Format 1b
This parameter isisthe
Multiplexing clearing
with threshold
Channel of theis with
Selection This parameter
Channel is the is
Selection Initial DeltaMcs for
clearing threshold
Configured in TDDofMode
the Configured
subframeincounter
TDD Modeof clearing threshold
Configured in TDDofModethe Normal Schedule
subframe counter of ACK. NACK. When that subframe counter of ACK.
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535] long:[-28..28]
When that counter reaches counter reaches this When that counter reaches
model default: 85 model default: 5 model default: 95 model default: -3
this threshold, ΔMCS threshold, MCS should be this threshold, MCS
should be increased by decreased by should be increased by Initial DeltaMcs for
ΔMCS_Up. MCS_Down. MCS_Up. normal schedule.
-- -- -- --
85 5 95 -3
85 5 95 -3
Adjustment Value of
deltaMcsAdjust olAmcNAckStepUL olAmcAckStepUL olAmcSNRInitUL
Downlink Outer-loop The Adjusting Step When The Adjusting Step When
AMC Initial Value After Received NACK in Received ACK in Uplink Initial DeltaMcs for UL
UE Handover Uplink Out Loop AMC Out Loop AMC AMC
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
long:[-5..5] model default: 63 model default: 7 long:[-33..33]
adjustment value of The adjusting step of The adjusting step of
model default: 3 units: dB units: dB model default: -5
Downlink outer-loop SINR when received SINR when received
AMC Initial value after NACK in uplink out loop ACK in uplink out loop Initial DeltaMcs for UL
UE handover. AMC. AMC. AMC.
-- -- -- --
3 63 11 -2
3 63 11 -2
This parameter indicates Step for SINR Adjustment
the adjustment value of In the
Based on uplink
Received AMCACKs
the converted CQI. When This parameter sets the hstAMCUlPostiveFreqAC
optimization
for UL Outer-Loop of a high-
AMC
cqiAdjustDelta
the CQI reported by the cqiDeltaOffset deltaBLER4DL256Qam
adjustment value K
Adjustment Valueof ofthe speed
the in rail scenario,
a Positive Frequencythis
UE is converted
Adjustment to the
Value of This parameter is used for
NomPDSCH-RS-EPRE- target BLER
Target BLERfor for
downlink
DL parameter
Offset Areasetsof
thea High-
step for
CQI value corresponding
Converted CQI CRS-based
Offset CQI
for CQI Reporting 256QAM. It is used to adjusting
256QAM the SINR
Speed Rail Scenariobased
to nomPDSCH-RS- measurement. The ratio of adjust the target BLER on the received ACK
long:[-1..1] long:[-1..2] double:[-0.2..0.2] long:[0..255]
EPRE-Offset of 0, the the PDSCH EPRE to the upwards or downwards in messages for uplink outer-
converted CQI value can CRS EPRE is calculated the scenario where the loop AMC when the UE
be fine adjusted based on based on PA and this downlink 256QAM table is in a positive frequency
this parameter value. parameter value. is configured. offset area.
-- -- -- --
0 2 0.05 28
0 2 0.05 28
enum:
Disable[0]
Step for SINR Adjustment Step for SINR Adjustment
SubAndPlIniAmc[1]
Step for SINR Adjustment Based on Received Based on Received
SubAndPlAmc[2]
In the
Based on uplink
Received AMCACKs NACKs In the uplink
for ULAMCOuter- In the uplink
NACKs for ULAMCOuter-
hstAMCUlNegtiveFreqA hstAMCUlPostiveFreqN hstAMCUlNegtiveFreqN Spare[3]
optimization
for UL Outer-Loopof a high-
AMC Loop optimization
AMC inof a high- Loop
a Positive optimization
AMC in of a high-
a Negative
Spare[4]
speed
in rail CK
a Negativescenario,
Frequency speed railACK
this Frequency scenario,
Offset Area speed railACK
thisof Frequency scenario,
Offset thisof
Area
amcCellSwch
Spare[5]
parameter
Offset Areasetsofthea High-
step for parameter sets the Rail
a High-Speed step for parameter sets the Rail
a High-Speed step for This
UL parameter enables
Cell-Specific AMCor
Spare[6]
adjusting the SINR
Speed Rail Scenario based adjustingScenario
the SINR based adjustingScenario
the SINR based disables uplink cell-
Switch
Spare[7]
on the received ACK on the received NACK on the received NACK specific AMC. Uplink
long:[0..255] long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
messages for uplink outer- messages for uplink outer- messages for uplink outer- cell-specific AMC can be
loop AMC when the UE loop AMC when the UE loop AMC when the UE enabled if the radio
is in a negative frequency is in a positive frequency is in a negative frequency channel quality of all the
offset area. offset area. offset area. UEs in a cell is the same.
-- -- -- --
28 252 252 Disable[0]
28 252 252 Disable[0]
whether to configure
differentiated downlink
with the general QoS. If
This parameter is used to this parameter is set to
compensate the difference Open,Differentiated
the identified UEs
atmosDeltaSinrStepFactor cQIFalseDetcSwch cQIRepSwch4nonStdBW
between the realofCQI dlAmc4GeneralQoSswch
Outer-Loop Tracing The Switch CQIand Configuration
of general QoSSwitch
type can
of
enum: enum: enum:
Factor for Atmospheric This parameter
The Switch is used
of CQI to
False the UE measured
Compensate underCQI
non- beDL configured
AMC forbyQoS-using
Ducting eliminate the untrusted
Detection value under
Standard the non-
Bandwidth the downlink
Guaranteed UEs
CQI value caused by false standard bandwidth. differentiated AMC
long:[1..10]
This parameter adjusts the detection. When turned When turned on, the parameters. In this way,
outer-loop tracing speed on, the proportion of CQI proportion of CQI greater the perception of the users
in an atmospheric ducting greater than or equal to 7 than or equal to 7 can be with a specific type of
scenario. can be improved. improved. service can be improved.
-- -- -- --
threshold for clearing the threshold for clearing the
downlink outer-loop downlink outer-loop This parameter sets the This parameter sets the
AMC NACK counter for AMC ACK counter for threshold for clearing the threshold for clearing the
UEs with the general UEs with the general counter for the number of counter for the number of
QoS. When the NACK QoS. When the ACK times that downlink outer- times that downlink outer-
counter reaches the counter reaches the loop AMC NACK loop AMC ACK
threshold, the outer-loop threshold,
Thresholdthe forouter-loop
DL ACK messagesLength
Window are scheduled messagesLength
for DL Window are scheduled
for DL
nACKThrsh4QoS aCKThrsh4QoS schdNACKThrsh4QoS schdACKThrsh4QoS
DLAMC
NACK quantity is
Scheduling AMC quantity
Scheduling is
Data for
NACKUEsScheduling
with the general
Data for
ACKUEsScheduling
with the general
Data
decremented
Data CollectionbyThreshold
one step; incremented
Collectionby forone step;
QoS- QoS. When the
QoS- QoS. When the
QoS-
forthat is, the outer-loop
QoS-Guaranteed UEs that is, the outer-loop
Guaranteed UEs valueGuaranteed
reaches theUEs
window valueGuaranteed
reaches theUEs
window
MCS is reduced by one MCS is increased by one length, the counter for the length, the counter for the
order. If the inner-loop order. If the inner-loop number of times that number of times that
MCS remains unchanged, MCS remains unchanged, downlink outer-loop downlink outer-loop
the scheduling MCS is the scheduling MCS is AMC NACK messages AMC ACK messages are
reduced by one order. increased by one order. are scheduled is cleared. scheduled is cleared.
-- -- -- --
10 90 100 100
10 90 100 100
AMC NACK counter for AMC ACK counter for general QoS for clearing general QoS for clearing
UEs with the general QoS UEs with the general QoS the downlink outer-loop the downlink outer-loop
in TDD ACK/NACK in TDD ACK/NACK AMC NACK counter AMC ACK counter when
multiplexing feedback. multiplexing feedback. when the TDD the TDD ACK/NACK
When the NACK counter When the ACK counter ACK/NACK message is a message is a feedback in
reaches
Thresholdthefor
threshold,
DL NACK the reaches the for
Threshold threshold,
DL ACK the feedback
Thresholdinforformat 1b for
DL NACK format 1b for
Threshold forDL
channel
ACK
nACKThrshMultiplex4Qo
outer-loop AMCData quantity outer-loop AMCData quantity nACKThrshTddCaFmt1b
channel selection aCKThrshTddCaFmt1b4
Scheduling Scheduling Scheduling Datain a selection in a TDD
Scheduling DataCA
isCollectionS
decremented one aCKThrshMultiplex4QoS CA 4QoS QoS the ACK
for by
QoS- isCollection
incremented for by one
QoS- TDD scenario.
Collection When
for QoS- scenario. When
Collection for QoS-
step; that is,UEs
Guaranteed the in
outer- step; that is,UEs
TDD Guaranteed the in
outer-
TDD the NACK
Guaranteed UEs counter
in TDD counter reaches
Guaranteed UEs inthe
TDD
loop MCS is reduced
Multiplexing Feedbackby loop MCS is increased
Multiplexing Feedbackby reaches the threshold,
CA Format 1b Feedback the threshold,
CA Formatthe 1bouter-loop
Feedback
one order. If the inner- one order. If the inner- outer-loop AMC quantity AMC quantity is
loop MCS remains loop MCS remains is decremented by one incremented by one step;
unchanged, the scheduling unchanged, the scheduling step; that is, the outer- that is, the outer-loop
MCS is reduced by one MCS is increased by one loop MCS is reduced by MCS is increased by one
order. order. one order. order.
-- -- -- --
15 85 5 95
15 85 5 95
step for SINR adjustment step for SINR adjustment
based on received NACK based on received ACK
This parameter sets the messages for uplink outer- messages for uplink outer-
initial delta MCS value This parameter
Initial-Value sets the Step
Adjustment loopfor
AMCSINRforAdjustment
UEs with loop AMC for UEs with
normally scheduled for adjustment quantity
Quantity of of the the
DL Outer- general
Based QoS. It is Step
on Received thefor
general
SINRQoS. It is
Adjustment
deltaMcsInit4QoS
UEs with the general deltaMcsAdjust4QoS
initial-value ulOlAmcNackStep4QoS ulOlAmcAckStep4QoS
Initial Delta MCS Value loop AMCoffordownlink
QoS- configured
NACKs fortoUL adjust the Based
Outer- configured to adjust
on Received the
ACKs
QoS. It is used
Scheduled fortoQoS-
update outer-loop
GuaranteedAMCUEsfor QoS- BLER
After for thefor
Loop AMC guaranteed BLER
General for UL for the guaranteed
Outer-Loop AMC
andGuaranteed
maintain theUEs initial guaranteed UEs after
Handover UEs with
QoStheUEs general UEsGeneral
for with theQoSgeneral
UEs
long:[0..255] long:[0..255]
outer-loop MCS value handover. It is used to QoS. If it is set to a QoS. If it is set to a larger
long:[-28..28] long:[-5..5] model default: 63 model default: 7
after a UE is handed over update and maintain the smaller value, the target value, the target BLER is
to a neighbor cell or the initial outer-loop MCS BLER is higher. If it is set higher. If it is set to a
transmission mode is value after a UE is handed to a larger value, the smaller value, the target
changed. over to a neighbor cell. target BLER is lower. BLER is lower.
-- -- -- --
-3 3 63 7
-3 3 63 7
the NR side through split distributed to the NR side services on the LTE side.
bearers, there are no UL through split bearers, Therefore, the UL AMC
services on the LTE side. there are no UL services becomes unstable,
Therefore, the PHRs of on the LTE side. possibly increasing the
UEs cannot be reported Therefore, the UL AMC BLER. In this case, the
The rate measurement for a long time. The UL becomes unstable, AMC BELR needs to
software for SA or NSA AMC considers PHRs possibly increasing
Conservative MCSthe reduced. The ratio of this
lteBlerForType6
UEs can identify pHRInfiniteSwch4Split dltaMcsSr4Split ulOlAmcAckStep4Split
LTE Target BLERand
in invalid and may perform BLER. Therefore,
Quantity for UL SRthe parameter
ACK Step ofvalue
UL to the
AMC
enum:
optimize
Initial DL the ramping
Ramping for someAlways
UL PHR improperValid MCS needs
Scheduling to beSplit
on LTE NACK step for
Outer-Loop of UL
LTEAMC
Split
Close[0]
phase. Optimization
This parameter sets forprocedures, thus
LTE Split Bearers processed
Bearersin a outer-loop for LTE split
Bearers
Open[1]
the downlink target BLER increasing the BLER. In conservative manner bearers is approximately
double:[0.01..0.1] long:[0..28] long:[0..65535]
in the ramping phase. For this case, this parameter during SR scheduling, and equal to the UL target
the adjustment details, can be used to set the this parameter controls the BLER. You can modify
refer to the adjustment PHRs maintained by the specific conservative these two parameters to
rules. AMC to never invalid. quantity. reduce the target BLER.
-- -- -- --
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
0.01 Open[1] 5 7
services on the LTE side. distributed to the NR side
Therefore, the UL AMC through split bearers,
becomes unstable, there are no UL services
possibly increasing the on the LTE side.
BLER. In this case, the Therefore, the UL AMC
AMC BELR needs to lacks of UL measurement This parameter sets the
reduced. The ratio of the values, possibly target
Target BLER
BLER of DL
ulOlAmcNackStep4Split
ACK step amcPreSchdInterval4Split lteBlerForSplit
NACK StepofofUL
ULAMC
AMC increasing
Interval the BLER.
for UL In Discrete
AMC Pre- corresponding to the
Scheduling for
outer-loop for
Outer-Loop for LTE
LTE split
Split this case, UL
scheduling scheduling
Triggering for downlink
the discrete
UEs with Split
bearers to this parameter
Bearers canLTE
be increased by pre- scheduling
Split Bearers Bearers for the UEs for
Established
value is approximately scheduling. The AMC can which split bearers have
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535] double:[0.01..0.1]
equal to the UL target obtain more UL been established and
model default: 700 model default: 100 model default: 0.04
BLER. You can modify measurement values and downlink discrete
these two parameters to thus can control the scheduling is being
reduce the target BLER. BLER more effectively. performed.
-- -- --
700 100 0.04
700 100 0.04
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
The CCE aggregation
level and power offset of
NE_Name ldn moId pdcchConsSwitch
theThe
PDCCH is determined
selection for the
based on the
conservative data of
quantity
NE Name LDN MO ID operating
control point
channel
string:length[1] enumArray:[0, 1, 2]
This parameter sets the corresponding to the
model default: 1 model default: 1;1
unique ID of the managed equivalent spectrum
string string:length[0..200] example: 1 example: 1;1
object. It is of the efficiency of the UE plus
container type and is a certain conservative
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. quantity.
R -- --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510- 1 0;1
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510- 1 0;1
interfered more easily by the total number of CCEs
neighbor cells. Therefore, in the case of CFI_NUM -
certain PDCCH resources 1 (CCE_TotalNum_Low).
should be reserved to If CCE_NeedNum is
avoid the problem that larger than or equal to
some messages sent on CCE_TotalNum *
enum:
The CCE selection for the PDCCH are not ucThrCFIAdapt, CFI is
8CCE+3dB[0]
pdcchConsIdx cfi1Cons cfiAdaptThrd pdcchSigCons
switching conservative detected
Thedue to neighbor
PDCCH incremented by one. If Signaling conservative
8CCE+0dB[1]
In accordance
scheduling with
of control cell interference.
Conservative This
Quantity CCE_NeedNum is scheduling offset of
4CCE+3dB[2]
different actual
channel parameter
whencanCFIbeisused
1 to Thresholdsmaller than
of CFI adaption control channel
4CCE+0dB[3] longArray:[0..19]
environments, different adjust PDCCH indexes so CCE_TotalNum_Low * This parameter sets the
model default: 3;3 double:[0..1] long:[0..19]
CCE aggregation levels that a larger CCE ucThrCFIAdapt, CFI is offset of control channel
model default: 1 example: 3;3 model default: 0.8 model default: 9
and power offsets can be aggregation level or decremented by one. signaling added based on
used in control channel higher transmit power can Otherwise, the CFI value the PDCCH index in
conservative scheduling. be used. does not change. normal UE scheduling.
-- -- -- --
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 3
8CCE+3dB[0] 3;3 1.0 3
pdcchIdxHighLimitdelta pdcchUlProtectPara cceSelfAdpFlag pdcchIdxMaxValue
The Maximal Value of
enum:
Upper limit index offset UL CCE compulsory Adaptive switch of CCE
PDCCH Adaption Level
Close[0]
of PDCCH reserve parameter resources Index
longArray:[0..19] Open[1] longArray:[0..19]
This parameter sets the This parameter is a
model default: 2;2 double:[0..15] model default: 19;19
upper limit of the offset compulsory reserved This parameter is the
example: 2;2 model default: 1.0 model default: 0 example: 19;19
increase of PDCCH index parameter for the UL CCE switch of adaptive The Maximal Value of
for surpassing the SE demand on UL scheduling adjustment of UL and DL PDCCH Adaption Level
threshold. subframes. CCE resources. Index
-- -- -- --
4;4 1.0 Close[0] 19;19
4;4 1.0 Close[0] 19;19
sharing. If it is set to is set to Open: If this
Open, PDCCH power parameter is set to Open,
sharing is enabled. The the radio link performance
remaining RRU power (if can be improved by the
any) can be used to increase of power offset
increase the available and the decrease of the
power of the PDCCH in number of CCEs allocated
pdcchConsMinIdx pdcchPwrPromdelta pdcchPwrShareSwch pdcchDescendIndexSwch
the cell to reduce the Switch
on the PDCCH for UEs. If
The Minimal Value of for Adaptive Index
enum: enum:
PDCCH Adaption Level PDCCH Power Usage number
PDCCHofPowertimesSharing
that the Descending
this parameterandisPower
set to
Close[0] Close[0]
Index This parameter
Offset indicates powerSwitch
exceeds the Close, theonradio
Increase PDCCHlink
the power usage offset of threshold. If it is set to performance can be
model default: 4;4 double:[0..10]
the maximum transmit Close, the remaining RRU improved by the increase
example: 4;4 model default: 0.0 model default: 0 model default: 0
The Minimal Value of power calculated by the power cannot be used for of the power offset of the
PDCCH Adaption Level cell against the power power increase of the CCEs allocated on the
Index available for the PDCCH. PDCCH in the cell. PDCCH for UEs.
-- -- -- --
4;4 0.0 Close[0] Close[0]
4;4 0.0 Close[0] Close[0]
disables the PDCCH
power priority function. If
Number of Scheduling it is set to Open, the new
Attempts When the PDCCH Index table
pDCCHStep4MSG4 pDCCHinitial4MSG4 schCCETime4Msg4 pDCCHPowerPriorSwch
exchanged for primary
PDCCH Index Increase Maximum PDCCH Index
enum:
Step for MSG4 Initial PDCCH Index for Must Be Used for MSG4 and effective
Switch secondary
for PDCCH Power
Close[0]
Scheduling MSG4 Scheduling This parameter
Schedulingsets the selectionPriority
1 (aggregation
Open[1]
number of scheduling level = 1, 2, 4, and 8) is
long:[1..4] long:[1..17] long:[1..4]
This parameter sets the attempts when the used for CCE allocation.
PDCCH index increase This parameter indicates maximum PDCCH index If it is set to Close, the old
step for MSG4 the initial PDCCH index must be used for MSG4 PDCCH Index table is
scheduling. for MSG4 scheduling. scheduling. used for CCE allocation.
-- -- -- --
2 10 3 Close[0]
2 10 3 Close[0]
This parameter enables or expansion factor for the CFI offset of each
disables CFI adaption dlUeNumFactor4CFIAda
number of UEs scheduled This parameter sets the subframe. If it is
cFIAdaptEnhanceSwitch
optimization. In a high- pt
in the downlink dlMinUeNum4CFIAdapt cFIValueOffset
Expansion FactorforforCFI
the minimum
Minimum number of
Number of UEs
UEs necessary to increase the
enum: longArray:[0..3]
loadfor
Switch scenario, this
CFI Adaption estimation.
Number It is usedDL
of Scheduled that are involved
Involved in DLin CFI
CFI CFI values
Offset of some
Each
Close[0] model default:
parameter is set to Open if
Optimization UEswhen adaptive
for CFI CFI
Estimation estimation in the
Estimation subframes, this parameter
Subframe
Open[1] 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
the proportion of large optimization is enabled. It downlink. It is set to Open can be set to larger than 0;
double:[0..10] long:[1..255] example:
CFI values is high. In this can prevent the number of in high-load scenarios to otherwise, it is set to 0.
model default: 0 model default: 1.25 model default: 2 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
way, the proportion of UEs involved in CFI ensure sufficient number This parameter is used to
large CFI values can be estimation from being too of UEs involved in CFI increase the CFI values of
reduced. small. estimation. some subframes.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] 1.05 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
Open[1] 1.05 1 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
The parameter defines the
NE_Name ldn moId enum:
hoppingMode
mode of PUSCH
Only Inter-Subframe[0]
frequency
PUSCHhopping used to
Frequency
Both Intra and Inter-
NE Name LDN MO ID determine whether
Hopping Modeonly
string:length[1] Subframe[1]
This parameter sets the inter-subframe will be
model default: 1
unique ID of the managed enabled or both intra-
object. It is of the subframe and inter-
container type and is subframe will be enabled.
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Effective when Cell Reset
R -- --
The frequency offset for
PUSCH hopping,
enum:
collected with PUSCH
4[0]
hopping sub band. The
puschhoppingOffset puschNsb 8[1]
dsrTransMax srsEnable
formula of sub band is Number of Sub-Bands for
16[2] enum:
N_RB^sb
PUSCH =
Frequency The numberFrequency
PUSCH of subband Maximum Transmission The Switch of SRS
32[3] Close[0]
floor((N_RBÛL
Hopping Offset – usedHopping
for PUSCH Times of SR Configuration
64[4] Open[1]
N_RB^PUCCH – frequency hopping is used
long:[0..98] long:[1..4] The parameter indicates
N_RB^N_HO mod 2) / to determine the size of
model default: 12 model default: 1 model default: 4 model
the default:
switch of SRS1
N_sb). N_RB^N_HO is subband and the range of SR max transmission
PuschHopOffset. frequency hopping mode. number Configuration.
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset pico relay专用
-- -- -- --
12 1 64[4] Open[1]
12 1 64[4] Open[1]
The parameter indicates length is normal cp
RB Location Wideband
the downlink frequency length, a PHICH group
Allocation[0]
selection configured by consists of 8 PHICH; If
RB Location Sub-Band
high layer for cell . The the preamble length is
Allocation(Frequency-
parameter is configured extened cp length, a
Selective)[1] enum:
by enumerate number.The PHICH group consists of Number of Mappings
Downlink PRB Random enum: 2[0]
frequency selection could 4 PHICH. The equation of From Virtual RB to
Allocation[2] 1/6[0] 3[1]
be freqSelectDl
RB bandwidth PHICHnggroup is phichDuration nd
Physical RB in
Speed Self Adaption[3] 1/2[1] enum: 4[2]
Downlink Frequency N_PHICH^Group
PHICH =
Allocated Group The duration of PHICH Distributed Transmission
Service Self Adaption[4] 1[2] Normal[0] 5[3]
Selection ceil(N_h * (N_RB^DL
Calculation Factor / determines
PHICH howLength
Symbol many (Nd)
Self Adaption[5] 2[3] Extended[1] 6[4]
allocation(frequency 8)) (for normal CP) or ofdm symb that PHICH
selection),PRB Random N_PHICH^Group = 2 * will be mapped on, one The parameter configures
Allocation, speed auto- ceil(N_h * (N_RB^DL / OFDM symb or three the RB number Which is
adjusted, service auto- 8)) (for extended CP) OFDM symb. used to map from VRB to
adjusted, auto-adjusted. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset PRB.
-- -- -- --
Downlink PRB Random All1[2] Normal[0] 3[1]
Downlink PRB Random All1[2] Normal[0] 3[1]
enumArray:[0, 1]
model default:
Srs bandwidth
enum: 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
configuration is
Bundling[0]
ackNackFdbkMode srsBWCfg tm8Ant2CdBk ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
tm8Ant4CdBk
correlation with uplink
Multiplexing[1] 1;1;1;1;1
Ack/Nack Feedback bandwidth (TS 36.211
SRS Bandwidth Codebook Set for TM8 Codebook Set for TM8
TDDAckNakFdBkModA example:
Mode tableConfiguration
5.5.3.2). Max srs for Two Antennas for Four Antennas
dapt[2] enumArray:[0, 1] 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1
The parameter determines bandwidth must smaller
long:[0..7] model default: 1;1;1;1;1;1 ;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
which feedback mode is than pusch bandwidth,
model default: 2 model default: 0 example: 1;1;1;1;1;1 1;1;1;1;1
used, including bundling N_RBÛL –
and multiplexing. N_RB^PUCCH Codebook Set for TM8 Codebook Set for TM8
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset for Two Antennas for Four Antennas
-- -- -- --
TDDAckNakFdBkModAdap
0 1;1;1;1;1;1 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
TDDAckNakFdBkModAdap
0 1;1;1;1;1;1 1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;1;
the methods of a periodic
enum:
feedbacking CQI on
Wideband Feedback[0]
PUSCH for each Number of PUCCH
swchDAdjCqiMode Higher Layer-Configured
puschCqiFbMethd enum:
pucchDeltaShf pucchSemiAnNum
transmission mode.ofThere
The Method Channel for ACK/NACK
enum: Subband Feedback[1] 1[0]
are three
Feedbacking CQI for Cycle Shift Number for of Downlink SPS
Close[0] UE-Selected Subbands 2[1]
Reserved Field methods,Wideband
PUSCH PUCCH Format 1/1a/1b Number of PUCCH
Scheduling
Open[1] Feedback[2] 3[2]
feedback,higher Layer- Channel for ACK/NACK
long:[0..512]
configured subband The parameter determines of Downlink SPS
feedback,UE Selected the cycle shift spacing for Scheduling in one
subband feedback. PUCCH format 1/1a1b subframe
Reserved Field. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Higher Layer-Configured 1[0] 12
Close[0] Higher Layer-Configured 1[0] 12
pucchAckRepNum pucchSrNum pucchBlankFlag pucchBlankNum
enum:
Number of Ack/Nack The Number of SR Numbers of Blanked RB
Close[0]
The parameter
Repetition defines
PUCCH PUCCH PUCCH Blanking of PUCCH
Open[1]
number of PUCCH The parameter defines the
long:[0..512] long:[0..512] long:[0..98]
channel for ACK/NACK number of PUCCH The parameter is a switch The parameter defines the
feedback of Ack/Nack channels for SR during for PUCCH blanking, 0: number of RB for
Repetition one subframe. close 1: open PUCCH Blanking
-- -- -- --
0 36 Close[0] 0
0 36 Close[0] 0
The Number of Channel
pucchCqiRBNum cqiRptPeriod srTrPeriod srTrCHNum
The Configuration of The Configuration of SR Corresponding to the SR
RB Number of PUCCH CQI/PMIThe parameter indicates
Report Period The parameterPeriod
Transmission indicates
for the numberPeriod
Transmission of TTIfor
enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
Format 2/2a/2b the configuration
for UE (ms) of the configuration
UE (ms) of SR corresponding
UE to the SR
in Cell Configuration
5] enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4] longArray:[0..36]
CQI/PMI report period for transmission period for transmission period for
long:[0..98] model default: 2;4;5 model default: 1;2;3;4 model default: 1;1;10;0
The number of RBs is UE. It is one-dimensional UE. It is one-dimensional UE. It is one-dimensional
model default: 3 example: 2;4;5 example: 1;2;3;4 example: 1;1;10;0
allocated for PUCCH cqi vector including three vector including four vector including four
reporting elements. elements. elements.
-- -- -- --
3 2;4;5 1;2;3;4 2;2;0;8
3 2;4;5 1;2;3;4 2;2;0;8
the uplink frequency
Allocation[0] 4[4]
selection configured by
RB Location Sub-Band 5[5]
high layer for cell . The
Allocation(Frequency 6[6]
parameter is configured
Selective)[1] 7[7]
by enumerate number.The The parameter is initial
UL Hopping(Non- 8[8]
frequency selection could The parameter is initial bandwidth when ue is
Frequency Selective)[2] 9[9] enum: enum:
be RB bandwidth SRS hopping bandwidth attached to cell. The
Uplink PRB Random
freqSelectUl 10[10]
srsSubFrameCfg 0[0]
srsHopBW 0[0]
srsIniBW
allocation(frequency Srs subframe when ue is attached to parameter is correlation
Allocation[6] 11[11] 1[1] 1[1]
Uplink Frequency configuration is from 0 to
SRS Subframe cell. The parameter is with srs bandwidth
Allocate RB from high 12[12] 2[2] 2[2]
Selection 15. If Configuration
parameter is 0 1 2 3 SRScorrelation with srs
Hopping Bandwidth configuration. The initial
SRS Initial Bandwidth
frequency[7] 13[13] 3[3] 3[3]
selection),hop 4 5 6 9 10 11 12, system hopping bandwidth bandwidth must smaller
frequency(non-frequency not support srs TDMA. configuration. Whether or than max srs bandwidth
selection), speed auto- Min srs period is 2 2 2 5 5 not the parameter is according to srs
adjusted, service auto- 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 2 2ms adjusted that is decided by bandwidth configuration.
adjusted, auto-adjusted. Effective when Cell Reset SwchDAdjHopSrsBW. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
Uplink PRB Random Alloca
0[0] 0[0] 2[2]
Uplink PRB Random Alloca
0[0] 0[0] 2[2]
indicator for transmitting
The parameter shows the ACK/NACK and SRS in
Cell Identity in the a same subframe is
function of CoMP. It is support, ACK/NACK and
Configured different Cell The Number of Cyclic SRS may be transmitted
Identity for the Shift Used for PUCCH in a same subframe; If the
neighboring cell in the Formats 1/1a/1b in a Thevalue of the
Support supportfor
Indicator
enum:
cidofCoMP swchTTIBundling pucchNcsAn ackSrsTraSptInd
function of CoMP, Such NAnCs
Resource denotes
Block thefor
Used indicator
Transmittingfor ACK/NACK
transmitting
0[0] enum: enum:
as 0,Cell
The 1, 2.Identity
It ensures to
in the number
a Mix of cyclic1/1a/1b
of Formats shift ACK/NACK
and SRS inand SRS in
a Same
1[1] Close[0] Not support[0]
configure
Function different
of CoMP SRS Switch of TTI Bundling used for
andPUCCH
2/2a/2bformats a sameSubframe
subframe is not
2[2] Open[1] Support[1]
resource by configuring 1/1a/1b in a resource support, ACK/NACK and
long:[0..7]
different cell Identity for block used for a mix of SRS shall not be
the neighboring cell in the This parameter enables or formats 1/1a/1b and transmitted in a same
function of CoMP . disables TTI bundling for 2/2a/2b. subframe
Effective when Cell Reset cell users. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
srsMaxUpPts pucch3RB numPucch1b pucchSORTDEnable
The Switch of Srs
enum: enum:
Maximum Transmission The RB Number of Number of PUCCH PUCCH SORTD Mode
False[0] No[0]
in UpPts PUCCH Format 3 Format 1b The parameter
Enableindicates
True[1] Yes[1]
The parameter indicates the transmission diversity
long:[0..98] long:[0..512]
wheather SRS The parameter indicates mode of PUCCH .This
transmission bandwidth is the RB number of Number of PUCCH parameter is added in
maximized in UpPts. PUCCH format 3 Format1b protocol release10.
-- -- -- --
False[0] 0 12 No[0]
False[0] 0 12 No[0]
the numbers of two ports
threshold4CoMPCellJudU channel P1 for channel
The Channel Numbers of
aperiodicSRSSwch threshold4CoMPPsUl l nPucch1bP1
selection PUCCH
Channel Selection
enum:
Power Threshold of UL Judge Threshold of UL format1b. This parameter
PUCCH Format 1b for
Close[0]
Aperiodic SRS Switch CoMP CoMP Cell is usedTwo
in the transmission
Ports P1
Open[1]
The neighbor cell can help diversity mode of PUCCH
long:[-125..-100] long:[-12..24] long:[0..100]
The parameter indicates The first condition of local cell when the power . It is configured when the
model default: 0 model default: -120 model default: -6 model default: 20
the aperiod SRS enabled CoMP Cell is the power difference is greater than PUCCH transmission
or not. greater than the threshold. the threshold. diversity mode enable.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] -120 -6 20
Close[0] -120 -6 20
SINR threshold for
SINR Threshold for when UE' service is not
the service
Enabling types
TTI of the
Bundling includes QCI1,Use The
dottiBundSinrIn
UEScheduling
not include ttiBundSinrOut
QCI1. parameter
for UE provides SINR extendedBSRSwch cceRatioForCCLR
Ratio Threshold for
enum:
IfService
the SINR at which
Types Except the Close
threshold to determine
TTI Bundling SINR This parameter determines Ocuppied CCEs in CCLR
Close[0]
UE uses QCI1
the maximum whetherThreshold UEExcept
appliesQCI1
TTI ULthe UL extended
Extended BSR
BSR Switch Function
long:[-11..30] long:[0..30] Open[1]
transmitter power on an Bundling or not. If UE Switch. This parameter is
model default: 0 model default: 4 double:[0..1]
RB is less than or equal to SINR is more than the used in UL extended
units: dB units: dB model default: 0 model default: 1.0
this threshold, the UE threshold, UE will be BSR. It is configured The ratio of power of
enters TTI bundling configured in normal when UE need use UL signal in a OFDM symbol
scheduling. HARQ operation. extended BSR. to total power in a cell
-- -- -- --
0 4 Close[0] 1.0
0 4 Close[0] 1.0
enum: enum: enum:
The parameter
Whether indicates
Simultaneous
Disable[0]
tansAntenSel Bias 0[0]
prbRandNumberUl Bias 0[0]
prbRandNumberDl pucchPuschSimulTraInd
whether simultaneous
PUCCH And PUSCH
Openloop[1] Bias 1[1] Bias 1[1] enum:
Transmit Antenna Downlink PRB Random PUCCH and PUSCH
Transmissions Is
Closedloop[2] Bias 2[2] Bias 2[2] No[0]
Selection Mode Uplink PRB Random Bias Bias transmissions
Configuredare
Adaptive[3] Random Bias[3] Random Bias[3] Yes[1]
configured,If UE support
simultaneous PUCCH and
The parameter determines Uplink PRB Random Downlink PRB Random PUSCH transmission, it is
the mode of UE transmit Bias:Bias 0,Bias 1,Bias 2 Bias:Bias 0,Bias 1,Bias 2 configured Yes, or it is
antenna selection. and Random Bias and Random Bias configured No.
-- -- -- --
Disable[0] Bias 0[0] Bias 0[0] No[0]
Disable[0] Bias 0[0] Bias 0[0] No[0]
parameter to the baseband
and the UE that produce
and demodulate
demodulation reference This parameter is Uplink
enum:
signals for the PUSCH in schedule scheme
Normal Scheme[0]
a single layer according to selection. When
Pre-Schedule Scheme for
Rel8/9. If it is set to Yes, configuration is 0,the pre-
dmrsWithOCCActivated ueTransPortNum Low Loading[1]
schmeModeSelect lowLoadBSR
the RNLC sends this Maximum Number of schedule functions are This parameter is virtual
enum: enum: Highly Authorization
parameter
Switch fortoDMRS
the baseband
with This parameter
Transmit indicates
Antenna Ports closed.
Uplink The Pre-schedule
schedule scheme BSRforfor
BSR lowPre-schedule
loading Pre-
No[0] 2[0] Virtual BSR for Low
and the
OCC UEActivated
that produce theon
maximum number of
the UL PUSCH scheme for low loading is
selection schemeSchedule
for low loading.
Yes[1] 4[1] Loading[2]
and demodulate transmit antenna ports on enabled when the value is The parameter is 480
long:[1..1000]
demodulation reference the PUSCH in the uplink. 1. Highly authorization defaults. The final Tbsize
signals for the PUSCH in This parameter is used virtual BSR for low will a little larger than this
multiple layers according only by eNodeBs instead loading is enabled when value because of 235
to Rel10. of UEs. the value is 2. principles.
-- -- -- --
No[0] 2[0] Pre-Schedule Scheme for 480
No[0] 2[0] Pre-Schedule Scheme for 480
SINR threshold for
SINR Threshold for
the service
Enabling TTItypes of the
Bundling
bigGrantBSR
This parameter is virtual ttiBundPlIn ttiBundPlOut UE ttiBundSinrIn4QCI1
include QCI1. If the
Scheduling for UE
BSRBSRwhen Highly
for High- Open TTI Bundling PL Close TTI Bundling PL SINR atTypes
Service whichIncluding
the UE
authorization scheme for
Authorization Threshold Threshold uses the maximum
QCI1
long:[-11..30]
low loading enabled. The The parameter provides transmitter power on an
parameter is 480 defaults. The parameter provides PL threshold to determine RB is less than or equal to
The final Tbsize will a PL threshold to determine whether UE return normal this threshold, the UE
little larger than this value whether UE applies TTI transmission form TTI enters TTI bundling
because of 235 principles Bundling or not. Bundling or not. scheduling.
-- -- -- --
480 132 128 4
480 132 128 4
when UE'
Close TTI service
Bundlingincludes
SINR
ttiBundSinrOut4QCI1
QCI1,Use The parameter csiReportMode
This parameter is the srsNormalPeriod srsNormalResource
Threshold When UE' The Configuration of SRS The Number of SRS
enum:
provides
Service SINR threshold Submode
Type Includes submode of Mode1-1 in The parameter
Period for UE indicates
Normal The parameter Resource
Time-Division indicates
Submode1[0] enumArray:[0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
to determine
QCI1whether UE TM9 and CSI-RS 8 port, Port the configuration
Power (ms)of SRS the
fornumber of SRS
UE Normal time-
Power
long:[0..30] Submode2[1] 5, 6, 7] longArray:[0..256]
applies TTI Bundling or could be submode1 or period for UE normal division resource for UE
model default: 8 model default: 2;3;4 model default: 1;3;0
not. If UE SINR is more submode2. See power. It is one- normal power. It is one-
units: dB model default: 0 example: 2;3;4 example: 1;3;0
than the threshold, UE 36213[7.2.2], or dimensional vector dimensional vector
will be configured in 36331[6.3.2, CQI- including three elements. including three elements.
normal HARQ operation. ReportConfig] Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
8 Submode1[0] 2;3;4 1;0;3
8 Submode1[0] 2;3;4 1;0;3
enum: enum:
2[0] 2[0]
5[1] 5[1]
10[2] 10[2]
The Number of Channel
20[3] 20[3]
The Number of SRS Corresponding to The
40[4]
srsTrP 40[4]
srsLargePowPeriod srsLargePowResource cqiRptChNum
Minimum Reference The Configuration of SRS The parameter
Resource indicates
Over the The Transmission
CQI parameter indicates
Period
80[5] 80[5]
Period for the Segment of Period Over the Threshold the number
Threshold of SRS
of SRS PL for the number
for UE of channels
in Cell
160[6] 160[6]
The
SRSSRS's period.
Resource The
(ms) of SRS PL for UE (ms) resource
UEover the corresponding to the CQI
Configuration
320[7] 320[7] longArray:[0..24] longArray:[0..12]
period of localized must The parameter indicates threshold of SRS PL for transmission period for
model default: 0;0;0 model default: 0;0;0
be bigger or equal to min the configuration of SRS UE. It is one-dimensional UE. It is one-dimensional
model default: 2 model default: 2 example: 0;0;0 example: 0;0;0
period supported by srs period over the threshold vector including three vector including three
subframe configuration. of SRS PL for UE. elements. elements.
-- -- -- --
10[2] 10[2] 0;0;0 1;1;4
10[2] 10[2] 0;0;0 1;1;4
If the difference of RRC-
connected user number
and physical resource
capacity is larger than
capacityMarginThr(1), the If the parameter equals 0,
physical resource capacity that means the max
capacityMarginThr largeCapaUeNum tm9PmiRIReport maxNhelpRB
request
may be increased. If the EUTRAN configures this The MAXRB num isRB
Request
enum: adaptive result. If the
difference
The Margin of
Ofphysical
Physical The Threshold Of Larger TM9field only Reporting
PMI/RI when Number for Each
Close[0] parameter is not 0, the
resource capacity
Resource and
Adjustment. Capacity transmission mode is set
Configuration DLCoMP Neighbour Cell
longArray:[0..255] Open[1] parameter is the MAX
RRC-connected user to tm9. Open means
model default: 50;70 long:[200..3600] requestlong:[0..100]
RB number（the
number is larger than If RRC-connected user PMI/RI reporting is
example: 50;70 model default: 400 model default: 1 sum model
of alldefault:
UE's）0for
capacityMarginThr(2), the number is not less than configured; otherwise the
phsical resource capacity the threshold,the cell is in PMI/RI reporting is not each DLCoMP neighbour
may be decreased. larger capacity state. configured. cell.
-- -- -- --
50;70 400 Open[1] 0
50;70 400 Open[1] 0
When the uplink
This parameter is used to frequency selection is
support the PUCCH IRC enabled,
Ratio if current
of NewTx NeedTTIRB
pbrThrforComp pucchIrcSwch
algorithm. This parameter bstFreSelRatioUl
total arranged RBRBsfor
for srPriPeriodQCI
The PBR Satisfaction to Available
enum:
Threshhold for UE is set to Open if there is assignment is no greater QCI Queue for Shortest
Uplink Frequency
Close[0]
Entering DL CoMP large
Switch interference
for PUCCH onIRC
the than theSelection
value multiple SR Period Config
Open[1] longArray:[0..255]
PUCCH to improve the the left usable RBs, RB
double:[0..20000] long:[0..100] model default: 3;0;0;0
demodulation assignment is using the SR period will be
model default: 0.8 model default: 0 model default: 80 example: 3;0;0;0
The PBR satisfaction performance of the best selection, otherwise allocated with shortest
threshhold for UE PUCCH. It is set to Close using the try best period for QCI, which is
entering DL CoMP. in other cases. selection. not zero in queue.
-- -- -- --
0.8 Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0
0.8 Close[0] 80 3;0;0;0
36.213.K represents the
parameter ucCqiK. It
indicate that the number
of full cycles of the
optimal sub-band
CQI/PMI in each band
enum: enum:
part of the whole
srSecPeriodQCI maxCoopNbrCellNum Wideband feedback[0]
periodCqiFbMethd 1[0]
Multiple Neighbour The Method of UE bandwidth cqiK
can be reported
Subband feedback or 2[1]
QCI Queue for Shorter indicate the Multiple
Cell for Cooperation Feedbacking CQI betweenof
Number two consecutive
Full Cycles for
frequency selection 3[2]
SR Period Config neighbour
Modecell for Periodically broadband
Periodic CQI/PMI
Sub-band CQIs
longArray:[0..255] feedback[1] 4[3]
cooperation .When license reporting. This parameter
model default: 1;0;0;0 long:[0..1]
SR period will be is off, choose 0.When is invalid if the type of
allocated with shorter license is on, choose 1 to Period CQI Feedback CQI/PMI reported by
period for QCI, which is open the mutiple Mode. PUCCH is broadband.
not zero in queue. neighbour cooperation Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
1;0;0;0 0 Wideband feedback[0] 1[0]
1;0;0;0 0 Wideband feedback[0] 1[0]
Extend SR RB), only idle
extended SR RBs are
shrunk. If it is set to 1
(Shrink Extend SR RB by
enum:
Releasing UE), extended
Shrink Idle Extend SR
SR RBs are shrunk by
RB[0]
releasing the UEs on the
srAccOptSwch Shrink Extend SR RB by
srAccafterOptSwch cqiAccafterOptSwch sRReconfigSwch
The Switch of SR extended RBs. If it is set The Switch of CQI The Switch of SR
enum: Releasing UE[1] enum: enum:
to 2 (Shrink
Resource Allocation Algorithm Extend
Type of SRSRRB Resource Allocation Resource Reconfiguration
Close[0] Shrink Extend SR RB by Close[0] Close[0]
Optimization in Access RB byShrinking
Reconfiguring Optimization Based on QCI Type
Open[1] Reconfiguring UE[2] Open[1] Open[1]
UE), extended SR RBs
The parameter defines the are shrunk by The parameter defines the
switch of SR resource reconfiguring the SR The parameter defines the switch of SR resource
allocation optimization in resources of the UEs on switch of CQI resource reconfiguration based on
access. the extended RBs. allocation optimization. QCI type.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Shrink Idle Extend SR RB[Close[0] Close[0]
Close[0] Shrink Idle Extend SR RB[Close[0] Close[0]
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
;0;0;0;0;0
example:
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
sRSecAlloSwch 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
rbForbiddenBitMapDL enum:
mmRatioSwch maxMMRBRatio
The Switch of SR
enum: ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; Close[0]
Resource Second PDSCH RB Resources Massive MIMO Ratio Non-Massive MIMO Max
Close[0] 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 RB Ratio[1]
Allocation Forbidden Bitmap Switch RB Ratio
Open[1] ;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; RB Self-adaption Ratio[2] long:[0..100]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 80
Schedule RB bitmap in
model default: 0 ;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 2 units: %
The parameter defines the Pdsch.0 is enable RB,1 is
switch of SR resource disable RB Massive MIMO RB ratio Max RB ratio of Non-
second allocation. Effective when Cell Reset switch. Massive MIMO UE.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;RB Self-adaption Ratio[2] 80
Close[0] 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;RB Self-adaption Ratio[2] 80
The parameter is the DL
maxMMRBNum mmQosPrioritySwch mmSideNum freqDomformSwchDL
frequency domain
enum: enum:
Maximum RB Ratio for Massive MIMO Qos Massive MIMO Side forming switch, Domain
DL Frequency which is
Close[0] Close[0]
Massive MIMO Priority Switch Number used to adjust
Forming the RB
Switch
Open[1] Open[1]
This parameter sets the frequency allocation when
long:[0..100] long:[0..64]
maximum RB ratio Comp is opened. The
supported by the MM function is opened when
UEs with a large BSR in Massive MIMO Qos Side number between the RB frequency
each TTI. priority switch. Massive MIMO UE. allocation is not average.
-- -- -- --
SCC 7 User MU[7]
SCC 8 User MU[8]
disables mutual exclusion
SCC 9 User MU[9]
of TTI bundling and This parameter sets
SCC 10 User MU[10]
DRX.If it is set to Open, whether to enable MU on
SCC 11 User MU[11]
DRX is disabled if the UE SCC and sets the number
SCC 12 User MU[12]
enables TTI bundling; of SCC MU flows. If it is
compCSSwchUL ttiBMutexDRXSwch SCC 13 User MU[13]
DRX is enabled
Switch if the UE
For Mutual ThismmEnableUL
parameter is the setsccMUOptSwch
to 0, SCC MU is
enum: enum: enum: SCC 14 User MU[14]
The Switch of UL Comp disables TTI bundling.
Exclusion of TTI Theuplink
SwitchMM MU
of Uplink disabled. If it is set to 1,
Close[0] Close[0] Close[0] SCC 15 User MU[15]
CS When TTI And
Bundling bundling
DRXis proportion
MM MU switch. If the
Proportion the number
Switch of SCC
for SCC MU
Open[1] Open[1] Open[1] SCC 16 User MU[16]
The parameter is the enabled for the UE, DRX parameter is set to Open, SDMA flows is 1. If it is
switch of ULComp CS, is disabled.If it is set to multiple UEs can share set to 2–16, the
which is applied to the Close, DRX and TTI the same RB. Otherwise, corresponding number of
Volte user with Comp CS bundling are not mutually different UEs cannot SCC SDMA flows is 2–
corporation. exclusive. share the same RB block. 16.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] Open[1] Open[1] SCC DOA Switch OFF[0]
Close[0] Open[1] Open[1] SCC DOA Switch OFF[0]
This parameter sets
whether the base station
supports TM8 dual layers. This parameter is a
When the switch is set to mobility enhancement
smallBSRCoeffiPairOpt isSupportDualTM8
Close, mobilityEnhanceSwch
the base station switch. If the switch is set srLteOptEnable
Switch for Light Traffic
Groups Consider does not of
Switch useSupport
the TM8 dual to Open
Dual andofthere
Switch are UEs The Switch of SR-LTE
Mobility
Correlation layer solution.
TM8 When the satisfying the correlation
Enhancement Optimization
switch is set to Open, the threshold, the reliable
This parameter is used to base station can use the UEs will be filtered;
determine whether the TM8 dual layer solution otherwise, it is reported in The parameter is the
correlation is considered in accordance with MS accordance with the switch of SR-LTE
in light traffic groups. status. spatial multiplexing ratio. optimization
-- -- -- --
Open[1] Close[0] Close[0] Open[1]
Open[1] Close[0] Close[0] Open[1]
whether to enter TTI whether to enter TTI Window is exceeded, the exceeded, the activation /
Bundling mode when the Bundling mode when the activation / deactivation deactivation judgment is
UE services include the UE services do not judgment is performed if performed if the sample
QCI=1 service. If the include the QCI=1 the sample point of the point of the SINR is more
switch is turned on, the service. If the switch is SINR is more than TTI than TTI Bundling SINR
UE having the QCI=1 turned on, the UE not Bundling SINR Discard Discard Threshold;When
tTIBuningWithQCI1swch
service determines tTIBundWithoutQCI1Swc
having the QCI=1 service Threshold;When the TTI the TTI Bundling SINR
whether Dlenter TTI
to determines hwhether to tTIBSinrDiscardThre
Bundling SINR Discard tTIBSinrDiscardWin
Discard Window is
Switch of TTI Bundling Switch of TTI Bundling
enum: enum:
WhenBundling modeTypes
UE Service in enter
WhenTTI UEBundling mode
Service Types Window is exceeded,
TTI Bundling SINRno exceeded, no activation
TTI Bundling SINR /
Close[0] Close[0]
accordance
Includewith
QCI1channel Doin not
accordance
Include with
QCI1 activation
Discard / deactivation
Threshold (times) deactivation judgment
Discard Window (ms)is
Open[1] Open[1]
quality. If the switch is channel quality. If the judgment is performed if performed if the sample
long:[0..65535] long:[0..65535]
turned off, the UE having switch is turned off, the the sample point of the point of the SINR is less
the QCI=1 service does UE not having the QCI=1 SINR is less than or equal than or equal to TTI
not enter TTI Bundling service does not enter TTI to TTI Bundling SINR Bundling SINR Discard
mode. Bundling mode. Discard Threshold. Threshold.
-- -- -- --
The parameter is TTI
Bundling SINR filter For an MM station, this
threshold.When the TTI This parameter indicates rbHighThrOfFullSchFor
parameter
Maximumindicates
Number theof
tTIBSinrFilterThre
Bundling SINR Discard nRSAllocRBNumUl rbHighThrOfFullSchedUl
the maximum numberofof maximum MMUl
number of RBs
Maximum Number RBs for MM Stations in
Window
TTI is notSINR
Bundling exceeded,
Filter Bandwidth Configuration RBs in
RBs in Full
full scheduling
Scheduling inin inFull
fullScheduling
schedulingininthe
the
the activation
Threshold /
(times) for NR SULs the uplink. If the number
the Uplink uplink. IfUplink
the number of
long:[0..100]
deactivation judgment is of RBs used in the uplink RBs used in the uplink
long:[0..65535] model default: 0 long:[1..100] long:[1..1600]
performed if the sample This parameter indicates exceeds this threshold, the exceeds this threshold, the
model default: 200 units: RB model default: 75 model default: 150
point of the SINR is more the LTE bandwidth equivalent rate value is equivalent rate value is
than TTI Bundling SINR occupied by the NR SUL. calculated as a full calculated as a full
Filter Threshold. Effective when Cell Reset scheduling value. scheduling value.
-- -- -- --
200 0 75 150
200 0 75 150
for SRS resource
For an MM station, this cooperation. PCI-based
parameter indicates the This parameter indicates SRS resource cooperation
minimum number of RBs the minimum number of staggers the SRS This parameter defines
in non-full scheduling in RBs in non-full resources of the how SRS resources are
the uplink. If the number scheduling in the uplink. interfering cells with configured during SRS
rbLowThrOfNonFullSchF rbLowThrOfNonFullSche enum:
of RBs used
Minimum in the of
Number uplink
RBs If the number of RBs used different values N (N = resource coordination. If it
orMMUl dUl PCI-Based SRS
sRSResDisMethod
is larger
for MM than in
Stations this in the uplink
Non- Minimum is larger
Number of than
RBs mod(PCI,
SRS number
Cooperation of
Method issRSResConfigMethod
set
SRSto Configuration
a fixed value, the
Cooperation[0] enum:
threshold but less than
Full Scheduling in thethe in this threshold
Non-Full but less in
Scheduling coordinated SRS cells),
for SRS Resource SRS period
Method is configured
for SRS Resource
Cell Color-Based SRS Adaptive SRS Config[0]
maximumUplink number of RBs thanthe
theUplink
maximum whileCooperation
cell color-based on theCoordination
OMC; otherwise,
Cooperationg[1] Fixed SRS Config[1]
for MM stations in full number of RBs in full SRS resource cooperation the SRS configurations
long:[1..1600] long:[1..100]
scheduling in the uplink, scheduling in the uplink, staggers the SRS are adaptively generated
the equivalent rate value the equivalent rate value resources of the based on the number of
is calculated as a non-full is calculated as a non-full interfering cells with coordinating cells.
scheduling value. scheduling value. different different colors. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
50 5 PCI-Based SRS CooperatioFixed SRS Config[1]
50 5 PCI-Based SRS CooperatioFixed SRS Config[1]
the number of cells for
SRS resource
coordination. For the SRS This parameter enables or This parameter enables or
coordinating cells, the disables uplink CoMP for disables downlink CoMP
cellColor SRSsRSResDisCellNum
resources of the cells bearForCompSwchUL
the UEs with specific bearForCompSwchDL
for the UEs with specific
enum: enum:
This parameter indicates should
Number beofstaggered
Cells forinSRS
the bearer services.
UL CoMP If it is
Switch forset bearer services.
DL CoMP If it is
Switch forset
Close[0] Close[0]
the color
CellofColor
cells. The time-frequency domain by
Resource Coordination to Open,
Beareruplink
ServicesCoMP to Open, downlink
Bearer Services CoMP
Open[1] Open[1]
interfering cells are prolonging the SRS works on only the UEs works on only the UEs
long:[0..7] long:[1..8]
differentiated from each period to decrease intra- with specific bearer with specific bearer
other by color based on frequency SRS services. If it is set to services. If it is set to
their interference interference. Close, uplink CoMP is Close, downlink CoMP is
relationships. Effective when Cell Reset not restricted. not restricted.
-- -- -- --
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
;0;0;0;0;0
This parameter enables or disables enhancement in
example:
disables the pairing of far-point channel
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
PRBs with unequal estimation. If it is set to
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;
lengths. To improve the Open, dual-pilot joint
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
ulRbForbiddenBitMap pRBUnequalPairSwch pbrThrforExitDLComp dualPilotCeSwch
pairing probability and This
PBRparameter sets the
Satisfaction channel
Switch ofestimation
Far-Pointis
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; enum: enum:
RB Resource Bitmap system
Switch capacity, add
for Unequal- PBR satisfaction
Threshold for UEs to Exit implemented on the
Channel Estimation
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 Close[0] Close[0]
This parameter
Forbidden by thesets
PUSCHthe service types,
Length PRBand increase
Pairing threshold
DLfor UEs to exit
CoMP PUSCH receiver. If it is
Enhancement
;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0; Open[1] Open[1]
bitmap of RB scheduling the number of space- downlink CoMP. If the set to Close, the original
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 double:[0..40000]
on the PUSCH. If it is set division flows, this PBR satisfaction of channel estimation
;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 40000.0 model default: 0
to 0, RBs can be parameter is set to Open; CoMP UEs is larger than algorithm for the PUSCH
allocated. If it is set to 1, otherwise, it is set to this threshold, the CoMP receiver remains
RBs cannot be allocated. Close. UEs need to exit CoMP. unchanged.
-- -- -- --
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;Close[0] 40000.0 Close[0]
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;Close[0] 40000.0 Close[0]
meets the conditions of
far-point channel
This parameter enables or estimation enhancement.
disables PUCCH Format If far-point channel
3 allocation based on estimation enhancement is
SPIDs. If it is set to Open enabled and the MCS/RB
sPIDBasedPUCCH3Confi
and the UE supports pair for UE scheduling is
rnnAvgSwch PUCCH gSwch 3, the lowerfarPointCeOptMcsThr farPointCeOptRBThr
Switch forFormat
SPID-Based MCSthan or equal
Threshold of to the RB
Far- Threshold of Far-
enum: enum:
When
Thethe switch
Switch of isRnn
open, PUCCH Format 3 configured
Point Channelthresholds
Estimation Point Channel Estimation
Close[0] Close[0]
PUSCH
Averagereceives
Function Rnn resources are
Allocation (FarPointCeOpMcsThr
Enhancement Enhancement
Open[1] Open[1]
average and improves preferentially allocated to and This parameter determines
long:[0..28] long:[1..100]
PUSCH demodulation the UE according to the FarPointCeOpRBThr), whether a scheduled UE
performance, When the PUCCH Format 3 support far-point channel meets the conditions of
switch is off, it remains capability indicated by the estimation enhancement far-point channel
unchanged. SPID. takes effect. estimation enhancement.
-- -- -- --
to Only UL Support
CDMA LTE CSS, only
the uplink can use the
enum:
overlapping frequency
Close[0]
This parameter enables or resources of the CDMA
UL/DL Support CDMA
disables hybrid SU/MU system. If it is set to Only
LTE CSS[1]
pairing. If it is set to 0, This parameter indicates DL Support CDMA LTE
uLHstSdmaSwch dBFPairSwch cDMALTECutRbNum Only UL Support CDMA
cDMALTECSSSwch
dual-stream pairing is not the number
Number of RBs
of RBs for
for DL CSS, only the downlink
enum: enum: LTE CSS[2]
allowed and only single- LTE downlinkinbandwidth
Contraction CDMA- can use the overlapping
Close[0] Close[0] Only DL Support CDMA
Switch of ULHST SDMA flow pairing
SU/MU Paringcan be
Switch contraction in CDMA-
LTE CSS frequency
CDMA LTE resources of the
CSS Switch
Open[1] Open[1] LTE CSS[3]
involved in pairing. If it is LTE CSS scenarios. It is CDMA system. If it is set
long:[0..49]
set to 1, both single- used to increase the to Close, LTE cells can
This parameter enables or stream and dual-stream spectrum resources for use only the dedicated
disables uplink SDMA in pairing can be involved in LTE systems in CDMA- frequency resources.
high-speed rail scenarios. pairing. LTE CSS scenarios. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
disabled. If it is set to 1,
calculation
This parameter enables or correlation calculation
optimization[1]
disables uplink 256QAM optimization is enabled
Support the extend
in DCI0. If it is set to This parameter sets the and the optimization is
correlation calculation
Open, the eNodeB number of TMM SDMA used for basic correlation
based on key protection
determines whether groups for the TMM calculation. If it is set to
ul256QamDemSpInd4DC period calculation[2]
calcCorrelaCoeffiOptSwc
256QAM is supported by SDMAofmulti-group
Number TMM SDMA 2, the extended correlation
Support the extend
the UE. I0
If the UE pucch5RB tmmMultTeamNum
algorithm.
Groups forIf itthe
is TMM
set to 1, calculation hoptimization
enum: correlation calculation
supports 256QAM
Switch for Enabling andULthe Number of RBs Occupied it indicates that the TMM
SDMA Multi-Group based
Switchonfor
key protection
Correlation
Close[0] based on average period
wireless
256QAMchannel of the
in DCI0 by PUCCH Format 5 SDMA multi-group
Algorithm period calculation
Calculation is
Optimization
Open[1] calculation[3]
UE meets the condition algorithm is disabled. To supported. If it is set to 3,
long:[0..100] long:[1..16]
for enabling UL256QAM, This parameter sets the enable the TMM SDMA the extended correlation
the eNodeB reconfigures number of RBs occupied multi-group algorithm, calculation optimization
the UE to activate by PUCCH format 5. this parameter can be set based on average period
256QAM. Effective when Cell Reset to a value other than 1. calculation is supported.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0 1 Support the extend correlat
Close[0] 0 1 Support the extend correlat
optimization based on the as Double Side is turned on. Configured
TB size. If it is set to Multiplexing, the buffer as two-side multiplexing,
Open and pairing UEs are of the downlink shared the buffer of the uplink This parameter enables or
added to the downlink spectrum is bilaterally shared spectrum is disables CCE/RB data
MU pairing procedure, the multiplexed; configured bilaterally multiplexed; collection for the
system determines as Low Frequency configured as low balancing between
whether the TB size Multiplexing, the buffer frequency multiplexing, VoLTE and data services.
mMDlMuTbsizeSwch enum: enum:
increases.
Switch forIfTDDit is set
MM to ofbufferCSSModeDl
the downlink shared thebufferCSSModeUl
buffer of the uplink If itvTDataStatSwch
CCE/RB is set to Open,
Data the
Collection
enum: BothSidesReuse[0] BothSidesReuse[0] enum:
Close, the original
TBSize-Based DL MU spectrum is low frequency shared spectrum is low eNodeB
Switch forperiodically
VoLTE and
Close[0] LowFreSideReuse[1] LowFreSideReuse[1] Close[0]
procedure is executed, DL
Optimization multiplexed, configured
Buffer Mode of CSS ULfrequency multiplexed,
Buffer Mode of CSS collects statistics
Data Service on the
Balancing
Open[1] HighFreSideReuse[2] HighFreSideReuse[2] Open[1]
that is, the TB size is not as high frequency configured as high CCE/RB utilization, and
considered when pairing multiplex, and the frequency multiplexing, adjusts the strategy for
UEs are added to the downlink shared spectrum uplink shared spectrum balancing VoLTE and
downlink MU pairing The buffer is multiplexed The buffer is multiplexed data services based on the
procedure. for high frequency. for high frequency. utilization threshold.
-- -- -- --
Open[1] BothSidesReuse[0] BothSidesReuse[0] Close[0]
Open[1] BothSidesReuse[0] BothSidesReuse[0] Close[0]
VoLTE and data service
balancing. The first
element represents the
This parameter sets the threshold for high RB
period for collecting load. The second element
CCE/RB statistics for the represents the threshold
balancing
CCE/RB Databetween
Collection for RB utilization
VoLTE vTDataStatPrd vTDataCCEThrd vTDataRBThrd hOWithTTIBSwch
Periodand data services.
for VoLTE and restriction. The eNodeB
RB Load Threshold for Switch for the Handover
enum:
The
DataeNodeB
Serviceperiodically
Balancing CCE Threshold of VoLTE VoLTE periodically collects
and Data Service with the TTIB Status
longArray:[1..100] longArray:[1..100] Close[0]
collects statistics
(ms) on the and
and Data
Data Service
Service Balance.
Balance statistics on the RB
Balancing Value
model default: 30;45 model default: 80;90 Open[1]
CCE/RB utilization, and ENB will statistic CCE utilization, and adjusts the
long:[10..60000] units: % units: %
adjusts the strategy for used ratio in period, and strategy for balancing This parameter determines
model default: 500 example: 30;45 example: 80;90 model default: 0
balancing VoLTE and adjusts VoLTE and data VoLTE and data services whether to carry the TTIB
data services based on the service balance strategy based on the utilization status value of the source
utilization threshold. by threshold. threshold. side during a handover.
-- -- -- --
500 30;45 80;90 Close[0]
500 30;45 80;90 Close[0]
percentage of the SRS
subframe resources
reserved by the LTE
enum:
network. A larger
0[0]
This parameter enables or parameter value indicates
farPointAperiodicCQISw enum: 25[1] enum:
disables aperiodical CQI that less SRS resources This parameter enables or
ch by remote 2[0]
maxUserPucchfmt2 50[2]
srsReserveRatio CloseiMDSwitch
inter-modulation
transmission
Switch for Aperiodical Maximum Number of can be configured
Percentage on the
of Reserved disables intermodulation
enum: 4[1] 75[3] interference avoidance[0]
UEsCQI at Transmission
SR periods. Ifby
it is UEs Carried on PUCCH LTESRS network and more
Time Domain interference. If it is set to
Inter-modulation
Close[0] 6[2] 100[4] Open inter-modulation
set to Close,
Remoteremote
UEs UEs This parameter
Format setsRB
2 of Each the SRS resources
Resourcescan be 0, it indicates
Interference that
Switch
Open[1] 12[3] interference avoidance[1]
can send aperiodical CQIs maximum number of UEs configured on the SRS intermodulation
model default: 0
at SR periods. If it is set (with CQIs/PMIs) that are subframes reserved by the interference is disabled. If
to Open, remote UEs carried on PUCCH format LTE network for the NR it is set to 1, it indicates
cannot send aperiodical 2/2a/2b of the same RB. network. that intermodulation
CQIs. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset interference is enabled.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 6[2] 0[0] Close inter-modulation int
Close[0] 6[2] 0[0] Close inter-modulation int
interference avoidance is disables harmonic-
enabled and UE location interference coordination.
information is not If it is set to 0, harmonic-
enum:
exchanged with the NR interference avoidance is
Close harmonic
side. If it is set to 2, it is performed in the
interference avoidance[0] enum:
indicates that semi-static- downlink of NR cells.
lTEUlReserveRBRatiofor lTEDlReserveRBRatiofor harmonic Open static harmonic NR downlink for
interference This strategy is used to
NR NR interference avoidance[1]
harmInterferAvoidMode harmonic interference
harmonicSwitch
Proportion of UL Proportion of DL avoidance is enabled, the ensure the traffic on the
Open semi-static avoidance[0]
This parameter
Resources sets the
Reserved This parameter
for Resources sets the
Reserved for location information of
Harmonic-Interference LTE side. If it is set to 1,
Harmonic-Interference
harmonic interference LTE uplink for harmonic
proportion of uplink
NR Cells proportion of downlink the harmonic
NR Cells AvoidanceUEs Modeat both harmonic-interference
Coordination Switch
avoidance[2] interference avoidance[1]
resources reserved for NR resources reserved for NR near and far points is avoidance is is performed
long:[0..100] long:[0..100]
cells by LTE cells. A cells by LTE cells. A considered, and UE in the downlink of LTE
larger parameter value larger parameter value location information is cells. This strategy is used
indicates more resources indicates more resources exchanged between LTE to ensure the traffic on the
reserved for NR cells. reserved for NR cells. and NR cells. NR side.
-- -- -- --
50 50 Close harmonic interferencNR downlink for harmonic
50 50 Close harmonic interferencNR downlink for harmonic
a 4G-5G Dynamic Dynamic Spectrum value 1 indicates PRB
Spectrum Sharing (DSS) Sharing (DSS) scenario, randomization for the
scenario, this parameter this parameter sets how forced allocation of high
sets how uplink RBs are downlink RBs are frequencies. In this case,
enum: enum:
preferentially allocated preferentially allocated downlink RBs of the LTE
the uplink of NR avoid the downlink of NR avoid
between LTE and NR between LTE and NR system are forcibly
LTE[1] LTE[1] dlPrbRandForceModeFor
cells. If it is set to 1, cells. If it is set to 1, allocated from high
the uplink of LTE avoid
lTEUlAvoidNRMode the downlink of LTE
lTEDlAvoidNRMode enum:
Dss to low puschIrcMode
uplink LTE indexes can downlink LTE indexes DL frequencies
Random Forced PRB
NR[2] avoid NR[2] PrbRandomMode[0]
be guaranteed.
UL If it is set
Avoidance Policy for can Avoidance
DL be guaranteed. If itfor
Policy is Allocation
frequencies (except
Mode in a for
DSS PUSCH IRC Mode
the uplink LTE and NR the downlink LTE and PrbRandomForceStartFro
to LTE
2, uplink
and NR Cellsindexes setLTE
to 2,and
downlink
NR Cells NR special allocation,
Scenario such as Switch
Equivalent[3] NR Equivalent[3] mHighFrequency[1]
can be guaranteed. If it is indexes can be SPS and signaling), so
long:[0..1]
set to 3, the uplink guaranteed. If it is set to that as consecutive This parameter sets the
indexes of LTE and NR 3, the downlink indexes of spectrum is reserved for PUSCH IRC mode, 0 for
cells are equally LTE and NR cells are the NR system as 4×4 IRC and 1 for 8×8
guaranteed. equally guaranteed. possible. IRC.
-- -- -- --
the uplink of NR avoid LT the downlink of NR avoid PrbRandomForceStartFrom0
the uplink of NR avoid LT the downlink of NR avoid PrbRandomForceStartFrom0
the uplink PUCCH
disabled. If it is set to 1,
the uplink PUCCH
This parameter enables or enabled. The purpose for
disables FMM/TMM anti- this optimization is to
pucchIrcMode antiInterOptSwch
interference optimization. dLHstSdmaSwch pucchOptSwch
make the PUCCH
Switch for FMM/TMM Switch for DL SDMA in
enum: enum:
PUCCH IRC Mode If it is set to 0,
Anti-interference High-Speed Rail reservation
Switch foralgorithm
PUCCH of
Close[0] Close[0]
Switch FMM/TMM
Optimization anti- Scenarios the CMAC the same as
Optimization
Open[1] Open[1]
interference optimization This parameter enables or that of the RNLC. If the
long:[0..1] long:[0..1]
This parameter sets the is disabled. If it is set to 1, disables downlink SDMA number of uplink PUSCH
PUCCH IRC mode, 0 for FMM/TMM anti- in high-speed rail RBs is insufficient, this
4×4 IRC and 1 for 8×8 interference optimization scenarios. It is configured parameter can be set to
IRC. is enabled. as required. Open.
-- -- -- --
This parameter enables or This parameter enables or SINR decision threshold
disables location disables the uplink for a single RB for special
allocation enhancement PUCCH
Switch of optimization
Self-adaptive This parameter sets the UEs at far points. If the
for special UEs. If it is set algorithm. If it is set to 0,
Retransmission number of special UEs single-RB-SINR value of
enUlPrbLocAlloc4SpeUe
to Open, location srbAdpRetxOptInFreqSw
the uplink PUCCH speUeNum4EnPrbLocAll
handled in a single TTI. a UE is smaller than this
Optimization for
allocation Swch chalgorithm is ocis set to 2 to sINRThr4SpeEdgeUe
Switch isofenhanced
Location for optimization
Signaling Frequencies By default, it threshold, the UE
Single-RB-SINR is
Decision
enum: enum:
special
Allocation UEs.Enhancement
If it is set to disabled.
with If it isSelection
Frequency set to 1, balance of
Number between
Specialgood
UEs regardedfor
Threshold as aSpecial
far-point
UEs
Close[0] Close[0]
Close, forlocation
Specialallocation
UEs the uplink
EnabledPUCCH performance
Handled and the
in a Single TTI UE; otherwise, the UE is
at Far Points
Open[1] Open[1]
is not enhanced for any optimization algorithm is scheduling of special regarded as a near-point
long:[0..10] long:[-10..40]
UE. This optimization is enabled. This UEs. This optimization is UE. This optimization is
introduced to ensure the optimization is introduced introduced to ensure the introduced to ensure the
experience of some to ensure the experience experience of some experience of some
special users. of some special users. special users. special users.
-- -- -- --
method of the uplink RB method of the downlink
resource proportion of RB resource proportion of
This parameter enables or LTE cells. If it is set to 0, NR cells. If it is set to 0,
disables false-antenna the uplink resource the downlink resource
selection identification. It proportion of NR cells proportion of NR cells
is valid when the can be statically can be statically
speUeTpyeSel4EnRbAllo enum: enum:
Transmit Antenna configured based on the configured based on the
falseAntSelIndentifySwch c static set UL NR RB dlRBShareAlgSwitch4NR
ulRBShareAlgSwitch4NR static set DL NR RB
Selection Mode parameter configurations on the configurations on the
enum: ratio[0] ratio[0]
is set to any value
False-Antenna except
Selection UME. If it isStrategy
the UME. If it isStrategy
the
Close[0] self-adptively set UL NR self-adptively set DL NR
Disable. If this parameter
Identification Switch This of
Type parameter sets UEs
Guaranteed the ULuplink
Sharedresource
Resources DLdownlink resource
Shared Resources
Open[1] RB ratio[1] RB ratio}[1]
is set to Open, the type of guaranteed UEs. It proportion of NR cells proportion of NR cells
long:[0..3]
identified UEs are is effective only when the can be dynamically can be dynamically
regarded as those that do ucSpeType4EnPrbAllocS adjusted based on the adjusted based on the
not support antenna wch parameter is set to service requirements of service requirements of
selection. Open. LTE/NR cells. LTE/NR cells.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 0 self-adptively set UL NR Rself-adptively set DL NR R
Close[0] 0 self-adptively set UL NR Rself-adptively set DL NR R
it indicates that the TM4 to TM8 in an 8-
FeatureGroup-Based
terminals that select UE antenna cell. It is valid
Tx antennas are identified when UE transmitting-
FeatureGroup-Based
based on FGI policy 1. If antenna selection is
it is set to 2, it indicates enabled. It is used to
FeatureGroup-Based
that the terminals that determine whetherforto
MCS Threshold
select UE Tx antennas are This parameter sets the This parameter sets the switch the UEs
Switching fromsupporting
TM4 to
reserved1[4]
ueAntSelIdentifySwch tm4toTm8McsThr8TX tm84TestMcsThr8TX tm48McsThrAntSelct8TX
identified
Switch based on FGI
for Identifying the MCS Threshold
MCS threshold for
for MCS Threshold
MCS threshold for
for TM8transmitting-antenna
in an 8-Antenna Cell
reserved2[5]
policy 2. If it for
Terminals is set
UEtoTx
3, it switching from TM4 to Switching
Switching switching from TM8 to selection
When UEfrom TM4 to
Tx Antenna
reserved3[6]
indicatesSelection
Antenna that the TM8 in
TM8 in an
an 8-Antenna
8-antenna cell. TM4 in
Cell TM4 in an
an 8-Antenna
8-antenna cell.
Cell TM8. If the MCS
Selection value of
Is Enabled
reserved4[7]
terminals that select UE When the MCS value is When the MCS value is a UE is less than this
long:[0..28] long:[0..29] long:[0..28]
Tx antennas are identified smaller than this larger than or equal to this threshold, the UE can be
based on FGI policy 3. threshold, the switching threshold, the switching switched from TM4 to
The parameter values 4 to from TM4 to TM8 should from TM8 to TM4 should TM8; otherwise, the UE
7 are reserved. be considered. be considered. remains in TM4.
-- -- -- --
Disable[0] 5 5 5
Disable[0] 5 5 5
TM8 to TM4 in an 8-
antenna cell. It is valid
when UE transmitting-
antenna selection is This parameter sets the
enabled. It is used to This parameter sets the This parameter sets the spectrum efficiency
MCS Threshold MCS threshold for MCS threshold for threshold for UEs to
switch the UEs tm4toTm8McsThr8TX4R tm84TestMcsThr8TX4R
Switching fromsupporting
TM8 to switching the UEsfor
MCS Threshold that switching the UEsfor
MCS Threshold that quickly switch
Spectrum from TM4
Efficiency
8TX
transmitting-antenna X receiving
support four X receiving
support four tm48SchdSEThr8TX
TM4 in an 8-Antenna Cell Switching 4Rx-UEs from Switching 4Rx-UEs from to Threshold
TM8 in anof8-antenna
Quick
selection
When UEfrom TM8 to
Tx Antenna antennas from in
TM4 to TM8 TM4 to
an 8- antennas from in
TM8 to TM4 TM8 to
an 8- cell. When from
Switching the spectrum
TM4 to
TM4. If the MCS
Selection value of
Is Enabled TM8 in an 8-antenna
Antenna Cell cell. TM4 in an 8-antenna
Antenna Cell cell. TM8
efficiency of the UEsCell
in an 8-Antenna in
a UE is larger than or When the MCS value is When the MCS value is TM4 is lower than this
long:[0..29] long:[0..28] long:[0..29] double:[0..20]
equal to this threshold, the smaller than this larger than or equal to this threshold, the quick
UE can be switched from threshold, the switching threshold, the switching switching from TM4 to
TM8 to TM4; otherwise, from TM4 to TM8 should from TM4 to TM8 should TM8 should be
the UE remains in TM8. be considered. be considered. considered.
-- -- -- --
5 2 2 1.3
5 2 2 1.3
This parameter sets the This parameter sets the low CQI threshold for high CQI threshold for
low CQI threshold for high CQI threshold for rank3 and rank4 rank3 and rank4
rank2 scheduling rank2 scheduling scheduling
Low CQI optimization
Threshold forat scheduling
High CQI optimization
Threshold forat
optimization at far points tM9OpenloopRI34LowTh tM9OpenloopRI34HighT
Low CQI Threshold for optimization at far points
High CQI Threshold for farRank3
points and
in open-loop
Rank4 farRank3
points and
in open-loop
Rank4
tM9OpenloopRI2LowThr
in open-loop TM9 mode. tM9OpenloopRI2HighThr
in open-loop TM9 mode. Scheduling
TM9 mode.r If the TM9 mode.hr If the
Rank2 Scheduling RI2 Scheduling Optimization Scheduling Optimization
If the scenario
Optimization where
at Far a Optimization
Points If the scenario where
at Far a
Points scenario where
at Far Points inaOpen-
UE is scenario where
at Far Points inaOpen-
UE is
UEinisOpen-Loop
located meets
TM9the UE inisOpen-Loop
located meets
TM9the located meets
Loop TM9 the low- locatedLoop
meetsTM9the high-
low-threshold conditions, high-threshold conditions, threshold conditions, the threshold conditions, the
long:[-1..15] long:[-1..15] long:[-1..15] long:[-1..15]
the procedure for the procedure for procedure for scheduling procedure for scheduling
scheduling optimization at scheduling optimization at optimization at far points optimization at far points
far points in open-loop far points in open-loop in open-loop TM9 mode in open-loop TM9 mode
TM9 mode starts. TM9 mode starts. starts. starts.
-- -- -- --
8 9 5 6
8 9 5 6
low CQI threshold for high CQI threshold for This parameter sets the MCS threshold for
rank5
Low to CQIrank8 scheduling
Threshold for rank5
High toCQIrank8 scheduling
Threshold for MCS threshold for switching the UEs that
tM9OpenloopRI58LowTh
optimization far points tM9OpenloopRI58HighT bFtoTm3TestMcsThr8Tx
Rank5 toatRank8 optimization
Rank5 toatRank8
far points switching the UEsfor
MCS Threshold that support four receiving
MCS Threshold for
in r TM9 mode. in open-loophrTM9 mode. tm3toBFMcsThr8Tx4Rx
open-loopOptimization support four receiving 4Rx open-loop
antennas from
Scheduling Scheduling Optimization Switching 4Rx-UEs from Switching 4Rx-UEs from
If
at the
Farscenario
Points inwhere
Open-a If
at the
Farscenario
Points inwhere
Open-a TM3antennas from TM3
to Open-Loop BFtoin BF to TM3
Open-Loop BFintoan 8- in
TM3
UE is located
Loop TM9meets the UE is located
Loop TM9meets the open-loop BF inCell
an 8-Antenna an 8- antenna cell. When
an 8-Antenna Cellthe
low-threshold conditions, high-threshold conditions, antenna cell. When the MCS value is larger than
long:[-1..15] long:[-1..15] long:[0..28] long:[0..29]
the procedure for the procedure for MCS value is smaller than or equal to this threshold,
scheduling optimization at scheduling optimization at this threshold, the the switching from open-
far points in open-loop far points in open-loop switching from TM3 to loop BF to TM3 is
TM9 mode starts. TM9 mode starts. open-loop BF is triggered. triggered.
-- -- -- --
4 5 12 12
4 5 12 12
This parameter sets the feature sequence. If it is
transmission mode policy set to 0, the 20-bit
in atmospheric ducting atmospheric-ducting This parameter controls
scenarios. The value 0 feature sequence is the value of the diagonal
indicates that TM3 is disabled. If it is set to 1, load factor. If it is set to
enum:
always selected when the 20-bit atmospheric- Close, the default value of This parameter sets the
Close[0]
atmospheric ducting ducting feature sequence the diagonal load factor is value of the diagonal load
enum:
atmosDuctTMOptSwch Contain the First 2 Bits of
atmosChaSeq20BitSwch enum:
exists. The value
Transmission Mode 1 isSwitch
enabled forand
thecontains
20-Bit used. IfdiagSwitch
it is set to Open, factor. IfdiagFactor
the diagonal load
Fixed Switch to TM3[0] Cell Id[1] Close[0]
indicates
Policy that the
in Atmospheric theAtmospheric-Ducting
high 2 bits of cell IDs. the current Load
Diagonal settingFactor
of the factor control
Diagonal switch
Load is set
Factor
Scenario-Based Switch[1] Not Contain Cell Id Open[1]
transmission mode is
Ducting Scenarios If itFeature
is set toSequence
2, the 20-bit diagonal load
Control factor is
Switch to Open,
Value a(min)
smaller
Reserved[2] Info[2] Adaptive[2]
selected based on the atmospheric-ducting used. If it is set to parameter value indicates
long:[1..65535]
scenario when feature sequence is Adaptive, the value of the a higher diagonal load,
atmospheric ducting enabled and does not diagonal load factor is and a larger parameter
exists. The value 2 is contain any cell ID that adjusted in real time. value indicates a lower
reserved. information. Effective when Cell Reset diagonal load.
-- -- -- --
Scenario-Based Switch[1] Close[0] Close[0] 10000
Scenario-Based Switch[1] Close[0] Close[0] 10000
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
different opportunity used
to transmit PRACH is
also configured. In fact,
the parameter gives the
access opportunity for
PRACH. The larger the
number of frame and
NE_Name ldn moId prachConfigIndex
subframe used to transmit
PRACH is, the more the
Prach Configuration
NE Name LDN MO ID access opportunity
Index is.
string:length[1]
This parameter sets the Effective immediately
unique ID of the managed when the emtc switch of
object. It is of the eutran cell is
container type and is close;otherwise it is Cell
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. Reset.
R -- --
The parameter indicates CE, where
28[6]
whether the cell is high- RACH_ROOT_SEQUEN
32[7]
speed. If cell high-speed CE is broadcasted as part
36[8]
attribute is high-speed, of the System
40[9]
The cyclic shift method to Information. Additional
44[10]
generate PRACH preamble sequences, in
48[11]
preamble sequence is Number of Random case 64 preambles cannot
prachFreqOffset highSpeedFlag 52[12]
different between high- numberOfRAPreambles
Access Preamble be rootSequenceIndex
generated
Starting from
Index a single
of Logical
enum: 56[13]
Starting RB Number of speed cell and non high- Signatures Based on root Zadoff-Chu
Root Sequence to
Not High Speed Cell[0] 60[14]
The parameter
Random AccessisPreamble
used to speed
Cell cell. In high-speed
High-Speed Attribute Contention Conflict sequence,
Generate 64arePreamble
obtained
High Speed Cell[1] 64[15]
determine the frequency cell, cyclic shift is from the root sequences
long:[0..94] long:[0..837]
position used for PRACH. restricted. In non high- The parameter defines the with the consecutive
The PRACH uses 6 RB, speed cell, cyclic shift is number of contention logical indexes until all
from 0 to N_RBÛL-6. not restricted. based random access the 64 sequences are
Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset preambles. found.
-- -- -- --
preamble sequences, in
24[5] 4[1]
case 64 preambles cannot If no Random Access If no Random Access
28[6] 5[2]
be generated from a single Response is received by Response is received by
32[7] 6[3]
root Zadoff-Chu UE after UE transmitted UE after UE transmitted
36[8] 7[4]
sequence, are obtained Random Access Random Access
40[9] enum: 8[5]
from the root sequences Preamble, UE will Preamble, UE will
44[10]
sizeOfRAPreamblesGrou 0[0] 10[6]
with the consecutive increase transmit power increase transmit power
ncs until all 48[11]
pA 2[1]
powerRampingStep 20[7]
preambleTransMax
logical Shift
Cyclic indexes
Parameters for PRACH by Power for PRACH
Maximum by Power
Transmission
52[12] 4[2] 50[8]
the 64onsequences
Based are
Logical Root Number of Preamble step and retry Power
PRACH to transmit stepTimes
and retry to transmit
of PRACH
56[13] 6[3] 100[9]
found.(Ncs)
Sequence Signatures in Group A Random Access Step
Ascending Preamble RandomPreamble
Access Preamble
60[14] 200[10]
Effective immediately until until
when the emtc switch of The parameter defines the Preamble_Transmission_ Preamble_Transmission_
eutran cell is number of Random Counter is equal to Counter is equal to
close;otherwise it is Cell Access preambles in Max_retransmit_number_ Max_retransmit_number_
Reset. Group A. for_prach. for_prach.
-- -- -- --
6 48[11] 2[1] 8[5]
6 48[11] 2[1] 8[5]
-106[7] enum:
-104[8] Minusinfinity[0] enum:
-102[9] 0[1] 2[0]
Once the Random Access
-100[10] 5[2] 3[1]
Preamble is transmitted,
-98[11] enum: 8[3] 4[2]
the UE shall monitor the
-96[12]
preambleIniReceivedPow 56[0] 10[4]
messagePowerOffsetGrou 5[3]
PDCCH in Search
Receiving the TTI
-94[13]
er 144[1]
messageSizeGroupA 12[5]
pB is a power 6[4]
raResponseWindowSize
Message Length of The parameter
Transmission Power Windowwindow
for Random
-92[14] 208[2] 15[6] 7[5]
PRACH Initial Preamble Random Access Preamble control margin
Offset of Groupfor
B [RA_WINDOW_BEGIN-
Access Preamble
-90[15] 256[3] 18[7] 8[6]
Transmission Power Based onGroup
this parameter message 3 transmission
Preamble RA_WINDOW_END]
Response (ms) for
10[7]
of message3 size, UE configured by the eNB Random Access
The parameter indicates determines to select the and is used to select the Response(s). The
units: dBm units: bits units: dB model default: 7
initial power for preamble Random Access Random Access parameter indicates the
of PRACH. It is that the Preambles group A or Preambles group A or monitor window size.
first transmit power. group B. group B. Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
-100[10] 56[0] 8[3] 10[7]
Contention Resolution
enum:
Timer will be started. If
8[0]
MAC Contention
16[1]
Resolution Timer is
24[2]
running, UE will detect
32[3]
PDCCH and wait for the
40[4]
The Number of Non- response from network
maxHarqMsg3Tx raCollProb 48[5]
macNonContenPreamble and macContResTimer
Contention Random detemine whether it is
56[6]
Maximum Transmission Expected Random Access Access Preambles for allowed to access
MAC Contention
64[7]
Times of Message 3 Conflict Probability MAC network. If the
Resolution MAC
Timer
In the random access This parameter defines the Contention Resolution
long:[1..8] double:[0..0.5] long:[2..60] model default: 7
procedure, the max number of non-contention Timer expires, UE
model default: 5 model default: 0.01 model default: 4 units: sf
number of messages 3 Expected Random Access Random Access considers this Contention
harq transmissions. Conflict Probability by preambles for MAC. Resolution not successful.
Effective when Cell Reset Cell. Effective when Cell Reset Effective when Cell Reset
-- -- -- --
5 0.01 4 64[7]
5 0.01 4 64[7]
This parameter is to
reducing the current cell
Msg1 for
Switch false alarm
Reducing TA Threshold for
prachFreqOffsetFlag prachUltiCapSwch
This parameter is in prachFMRecOnTASwch
probability caused prachFMRecTAThresh
The Switch of PRACH Msg1 False Alarmby Reducing Msg1 False
enum: enum: enum:
The switch
Starting of PRACH
RB Configuration Normal
Switch coverage
for PRACH and neighbor cell.
Probability When
Based on this
TA If the
Alarm cell radius
Probability Based
Adaptive[0] Close[0] Close[0]
starting RB configuration High
Method wayCapacity
Ultimate coverage,Test
for part ofThreshold
the false alarm calculated
on TAbased on TA of
Threshold
Manual[1] Open[1] Open[1]
method. Zero means PRACH ultimate capacity probability needs to be the current PRACH ID is
long:[10..600000]
PrachFreqOffset is test, opened in the reduced, the switch is larger than the TA
adaptive , and one means PRACH ultimate capacity turned on, the other threshold R (in meters),
PrachFreqOffset is test, the other is turned off conditions are turned off the current PRACH ID is
manual configured. by default. by default. considered to be false.
-- -- -- --
Adaptive[0] Close[0] Open[1] 10000
Adaptive[0] Close[0] Open[1] 10000
whether the system
notifies the control plane
of sending SI when an
MSG3Lost is identified.
The reason for the
This parameter is to prachUpdateDetectionSw
MSG3Lost problem is
prachSupFarCoverSwch
extending cell isch
the current cell that a Switch established
for The or
enum: enum:
coverage. When
Switch for the cell deleted
PRACH when the
Notification Format3
of RNLC
Close[0] Close[0]
radius is greater
Super-far than
Coverage parameter is updated.
Sending SI In
Open[1] Open[1]
12.23Km and is less than this case, the shutdown of
or equal to 118.93Km, the the RRU PA results in the
switch is turned on, the loss of paging messages
other conditions are and the UE fails to update
turned off by default. the system.
-- --
Close[0] Open[1]
Close[0] Open[1]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
transmission schemes
enum:
except multi-user MIMO
-6[0]
-4.77[1]
-3[2]
-1.77[3]
0[4]
with no spatial
paForBCCH
multiplexing
Between
2[6]
multi-user
BCCH MIMO
and Cell RS
3[7]
NE Name LDN MO ID transmission mode. The
(P_A_BCCH)
string:length[1]
This parameter sets the parameter is
unique ID of the managed corresponding to the
string string:length[0..200] example: 1 units: dB
object. It is of the PDSCH data sourced
container type and is from BCCH logical
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. channel.
R -- --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-11 -3[2]
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBCUCPFunction=510-11 -3[2]
transmission schemes transmission schemes is 0 dB for all PDSCH and P_A is a parameter
except multi-user MIMO except multi-user MIMO transmission schemes provided by higher layers.
-6[0] -6[0] -6[0] -6[0]
and P_A is a parameter and P_A is a parameter except multi-user MIMO Not necessarily valid in
-4.77[1] -4.77[1] -4.77[1] -4.77[1]
provided by higher layers. provided by higher layers. and P_A is a parameter some cases, e.g. QPSK
-3[2] -3[2] -3[2] -3[2]
Not necessarily valid in Not necessarily valid in provided by higher layers. with no spatial
-1.77[3] -1.77[3] -1.77[3] -1.77[3]
some cases, e.g. QPSK some cases, e.g. QPSK Not necessarily valid in multiplexing and without
0[4] 0[4] 0[4] 0[4]
with no spatial with no spatial some cases, e.g. QPSK multi-user MIMO
1[5]
paForCCCH 1[5]
paForPCCH 1[5]
paForMSG2 1[5]
paForDCCH
multiplexing
Between multiplexing
Between Powerwith no spatial
Offset Between transmission
Between
2[6] 2[6] 2[6] 2[6]
multi-user
CCCH MIMO
and Cell RS multi-user
PCCH MIMO
and Cell RS multiplexing
MSG2 andand Cellwithout
RS DCCHparameter is RS
and Cell
3[7] 3[7] 3[7] 3[7]
transmission mode. The
(P_A_CCCH) transmission mode. The
(P_A_PCCH) multi-user
(P_A_MSG2)MIMO corresponding
(P_A_DCCH) to the
parameter is parameter is transmission mode. The PDSCH data sourced
corresponding to the corresponding to the parameter is from DCCH logical
PDSCH data sourced PDSCH data sourced corresponding to the channel and its
from CCCH logical from PCCH logical PDSCH data sourced assignment is through
channel. channel. from Msg2. CCCH logical channel.
-- -- -- --
-3[2] -3[2] -3[2] -3[2]
-3[2] -3[2] -3[2] -3[2]
enum:
-6[0]
-4.77[1]
-3[2]
with no spatial
-1.77[3]
multiplexing and without
0[4]
multi-user MIMO
1[5]
paForDTCH pdschCLPCSwchDl pcfichPwrOfst phichPwrOfst
transmission
Between
2[6] enum:
parameter
PDSCH is RS
and Cell PDSCH Closeloop Power The valuePower
PCFICH of RAM of itto
Offset is The valuePower
PHICH of RAM of ittois
Offset
3[7] Close[0]
corresponding
(P_A_DTCH) to the Control Switch power DTCH_PA
offset of PCFICH power offset of PHICH to
DTCH_PA
Open[1] double:[-7.6..10.0] double:[-7.6..10.0]
PDSCH data sourced Switch of PDSCH power to CRS. It ensure the CRS. It ensure the
model default: 2 model default: 3.0 model default: 3.0
from DCCH logical control, increase PDSCH transmit power of transmit power of PHICH.
channel and its transmit power by PCFICH. It should be It should be configured
assignment is through increasing PA when MCS configured when cell when cell establish or
CCCH logical channel. < 9. establish or reestablish. reestablish.
-- -- -- --
-3[2] Close[0] 3.0 3.0
-3[2] Close[0] 3.0 3.0
pdcchF0PwrOfst pdcchF1PwrOfst pdcchF1APwrOfst pdcchF1BPwrOfst
TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI
power offset
Formatof1A
Formatof1B
DCI1B to
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
transmit power of DCI0. transmit power of DCI1. transmit power of DCI1A. transmit power of DCI1B.
-- -- -- --
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
pdcchF1CPwrOfst pdcchF1DPwrOfst pdcchF2PwrOfst pdcchF2APwrOfst
TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
for DCI
power offset
Formatof1C
DCI1C to power offset
Formatof1D
DCI1D to power offset
Formatof2A
DCI2A to
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
transmit power of DCI1C. transmit power of DCI1D. transmit power of DCI2. transmit power of DCI2A.
-- -- -- --
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0
pdcchF3PwrOfst pdcchF3APwrOfst csiRSPwrOfst pwrCtlSwchDl
PDCCH Power Offset to PDCCH Power Offset to
doubleArray:[-7.6..10.0] doubleArray:[-7.6..10.0] enum:
TheDTCH_PA
for DCI TheDTCH_PA
value of RAM of it is Ratio of CSI-RS EPRE to Downlink Power Control
for DCI
model default: model default: Close[0]
power offset
Formatof3A
DCI3A to CRS EPRE The parameter
Switch is the
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 double:[-7.6..10] Open[1]
CRS. It ensure the CRS. It ensure the switch of downlink power
units: dB units: dB model default: -3.0
transmit power of DCI3. transmit power of DCI3A. control function.When
example: 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 example: 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 units: dB model default: 0
It should be configured It should be configured Power Offset of CSI RS, this switch is on, it is
when cell establish or when cell establish or relative to CRS. possible to process
reestablish. reestablish. Effective when Cell Reset downlink power control.
-- -- -- --
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0]
0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 0.0;0.0;0.0;0.0 -3.0 Close[0]
The parameter is the RB scheduling MCS scheduling MCS
ratio threshold for Ues threshold for one UE in threshold for one UE in
cellRBRatioThr4PwrCtrl
The parameter is the rbRatioThr4PwrCtrl
satisfying power qamMcsThr4PwrCtrl
one TTI,when mcsThres4PwrCtrl
one TTI,when
average cell RB ratio adjustment
UE Groupconditions
RB Ratio in altCQITable
256QAM MCS is Threshold
configed. MCS altCQITable is not
Threshold for Power
model default: model default:
Cell threshold
RB Ratio in one
Threshold one TTI.When RB ratio in
Threshold When forscheduling MCS of
Power Control configed.
ControlWhen
20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12
TTI.When cell RB ratio in one schedling TTI exceed a UE in one TTI exceed scheduling MCS of a UE
double:[0..1] double:[0..1] example: example:
one schedling TTI exceed this threshold, it is this threshold, it is in one TTI exceed this
model default: 0.75 model default: 1.0 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12
this threshold, it is possible to process possible to process threshold, it is possible to
possible to process downlink power control downlink power control process downlink power
downlink power control. for these UEs. for this UE. control for this UE.
-- -- -- --
0.75 0.6 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12
0.75 0.6 20;20;14;13;12;11;8 29;29;21;18;14;13;12
enum:
This parameter controls
-3[0] enum:
downlink CRS power
-2.5[1] Close[0]
adaption. If downlink
-2[2] CrsPwrAdpt[1]
The parameter is the CRS power adaption is
-1.5[3] LteCrsPunch[2]
power adjustment value enabled, CRS power is
-1[4]
adjustPwr4PwrCtrl NrCrsPunch[3]
crsPwrCtlSwch rbRatioThr4CrsCtrl uenumThr4CrsCtrl
for TM9 in one TTI.When processed based on the Cell RB Ratio Threshold The
RRC parameter
UE Number is the
-0.5[5] LteNrCrsPunch[4]
a scheduling
Power UE satisfy
Adjustment Value CRSparameter value. 0:
Power Adaptation TheCRS
for parameter
PowerisAdaptive
the cell Threshold
number offorRRC
CRSUE in
Power
0[6] LteCrsPunchAndCrsPwr
all the qulificaitons
for TM9 for Close1: Switch
CrsPwrAdpt2: RB ratioFunction
threshold in one one Adaptive
TTI.WhenFunction
the number
Adpt[5]
downlink power control, LteCrsPunch3: TTI.When cell RB ratio in of RRC UE in one
model default: 2 double:[0..1] long:[0..255]
then this UE's transmit NrCrsPunch4: one schedling TTI below schedling TTI below this
units: dB model default: 0 model default: 0.7 model default: 50
power will be adjusted LteNrCrsPunch5: this threshold, it is threshold, it is possible to
according to this LteCrsPunchAndCrsPwr possible to process CRS process CRS power
parameter. Adpt. power adaptive function. adaptive function.
-- -- -- --
-2[2] Close[0] 0.7 50
-2[2] Close[0] 0.7 50
switch of downlink
enum:
PDSCH adaptive power
0[0]
adjustment
-3[1]
function.‘0'stands for no
-6[2] enum:
PDSCH adaptive power
-9[3] Close[0]
adjustment,'1'stands for
-15[4] QPSK UE Power
QPSK UE adaptive power
adjustPwr4CrsCtrl1 -20[5]
adjustPwr4CrsCtrl2 Adjust[1]
pdschPwrAdjustSwthDl sharePwrAssignTypeDl
adjustment
Switch forfunction
PDSCHis This parameter sets the
-25[6] BF UE Power Adjust[2] enum:
CRS Power Adaptive CRS Power Adaptive turned on, '2' Power
Adaptive stands for assignment
Assignment typeofofDL
Type
-30[7] QPSK UE and BF UE Even Assignment[0]
Parameter 1 Parameter 2 BF UE adaptive power
Adjustment downlink PDSCHPower
PDSCH Shared shared
Power Adjust[3] Qos Order Assignment[1]
adjustment function is power. If it is set to 0,
long:[-10..0] model default: 5
The parameter is one of The parameter is one of turned on,'3'stands for shared power is equally
the CRS power the CRS power functions of ‘1'and assigned. If it is set to 1,
adjustment value in one adjustment value in one ‘2'referring to are both shared power is assigned
TTI. TTI. truned on . by QoS priority.
-- -- -- --
0 -20[5] Close[0] Even Assignment[0]
0 -20[5] Close[0] Even Assignment[0]
control is disabled, if real
SINR of the MU-UE is
enum:
larger than the SINR
-3[0]
corresponding to the
-2.5[1]
maximum MCS, decrease
-2[2]
The parameter is the the power, and the
-1.5[3]
power adjustment value adjustment value is equal This parameter is applied
maxPowerAdjustValue for -1[4]
adjustPwr4TM3PwrCtrl
TM3 in one TTI.When topwrWaterFillSwchDL
the difference between postOnDurat4CrsCtrl
in enabling the lean
-0.5[5] enum:
Maximum Power a scheduling
Power UE satisfy
Adjustment Value the two; Power
Downlink otherwise,
Water carrier and determines the
0[6] Close[0]
This parameter
Adjustment Valuesets
perthe
UE all the qulificaitons
for TM3 for increaseFill
theSwitch
power. If the DRX state.
Post It indicates
on Duration
double:[0..3] Open[1]
maximum power downlink power control, switch is turned off, do that the DRX state is
model default: 3.0 model default: 5 long:[0..20]
adjustment value for the then this UE's transmit not implement power activated during
UEs who satisfy the power will be adjusted water-injection, and ucPostOnDurat4CrsCtrl
power adjustment according to this power adjustment is not TTIs after the onduration
conditions. parameter. affected. timer expires.
-- -- -- --
3.0 -0.5[5] Close[0] 5
3.0 -0.5[5] Close[0] 5
PDSCH power adjustment This parameter determines neighbor cells in the
mode. If it is set to 0, the UEs that can share public network is not
PDSCH power adjustment PDSCH power. If it is set decreased. If it is set to a
is disabled. If it is set to 1, to 0, the power of the non-zero value, the
power is adjusted based QPSK users based on downlink reference signal
enum: enum:
This parameter is applied on the residual RBs of the CRS demodulation is power of the neighbor
Close[0] QPSK UE Power
in enabling the lean current cell. If it is set to 2 dynamically adjusted. If it cellsDLinPower
the public network
Offset for
preOnDurat4CrsCtrl LeftRB-Based[1]
pdschPwrAdjustMode Adjust[0]
carrier and determines the power is adjusted based pdschPwrAdjustUEType iCoDLPowerOffset
is set to 1, the power of Interference
needs to be decreased by
Coordination
PowerShared[2] BF UE Power Adjust[1]
DRX state. It indicates onPDSCH
the shared power
Power BFUEusers
Typeisfor
dynamically
PDSCH N dB. (The value
Between PublicNand
is the
Both LeftRB-Based and QPSK UE and BF UE
that
PretheonDRX state is
Duration obtained
AdjustmentfromMode
other adjusted.
Power If it is set to 2, value
Adjustment of thisNetworks
Private parameter. )
PowerShared[3] Power Adjust[2] long:[0..20]
activated during carriers. If there is no the power of both the In this way, the
ucPreOnDurat4CrsCtrl shared power, power is QPSK users based on interference between
TTIs before the not adjusted. If it is set to CRS demodulation and public and private
onduration timer is 3, both values 1 and 2 the BF users is networks can be
started. apply. dynamically adjusted. coordinated.
-- -- -- --
5 Both LeftRB-Based and PoQPSK UE Power Adjust[0]0
5 Both LeftRB-Based and PoQPSK UE Power Adjust[0]0
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId cpId
NE Name LDN MO ID CP ID
type and can be
NE Name LDN configured as planned. Cell Portion Identity
R Primary Key --
NBA025_PULAUKERAMENBDUFunction=510-10_22-0 0
PBridge devices, this
parameter is set to
enum: enumArray:[0, 1, 15]
Mergence mode (PB
Normal mode[0] model default:
Networking); otherwise, it
Combination mode[1] 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
is set to Mergence mode.
Mergence mode[2] 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
Mergence mode 2 means
Mergence mode(PB 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
that more than one RFUs
Networking)[3]
rfAppMode refBpPoolFunction refSectorFunction 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15
rRUGroupNo
are logically merged into
Mergence Mode 2[4] example:
a single RFU. The number Connected Baseband
Combination mode(PB 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
of
RFUuplink antennasMode
Application is the Device Used RRU RFU Group Number
Networking)[5] 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
sum of the antennas on all
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
the RFUs, but the number This parameter indicates
model default: 0 string:length[0..400] string:length[0..400] 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15
of downlink antennas is The Baseband Device for the rack number of the
not accumulated. Cable Cascading merged RFU.
Effective when Cell Reset Connection. Used RRU Effective when Cell Reset
-- M M --
Normal mode[0] SupportFunction=1,BpPooSupportFunction=1,Sector 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;1
antMapDlSeq antMapUlSeq upActAntBitmapSeq bplPort
Downlink Ant Configure Uplink Ant Configure
Bitmap Bitmap Up Active Ant Bitmap BPL Port
model default: model default: model default:
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 long:[0..2]
number of downlink This parameter is the
example: 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 example: 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0
antenna and the specific number of uplink antenna
antenna and the specific antenna Up Active Ant Bitmap BPL Port
-- -- -- --
1;0;0;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;0;0;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;0;0;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1;0;0;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;0;0;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;0;0;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1;0;0;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;0;0;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;0;0;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0
anttoPortMap aasTiltUl aasTiltDl maxCPTransPwr
Maximum Transmission
Mapping of Antenna Port Uplink Tilt of AAS Downlink Tilt of AAS Power of Baseband
and Antenna Channel (degree) (degree) Resources
longArray:[0..3, 15] double:[0..60]
model default: 0 double:[-20..20] double:[-20..20] model default: 60.0
Control the downlink This parameter sets the
example: 0 model default: 0.0 model default: 0.0 units: dBm
Control the uplink carrier carrier tilt of AAS, that maximum transmit power
Mapping of Antenna Port tilt of AAS, that will will affect the coverage that can be used by a CP
and Antenna Channel affect the coverage area. area. of a cell.
-- -- -- --
0;15;15;1;15;15;15;15;15; 0.0 0.0 46.0
0;1;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; 0.0 0.0 49.0
0;1;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; 0.0 0.0 49.0
15;15;0;1;15;15;15;15;15; 0.0 0.0 49.0
0;15;15;1;15;15;15;15;15; 0.0 0.0 46.0
0;15;15;1;15;15;15;15;15; 0.0 0.0 46.0
0;1;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; 0.0 0.0 49.0
15;15;0;1;15;15;15;15;15; 0.0 0.0 49.0
0;1;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; 0.0 0.0 49.0
0[0]
1[1]
2[2]
4[3]
8[4]
16[5]
cpTransPwr cpSpeRefSigPwr rruCarrierNo 32[6]
cpTransTime
64[7]
Real Transmit Power of Referenced Signal Power Adjustment Value for DL
128[8]
BP Resource The of
parameter indicates
BP Resource This
RRUparameter
Carrier is
Nothe CP Transmission Delay
double:[0..60] double:[-60..50]
the transmit power every carrier number of RRU, it This parameter is the
model default: 0.0 model default: 12.0 long:[0..3] model default: 0
resource element of cellis used to identify the delay adjustment of
units: dBm units: dBm model default: 0 units: Ts
The parameter indicates specific reference signals different carrier number in downlink inter-CP
the transmit power of a of servered CP. The unit dual-carrier. transmission. Only used
CP in cell is dBm. Effective when Cell Reset under highway scenario.
R -- -- --
45.9 15.2 0 0[0]
48.9 19.9 0 0[0]
48.9 19.9 0 0[0]
48.9 19.9 0 0[0]
45.9 15.2 0 0[0]
45.9 15.2 0 0[0]
48.9 19.9 0 0[0]
48.9 19.9 0 0[0]
48.9 19.9 0 0[0]
The dlTransInd
Indicate adminState supercellFlag supercellFlagCopy
Indicate of of downlink
Downlink
enum: enum:
transmission,Default
Transmission whether Cell Manual Operation
Not Send[0] Startup[0]
value is 1,which
send or notmeans State SuperCell Flag SuperCell Flag Clone
Send[1] Shutdown[1]
the Downlink
transmission is work
properly.Downlink does
not transmit just for
special cases of SuperCell Cell Manual Operation SuperCell Flag SuperCell Flag Clone
-- -- -- --
Send[1] Startup[0]
Send[1] Startup[0]
Send[1] Startup[0]
Send[1] Startup[0]
Send[1] Startup[0]
Send[1] Startup[0]
Send[1] Startup[0]
Send[1] Startup[0]
Send[1] Startup[0]
ports.
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
anttoCSIRSPortMap[m]=
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
n(m=0..7,denoting When this switch is
15;15;15;15;15;15
Downward antenna index; This parameter sets turned on, new BC weight
example:
n=15..22, denoting CSI- whether LTE cells share is generated in accordance
0;1;2;3;15;15;15;15;15;15
RS port number) means baseband resources with with the new algorithm,
;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
CSI-RS port n would be NB-IoT cells. If the and periodic round-robin
supercellBackupArea1 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
anttoCSIRSPortMap
send var Downward parameterlnShareBB
is set to Open, dynBCWeightSwitch
of the BC weight is
Mapping Between
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; enum: enum:
antenna
Antenna m. and
Channels LTE cellsand
NB-IOT share baseband
LTE Share implemented
Dynamic BCtoWeight
keep the
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
SuperCell Backup Area 1 anttoCSIRSPortMap[m]=
CSI-RS Ports resources
Baseband with NB-IoT
Switch balance Switch
among RSRPs
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; Open[1] Open[1]
15(m=0..7,denoting cells. If the parameter is received by the CPE.
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
Downward antenna index) set to close, LTE cells do When this switch is
string:length[0..4000] 15;15;15;15;15;15 model default: 0 model default: 0
means no CSI-RS exists not share baseband turned off, BC weight
on Downward antenna m. resources with NB-IoT configured in the OMC is
SuperCell Backup Area 1 Effective when Cell Reset cells. used.
-- -- -- --
0;15;15;1;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
0;1;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
0;1;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
15;15;0;1;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
0;15;15;1;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
0;15;15;1;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
0;1;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
15;15;0;1;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
0;1;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId cpId
NE Name LDN MO ID CP ID
type and can be
NE Name LDN configured as planned. Cell Portion Identity
R Primary Key --
PBridge devices, this
parameter is set to
Mergence mode (PB
Networking); otherwise, it
is set to Mergence mode.
enum:
Mergence mode 2 means
Normal Mode[0]
that more than one RFUs
enum:
insPortCmpModDl Combination
rfAppModeMode[1] refBpPoolFunction refSectorFunction
The Mode to Compose are logically merged into
Broadcast Weight[0] Mergence Mode[2]
Channel Energy Inside of a single RFU. The number Connected Baseband
Frequency Division Mergence mode(PB
One Port of
RFUuplink antennasMode
Application is the Device Used RRU
Weight[1] Networking)[3]
sum of the antennas on all
the RFUs, but the number
of downlink antennas is The Baseband Device for
Mode to compose channel not accumulated. Cable Cascading
energy inside of one port Effective when Cell Reset Connection. Used RRU
-- -- M M
Broadcast Weight[0] Normal Mode[0] SupportFunction=1,BpPooSupportFunction=1,Sector
Broadcast Weight[0] Normal Mode[0] SupportFunction=1,BpPooSupportFunction=1,Sector
When the value of
EUtranCellTDD.sasSwch
is close, this parameter
upActAntBitmapSeq anttoPortMap cpTransPwr planCPTransPwr
should be equal to Real
Transmit
Mapping of Antenna Port Real Transmit Power of Real Power
Transmit of BP
Power of
longArray:[0..1]
Up Active Ant Bitmap and Antenna Channel BP Resource Resource.Planning
When the value
model default: longArray:[0..3, 15] double:[0..60] double:[0..60]
of
0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 model default: 0 model default: 0.0 model default: 0.0
example: 0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0 example: 0 units: dBm units: dBm
The parameter indicates is open, this parameter
Up Active Ant Bitmap Mapping of Antenna Port the transmit power of a should not be modified by
Effective when Cell Reset and Antenna Channel CP in cell SON.
-- -- R --
1;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;2;3;15;15;15;15;15;15 49.0 0.0
1;1;1;1;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;1;2;3;15;15;15;15;15;15 49.0 0.0
0[0]
1[1]
2[2]
4[3]
When the value of
8[4]
16[5]
is close, this parameter
planCPRsPwr cpSpeRefSigPwr 32[6]
cpTransTime beamWidth
should be equal to
64[7]
Referenced Signal Power Referenced Signal Power Adjustment Value for DL Horizontal Beam Width
128[8]
of BP Resource.
of PlanningWhen the The of
parameter indicates
BP Resource CP Transmission Delay (degree)
double:[-60..50] double:[-60..50]
value of the transmit power every This parameter is the
model default: 15.0 model default: 15.0 model default: 0 long:[0..360]
EUtranCellTDD.sasSwch resource element of cell- delay adjustment of Broadcast Beam width,
units: dBm units: dBm units: Ts model default: 65
is open, this parameter specific reference signals downlink inter-CP different beam width
should not be modified by of servered CP. The unit transmission. Only used indicates different ant
SON. is dBm. under highway scenario. weight value
-- -- -- --
15.0 15.2 0[0] 65
15.0 15.2 0[0] 65
The dlTransInd
Indicate adminState supercellFlag supercellFlagCopy
Indicate of of downlink
Downlink
enum: enum:
transmission,Default
Transmission whether Cell Manual Operation
Not Send[0] Startup[0]
value is 1,which
send or notmeans State SuperCell Flag SuperCell Flag Clone
Send[1] Shutdown[1]
the Downlink
transmission is work
properly.Downlink does
not transmit just for
special cases of SuperCell Cell Manual Operation SuperCell Flag SuperCell Flag Clone
-- -- -- --
Send[1] Startup[0]
Send[1] Startup[0]
ports.
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
aucAnttoCSIRSPortMap[
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
m]=n(m=0..7,denoting When this switch is
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15
Downward antenna index; This parameter sets turned on, new BC weight
example:
n=15..22, denoting CSI- whether LTE cells share is generated in accordance
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
RS port number) means baseband resources with with the new algorithm,
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
CSI-RS port n would be NB-IoT cells. If the and periodic round-robin
supercellBackupArea1 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
anttoCSIRSPortMap
send var Downward parameterlnShareBB
is set to Open, dynBCWeightSwitch
of the BC weight is
Mapping Between
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; enum: enum:
antenna
Antenna m. and
Channels LTE cellsand
NB-IOT share baseband
LTE Share implemented
Dynamic BCtoWeight
keep the
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; Close[0] Close[0]
SuperCell Backup Area 1 aucAnttoCSIRSPortMap[
CSI-RS Ports resources
Baseband with NB-IoT
Switch balance Switch
among RSRPs
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15; Open[1] Open[1]
m]=15(m=0..7,denoting cells. If the parameter is received by the CPE.
15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15;
Downward antenna index) set to close, LTE cells do When this switch is
string:length[0..4000] 15;15;15;15;15;15;15;15 model default: 0 model default: 0
means no CSI-RS exists not share baseband turned off, BC weight
on Downward antenna m. resources with NB-IoT configured in the OMC is
SuperCell Backup Area 1 Effective when Cell Reset cells. used.
-- -- -- --
0;1;2;3;15;15;15;15;15;15 Close[0] Close[0]
0;1;2;3;15;15;15;15;15;15 Close[0] Close[0]
channel m.If
;1;9;2;10;2;10;2;10;2;10;3
aucAnttoR13CSIRSPort
;11;3;11;3;11;3;11;4;12;4;
Map[m] = 255 (m = 0.63,
12;4;12;4;12;5;13;5;13;5;
downlink channel index),
13;5;13;6;14;6;14;6;14;6;
it indicates that no R13
14;7;15;7;15;7;15;7;15
CSI-RS signal is
example:
transmitted on channel
elecDowntilt 0;8;0;8;0;8;0;8;1;9;1;9;1;9
anttoR13CSIRSPortMap
This parameter indicates Mappingm.If Between DL
;1;9;2;10;2;10;2;10;2;10;3
the phase Downtilt
Electric relation between
Angle aucAnttoR13CSIRSPort
Antenna Channels and
;11;3;11;3;11;3;11;4;12;4;
vertical antenna groups, Map[m]
of Antennas(Degree) = 255 (mPorts
R13 CSI-RS = 0.63,
12;4;12;4;12;5;13;5;13;5;
which is used to adjust the downlink channel index),
long:[2..12] 13;5;13;6;14;6;14;6;14;6;
downtilt in beam forming. it indicates that no R13
model default: 6 14;7;15;7;15;7;15;7;15
A smaller parameter value CSI-RS signal is
indicates a smaller transmitted on channel m.
downtilt in beam forming. Effective when Cell Reset
-- --
6 0;8;0;8;0;8;0;8;1;9;1;9;1;9;1;9;2;10;2;10;2;10;2;10;3;11;3;11;3;11;3;11;4;12;4;12;4;12;4;12;5;13;5;13;5;13;5;13;
6 0;8;0;8;0;8;0;8;1;9;1;9;1;9;1;9;2;10;2;10;2;10;2;10;3;11;3;11;3;11;3;11;4;12;4;12;4;12;4;12;5;13;5;13;5;13;5;13;
2;4;12;5;13;5;13;5;13;5;13;6;14;6;14;6;14;6;14;7;15;7;15;7;15;7;15
2;4;12;5;13;5;13;5;13;5;13;6;14;6;14;6;14;6;14;7;15;7;15;7;15;7;15
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId ecidPosiSwchUl
enum:
Uplink E-CID Positioning
Close[0]
NE Name LDN MO ID Switch
model default: 1
container type and is The switch for Uplink E-
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. CID Positioning method.
R -- --
enum:
6[0]
15[1]
25[2]
otdoaPosiSwch maxMeaRSTDCells 50[3]
prsBandwidth prsConfigId
The Max Number of
enum: 75[4]
OTDOA Positioning Neighbour Cells for
Close[0] 100[5]
Switch RSTD Measurement PRS Bandwidth PRS Configuration Index
Open[1]
This parameter specifies
This parameter specifies the bandwidth that is used This parameter specfies
the max number of to configure the the positioning reference
The switch for OTDOA neighbor cells for RSTD positioning reference signals configuration
Positioning method. measurement. signals on. index.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
enum: enum:
1[0]
prsNumDLFrames 2[0]
lenPRSMutiBitStr prsMutiInfoBitStr prsPwrOfst
PRS Muting
2[1] 4[1]
PRS Consecutive Length of PRS Muting Configuration Bit String
4[2] 8[2]
Downlink Subframes Configuration Bit Strings (hex) PRS Power Offset
6[3] 16[3] double:[-7.6..10]
This parameter specifies The parameter indicates
long:[0..65535] model default: 3.0
the number of consecutive This parameter specifies the power offset every
downlink subframes This parameter indicates the bit string of the PRS resource element of PRS
NPRS with positioning the length of PRS muting muting configuration of relative to the power of
reference signals configuration bit strings. the cell cell reference signal
-- -- -- --
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
disables uplink E-CID
eMTCUpLinkEcidPosiSw
positioning for eMTC
UEs. If it ischset to Open,
enum:
theULcell supports
E-CID uplink E-
Positioning
Close[0]
CID positioning
Switch for eMTC for UEs
Open[1]
eMTC UEs. If it is set to
Close, the cell does not
model default: 0
support uplink E-CID
UEs.
--
Close[0]
Close[0]
A: add,D: delete,M:
modify,P: pass,no
operation: data not

ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
ITBBU 2101 276025
NE_Name ldn moId ecidPosiSwchUl
enum:
Uplink E-CID Positioning
Close[0]
NE Name LDN MO ID Switch
model default: 1
container type and is The switch for Uplink E-
NE Name LDN fixedly set to 1. CID Positioning method.
R -- --
enum:
6[0]
15[1]
25[2]
otdoaPosiSwch maxMeaRSTDCells 50[3]
prsBandwidth prsConfigId
The Max Number of
enum: 75[4]
OTDOA Positioning Neighbour Cells for
Close[0] 100[5]
Switch RSTD Measurement PRS Bandwidth PRS Configuration Index
Open[1]
This parameter specifies
This parameter specifies the bandwidth that is used This parameter specfies
the max number of to configure the the positioning reference
The switch for OTDOA neighbor cells for RSTD positioning reference signals configuration
Positioning method. measurement. signals on. index.
-- -- -- --
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
Close[0] 6 6[0] 160
enum: enum:
1[0]
prsNumDLFrames 2[0]
lenPRSMutiBitStr prsMutiInfoBitStr prsPwrOfst
PRS Muting
2[1] 4[1]
PRS Consecutive Length of PRS Muting Configuration Bit String
4[2] 8[2]
Downlink Subframes Configuration Bit Strings (hex) PRS Power Offset
6[3] 16[3] double:[-7.6..10]
This parameter specifies The parameter indicates
long:[0..65535] model default: 3.0
the number of consecutive This parameter specifies the power offset every
downlink subframes This parameter indicates the bit string of the PRS resource element of PRS
NPRS with positioning the length of PRS muting muting configuration of relative to the power of
reference signals configuration bit strings. the cell cell reference signal
-- -- -- --
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
2[1] 4[1] 1 3.0
disables uplink E-CID
eMTCUpLinkEcidPosiSw
UEs. If it ischset to Open,
enum:
theULcell supports
E-CID uplink E-
Positioning
Close[0]
CID positioning
Switch for eMTC for UEs
Open[1]
eMTC UEs. If it is set to
Close, the cell does not
model default: 0
support uplink E-CID
UEs.
--
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]
Close[0]

RANCM-4G Opt 2023v1-Dianaprap828996-20230612052947

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

RANCM-4G Opt 2023v1-Dianaprap828996-20230612052947

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TemplateType: Parameter

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

stringArray:length[1..400] stringArray:length[1..400] stringArray:length[1..400] stringArray:length[1..400]

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

NE Name LDN MO ID User Label

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

NE Name LDN MO ID Policy ID

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

NE Name LDN MO ID User Label

string:length[0..128] string:length[0..128] long:[0..255] stringArray:length[0..400]

Reserved Parameter 3 Reserved Parameter 4 Reserved Parameter 5 Reserved Parameter 6

string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950]

Reserved Parameter 3 Reserved Parameter 4 Reserved Parameter 5 Reserved Parameter 6

Reserved Parameter 7 Reserved Parameter 8 Reserved Parameter 9 Reserved Parameter 10

string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950] string:length[0..950]

Reserved Parameter 7 Reserved Parameter 8 Reserved Parameter 9 Reserved Parameter 10

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Explicit ARFCN2 Explicit ARFCN3 Explicit ARFCN4 Explicit ARFCN5

Explicit ARFCN6 Explicit ARFCN7 Explicit ARFCN8 Explicit ARFCN9

Explicit ARFCN10 Explicit ARFCN11 Explicit ARFCN12 Explicit ARFCN13

Explicit ARFCN14 Explicit ARFCN15 Explicit ARFCN16 Explicit ARFCN17

Explicit ARFCN18 Explicit ARFCN19 Explicit ARFCN20 Explicit ARFCN21

Explicit ARFCN22 Explicit ARFCN23 Explicit ARFCN24 Explicit ARFCN25

Explicit ARFCN26 Explicit ARFCN27 Explicit ARFCN28 Explicit ARFCN29

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

Operation description NE type SubNetwork ID NE ID

Primary Key Primary Key Primary Key

NE Name LDN MO ID User Label